International Catalogue

International Catalogue

Dear Partners, 

fischer is a specialist for secure and economical construction fittings. 

Our product spectrum consists of chemical systems and steel anchors 

up to plastic fixings. Innovative facade systems, a comprehensive screw 

program, special assortments for external thermal insulation composite 

systems, sanitary, heating, ventilation and electrical installation, adhesives, 

sealants and foams: fischer has the right solution for every fixing problem. 

We deliver the highest quality, the best security and ease of installation. 

We aim at delivering every optimal technical solution for your current 

fixing task quickly and flexibly. 

fischer caters to customers all around the globe – with 35 foreign 

subsidiaries and sales partners in over 100 countries. We also develop 

and deliver customer-specific solutions on request. We strive to produce 

excellent and innovative products as well as provide an excellent range of 

services: Qualified field engineers can also be provided at your disposal on 

site. Our hotline connects you directly to fischer application engineering 

which offers you quick and professional help for all your fixing tasks. 

Finally, we also offer internally designed assessment programmes as 

well as the technical hand books about special and general applications 

in case of earthquake-prone areas, for fire protection or numerous other 

fields of application. 

The fischer ACADEMY is also one-of-a-kind. In our 4000 square-meter 

customer center at our Tumlingen headquarters, we provide ideal 

training conditions for practical implementation with our products and 

its numerous areas of application. However, we don’t offer you the most 

modern training in fixing technology just at our company headquarters. 

fischer trainers are active worldwide. 

Our fixing products catalogue is also a part of our comprehensive 

service offer. In 2012 it was revised and completely reworked. The quick 

overview at the beginning simplifies searching for the desired products. 

The following detailed product selection guide is clearly classified in the 

most important parameters: Product types, designs, building materials, 

approvals and an application recommendation. 

The application selection guide, which is arranged according to instances 

of application, is also new. This overview defines the most important 

sections with their typical requirements: Instance of application, product, 

substrate (building material), type of installation, approval, fire protection 

and corrosion. 

The individual product pages were overwritten with the main characteristic 

features of the products and the text as well as the technical tables 

were newly structured. Optimisations are also provided which will help 

you to orient to and choose the appropriate product. 

Please let us know your thoughts and suggestions about the new concept 

of the main fischer catalogue. We look forward to your response and wish 

you a lot of success with our products. 

Yours, Klaus Fischer 

3

Good reasons to choose fischer 

A brand and its promise to perform 

Whoever chooses fischer receives more than a range of safe 

products. The aim is to always develop the best solutions for 

our customers across the globe. This does not just mean 

innovative products, but also user-orientated support and a 

reliable service. 

With the fischer ProcessSystem (fPS), we ensure that we are 

adapting and optimising our processes in line with customer 

requirements in a flexible manner and on a continuous basis. 

Always with its finger on the pulse of the times 

At fischer, innovation is more than just a sum of the patents. 

We are open to new things and are prepared for change – 

always with the aim of offering our customers the greatest 

possible benefits. Over the years, our own development and 

production sites have been developing numerous fixing 

solutions for the most wide-ranging applications. 

Be it new production procedures or materials, such as 

renewable raw materials: We are carrying out the research for 

your safety and will continue to do so in the future. This gives 

us such great flexibility that we can even develop tailor-made 

customer solutions. This power to innovate has seen fischer 

become market leader in anchor technology and the fixing 

industry. 

Safety that connects – Decisive quality 

The fischer product range is well-positioned in all sectors of 

fixing technology – Steel, Nylon and Chemical fixings. 

2009 saw a complete range of wooden screws be made 

available on the market for the very first time. 

4

We take responsibility 

Our active environment management policy means that we 

are helping to maintain an intact environment for our 

generation and for those that follow. We deal responsibly 

with energy resources and raw materials. The environment 

management policy at the Tumlingen site has been certified 

in line with DIN EN ISO 14001. We are a member of the 

German Sustainable Building Council (DGNB), and our 

products have been successively certified in line with the 

guidelines provided by the Institute for Construction and the 

Environment (IBU). 

Our service to you 

We are a reliable partner, one that will stand at your side 

and address your individual requirements with advice and 

actions: 

• global presence and active sales service in over 

100 countries 

• training sessions, some with accreditation, at your 

premises or in the fischer ACADEMY – our company's 

own training and customer service centre 

• qualified, technical support and advice regarding 

economical fixing solutions, taking the latest building 

materials, standards and guidelines into account; we can 

even come to your building site if required 

• convenient calculations with modern software 

5

Innovations to inspire professionals 

Injection mortar FIS VT 300 T 

The solid injection mortar for anchorings 

in non-cracked concrete, now in a new 

cartridge size. 

You can find details on page 83. 

High-performance anchor FH II A4 

The push-through anchor for fixings with 

sophisticated design, now also available in 

stainless steel. 


Anchor bolt FBN II A4 

The cost-efficient fixing for flexible 

use in non-cracked concrete, now 

also available in stainless steel.. 


6

Content 

Product selection guide 

• Quick overview 

• Detailed overview 

8 

1a 

Application selection guide 

24 

1b 

Chemical fixings 

41 

2 

High performance steel anchors 

Frame fixings / Stand-off installation 

General fixings 

Cavity fixings 

Electrical fixings 

Sanitary fixings 

Scaffold and eye screw fixings 

Insulation fixings / Façade fixings 

Foams and sealants 

Adhesives 

Drills and bits 

Basic knowledge 

Service 

151 

223 

275 

309 

323 

353 

363 

373 

395 

425 

431 

450 

470 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

7

Products - Quick overview 

Selection guide 


Highbond-System FHB II 

Highbond anchor FHB II-A S 

Highbond anchor FHB II-A L 

2 

Page 

45 

49 

53 

Highbond anchor dynamic FHB dyn 

UMV multicone dynamic bonded 

anchor 

Stand-off installation Thermax 

Remedial wall tie VBS 8 

Page 

128 

132 

135 

140 

Resin anchor R with RG M 

57 

Remedial wall tie VBS-M 

140 

Resin anchor R with RG MI 

63 

Weather facing reconstruction 

system FWS 

144 

Injection mortar FIS EM 

67 

Can System FCS 

146 

Injection mortar FIS V 

71 

fill & fix injection fixing 

148 

1 

Injection mortar FIS VW 

Injection mortar FIS VS 

Injection mortar FIS VT 

75 

79 

83 


Bolt anchor FAZ II 

3 

Page 

154 

Injection mortar FIS P 

86 

Bolt anchor FAZ II GS 

158 

Injection for cracked concrete 

with FIS A 

89 

High performance anchor 

FH II 

161 

Injection for cracked concrete 

with RG MI 

94 

ZYKON undercut anchor 

FZA 

167 

Injection for non-cracked concrete 

with FIS A 

97 


FZA-I 

173 

Injection for non-cracked concrete 

with RG MI 

103 

ZYKON hammerset anchor 

FZEA II 

176 

Injection in solid brick masonry 

106 

Concrete screw FBS 

179 

Injection in perforated brick masonry 

111 

Hammerset anchor EA II 

182 

Push-through installation in masonry 

116 

Nail anchor FNA II 

185 

Injection for aerated concrete 

119 

Ceiling nail FDN 

189 

Rebar connections 

123 

Bolt anchor FBN II 

Bolt anchor FBN II GS 

193 

195 

Bolt anchor EXA 

202 

8


Heavy-duty anchor TA M 

Heavy-duty anchor TA M-T 

Sleeve anchor FSA 

Fixing set for diamond drills 

FDBB 

Page 

206 

210 

212 

214 


Universal plug UX 

Expansion plug SX 

Expansion plug S 

Metal expansion anchor FMD 

5 

Page 

277 

280 

283 

286 


Wall screw MR 

216 

Expansion plug M-S 

288 

Hollow-ceiling anchor FHY 

218 

Anchor M 

290 


4 

Brass fixing MS 

292 

Page 

Aircrete anchor GB 

294 

Frame fixing SXR 

225 

Turbo aircrete anchor FTP K 

296 

Universal frame fixing FUR 

Frame fixing SXS 

232 

237 

Turbo aircrete anchor FTP M 

Brass fixing PA 4 

298 

300 

1 

Hammerfix N 

242 

Balcony cladding fixing P9K 

302 

Nail sleeve FNH 

246 

Stair-tread fixing TB / TBB 

304 

Window frame fixing F-S 

248 

Repair pad FIX.it 

305 

Metal frame fixing F-M 

250 

Doorstop TS 

306 

Window frame screws FFSZ and FFS 

252 

Wall tie VB 

255 


6 

Adjustable fixing S10J 

256 

Page 

Self-drilling adjustable screw JUSS 

258 

Metal cavity fixing HM 

310 

Universal spacing screw ASL 

259 

Gravity- and spring toggle 

K, KD, KDH, KM 

312 

Stand-off installation 

Thermax 8 / 10 

261 

Board fixing PD 

315 



264 

Plasterboard fixing GK 

317 


269 

Plasterboard fixing metal GKM 

319 


264 

9




ClipFix plus LS/ES/ZS 

ClipFix plus SD 

Cable clasp KB 

Cable harness SHA 

7 9 


Page 

Page 

324 Scaffold anchoring GS 12 + plug 

364 

326 Scaffold anchoring FI G 

366 

328 Eye screw GS 

368 

330 Ring nut RI 

370 

Pipe clip RC 

332 

Pipe clip FC 

Saddle clip SCH 

334 

336 


10 

Page 

Nail clip NS / MNS 

338 

Insulation support DHK 

374 

Nail disc NSB 

340 

Insulation support DHM 

376 

1 

Spacer pipe clamp AM 

Conduit clip BSM 

342 

344 

Render fixing DIPK 

Render fixing FIF-K 

378 

380 

Impact nail ED 

346 

Render fixing FIF-S 

382 

Cable tie BN / UBN 

348 

Insulation discs 

384 

Wireclip 

350 

Holding clamp DVN 

386 

Retaining disc with screw DHT S 

387 

Insulation fixing FID 

389 


Sanitary fixings for board materials 

8 

Page 

354 

Insulation disc FATB 

Fibre cement panel screw FAFZ H 

391 

393 

Ceramic fixings 

356 

Wash basin and urinal fixings 

358 

Foams and sealants 

11 

Page 

One-component gun foam PUP B2 

396 

One-component gun foam PUP G B2 

397 

One-component gun foam PUBS B2 

398 

10



One-component gun foam PUFS B1 

One-component gun foam PUPP G B2 

One-component rapid installation 

foam PU1 

Page 

399 

400 

401 

402 

Adhesives 

Assembly adhesive MK 

Construction adhesive KK 

All-round adhesive gluing and sealing KD 

PVC adhesive 

12 

Page 

426 

427 

428 

429 


2-component rapid foam PU2 

403 

2-component fixing foam 

404 


13 

Accessories 

405 

Page 

Premium sanitary silicone DSSA 

407 

Hammer drill bit SDS Plus IV Quattric 

432 

Sanitary silicone DSSI 

408 

Hammer drill bit SDS Plus II Pointer 

434 

Multi-silicone DMS 

Premium high temperature silicone DHS 

409 

410 

Hammer drill bit SDS Max II / 

SDS Max IV 

Chisel 

437 

439 

1 

Premium construction silicone DBSA 

411 

Profi-bit FPB 

440 

Roof and wall silicone DBSI 

412 

Diamond bit FDB 

443 

Premium silicone for natural stone DNS 

413 

Stainless steel bit FSB 

446 

Premium B1 silicone DFS 

414 

Bit holder FBH 

448 

Premium painting acrylic DMA 

415 

Acrylic sealant DA 

416 

Premium structured acrylic DSA 

417 

Premium ventilation duct sealant DLK 

418 

Premium all-weather sealant DDK 

419 

Roof sealing compound DD 

420 

Accessories 

421 

Sealant selection matrix 

and colour boards 

422 

11

Products - Detailed overview 



Type 

Product 

Image 

zinc plated 

hdy 

A4 

C (1.4529) 

Principles of function 

Type of installation 

Anchoring base 

Concrete Masonry 

Approval 

ETA ICC 

Application recommendation 

Page 

Highbond anchor 

FHB II 

- a) 

b) 

1) 

2) 

3) 

- ■ 

steel construction, railings, consoles, 

machines, staircases, gates, 

facades 

45 

Resin anchor R with RG M a) 

1) 

2) 

3) 

- ■ 

steel constructions, railings, 

consoles, facade, cable-trays, high 

racks, ladders 

57 

Resin anchor R with RG MI - a) 1) - ■ machines, benches, consoles 

63 

Injection mortar 

FIS EM with FIS A 

a) 

1) 

2) 

3) 

- ■ ▲ 

steel constructions, consoles, 

machines, gates 

67 

1 


FIS EM with 

reinforcement bar 

- - - - a) 1) - ■ ▲ post installed rebars 

123 


FIS EM with FRA 

- - a) 

1) 

2) 

- ■ 


machines 

123 


FIS V with FIS A 

a) 

1) 

2) 

3) 

■ ▲ 


machines, reinforcement bars, 

gates 

71 


FIS V with 

reinforcement bar 

- - - - a) 

1) 

2) 

- ■ ▲ post installed rebars 

123 


FIS V with FRA 

- - a) 1) - ■ 


machines, gates 

123 


FIS VT with FIS A 

a) 

1) 

2) 

3) 

- ■ 

steel constructions, railings, 

consoles, facade, cable-trays, high 

racks, ladders 

83 


FIS P with FIS A 

a) 

1) 

2) 

3) 

- 

steel construction, facades, 

cable trays, consoles 

128 


FIS HB with FHB dyn 

- - a) 

b) 

2) - 

Dibt 

machines, cranes, elevators 

132 

UMV multicone dynamic a) 

1) 

2) 

- 

Dibt 

machines, cranes, elevators 

132 


 

a) 

b) 

2) - facing masonry 

146 

1) Pre-positioned installation 2) Push-through installation 3) Stand-off installation 

a) Adhesive locking b) Interlocking c) Friction locking 

12


High performance fixings / steel anchors 

Product 



Type 

Image 

zinc plated 

hdy 

A4 

C (1.4529) 



Approval 

ETA ICC 


Page 


Bolt anchor 

FAZ II 

Bolt anchor 

FAZ II GS 

High performance anchor 

FH II 


FZA, FZA-D 


FZA-I 

ZYKON hammerset anchor 

FZEA II 

Concrete screw 

FBS 

Hammerset anchor 

EA II 

Nail anchor 

FNA II 

Ceiling nail 

FDN 

Bolt anchor 

FBN II 

Bolt anchor 

FBN II GS 

Bolt anchor 

EXA 

Heavy-duty anchor 

TA M 

Heavy-duty anchor 

TA M-T 

Sleeve anchor 

FSA 

Fixing set for diamond drills 

FDBB 

Wall screw 

MR 

Hollow-ceiling anchor 

FHY 

- c) 2) ■ ▲ 

c) 2) ■ ▲ 

- - c) 2) ■ ▲ 

- b) 

b) 

1) 

2) 

1) 

3) 

- b) 1) ■ 

b) 2) ■ 

 

■ 


cable trays, consoles 


wooden seams 

steel construction, machines, 

gates, aircondition, handrails 


window elements, railings 

■ railings, window elements 

c) 1) ■ M+E, sprinkler 

- c) 2) ■ 

steel construction, consoles, 

cable trays, sprinkler systems 

formwork supports, steel construction, 

railings 

pipes, fire protection panels, 

suspended ceilings 

- - - c) 2) ■ suspended ceilings 

- c) 

2) 

3) 

 

■ 

steel construction, machines, gates, 

aircondition, handrails 

c) 2) ■ wooden beams, steel construcion 

- c) 2) ■ steel construction, facades, railings 

- - - c) 1) ■ 

c) 

1) 

2) 

 

- - - c) 2) 

c) 

1) 

2) 

 

■ 


cable trays, gates 


cable trays, gates 

metal shelves, wooden elements, 

metal sheets 

core drilling machines 

c) 2) metal sheets, light-steel construction 216 

b) 1) 

Dibt 

pipes, M + E, suspende ceilings 

154 

158 

161 

167 

173 

176 

179 

185 

189 

193 

195 

200 

202 

206 

210 

212 

214 

218 

1 



13



Frame fixings / stand-off installation 

Product 

Type 

Image 

zinc plated 

hdy 

A4 

C (1.4529) 





Approval 

ETA ICC 


Page 

Frame fixing SXR - - 

b) 

c) 

2) ■ 

squared timbers gates, 

kitchen cabines, facade, windows 

225 

Universal frame fixing 

FUR 

- - 

b) 

c) 

2) 

Dibt 

fire protection doors, gates, facades, 

cabinets 

232 

Frame fixing SXS - c) 2) ■ 

squared timbers gates, 

kitchen cabines, facade, windows 

237 

Hammerfix 

N 

- A2 - c) 2) 

sheet metal, cable clips, pipe clamps, 

squared timbers 

242 

Nail sleeve 

FNH 

c) 2) boards, battens 

246 

1 

Window frame fixing 

F-S 

Metal frame fixing 

F-M 

- - - c) 2) 

- - - c) 2) 

windows, door frames, 


windows, door frames, 


248 

250 

Window frame screws 

FFSZ and FFS 

- - - b) 2) 

fire protection doors, windows, 

door frames, squared timbers 

252 

Wall tie 

VB 

faced brickwork 

255 

Adjustable fixing 

S 10 J 

c) 2) 

substractures for walls facings and 

bottoms 

256 

Self-drilling adjustable 

screw JUSS 

b) 2) 


bottoms 

258 

Universal spacing screw 

ASL 

b) 2) 


bottoms 

259 



- - - c) 1) lamps, detectors, mailboxes 

261 



- - a) 1) 

Dibt 

awning, french balcony, marquee 

264 

Remedial wall tie 

VBS M 

 

 

a) 

b) 

2) 

Dibt 

faced masonry 

269 



14



Product 

Type Image Material 





Approval 

ETA ICC 


Page 


Universal plug 

UX 

PA 6 (nylon) 

b) 

c) 

1) 

Images, lights, skirtings, wall 

cabinets, towel rails, mirror cabinets, 

curtain rails, wash basin fixings, 

TV consoles, plumbing and heating 

fixings 

277 

Expansion plug 

SX 


S 

Metal expansion anchor 

FMD 


M-S 

Anchor 

M 

Brass fixing 

MS 

PA 6 (nylon) c) 

1) 

2) 

 

PA 6 (nylon) c) 1) 

zinc plated. b) 1) 



zinc plated. c) 1) 

Lights, wall cabinets, wardrobes, 

letterboxes, TV consoles, trellis, folding 

shutters, hand-rails, light wells, 

bath and toilet installations 

Images, lights, skirtings, wallmounted 

shelves, mirror cabinets, 

letterboxes, motion sensors, information 

boards, curtain rails, electric 

installations 

Gas pipes, water pipes, cable and 

pipe clamps 

Hand-rails, folding shutters, trellis, 

downpipes, stand-off installation, 

light wells 

Machines, protective grilles, 

control boxes 

Cellar shelves, wooden and metal 

substructures, boilers, aggregates, 

control boxes 

280 

283 

286 

288 

290 

292 

1 

Aircrete anchor 

GB 

PA 6 (nylon) b) 1) 

Dibt 

Suspended ceilings, Cable trays, 

pipes, premises, wooden and metal 

façade and roof constructions, 

awning consoles, letterboxes, trellis 

294 

Turbo Aircrete anchor 

FTP-K 

Turbo Aircrete anchor 

FTP-M 

PA 6 (nylon) b) 1) 

zinc plated. b) 1) 

Images, lights, wall-mounted shelves, 

mirror cabinets, letterboxes, boards, 

motion sensors, cable and pipe 

clamps, stand-off installations 

Images, lights, wall-mounted shelves, 

mirror cabinets, curtain rails, cable 

and pipe clamps, stand-off installations, 

radiators, TV consoles 

296 

298 

Brass fixing 

PA 4 

zinc plated. c) 1) 

Handles, angle brackets, 

furniture fittings 

300 

Balcony cladding fixing P9K b) 1) 

Balcony claddings, fittings, 

electric switches 

302 

Stair-tread fixing 

TB / TBB 

Door stop 

TS 

Repair pad 

FIX.it 



b) 1) Wooden step treads 

c) 1) Doorstop with flexible positioning 

To repair over-sized or damaged 

drill holes in combination with 

plastic plugs. 

304 

306 

305 

15




Type 

Product 

Image 

zinc plated 

hdy 

A4 

C (1.4529) 




Gypsum 

plasterboard 

Panel building 

materials 

Approval 

ETA ICC 


Page 

Metal cavity fixing 

HM 

- - - b) 1) 

pictures, lamps, detectors, hooks, 

curtain rails 

310 

Toggle fixing 

K, KD, KDH, KM 

- - - b) 1) 

lamps, curtain rails, 

pictures, detectors, hooks, 

312 

Board fixing 

PD 

- - - - b) 1) 

mirror cabinets, lamps, detectors, 

pictures, curtain rails 

315 

Plasterboard fixing 

GK 

- - - - b) 1) 

skirting, key boxes, pictures, 

lamps, detectors 

317 

Plasterboard fixing metal 

GKM 

- - - - b) 1) 

key boxes, pictures, lamps, 

detectors, skirting 

319 

1 



16



Type 

product 

Image 

zinc plated 

hdy 

A4 

C (1.4529) 





Approval 

ETA ICC 


Page 


ClipFix plus 

LS ,ZS, ES 

c) conduits, flexible pipes 

324 

ClipFix plus 

SD 

c) 2) trunking, strips, profiles 

326 

Cable clasp 

KB 

c) 2) conduits 

328 

Cable harness 

SHA 

conduits, flexible and rigid plastic 

pipes 

330 

Pipe clip 

RC 

rigid plastic pipes 

332 

Pipe clip 

FC 

Saddle clip 

SCH 


pipes 


pipes 

334 

336 

1 

Nail clip 

NS / MNS 

c) conduits 

338 

Nail disc 

NSB 

c) cables in wall slots 

340 

Spacer pipe clamp 

AM 

 

metal conduits according to 

DIN 49020 

342 

Conduit clip 

BSM 

 


pipes, metal conduits 

344 

Impact nail 

ED 

Cable tie 

BN, UBN 

Wireclip 

c) conduit clips 


pipes 

for suspension of lighting, trunking, 

busbar 

346 

348 

350 



17




Type 

Product 

Image 

zinc plated 

hdy 

A4 

C (1.4529) 





Approval 

ETA ICC 


Page 

Sanitary fixings for board 

materials 

 

b) 

c) 

2) Wash basins and urinals 

354 

Ceramic fixings c) 

1) 

2) 

Free-standing toilets 

356 

Wash basins and urinal 

fixings 

c) 

1) 

2) 

Wash basins and urinals 

358 

Installation tool 

HED 

Tool for installing stud screws with 

four thread sizes 

354 

Accessories Flanged nut and cover cap 354 

1 




Product 



Approval 


Page 

Type 

Image 

zinc plated 

hdy 

A4 

C (1.4529) 



ETA ICC 

Scaffold anchoring 

S 14 ROE + GS 12 

c) 1) 

Facade and climbing scaffolds, 

Tensioning ropes, Chains 

364 

Scaffold anchoring 

FI G 

 

with metric thread M12 for combination 

with internal-threaded fixings. 

366 

Cover caps 

AD 

Cover cap for closing off remaining 

drill holes 

366 

Ring nut 

RI 

 

connection piece for fixings with 

threaded studs 

370 

Eye screw 

GS 

 

Climbing scaffolds ,Cables Chains, 

Lamps, Clotheslines Hanging flower 

baskets 

368 



18


Insulation fixings / Facade fixings 

Product Material Anchoring base 


Type 

Image 



Approval 

ETA ICC 


Page 


Insulation support 

DHK 

Insulation support 

DHM 

c) 2) 

c) 2) 

material soft and pressure resistant 

insulating materials, as e.g. for the 

underside of the ceiling for underground 

car parks 

with depth stop, soft insulating 

materials 

374 

376 

Render fixing 

DIPK 

Render fixing 

FIF-K 

c) 2) 

c) 2) 

with plastic nail, plaster facade with 

pressure-resistant insulating materials 

with plastic nail, plaster facade with 

pressure-resistant insulating materials 

378 

380 

Render fixing 

FIF-S 

c) 2) with coated steel nail with plastic nail 

382 


DT 

Holding clamp DVN b) 

Retaining disk with screw 

DHT-S 

Insulation fixing 

FID 

b) 2) 

pressure-resistant insulating materials, 

roof sealing sheets for flat roofs 

material pressure-resistant insulating 

materials as e.g. polystyrene, 

PU-expanded plastic slab 

material pressure-resistant insulating 

materials as e.g. polystyrene, PU-expanded 

panels, foamglass, rock wool 

b) 1) lamps, mailboxes, labels, detectors 

384 

386 

387 

389 

1 

Insulation disc 

FATB 

c) 2) 

with steel nail, to fix pressureresistant 

insulation materials 

391 

Fibre cement panel screw 

FAFZ-H 

b) 2) fibre cement panels 

393 



19



Foams 

Type 

Product 

Image 

1 component 

2 component 

Building material B1 

(general test certificate from building authorities) 

Building material B2 

(general test certificate from building authorities) 

Building material class B3 

Tested 

joint soundproofing 

Tested 

thermal conductivity 

Tested airtightness 

Tested watertightness 

(suitable as mirror adhesive) 

Colour 


Page 

One-component gun foam 

PUP 750 B2 

● ● ● ● ● beige 

Insulating and filling window connection 

joints, around window sills and shutter 

boxes, in roofing work and dry construction, 

finished elements, wall connections, wall 

penetrations and cavities, pipe penetrations 

and ventilation ducts 

396 


PUP 500 G B2 

● ● ● ● ● 

concrete 

grey 

Installing and filling component joints, 

wall connections and wall penetrations, 

in roofing work and dry construction (e.g. in 

the ceiling area), window connection joints, 

around window sills and shutter boxes, pipe 

penetrations and ventilation ducts 

397 

1 


PUP 750 B3 

● ● ● beige 

Insulating and filling in roofing work and 

dry construction, window connection joints, 

around window sills and shutter boxes, 

finished elements, wall penetrations and 

cavities, pipe penetrations and ventilation 

ducts 

399 


PUFS 750 B1 

● 

● 

concrete 

grey 

As a hardly flammable PU to be used 

between massive, mineral or metallic 

materials, high-efficiency thermal insulation 

on façades, installing and filling in window 

connection joints, around window sills 

and shutter boxes, finished elements, 

wall connections 

400 


PUP P 750 G B2 

● 

● 

concrete 

grey 

Bonding expanded polystyrene panels, 

installing and filling wall penetrations, 

foaming in electrical installations, 

filling joints and cavities in all internal 

constructions, fixing and sealing walls 

and ceilings 

401 

One-component rapid 

installation foam 

PU 1 

● ● ● ● beige 

Bonding and sealing manhole rings, 

insulating and filling in roofing work and 

dry construction, window connection joints, 

around window sills and shutter boxes, 

finished elements, wall connections and 

wall penetrations 

402 

2-component rapid 


PU 2/402 

● 

● 

light 

blue 

Installation of door frames, filling and 

insulating cavities in walls and ceilings, 

foaming in windows, bath tubs and 

showers, fixing insulating elements, wooden 

cladding, sheet metal panels, control boxes 

403 

2-component rapid 


PU 2/403 

● 

● 

light 

green 

Installation of door frames, filling and 

insulating cavities in walls and ceilings, 

foaming in windows, bath tubs and 

showers, fixing insulating elements, wooden 

cladding, sheet metal panels, control boxes 

403 

Foam guns 

PUP 

Suitable for all standard systems 

403 

PU cleaner 

PUR 

For the save removal of fresh 

PU-foam 

403 

20


Sealants and adhesives 

Product 

Type 

Picture 

Chemical base 

Frost-resistant up to -15 °C 

during transportation 

Odourless / low-odour 

Suitable in the interior and 

exterior area 

Adhesive, even on a damp base 

Immediately rainproof 

Fungus-inhibiting (fungicidal) 

Silicon-free 

Solvent-free 

Free from isocyanate (MDI-free) 

Compatible with paint 

paintable 1) 

Suitable for natural stone / 

marple 

Compatible with bitumen 

Suitable for use as mirror 

adhesive 

No stress cracks 3) 

Resistant to chemicals, ageing 

and weathering 

Page 


Premium sanitary silicone 

DSSA 

Silicone 

Acetate 

● ● / ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 

407 

Sanitary silicone 

DSSI 

Silicone 

Acetate 

● ● / ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 

408 

Multi-silicone 

DMS 

Silicone 

Acetate 

● ● / ● ● ● ● ● ● 

409 

Premium high temperature 

silicone DHS 

Silicone 

Acetate 

● ● / ● ● ● ● ● ● 

410 

Construction silicone 

DBSA 

Silicone- 

Alkoxy 

● ● ● / ● ● ● ● ● ● 

● 

(only in transparent) 

● 

● 

411 

Roof and wall silicone 

DBSI 

Premium silicone for 

natural stone 

DNS 

Silicone 

Oxim 

Silicone 

Oxim 

● ● / ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 

● ● / ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 

412 

413 

1 

B1 Premium silicone 

DFS 

Silicone- 

Alkoxy 

● ● ● / ● ● ● ● ● ● 

414 

Premium painting acrylic 

DMA 

Dispersionacrylic 

● ● ● / ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 

415 

Acrylic sealant 

DA 


● 

● / ● 

2) 

● ● ● ● ● ● 

416 

Premium structured acrylic 

DSA 


● ● ● / ● 

2) 

● ● ● ● ● ● 

417 

Ventilation duct sealant 

DLK 

418 

Premium all-weather sealant 

DDK 

MS-Polymer® 

● ● ● / ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 

419 

Roof sealing 

DD 

Synthesekautschuk 

● ● / ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 

420 

Assembly adhesive 

MK 


● ● / - ● ● ● ● ● ● ●2) 

426 

Construction adhesive 

KK 

Polyurethan 

● ● / ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●1) 

427 

All-round adhesive gluing 

and sealing KD 

MS-Polymer® 

● ● ● / ● ● ● 

● 

(not in black) 

● ● ● ● ● 

● 

(not in transparent) 

● 

(not in transparent) 

● 

● 

428 

PVC adhesive 

PVC + 

Dissolver 

● ● / ● ● ● ● 

429 

21




Type 

Product 

Image 

zinc plated 

hdy 

A4 

C (1.4529) 





Approval 

ETA ICC 


Page 

Hammer drill bit 

SDS Plus IV Quattric 

 

for drilling in concrete and reinforced 

concrete 

432 


SDS Plus II Pointer 

 

for drilling in solid building materials 

434 


SDS Max II / SDS Max IV 

 

for drilling in masonry 

437 

Chisel 

 

suitable for concrete, natural stone 

and masonry 

439 

Profi-bit 

FPB 

suitable for ¼“ drives 

440 

1 

Diamond bits 

FDB 

Stainless steel bit 

FSB 



443 

446 

Bit holder 

FBH 


448 

22

fischer hammer drill bits 

Unstoppable. 


1 

The fischer bit product range 

Perfect shape. Optimum drive. 

modified 

23



1 

Metal construction 

Balcony railings 

Banisters 

Canopies 

Consoles 

Heavy doors/ gates 

Core drilling devices 

Awnings 

Application product * Anchoring base Type of installation 

Concrete Solid brick Hollow block 

perforated 

brick 

Panel 

building 

materials 

Natural stone 

dense 

structure 

Type 

FAZ II ▯ ○ 

FHB II ▯ ○ 

FBN II ▯ ○ 

FIS V / FIS A ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 



FH II ▯ ○ 

FIS V / FIS A ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 




FIS V / FIS A ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 



FH II ▯ ○ 

FIS V / FIS A ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 



SXR ○ ○ ○ ○ 

FIS V / FIS A ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 

EA II D ▯ ○ ○ 

EA-N ○ ○ ○ 

FDBB ○ ○ ○ 

FIS V / FIS A ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 


FIS V / FIS A ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 

Thermax ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 

FUR ○ ○ ○ ○ 

Pre-positioned installation 

Push-through installation 


▯ permitted 

○ fischer recommendation 

* The cited product is solely recommended without guarantee. The fixing elements must always be adjusted to suit the local conditions 

and the materials used in an individual case. 

24

cracked 

Approval 

ESR-2948 

See ICC-ES 

Evaluation Report 

at www.ic-es.org 

Inspection agency: 

AA-707 

Concrete Masonry Concrete 

uncracked 

solid brick 

perforated 

brick 

cracked 

uncracked 

Certification of 

fire protection 

Inner area 

Corrosion 

 

45 

195 

71 

154 

45 

161 

71 

45 

154 

195 

71 

45 

154 

161 

71 

154 

195 

zp 

Outer area 

A4 

Page 

154 

225 

71 

185 

185 

214 

71 

154 

71 

264 

232 


1 

25



1 

Carpentry and roofers 

Support beam 



perforated 

brick 

Panel 

building 

materials 

Natural stone 

dense 

structure 

Threshold anchoring systems 

Threshold anchoring while framing 

Column bases 

Wooden canopies 

Type 

FAZ II GS ▯ ○ 

FBN II GS ▯ ○ 

FIS V / FIS H K ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 

FUR ○ ○ ○ ○ 



R ▯ ○ 

FIS V / FIS H K ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 



R ▯ ○ 

FIS V / FIS A ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 



FH II ▯ ○ 

FSA ○ ○ ○ 

FIS V / FIS H K ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 




DHK 45 ○ ○ ○ ○ 

DHK ○ ○ ○ ○ 

DHM ○ ○ ○ ○ 




Insulation boards in the present facades 

Facades 

Balcony claddings 

SXR ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 

SXS ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 

FUR ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 

N ○ ○ ○ 

SXR ○ ○ ○ ○ 

FUR ○ ○ ○ ○ 

P 9 K ○ 

Wood screws 

Refer to fischer's range of screws. 

▯ permitted 




26

cracked 

Approval 

ESR-2948 

See ICC-ES 




AA-707 


uncracked 

solid brick 

perforated 

brick 

cracked 

uncracked 



Inner area 

zp 

Corrosion 

Outer area 

A4 

Page 


158 

200 

71 

232 

158 

200 

57 

71 

154 

195 

57 

71 

154 

195 

161 

212 

1 

71 

158 

200 

264 

374 

374 

376 

225 

237 

232 

242 

225 

232 

232 

27



1 

Sanitary - heating - climate - ventilation (SHKL) 

Pipeline routes 

Individual pipes 

Ventilation ducts 


Air conditioning devices 



perforated 

brick 

Panel 

building 

materials 

Natural stone 

dense Fittings 

Type 

EA II ▯ ○ 

FBS ▯ ○ 

FIS V / FIS E ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 

EA-N ○ ○ 

EA II ▯ ○ 

FZEA II ▯ ○ 

FIS V / FIS E ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 

EA-N ○ ○ 

EA II ▯ ○ 

FBS ▯ ○ 

FIS V / FIS A / FIS E ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 

EA-N ○ ○ 

FIS V / FIS A ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 

FIS P / FIS A ○ ○ ○ ○ 

SXR ○ ○ ○ ○ 

UX ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 



FIS V / FIS A ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 

FIS P / FIS A ○ ○ ○ ○ 




▯ permitted 




28

cracked 

Approval 

ESR-2948 

See ICC-ES 




AA-707 


uncracked 

solid brick 

perforated 

brick 

cracked 

uncracked 



Inner area 

zp 

Corrosion 

Outer area 

A4 

Page 


185 

179 

71 

185 

185 

176 

71 

185 

185 

179 

71 

185 

1 

71 

86 

225 

277 

154 

195 

71 

86 

29



1 

Plant construction 

Hoist rails 

Machines 

Pumps 

Containers 

Platform lifts 

High racks 



perforated 

brick 

Panel 

building 

materials 

Natural stone 

dense 

structure 

Type 

FHB dyn ▯ 

FAZ II ▯ 

FH II ▯ 

FBN II ▯ 

R ▯ ○ ○ 

FIS V / FIS A ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 

FH II ▯ ○ 


R ▯ ○ ○ 

FIS V / FIS A ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 

FH II ▯ ○ 


R ▯ ○ ○ 

FHB II ▯ 

FIS V / FIS A ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 


FH II ▯ ○ 

FSA ▯ ○ ○ 



R ▯ ○ ○ 

FHB II ▯ 

FIS V / FIS A ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 

FIS VT ▯ ○ ○ 




▯ permitted 




30

cracked 

Approval 

ESR-2948 

See ICC-ES 




AA-707 


uncracked 

solid brick 

perforated 

brick 

cracked 

uncracked 



Inner area 

zp 

Corrosion 

Outer area 

A4 

Page 


128 

154 

161 

195 

57 

71 

161 

195 

57 

71 

161 

195 

57 

45 

71 

195 

161 

212 

154 

195 

57 

45 

71 

83 

1 

31



1 

Concrete construction 



perforated 

brick 

Panel 

building 

materials 

Natural stone 

dense 

structure 

Formwork and support fixings 

Scaffold fixings 

Light wells 

Type 

FBS ▯ ○ ○ 

EA II ▯ ○ 

EA-N ○ ○ ○ 


GS 12 + S 14 ROE ○ ○ ○ ○ 

FIS V / FIG ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 


GS 12 / UX 14 ○ ○ ○ ○ 

FIS V / FIS A ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 



SXR ○ ○ ○ ○ 

FIS V ▯ 

FIS VS ▯ 

FIS EM ▯ 




Additional reinforcement connections 

Core drilling devices 

▯ permitted 


EA II D ▯ ○ ○ 

EA-N ○ ○ ○ 

FDBB ○ ○ ○ 

FIS V / FIS-A ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 



32

cracked 

Approval 

ESR-2948 

See ICC-ES 




AA-707 


uncracked 

solid brick 

perforated 

brick 

cracked 

uncracked 



Inner area 

zp 

Corrosion 

Outer area 

A4 

Page 


179 

185 

185 

195 

368 

71 

135 

368 

71 

154 

195 

225 

1 

71 

79 

67 

185 

185 

214 

71 

33



1 

Plastered and dry construction 



perforated 

brick 

Panel 

building 

materials 

Natural stone 

dense 

structure 

Fixings for dry construction 

Underceilings 

Insulation board fixings 

Façade sub-structures 

Scaffold fixings 

Type 

HM ○ ○ 

UX ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 

PD ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 

GKM ○ ○ ○ ○ 

FNA II ▯ ○ 

FDN ▯ ○ 

FBS ▯ ○ ○ 

EA II ▯ ○ 

FIF-A ○ ○ ○ ○ 

DIPK ○ ○ ○ ○ 

DHT S 

 

SXR ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 

SXS ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 

FUR ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 

N ○ ○ ○ 

GS 12 / S 14 ROE ○ ○ ○ ○ 

FIS V / FIG ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 

Thermax ▯ ▯ ▯ 

GS 12 / UX ○ ○ ○ ○ 




▯ permitted 




34

cracked 

Approval 

ESR-2948 

See ICC-ES 




AA-707 


uncracked 

solid brick 

perforated 

brick 

cracked 

uncracked 



Inner area 

zp 

Corrosion 

Outer area 

A4 

Page 


310 

277 

315 

319 

189 

193 

179 

185 

380 

378 

387 

1 

225 

237 

232 

242 

368 

71 

264 

368 

35



Electrical installation 



perforated 

brick 

Panel 

building 

materials 

Natural stone 

dense 

structure 

Type 




1 

Cable support systems 

Cable ducts 

Light strips 

Lighting 

External lighting 

Motion sensors 

Satellite antennas 

Screen consoles 

▯ permitted 


FAZ II ▯ 


EA II ▯ ○ 

EA-N ○ ○ ○ 

FNA II ▯ ○ 

SXR ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 

UX ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 

SX ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 

FNA II ▯ 

EA II ▯ 

EA-N ○ ○ ○ 

UX ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 

FIS P ○ ○ ○ ○ 

Fill & Fix ○ ○ ○ ○ 

HM ○ ○ 

UX ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 

FIS V / FIS A ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 

Thermax ○ ○ ○ ○ 

SXR ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 

UX ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 

SXR ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 

Thermax ○ ○ ○ ○ 

FIS V / FIS A ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 

FIS P / FIS A ○ ○ ○ ○ 

FIS V / FIS A ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 

FIS P / FIS A ○ ○ ○ ○ 


SXR ○ ○ ○ ○ 

FIS V ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 

FIS P ○ ○ ○ ○ 

SXR ○ ○ ○ ○ 

UX ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 



36

cracked 

Approval 

ESR-2948 

See ICC-ES 




AA-707 


uncracked 

solid brick 

perforated 

brick 

cracked 

uncracked 



Inner area 

zp 

Corrosion 

Outer area 

A4 

Page 


154 

195 

185 

185 

189 

225 

277 

280 

189 

185 

185 

277 

86 

148 

310 

277 

71 

264 

225 

277 

225 

264 

71 

86 

1 

71 

86 

135 

225 

71 

86 

225 

277 

37



1 

Joiners 



Perforated 

brick 

Panel 

building 

materials 

Natural stone 

dense 

structure 

Small wall-mounted shelves 

Handrails 

Skirtings 

Room doors 

Wardrobes 

Jalousies/ folding shutters 

Windows 

Store and inn fittings 

Type 

UX ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 

HM ○ 

FIS V / FIS E K ○ ○ ○ ○ 

SXR ○ ○ ○ ○ 

UX ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 

HM ○ 

FIS V / FIS E K ○ ○ ○ ○ 

SXR ○ ○ ○ ○ 

SXR ○ ○ ○ ○ 

UX ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 

SX ○ ○ ○ 

fill & fix ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 

SXR ○ ○ ○ ○ 

UX ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 

SX ○ ○ ○ 

PU 2 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 

SXR ○ ○ ○ ○ 

UX ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 

HM ○ 

FIS V / FIS A ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 

FIS V / FIS A ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 

SXR ○ ○ ○ ○ 


UX ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 

FFSZ ○ ○ ○ ○ 

FFS ○ ○ ○ ○ 

F-M ○ ○ ○ ○ 

F-S ○ ○ ○ ○ 

FIS V / FIS A ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 



UX ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 




▯ permitted 




38

cracked 

Approval 

ESR-2948 

See ICC-ES 




AA-707 


uncracked 

solid brick 

perforated 

brick 

cracked 

uncracked 



Inner area 

zp 

Corrosion 

Outer area 

A4 

Page 


277 

310 

71 

225 

277 

310 

71 

225 

225 

277 

280 

148 

1 

225 

277 

280 

225 

277 

310 

71 

71 

403 

225 

264 

277 

252 

252 

250 

248 

71 

154 

195 

277 

39


40



▪ Highbond-System FHB II ............................................................................................ 

▪ Highbond anchor FHB II-A S .................................................................................... 

▪ Highbond anchor FHB II-A L..................................................................................... 

▪ Resin anchor R with RG M (threaded rod) .......................................................... 

▪ Resin anchor R with RG MI (internal threaded anchor) ................................. 

▪ Injection mortar FIS EM ............................................................................................. 

▪ Injection mortar FIS V ................................................................................................. 

▪ Injection mortar FIS VW ............................................................................................. 

▪ Injection mortar FIS VS .............................................................................................. 

▪ Injection mortar FIS VT .............................................................................................. 

▪ Injection mortar FIS P ................................................................................................. 

▪ Injection technology for cracked concrete with FIS A (threaded rod) ...... 

▪ Injection technology for cracked concrete with RG MI .................................. 

▪ Injection technology for non-cracked concrete with FIS A ........................... 

▪ Injection technology for non-cracked concrete with RG MI ......................... 

▪ Injection technology in solid brick masonry ....................................................... 

▪ Injection technology in perforated brick masonry ........................................... 

▪ Push-through installation in masonry.................................................................... 

▪ Injection technology for aerated concrete .......................................................... 

▪ Rebar connections ....................................................................................................... 

▪ Highbond anchor dynamic FHB dyn ..................................................................... 

▪ UMV multicone dynamic bonded anchor ........................................................... 

▪ Stand-off installation Thermax ................................................................................. 

▪ Remedial wall tie VBS 8 ............................................................................................. 

▪ Remedial wall tie mechanical VBS-M ................................................................... 

▪ Weather facing reconstruction system FWS ..................................................... 

▪ Can System FCS ........................................................................................................... 

▪ fill & fix injection fixing ............................................................................................... 

45 

49 

53 

57 

63 

67 

71 

75 

79 

83 

86 

89 

94 

97 

103 

106 

111 

116 

119 

123 

128 

132 

135 

140 

142 

144 

146 

148 

41


Range of chemical fixings 

For fixings in cracked concrete 

FIS EM mortar 

The powerful injection mortar for cracked concrete 

Page 67 

Highbond FHB II System 

The best performance in cracked concrete 

FIS HB mortar 

from Page 45 on 

with threaded rod FIS A 

The variable fixing system for cracked concrete 

Page 89 

with internal threaded anchor RG MI 

The fixing system with internal threaded anchor 

for cracked concrete 

Page 94 

FHB II-P standard version 

FHB II-PF quick version 

with FHB II-A S 

with the least installation effort 

with FHB II-A L 

for maximum tensile loads 

For fixings in masonry 

FIS V Injection mortar 

The versatile injection mortar for anchorings in 

non-cracked concrete and masonry 

Page 71 

FIS P Injection mortar 

The reliable injection mortar for fixings in masonry 

Page 86 

FIS VW Injection mortar 

The versatile injection mortar with reduced curing 

time for non-cracked concrete and masonry 

FIS VS Injection mortar 

The versatile injection mortar with extended open time 

for non-cracked concrete and masonry 

FIS VT Injection mortar 

The solid injection mortar for anchorings in 

non-cracked concrete 

Page 75 

Page 79 

Page 83 

with threaded rod FIS A and 

internal threaded anchor FIS E 

The versatile fixing system for solid brick masonry 

for perforated brick masonry with injection 

anchor sleeves 

The versatile fixing system with injection anchor 

sleeves 

for push-through installation with FIS H K 

Simple push-through installation in masonry 

Page 106 

Page 111 

Page 116 

42

Resin anchor R 

with threaded rod RG M 

The proven bonded anchor 

for non-cracked concrete 

For fixings in non-cracked concrete 

Page 

57 

FIS V mortar 

The versatile injection mortar for anchorings 

in non-cracked concrete and masonry 

Page 71 

FIS VW mortar 

The versatile injection mortar with reduced 

curing time for non-cracked concrete and masonry 



The proven bonded anchor with internal 

threaded anchor for non-cracked concrete 

Page 

For fixings in aerated concrete 

FIS V mortar 



Page 

63 

71 

FIS VS mortar 

The versatile injection mortar with extended open 

time for non-cracked concrete and masonry 

FIS VT mortar 



Page 75 

Page 79 

Page 83 

FIS VW mortar 

The versatile injection mortar with reduced 

curing time for non-cracked concrete and 

masonry 

Page 

75 

FIS VS Injection mortar 

The versatile injection mortar with extended 

open time for non-cracked concrete and masonry 

with threaded rod FIS A 

The fixing system for non-cracked concrete 

Page 97 


The fixing system with internal threaded anchor for 


Page 103 

Page 

FIS VT Injection mortar 



Page 

79 

83 

with threaded rod FIS A and 

internal threaded anchor FIS E 

Secure hold in aerated concrete using 

undercut technology 

Page 119 

FIS P Injection mortar 


Page 

86 

43


Range of chemical fixings 


with fischer injection mortars FIS EM, FIS V 

and FIS VS 

Professional rebar connections 

Page 67 

Dynamic 

with Highbond-anchor dynamic FHB dyn 

The performance class amongst dynamic anchors 

Page 128 

Page 71 

Page 79 

with UMV multicone dynamic 

The capsule system for the anchoring of dynamic 

loads 

Page 132 

Page 123 

Special Applications 

Stand-off installation Thermax 12 und 16 

The approved stand-off installation with thermal 

barrier in external thermal insulation composite 

systems (ETICS) 

Page 135 

fischer Can System FCS 

The epoxy resin for repair work 

Page 146 


The professional façade repair for two-leaf cavity 

walls 

Page 140 

Remedial wall tie mechanical VBS-M 

The quick façade repair for two-leaf cavity walls 

Page 142 

Weather facing reconstruction system FWS 

The economical solution for the repair of triple-skin 

outer wall panels 

fill & fix Injection fixing 

The versatile injection fixing 

Page 148 

Page 144 

44


The best performance in cracked concrete 


Banisters 

Steel girders 

BUILDING MATERIALS 

Approved for: 

▪ Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, 

cracked and non-cracked 

Also suitable for: 

▪ Concrete C12/15 

APPROVALS 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The Highbond system FHB II achieves 

the highest load values in cracked 

concrete. Thus fewer fixing points and 

smaller anchor plates are required. 

▪ The injection mortar FIS HB and the 

capsules FHB II-P/PF offer the same 

performance and can be used with 

the FHB II-A S (short version) or L 

(long version) anchor rods. Thus, you 

can select the most economical solution 

based on requirements. 

▪ The large cartridge size of the injection 

mortar FIS HB is ideally suited for 

serial installation. 

▪ The pre-portioned resin capsule 

FHB II-P/PF represents the economical 

solution for individual or underwater 

applications. 

▪ The special formulation used in the 

capsule FHB II-PF ensures particularly 

fast setting, thus allowing for an installation 

without waiting times. 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ Guard rails 

▪ Façades 

▪ Staircases 

▪ Steel consoles 

▪ Machines 

▪ Silo installations 

▪ Masts 

▪ Skirting protection 

▪ Steelwork constructions 

▪ Timber constructions 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The FHB II is a bonded anchor with 

torque-controlled expansion for prepositioned 

and push-through installation. 

▪ The anchor rod can be set either with 

injection mortar FIS HB or with the 

capsule FHB II-P(F), and is fully bonded 

in the drill hole. 

▪ When tightening the hexagon nut, the 

anchor rod cones are pulled into the 

mortar shell, which expands against 

the drill hole wall. 

▪ The styrene-free vinyl ester mortar fully 

seals the drill hole. 

▪ When using the resin capsule, set the 

anchor rod through rotating and hitting 

motions with a hammer drill. The 

RA-SDS setting tool, item no. 62420 

is used (see page 51). 

45



INSTALLATION WITH CAPSULE 

INSTALLATION WITH INJECTION MORTAR 

TECHNICAL DATA 

Resin capsule FHB II-P (standard) 

Drill hole Drill hole depth Anchorage depth Fits Sales unit 

diameter 

d o h 0 h ef 

Item Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

FHB II-P 8 x 60 096824 ■ 10 75 60 FHB II-A L M 8 x 60 10 

FHB II-P 10 x 60 096847 ■ 10 75 60 FHB II-S M 10 x 60 10 

FHB II-P 10 x 75 508016 ■ 10 90 75 FHB II-A S M 10 x 75 10 













Approval 


Resin capsule FHB II-PF (quick version) 

Drill hole Drill hole depth Anchorage depth Fits Sales unit 

diameter 

d o h 0 h ef 


FHB II-PF 8 x 60 500542 ■ 10 75 60 FHB II-A L M 8 x 60 10 

FHB II-PF 10 x 60 500547 ■ 10 75 60 FHB II-S M 10 x 60 10 

FHB II-PF 10 X 75 507999 ■ 10 90 75 FHB II-A S M 10 x 75 10 


FHB II-PF 12 x 75 500548 ■ 12 90 75 FHB II-A S M 12 x 75 10 











Approval 

46



Injection mortar FIS HB 345 S 

+ static mixer FIS S 

Approval 

Injection mortar FIS HB 150 C 

Languages on the cartridge Contents Sales unit 

Item ETA [pcs] 

FIS HB 345 S 033211 ■ D, GB, F, E, NL, CZ 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6 

FIS HB 345 S 502290 ■ RUS, LT, LV, EST, UA, KZ 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6 

FIS HB 345 S 502913 ■ D, GB, DK, S, FIN, N 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6 

FIS HB 150 C 077529 ■ D, GB, F, E, NL, CZ 1 cartridge 145 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6 

FIS S 061223 — — 10 static mixer 10 


CURING TIME - FIS HB 

Cartridge temperature 

FIS HB 

(minimum + 5°C) 

Gelling time 

FIS HB 

Temperature 

Curing time 

at anchoring base 

FIS HB 

‒ 5°C – ± 0°C 360 min. 

± 0°C – + 5°C 180 min. 

+ 5°C – +20°C 15 min. + 5°C – +20°C 90 min. 

+20°C – +30°C 6 min. +20°C – +30°C 35 min. 

+30°C – +40°C 4 min. +30°C – +40°C 20 min. 

> +40°C 2 min. > +40°C 12 min. 

Please note: The curing times apply for dry anchoring bases, in damp anchoring bases they should be doubled. Remove water from drill hole. 

CURING TIME - FHB II P / FHB II-PF 

Temperature 

Curing time 


FHB II-P 

FHB II-PF 

‒ 5°C – ± 0°C 240 min. 8 min. 

± 0°C – +10°C 45 min. 6 min. 

+10°C – + 20°C 20 min. 4 min. 

≧ + 20°C 10 min. 2 min. 

Please note: The curing times apply for dry anchoring bases, in damp anchoring bases they should be doubled. 

ACCESSORIES DRILL HOLE CLEANING 

Cleaning brush BS for concrete 

For drill 

diameter 

Brush diameter Fits Sales unit 

Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

BS ø 10 078178 10 11 FHB II-A L M 8 x 60, FHB II-A S M 10 x 60, FHB II-A S M 10 x 75 1 

BS ø 12 078179 12 13 FHB II-A L M 10 x 95, FHB II-A S M 12 x 75 1 

BS ø 14 078180 14 16 FHB II-A L M 12 x 100, FHB II-A S M 12 x 120 1 

BS ø 16/18 078181 16/18 20 

FHB II-A S M 16 x 95, FHB II-A L M 16 x 125, FHB II-A L M 16 x 145, 

FHB II-A L M 16 x 160 

1 

BS ø 25 097806 25 27 

FHB II-A L M 20 x 170, FHB II-A L M 20 x 210, FHB II-A S M 24 x 175, 

FHB II-A L M 24 x 210 

1 

47



Compressed-air cleaning gun 

Blow-out pump ABG 

Fits 

Sales unit 

Item Art.-No. [pcs] 

Compressed-air cleaning gun ABP 059456 FHB II-A M20 - M24 1 

ABG big 089300 — 1 

DISPENSER 

Dispenser FIS DM S 

Pneumatic dispenser FIS AP 

Cordless dispenser 

FIS DC 4000 S 

Adapted for Performance data Sales unit 


FIS DM S 511118 

FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C, 

FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C, FIS VW 360 S, 

— 1 

FIS AP 058027 

FIS DC 4000 S 507790 

FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T and 1K-cartridges 




FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS EM 390 S, 

FIS VS 300 T, FIS P 300 T and 1K-cartridges 

Recommended pressure 6 bar 

air consumption max. 40 l/min 

Feed speed can be set from 120 - 240 mm/min 

Content: 1 dispenser 

2 battery packs 12 V // 2,0 Ah // Ni-MH 

1 charger 12 V // 230 V with Euro plug 

Charger DCC 4000 507791 Charger 12 V // 230 V Euro plug 1 

Battery pack DC 507792 Battery pack 12 V // 2,0 Ah // Ni-MH 1 

1 

1 

Dispenser KPM 2 

Dispenser FIS AM 

Adapted for 

Sales unit 


KP M 2 053117 

FIS VS 150 C, FIS HB 150 C, FIS VS 300 T, 

FIS VW 300 T, FIS P 300 T and 1K-cartridges 

1 

FIS AM 058000 




1 

48


The best performance in cracked concrete with the least 

installation effort 


Bridge railings 


VERSIONS 

▪ zinc-plated steel 

▪ stainless steel 

▪ high corrosion-resistant steel 

APPROVALS 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The reduced anchorage depth of the 

FHB II-A S minimises the drilling and 

installation effort; thus allowing for an 

especially economical fixing. 

▪ With the anchor rod FHB II-A S, the 

drill bit diameter is the same as the 

thread diameter. This allows for pushthrough 

installation without any tools 

and reduces the amount of mortar 

required. 

▪ The cone shape of the anchor rod 

FHB II-A S is optimised for small 

axial and edge distances in cracked 

concrete, as well as thin concrete 

members. As a result, it is suitable for 

a wide range of applications. 

▪ The anchor rod FHB II-A S is approved 

for use both with capsules and with 

injection mortar. This guarantees maximum 

flexibility in the application. 


Approved for: 





APPLICATIONS 


▪ Façades 



▪ Masts 




Ideal for: 

▪ Push-through installation 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The FHB II-A S is a bonded anchor 

with torque-controlled expansion 

for pre-positioned and push-through 

installation. 

▪ With the FHB II-A S, the drill bit diameter 

is the same as the thread diameter, 

similar to with an anchor bolt. 











▪ When using the resin capsule, set 

the anchor rod through rotating and 

hitting motions with a hammer drill. 

Use the RA-SDS setting tool, item no. 

62420. 

FOR USE WITH 

FIS HB mortar 

Resin capsule 

FHB II-P 

Resin capsule 

FHB II-PF 

see page 47 see page 46 see page 46 

49






Highbond anchor FHB II-A S (short version) 

zinc-plated 

steel 

stainless 

steel 

highly corrosion 

resistant 

steel 

Drill hole 

diameter 

d o 

Drill hole 

depth 

h 0 

Anchorage 

depth 

h ef 

Usable 

length 

t fi x 

Thread 

M 

Width 

across nut 

SW 

Sales unit 

Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

Item gvz A4 C 

FHB II-A S M10 x 60/10 097072 097630 097704 1) ■ 10 75 60 10 M 10 17 10 

FHB II-A S M10 x 60/20 097073 097631 097705 1) ■ 10 75 60 20 M 10 17 10 

FHB II-A S M10 x 60/40 — 097632 — ■ 10 75 60 40 M 10 17 10 

FHB II-A S M10 x 60/60 097074 097633 — ■ 10 75 60 60 M 10 17 10 

FHB II-A S M10 x 60/100 097206 097634 — ■ 10 75 60 100 M 10 17 10 

FHB II-A S M10 x 75/10 506884 506888 — ■ 10 90 75 10 M 10 17 10 

FHB II-A S M10 x 75/20 506885 506889 — ■ 10 90 75 20 M 10 17 10 

FHB II-A S M10 x 75/40 — 506890 — ■ 10 90 75 40 M 10 17 10 

FHB II-A S M10 x 75/60 506886 506891 — ■ 10 90 75 60 M 10 17 10 

FHB II-A S M10 x 75/100 506887 506892 — ■ 10 90 75 100 M 10 17 10 

FHB II-A S M12 x 75/10 097257 097635 — ■ 12 90 75 10 M 12 19 10 

FHB II-A S M12 x 75/25 097268 097636 097706 1) ■ 12 90 75 25 M 12 19 10 

FHB II-A S M12 x 75/40 — 097637 097707 1) ■ 12 90 75 40 M 12 19 10 

FHB II-A S M12 x 75/60 097274 097638 — ■ 12 90 75 60 M 12 19 10 

FHB II-A S M12 x 75/100 097275 097639 — ■ 12 90 75 100 M 12 19 10 

FHB II-A S M12 x 75/165 097280 097640 — ■ 12 90 75 165 M 12 19 10 

FHB II-A S M16 x 95/30 097281 097641 097708 1) ■ 16 110 95 30 M 16 24 10 

FHB II-A S M16 x 95/60 097286 097642 097709 1) ■ 16 110 95 60 M 16 24 10 

FHB II-A S M16 x 95/100 097295 097643 — ■ 16 110 95 100 M 16 24 10 

FHB II-A S M16 x 95/165 097296 097644 — ■ 16 110 95 165 M 16 24 10 

FHB II-A S M20 x 170/50 506917 506919 — ■ 25 190 170 50 M 20 30 4 

FHB II-A S M24 x 170/50 097297 097645 097711 1) ■ 25 190 170 50 M 24 36 4 

1) Prices and delivery time on request. 

Approval 

50


FILLING QUANTITIES 

Type Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole depth Mortar volume in scale units 

shown on the cartridge labels‘ 

corresponding scala 

[mm] 

[mm] 

Anchor 

per cartridge FIS HB 345 S * ) 

FHB II-A S M10 x 60 10 75 3 56 

FHB II-A S M10 x 75 10 90 4 42 

FHB II-A S M12 x 75 12 90 4 42 

FHB II-A S M16 x 95 16 110 8 21 

FHB II-A S M20 x 170 25 190 26 6 

FHB II-A S M24 x 170 25 190 26 6 

* ) max. number with one static mixer 

ACCESSORIES 


Centring wedge 

Machine setting tool RA-SDS 

Fits 

Sales unit 


Centring wedge 093076 for overhead installations 10 

RA-SDS 062420 Adapter suitable fits set screw 1 

LOADS 

Highbond anchor FHB II 

Highest permissible loads for a single anchor 1) 5) 6) in concrete C20/25 4) 

For the design the complete approval ETA - 05/0164 has to be considered. 

Type 

Cracked concrete 

Non-cracked concrete 

Effective minimum Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min. 

anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge 

depth thickness 

distance 

distance 

h ef h min T inst 

3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] 

FHB II-A S M10x60 60 100 15,0 8,0 11,3 40 40 11,2 11,3 40 40 

FHB II-A S M10x75 75 120 15,0 11,1 11,3 40 40 12,0 11,3 40 40 

FHB II-A S M12x75 75 120 30,0 11,1 15,6 40 40 15,6 15,6 40 40 

FHB II-A S M16x95 95 150 50,0 15,9 29,0 50 50 22,3 29,0 50 50 

FHB II-A S M20x170 170 240 100,0 38,0 45,9 80 80 53,3 45,9 80 80 

FHB II-A S M24x170 170 240 100,0 38,0 65,3 80 80 53,3 65,3 80 80 

1) 

The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 

4) 

For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible. 

safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor 

5) 

Valid for injection mortar FIS HB. For using the glass capsule FHP II-P or FHP II-PF see approval. 

with a spacing s ≥ 3 x h ef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5 x h ef . Accurate data see approval. 

6) 

The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate 

2) 

Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. 

up to +50°C (resp. short term up to 80°C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval. 

3) 

For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge 

distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval. 

51



LOADS 

Highbond anchor FHB II A4 



Type 



Effective Minimum Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min. 



distance 

distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


FHB II-A S M10x60 A4 60 100 15,0 8,0 13,8 40 40 11,2 13,8 40 40 

FHB II-A S M10x75 A4 75 120 15,0 11,1 13,8 40 40 12,0 13,8 40 40 

FHB II-A S M12x75 A4 75 120 30,0 11,1 19,3 40 40 15,6 19,3 40 40 

FHB II-A S M16x95 A4 95 150 50,0 15,9 31,7 50 50 22,3 35,8 50 50 

FHB II-A S M20x170 A4 170 240 100,0 38,0 55,9 80 80 53,3 55,9 80 80 

FHB II-A S M24x170 A4 170 240 100,0 38,0 71,1 80 80 53,3 71,1 80 80 

1) 


4) 



5) 



6) 


2) 



3) 



LOADS 

Highbond anchor FHB II C 



Type 






distance 

distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


FHB II-A S M10x60 C 60 100 15,0 8,0 13,8 40 40 11,2 13,8 40 40 

FHB II-A S M10x75 C 75 120 15,0 11,1 13,8 40 40 12,0 13,8 40 40 

FHB II-A S M12x75 C 75 120 30,0 11,1 19,3 40 40 15,6 19,3 40 40 

FHB II-A S M16x95 C 95 150 50,0 15,9 31,7 50 50 22,3 35,8 50 50 

FHB II-A S M20x170 C 170 240 100,0 38,0 55,9 80 80 53,3 55,9 80 80 

FHB II-A S M24x170 C 170 240 100,0 38,0 76,0 80 80 53,3 80,6 80 80 

1) 


4) 



5) 



6) 


2) 



3) 



52


The best performance in cracked concrete for maximum tensile 

loads 



Steel constructions 

VERSIONS 




APPROVALS 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The large anchorage depth of the 

anchor rod FHB II-A L allows the system 

to achieve maximum load values. 

Thus fewer fixing points and smaller 

anchor plates are required. 

▪ The cone shape of the FHB II-A L 

anchor rods has been specially 

optimised for high tensile loads. As 

a result, the best performance in 

cracked concrete is achieved. 

▪ When using the FHB II-A L in combination 

with the injection mortar FIS HB, 

push-through installation with annular 

gap filling is possible without the use 

of any further tools. 

▪ The FHB II-A L anchor rod is approved 

for use both with capsules and with 

injection mortar. This guarantees maximum 

flexibility in the application. 


Approved for: 





APPLICATIONS 


▪ Façades 



▪ Machines 


▪ Masts 




FUNCTIONING 

▪ The FHB II-A L is a bonded anchor 

with torque-controlled expansion 


installation. 

▪ When using FHB II-A L in pushthrough 

installation, the annular gap 

is to be filled with the injection mortar 

FIS HB. 











▪ When using the resin capsule, set 

the anchor rod through rotating and 

hitting motions with a hammer drill. 

Use the RA-SDS setting tool, item no. 

62420. 

FOR USE WITH 

FIS HB mortar 

Resin capsule 

FHB II-P 

Resin capsule 

FHB II-PF 


53






Highbond anchor FHB II-A L (long version) 

zinc-plated 

steel 

stainless 

steel 


resistant 

steel 

Drill hole 

diameter 

d o 

Drill hole 

depth 

h 0 

Anchorage 

depth 

h ef 

Usable 

length 

t fi x 

Thread 

M 

Width 

across nut 

SW 

Sales unit 


Item gvz A4 C 

FHB II-A L M8 x 60/10 097032 097298 097696 1) ■ 10 75 60 10 M 8 13 10 

FHB II-A L M8 x 60/30 097033 097299 097697 1) ■ 10 75 60 30 M 8 13 10 

FHB II-A L M8 x 60/50 097034 097440 — ■ 10 75 60 50 M 8 13 10 

FHB II-A L M10 x 95/10 096907 097616 097698 1) ■ 12 110 95 10 M 10 17 10 

FHB II-A L M10 x 95/20 096940 097617 097699 1) ■ 12 110 95 20 M 10 17 10 

FHB II-A L M10 x 95/40 — 097618 — ■ 12 110 95 40 M 10 17 10 

FHB II-A L M10 x 95/60 096941 097619 — ■ 12 110 95 60 M 10 17 10 

FHB II-A L M10 x 95/100 096942 097620 — ■ 12 110 95 100 M 10 17 10 

FHB II-A L M12 x 100/10 506893 506897 — ■ 14 115 100 10 M 12 19 10 

FHB II-A L M12 x 100/25 506894 506898 — ■ 14 115 100 25 M 12 19 10 

FHB II-A L M12 x 100/40 — 506899 — ■ 14 115 100 40 M 12 19 10 

FHB II-A L M12 x 100/60 506895 506901 — ■ 14 115 100 60 M 12 19 10 

FHB II-A L M12 x 100/100 506896 506902 — ■ 14 115 100 100 M 12 19 10 

FHB II-A L M12 x 120/10 096943 097621 — ■ 14 135 120 10 M 12 19 10 

FHB II-A L M12 x 120/25 096944 097622 097700 1) ■ 14 135 120 25 M 12 19 10 

FHB II-A L M12 x 120/40 — 097623 097701 1) ■ 14 135 120 40 M 12 19 10 

FHB II-A L M12 x 120/60 097014 097624 — ■ 14 135 120 60 M 12 19 10 

FHB II-A L M12 x 120/100 097031 097625 — ■ 14 135 120 100 M 12 19 10 

FHB II-A L M16 x 125/30 506903 506906 — ■ 18 140 125 30 M 16 24 10 

FHB II-A L M16 x 125/60 506904 506909 — ■ 18 140 125 60 M 16 24 10 

FHB II-A L M16 x 125/100 506905 506910 — ■ 18 140 125 100 M 16 24 10 

FHB II-A L M16 x 145/30 506911 506914 — ■ 18 160 145 30 M 16 24 10 

FHB II-A L M16 x 145/60 506912 506915 — ■ 18 160 145 60 M 16 24 10 

FHB II-A L M16 x 145/100 506913 506916 — ■ 18 160 145 100 M 16 24 10 

FHB II-A L M16 x 160/30 097035 097626 097702 1) ■ 18 175 160 30 M 16 24 10 

FHB II-A L M16 x 160/60 097038 097627 — ■ 18 175 160 60 M 16 24 10 

FHB II-A L M16 x 160/100 097070 097628 — ■ 18 175 160 100 M 16 24 10 

FHB II-A L M20 x 210/50 097071 097629 097703 1) ■ 25 235 210 50 M 20 30 4 

FHB II-A L M20 x 210/150 052370 — — ■ 25 235 210 150 M 20 30 8 

FHB II-A L M24 x 210/50 506920 506921 — ■ 25 235 210 50 M 24 36 4 


Approval 

54



Type Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole depth Mortar volume in scale units 

shown on the cartridge labels‘ 

corresponding scala 

[mm] 

[mm] 

Anchor 

per cartridge FIS HB 345 S * ) 

FHB II-A L M8 x 60 10 75 3 56 

FHB II-A L M10 x 95 12 110 5 34 

FHB II-A L M12 x 100 14 115 7 24 

FHB II-A L M12 x 120 14 135 7 24 

FHB II-A L M16 x 125 18 140 11 15 

FHB II-A L M16 x 145 18 160 13 13 

FHB II-A L M16 x 160 18 175 13 13 

FHB II-A L M20 x 210 25 235 33 5 

FHB II-A L M24 x 210 25 235 33 5 



ACCESSORIES 

Centring wedge 


Fits 

Sales unit 


Centring wedge 093076 for overhead installations 10 


LOADS 

Highbond anchor FHB II 



Type 






distance 

distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


FHB II-A L M8x60 60 100 15,0 8,0 7,8 40 40 11,2 7,8 40 40 

FHB II-A L M10x95 95 140 20,0 15,9 11,9 40 40 16,4 11,9 40 40 

FHB II-A L M12x100 100 140 40,0 17,1 17,3 50 50 23,7 17,3 50 50 

FHB II-A L M12x120 120 170 40,0 22,5 17,3 50 50 23,7 17,3 50 50 

FHB II-A L M16x125 125 170 60,0 24,0 32,2 55 55 33,6 32,2 55 55 

FHB II-A L M16x145 145 190 60,0 29,9 32,2 60 60 42,0 32,2 60 60 

FHB II-A L M16x160 160 220 60,0 34,7 32,2 70 70 46,0 32,2 70 70 

FHB II-A L M20x210 210 280 100,0 52,2 50,2 90 90 65,5 50,2 90 90 

FHB II-A L M24x210 210 280 100,0 52,2 72,5 90 90 65,5 72,5 90 90 

1) 


4) 



5) 



6) 


2) 



3) 



55



LOADS 

Highbond anchor FHB II A4 



Type 






distance 

distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


FHB II-A L M8x60 A4 60 100 15,0 8,0 8,7 40 40 11,2 8,7 40 40 

FHB II-A L M10x95 A4 95 140 20,0 15,9 13,3 40 40 16,4 13,3 40 40 

FHB II-A L M12x100 A4 100 140 40,0 17,1 19,3 50 50 23,7 19,3 50 50 

FHB II-A L M12x120 A4 120 170 40,0 22,5 19,3 50 50 23,7 19,3 50 50 

FHB II-A L M16x125 A4 125 170 60,0 24,0 35,8 55 55 33,6 35,8 55 55 

FHB II-A L M16x145 A4 145 190 60,0 29,9 35,8 60 60 42,0 35,8 60 60 

FHB II-A L M16x160 A4 160 220 60,0 34,7 35,8 70 70 46,0 35,8 70 70 

FHB II-A L M20x210 A4 210 280 100,0 52,2 55,9 90 90 65,5 55,9 90 90 

FHB II-A L M24x210 A4 210 280 100,0 52,2 80,6 90 90 65,5 80,6 90 90 

1) 


5) 



6) 


with a spacing s ≥ 3 x h ef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5 x h ef . Accurate data see approval. up to +50°C (resp. short term up to 80°C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval. 

2) 


3) 



4) 


LOADS 

Highbond anchor FHB II C 



Type 






distance 

distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


FHB II-A L M8x60 C 60 100 15,0 8,0 8,7 40 40 11,2 8,7 40 40 

FHB II-A L M10x95 C 95 140 20,0 15,9 13,3 40 40 16,4 13,3 40 40 

FHB II-A L M12x100 C 100 140 40,0 17,1 19,3 50 50 23,7 19,3 50 50 

FHB II-A L M12x120 C 120 170 40,0 22,5 19,3 50 50 23,7 19,3 50 50 

FHB II-A L M16x125 C 125 170 60,0 24,0 35,8 55 55 33,6 35,8 55 55 

FHB II-A L M16x145 C 145 190 60,0 29,9 35,8 60 60 42,0 35,8 60 60 

FHB II-A L M16x160 C 160 220 60,0 34,7 35,8 70 70 46,0 35,8 70 70 

FHB II-A L M20x210 C 210 280 100,0 52,2 55,9 90 90 65,5 55,9 90 90 

FHB II-A L M24x210 C 210 280 100,0 52,2 80,6 90 90 65,5 80,6 90 90 

1) 


4) 



5) 



6) 


2) 



3) 



56

Resin anchor R with threaded rod RG M 

The proven bonded anchor for non-cracked concrete 


High-bay warehouses 

Collision protection 

VERSIONS 




APPROVALS 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The pre-portioned resin capsule is 

especially economical for individual 

applications and overhead installations. 

▪ The choice between standard and 

intensive cleaning allows for individual 

adaptation either to achieve rapid 

progress or to obtain the maximum 

load level. 

▪ The wide range of approved steel 

types allows for use in all corrosion 

resistance classes and offers the best 

possible application safety. 

▪ The extensive range of RG M from 

M8-M30 opens up a wide range of 

applications and therefore offers great 

flexibility. 

▪ The larger anchorage depths of the 

RG M E variants allow for an even 

greater load level. Thus fewer fixing 

points are required. 


Approved for: 

▪ Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, noncracked 


▪ Concrete C12/15, non-cracked 

▪ Natural stone with dense structure 

APPLICATIONS 





▪ Column bases 

▪ Machines 

▪ Masts 

Ideal for: 

▪ Overhead installations 

▪ Water-filled drill holes 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The resin anchor R is suitable for prepositioned 

installation when combined 

with the threaded rod RG M. 

▪ The 2-component resin capsule R M 

contains quick-setting styrene-free 

vinyl ester resin and hardener. 

▪ The threaded rod RG M is set using 

a hammer drill and the accompanying 

setting tool in rotating and hitting 

motions. 

▪ During setting, the oblique edge of the 

RG M destroys the capsule, and mixes 

and activates the mortar. 

▪ The mortar bonds the entire surface 

of the threaded rod with the drill hole 

wall and seals the drill hole. 

57



INSTALLATION 


Resin capsule R M 

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole depth Effect. anchoring 

Fits 

Sales unit 

depth 

d o h 1 h ef 


R M 8 050270 1) ■ 10 80 80 RG M 8 10 

R M 10 050271 1) ■ 12 90 90 RG M 10 10 

R M 12 050272 ■ 14 110 110 RG M 12 10 

R M 12 E 048501 ■ 14 150 150 RG M 12 E 10 

R M 14 050278 ■ 16 120 120 RG M 14 10 

R M 16 050273 ■ 18 125 125 RG M 16 10 

R M 16 E 079838 ■ 18 190 190 RG M 16 E 10 

R M 20 050274 ■ 25 170 170 RG M 20 10 

R M 20 E 079840 ■ 25 240 240 RG M 20 E 5 

R M 22 512763 — 30 190 190 RG M 22 5 

R M 24 050275 ■ 28 210 210 RG M 24 5 

R M 24 E 079842 ■ 28 290 290 RG M 24 E 5 

R M 27 079843 ■ 32 250 250 RG M 27 5 

R M 30 050276 ■ 35 280 280 RG M 30 5 

1) No ETA-approval in combination with internal-threaded anchor RG MI. 

Approval 

CURING TIME 

Temperature at anchoring base 

Curing time 

‒ 5°C – ± 0°C 240 min. 

± 0°C – +10°C 45 min. 

+10°C – +20°C 20 min. 

≧ +20°C 10 min. 


58



zinc-plated 

steel 

stainless 

steel 

Threaded rod RG M 

Approval 

Drill hole 

diameter 

Effect. anchoring 

depth 

Max. fixture 

thickness 

Hexagon 

drive 

Hexagon nut Fits capsules Sales unit 

d o h ef t fi x 6kt SW SW 

Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

Item gvz A4 

RG M 8 x 110 050256 050263 ■ 10 80 13 5 13 50270 RM 8 10 

RG M 8 x 150 095698 050293 ■ 10 80 60 5 13 50270 RM 8 10 

RG M 8 x 250 095699 095700 ■ 10 80 160 5 13 50270 RM 8 10 

RG M 8 x 350 — 095708 1) ■ 10 80 260 — 13 50270 RM 8 10 

RG M 10 x 130 050257 050264 ■ 12 90 20 7 17 50271 RM 10 10 

RG M 10 x 165 050280 050294 ■ 12 90 57 7 17 50271 RM 10 10 

RG M 10 x 190 050281 050296 ■ 12 90 82 7 17 50271 RM 10 10 

RG M 10 x 250 095703 095701 ■ 12 90 150 7 17 50271 RM 10 10 

RG M 10 x 300 — 512246 1) ■ 12 90 200 — 17 50271 RM 10 10 

RG M 10 x 350 095718 1) 095709 1) ■ 12 90 250 — 17 50271 RM 10 10 

RG M 12 x 160 050258 050265 ■ 14 110 25 8 19 50272 RM 12 10 

RG M 12 x 180 512248 512249 ■ 14 110 50 8 19 50272 RM 12 10 

RG M 12 x 200 E 050572 050576 2) ■ 14 150 30 8 19 48501 RM 12 E 10 

RG M 12 x 220 050283 050297 ■ 14 110 90 8 19 50272 RM 12 10 

RG M 12 x 230 E 050574 050577 2) ■ 14 150 60 8 19 48501 RM 12 E 10 

RG M 12 x 250 — 095702 ■ 14 110 120 — 19 50272 RM 12 10 

RG M 12 x 250 050284 — ■ 14 110 120 8 19 50272 RM 12 10 

RG M 12 x 290 E 050575 050578 2) ■ 14 150 120 8 19 48501 RM 12 E 10 

RG M 12 x 300 050285 095705 ■ 14 110 170 — 19 50272 RM 12 10 

RG M 12 x 380 095720 1) 095710 1) ■ 14 110 255 — 19 50272 RM 12 10 

RG M 12 x 600 — 095711 1) ■ 14 110 475 — 19 50272 RM 12 10 

RG M 14 x 170 050286 — — 16 120 38 10 22 50278 RM 14 10 

RG M 16 x 165 050287 095704 ■ 18 125 13 12 24 50273 RM 16 10 

RG M 16 x 190 050259 050266 ■ 18 125 35 12 24 50273 RM 16 10 

RG M 16 x 235 E 090716 090721 ■ 18 190 20 12 24 79838 RM 16 E 10 

RG M 16 x 250 050288 050298 ■ 18 125 98 12 24 50273 RM 16 10 

RG M 16 x 275 E 090717 090722 ■ 18 190 60 12 24 79838 RM 16 E 10 

RG M 16 x 300 050289 050299 ■ 18 125 148 12 24 50273 RM 16 10 

RG M 16 x 380 095722 1) 095712 1) ■ 18 125 235 — 24 50273 RM 16 10 

RG M 16 x 500 095723 1) 095713 1) ■ 18 125 355 — 24 50273 RM 16 10 

RG M 20 x 220 512251 — ■ 25 170 25 12 30 50274 RM 20 10 

RG M 20 x 260 050260 050267 ■ 25 170 65 12 30 50274 RM 20 10 

RG M 20 x 330 E 090718 090723 ■ 25 240 60 12 30 79840 RM 20 E 10 

RG M 20 x 350 095707 095706 ■ 25 170 155 12 30 50274 RM 20 10 

RG M 20 x 500 095725 3) — ■ 25 170 305 — 30 50274 RM 20 10 

RG M 22 x 280 512252 3) — — 30 190 65 — 32 512763 RM 22 5 

RG M 24 x 300 050261 3) 050268 3) ■ 28 210 65 — 36 50275 RM 24 10 

RG M 24 x 380 E 090719 3) 090724 3) ■ 28 290 60 — 36 79842 RM 24 E 5 

RG M 24 x 400 095727 3) 095715 3) ■ 28 210 165 — 36 50275 RM 24 10 

RG M 24 x 600 095728 — ■ 28 210 365 — 36 50275 RM 24 5 

RG M 27 x 340 090720 3) 090725 3) ■ 32 250 60 — 41 79843 RM 27 5 

RG M 30 x 380 050262 3) 090726 3) ■ 35 280 65 — 46 50276 RM 30 5 

RG M 30 x 500 095730 3) — ■ 35 280 185 — 46 50276 RM 30 5 

1) Straight cut, setting tool is enclosed. 

2) Delivery time on request. 

3) Straight cut, additional setting tool required 


59




highly 

corrosion 

resistant 

steel 

hot-dip 

galvanised 

steel 

Threaded rod RG M 

Approval 

Drill hole 

diameter 

Effect. 

anchoring 

depth 

Max. fixture 

thickness 

Hexagon 

drive 

d o h ef t fi x 6kt SW SW 

Hexagon nut Fits capsules Sales unit 


Item C fvz 

RG M 8 x 110 096316 1) — ■ 10 80 13 5 13 50270 RM 8 10 

RG M 10 x 130 096217 1) — ■ 12 90 20 7 17 50271 RM 10 10 

RG M 12 x 160 096218 1) 512247 ■ 14 110 25 8 19 50272 RM 12 10 

RG M 16 x 190 096219 1) 512250 ■ 18 125 35 12 24 50273 RM 16 10 




Brush diameter Thread Sales unit 

Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs] 

BS ø 10 078178 11 M 8 1 

BS ø 12 078179 13 M 10 1 

BS ø 14 078180 16 M 12 1 

BS ø 16/18 078181 20 M14, M16 1 

BS ø 25 097806 27 M 20 1 

BS ø 28 078183 30 M 24 1 

BS ø 35 078184 40 M22, M27, M30 1 



Fits 

Sales unit 


Compressed-air cleaning gun ABP 059456 RG M 8 - M 30 1 

ABG big 089300 - 1 

ACCESSORIES 


Adapter SDS max 1/2“ VK 

Adapter SDS max 3/4“ VK 

Adapter SDS plus 1/2“ VK 

Adapter SK SW 8 1/2“ VK 

Fits 

Sales unit 



SK SW 8 1/2 001536 Adapter suitable fits threaded rods M8 - M22 1 

SDS plus 1/2 001537 Adapter suitable fits threaded rods M8 - M16 1 

SDS max 1/2 001538 Adapter suitable fits threaded rods M16 - M20 1 

SDS max 3/4 001539 Adapter suitable fits threaded rods M20 - M30 1 

60


SETTING TOOLS 

Setting tool with SDS adapter 

For simple installation of bonded anchors for example Resin anchor R, Highbond anchor FHB II 

← + 

→ 

included with each package 

Adapter for installing anchor rods 

Threaded rods without external hex-drive (special lengths). 

Important: use counter nut! 

← 

RA-SDS 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

SDS max 1/2“ VK 

SDS max 3/4“ VK 

SDS plus 1/2“ VK 

SK SW 8 1/2“ VK 


LOADS 

Resin anchor R with threaded rod RG M (grade 5.8) 

Highest permissible loads for a single anchor 1) 6) in concrete C20/25 4) 



Type 

Effective 

anchorage depth 

Minimum 

member thickness 

Installation 

torque 

Permissible 

tensile load 

Permissible 

shear load 

Min. 

spacing 

Min. 

edge distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] 

RG M 8 80 110 10,0 8,8 4,2 40 40 

RG M 10 90 120 20,0 12,3 7,6 45 45 

RG M 12 110 150 40,0 19,8 11,0 55 55 

RG M 12E 150 200 40,0 21,1 11,0 75 75 

RG M 16 125 160 60,0 28,4 20,5 65 65 

RG M 16E 190 250 60,0 39,3 20,5 95 95 

RG M 20 170 220 120,0 45,8 32,0 85 85 

RG M 20E 240 300 120,0 60,9 32,0 120 120 

RG M 24 210 280 150,0 64,1 46,1 105 105 

RG M 24E 290 380 150,0 87,7 46,1 145 145 

RG M 27 250 330 200,0 85,8 60,1 125 125 

RG M 30 280 370 300,0 100,5 73,3 140 140 

1) 




2) 


3) 



4) 


6) 



61



LOADS 

Resin anchor R with threaded rod RG M A4 (grade A4-70) 




Type 

Effective 


Minimum 


Installation 

torque 

Permissible 

tensile load 

Permissible 

shear load 

Min. 

spacing 

Min. 

edge distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


RG M 8 A4 80 110 10,0 8,8 5,9 40 40 

RG M 10 A4 90 120 20,0 12,3 9,3 45 45 

RG M 12 A4 110 150 40,0 19,8 13,5 55 55 

RG M 12E A4 150 200 40,0 22,5 13,5 75 75 

RG M 16 A4 125 160 60,0 28,4 25,1 65 65 

RG M 16E A4 190 250 60,0 42,0 25,1 95 95 

RG M 20 A4 170 220 120,0 45,8 39,2 85 85 

RG M 20E A4 240 300 120,0 64,6 39,2 120 120 

RG M 24 A4 210 280 150,0 64,1 56,5 105 105 

RG M 24E A4 290 380 150,0 88,5 56,5 145 145 

RG M 27 A4 250 330 200,0 85,8 73,6 125 125 

RG M 30 A4 280 370 300,0 100,5 89,8 140 140 

1) 




2) 


3) 



4) 


6) 



LOADS 

Resin anchor R with threaded rod RG M C (material 1.4529) 




Type 

Effective 


Minimum 


Installation 

torque 

Permissible 

tensile load 

Permissible 

shear load 

Min. 

spacing 

Min. 

edge distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


RG M 8 C 80 110 10,0 8,8 7,3 40 40 

RG M 10 C 90 120 20,0 12,3 11,6 45 45 

RG M 12 C 110 150 40,0 19,8 16,9 55 55 

RG M 12E C 150 200 40,0 26,9 16,9 75 75 

RG M 16 C 125 160 60,0 28,4 31,3 65 65 

RG M 16E C 190 250 60,0 43,2 31,3 95 95 

RG M 20 C 170 220 120,0 45,8 49,0 85 85 

RG M 20E C 240 300 120,0 64,6 49,0 120 120 

RG M 24 C 210 280 150,0 64,1 70,5 105 105 

RG M 24E C 290 380 150,0 88,5 70,5 145 145 

RG M 27 C 250 330 200,0 85,8 91,9 125 125 

RG M 30 C 280 370 300,0 100,5 112,1 140 140 

1) 




2) 


3) 



4) 


6) 



62


The proven bonded anchor with internal thread for non-cracked 

concrete 


Stadium seating 

Fall protection devices 

VERSIONS 



APPROVALS 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The internal threaded anchor RG MI 

allows for the surface flush removal 

and reuse of the fixing point. It therefore 

offers great flexibility. 

▪ The metric internal thread allows for 

the use of standard metric screws or 

threaded rods for the ideal adaptation 

to suit the intended use. 

▪ The pre-portioned resin capsule is 

especially economical for individual 

applications. 

▪ The glass particles of the capsule body 

rough up the drill hole wall during 

the setting process. This minimises 

the amount of cleaning required and 

allows for installation under extreme 

conditions, for example in water-filled 

drill holes. 


Approved for: 





APPLICATIONS 

▪ Removable fixings 

▪ Temporary fixings, e.g. for machines 

▪ Scaffold anchoring 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The resin anchor R is suitable for prepositioned 


with the internal threaded anchor 

RG MI. 

▪ The 2-component resin capsule R M 

contains quick-setting styrene-free 

vinyl ester resin and hardener. 


is set using a hammer drill and the 

accompanying setting tool in rotating 

and hitting motions. 

▪ During setting, the oblique edge of the 

internal threaded anchor destroys the 

capsule, and mixes and activates the 

mortar. 

▪ The mortar bonds the entire surface of 

the internal threaded anchor with the 

drill hole wall and seals the drill hole. 

63



INSTALLATION 


Resin capsule R M 

Drill hole Min. drill hole Effect. anchoring Fits internal-threaded anchor Sales unit 

diameter 

depth 

depth 

d o h 1 h ef 


R M 8 050270 1) ■ 10 75 75 RG M5 I 10 

R M 10 050271 1) ■ 12 75 75 RG M6 I 10 

R M 12 050272 ■ 14 90 90 RG M8 I 10 

R M 14 050278 ■ 16 90 90 RG M10 I 10 

R M 16 E 079838 ■ 18 125/160 125/160 RG M12 I, RG M16 I 10 

R M 20 050274 ■ 25 200 200 RG M20 I 10 

1) No ETA-approval in combination with internal-threaded anchor RG MI. 

Approval 

CURING TIME 

Temperature at anchoring base 

Curing time 

‒ 5°C – ± 0°C 240 min. 

± 0°C – +10°C 45 min. 

+10°C – +20°C 20 min. 

≧ +20°C 10 min. 


64



zinc-plated 

steel 

stainless 

steel 

Internal threaded anchor RG MI 

Approval 

Drill hole diameter 


depth 

Min. bolt penetration 

Max. bolt penetration 

Fits capsules 

ETA d o h ef l E,min l E,max 

Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

Item gvz A4 

RG 8 x 75 M 5 I 048221 1) — — 10 75 8 14 50270 RM 8 10 

RG 10 x 75 M 6 I 048222 1) — — 12 75 10 16 50271 RM 10 10 

RG 12 x 90 M8 I 050552 1) 050565 1) ■ 14 90 12 18 50272 RM 12 10 

RG 16 x 90 M10 I 050553 1) 050566 1) ■ 18 90 15 23 50278 RM 14 10 

RG 18 x 125 M12 I 050562 1) 050567 1) ■ 20 125 18 26 79838 RM 16 E 10 

RG 22 x 160 M16 I 050563 1) 050568 1) ■ 24 160 24 35 79838 RM 16 E 5 

RG 28 x 200 M20 I 050564 1) 050569 1) ■ 32 200 30 45 50274 RM 20 5 

1) Setting tool is included in each package. 

Sales unit 




Brush diameter Fits internal-threaded anchor Sales unit 

Art.-No. [mm] [pcs] 

BS ø 10 078178 11 RG M5 I 1 

BS ø 12 078179 13 RG M6 I 1 

BS ø 14 078180 16 RG M8 I 1 

BS ø 16/18 078181 20 RG M10 I 1 

BS ø 20 052277 22 RG M12 I 1 

BS ø 24 078182 26 RG M16 I 1 

BS ø 35 078184 40 RG M20 I 1 



Fits 

Sales unit 


Compressed-air cleaning gun ABP 059456 RG MI 8 - 20 1 

ABG big 089300 - 1 

65



LOADS 

Resin anchor R with internal threaded anchor RG MI (screw with grade 8.8) 

Highest permissible loads for a single anchor 1) 6) in concrete C20/25 4) . 



Typ 

Effective 


Minimum 


Installation 

torque 

Permissible 

tensile load 

Permissible 

shear load 

Min. 

spacing 

Min. 

edge distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


RG M 8 I 90 120 10,0 13,8 8,2 45 45 

RG M 10 I 90 120 20,0 16,7 13,0 45 45 

RG M 12 I 125 170 40,0 23,8 18,9 60 60 

RG M 16 I 160 220 60,0 35,7 35,1 80 80 

RG M 20 I 200 270 120,0 54,8 54,9 100 100 

1) 




2) 


3) 



4) 


6) 



LOADS 

Resin anchor R with internal threaded anchor RG MI A4 (screw with grade A4-70) 

Highest permissible loads for a single anchor 1) 6) in concrete C20/25 4) . 



Type 

Effective 


Minimum 


Installation 

torque 

Permissible 

tensile load 

Permissible 

shear load 

Min. 

spacing 

Min. 

edge distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


RG M 8 I A4 90 120 10,0 9,9 5,9 45 45 

RG M 10 I A4 90 120 20,0 15,7 9,3 45 45 

RG M 12 I A4 125 170 40,0 22,5 13,5 60 60 

RG M 16 I A4 160 220 60,0 35,7 25,1 80 80 

RG M 20 I A4 200 270 120,0 54,8 39,2 100 100 

1) 




2) 


3) 



4) 


6) 



66


The powerful injection mortar for rebar connections and 

cracked concrete 


Rail fastenings 

Underwater applications 


Approved for anchorings in: 



Approved for rebar connections in: 

▪ Concrete C12/15 to C50/60 



APPROVALS 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ Thanks to its high bond strength, 

FIS EM achieves a very high load 

level for safe use in cracked and noncracked 

concrete. 

▪ FIS EM is also suitable for diamonddrilled 

drill holes, thus allowing for 

greater flexibility on the construction 

site. 

▪ The low mortar shrinkage allows for 

a maximum applied load, including 

in the case of large threaded rod 

diameters. 

▪ The pure epoxy resin can also be used 

underwater, thus allowing for use in 

extreme conditions. 

▪ The high approved temperature resistance 

of -40°C to +72°C allows for a 

stable load level, even when subjected 

to increased temperature demands. 

▪ FIS EM has extended open times and 

is therefore particularly suitable for 

series installation and rebar connections. 

APPLICATIONS 

Injection mortar for use in cracked 

and non-cracked concrete with: 

▪ Threaded rods FIS A, see page 89 

▪ Internal threaded anchor RG MI, see 

page 94 

For rebar connections with: 

▪ Concrete steel bars, see page 123 

▪ Rebar anchor FRA, see page 123 

Ideal for: 

▪ Diamond-drilled drill holes 

▪ Underwater applications 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ FIS EM is a 2-component injection 

system based on epoxy resin. 

▪ Resin and hardener are stored in two 

separate chambers and are not mixed 

and activated until extrusion through 

the static mixer. 

▪ The professional injection cartridges 

are quick and easy to use with the 

fischer dispensers. 

▪ Partially used cartridges can be 

reused, simply by changing the static 

mixer. 

▪ Related accessories for the various 

applications can be found on pages 

69 (cracked concrete) and 125 (rebar 

connection). 

67




Injection mortar FIS EM 390 S 



Static mixer FIS SE 

Approval 


Item Art.-No. DIBt ETA [pcs] 

FIS EM 390 S 093048 ▯ ■ D, GB, F, NL, E, P 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS SE 6 

FIS EM 390 S 093049 ▯ ■ GB, CZ, PL, GR, PRC, ROK 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS SE 6 

FIS EM 390 S 502289 ▯ ■ LT, LV, EE, UA, RUS, KZ 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS SE 6 

FIS EM 585 S 508831 ▯ ■ D, GB, F, NL, E, P 1 cartridge 585 ml, 2 x static mixer 6 

FIS EM 585 S 509266 ▯ ■ GB, PRC, RU, ROK, CZ, PL 1 cartridge 585 ml, 2 x static mixer 6 

FIS EM 1100 S 096865 ▯ ■ D, NL, GB, F, E, PRC, JP, ROK, I, P, PL, CZ 1 cartridge 1100 ml, 2 x static mixer 6 

FIS SE 096448 — — — 10 static mixer FIS SE for FIS EM 390 S 10 

FIS EM 390 S HWK 

Approval 

FIS EM 390 S HWK with 

dispenser FIS DM S 

FIS EM 390 S in bucket 



FIS EM 390 S HWK 501808 ▯ ■ D, GB, F, NL, E, P 20 cartridges 390 ml, 20 x static mixer FIS SE 1 

FIS EM 390 S HWK 040038 ▯ ■ GB, CZ, PL, GR, PRC, ROK 20 cartridges 390 ml, 20 x static mixer FIS SE 1 

FIS EM 390 S HWK 049419 ▯ ■ GB, CZ, PL, GR, PRC, ROK 

12 cartridges 390 ml, 24 x static mixer FIS SE, 

1 x dispenser FIS DM S 

1 

FIS EM 390 S in 

bucket 

503024 ▯ ■ D, GB, F, NL, E, P 16 cartridges 390 ml + 16 static mixer FIS SE 1 

CURING TIME 

Cartridge temperature Gelling time Temperature 

Curing time 


(mortar) 

+ 5°C – +10°C 2 hrs. + 5°C – +10°C 40 hrs. 

+10°C – +20°C 30 min. +10°C – +20°C 18 hrs. 

+20°C – +30°C 14 min. +20°C – +30°C 10 hrs. 

+30°C – +40°C 7 min. +30°C – +40°C 5 hrs. 

The above times apply from the moment of contact between resin and hardener in the static mixer. 

For installation, the cartridge temperature must be at least +5 °C. For longer installation times, i.e. when interruptions occur in work, the mixer should be replaced. 

68




Brush diameter For drill diameter Sales unit 


BS ø 12 078179 13 12 1 

BS ø 14 078180 16 14 1 

BS ø 16/18 078181 20 16/18 1 

BS ø 24 078182 26 24 1 

BS ø 25 097806 27 25 1 

BS ø 28 078183 30 28 1 

BS ø 35 078184 40 30/32/35 1 


Cleaning brush with thread M 8 



Brush for drill-Ø 40 mm 505061 42 40 1 



FIS brush extension 508791 — — 1 


Fits 

Sales unit 


Compressed-air cleaning gun ABP 059456 FIS A M 16 - M 30 1 

DISPENSER 




FIS DC 4000 S 



FIS DM S 511118 



— 1 

FIS AM 058000 

FIS DC 4000 S 507790 







— 1 







1 

69



Pneumatic dispenser FIS AP Dispenser FIS DM S-L Dispenser FIS DP S-L 



FIS AP 058027 






1 

FIS DM S-L 510992 FIS EM 585 S — 1 

FIS DP S-L 511125 FIS EM 585 S Recommended pressure 6 bar 1 

Dispenser FIS AJ-Plus 



FIS AJ-Plus 041730 FIS EM 1100 S 



1 

70





Rescue ladders 

Silos 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ FIS V has a number of system 

approvals, for example in non-cracked 

concrete, masonry and for rebar connections. 

FIS V is therefore the universal 

injection mortar with guaranteed 

safety for almost every application. 

▪ The cement in the FIS V vinyl ester 

mortar generates the highest temperature 

resistance up to +120 °C. 

This means that FIS V can be used 

in a wide range of temperatures and 

works reliably even when subjected to 

increased demands. 

▪ The extensive range of accessories is 

ideally suited for the injection mortar 

FIS V; increases the great flexibility 

of the system; and allows for a wide 

range of applications. 




▪ Hollow blocks made from lightweight 

concrete 

▪ Hollow blocks made from concrete 

▪ Vertically perforated brick 

▪ Perforated sand-lime brick 

▪ Solid sand-lime brick 

▪ Aerated concrete 

▪ Solid brick 





APPLICATIONS 

Injection mortar for use with: 

▪ Threaded rods FIS A, see page 

97 (concrete), 106 (masonry) and 

119 (aerated concrete). 


page 103 



▪ Injection anchor sleeves FIS H, see 

page 111 

▪ Aerated concrete centring sleeve PBZ, 

see page 119 

▪ Remedial wall tie VBS 8, see page 

140 

▪ Weather facing reconstruction system 

FWS, see page 144 

APPROVALS 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The FIS V is a 2-component injection 

mortar based on vinyl ester hybrid. 





▪ The injection cartridges are quick and 

easy to use with the fischer dispensers. 



mixer. 


applications can be found on pages 

73 (non-cracked concrete), 73 

(masonry), 121 (aerated concrete) 

and 125 (rebar connection). 

71




Injection mortar FIS V 360 S 

Static mixer FIS S 

Approval 




FIS V 360 S 094404 ▯ ■ D, F, NL, TR, H, RUS 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6 

FIS V 360 S 094405 ▯ ■ GB, I, P, E, PRC, JP 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6 

FIS V 360 S 068435 ▯ ■ DK, S, N, FIN, PL, CZ 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6 

FIS V 360 S 502283 ▯ ■ LT, LV, EE, UA, RUS, KZ 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6 

FIS V 360 S 041846 ▯ ■ D, H, RO, SLO, HR, BG 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6 

FIS V 360 S 043994 ▯ ■ CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6 

FIS V 950 S 017101 ▯ ■ D, GB, F, NL, I, E, P, JP, PRC 

1 cartridge 950 ml, 1 x static mixer big, 

1 x static mixer FIS S 

6 

FIS S 061223 — — — 10 static mixer 10 

FIS V 360 S HWK small FIS V 360 S HWK big FIS V 360 S HWK big 

Approval 



FIS V 360 S HWK 

small 

092430 ▯ ■ D, F, NL, H, RUS, TR 10 cartridges 360 ml, 20 x static mixer 1 

FIS V 360 S HWK big 091936 ▯ ■ D, F, NL, H, RUS, TR 20 cartridges 360 ml, 40 x static mixer FIS S 1 

FIS V 360 S HWK big 096554 ▯ ■ GB, I, P, E, PRC, JP 20 cartridges 360 ml, 40 x static mixer FIS S 1 

FIS V 360 S HWK big 503027 ▯ ■ D, H, RO, SLO, HR, RUS 

12 cartridges 360 ml, 24 x static mixer FIS S, 

1 x application gun FIS DM S 

1 

72


FIS V 360 S in bucket Case set FIS B Thermosafe case set, empty 

Approval 



FIS V 360 S in bucket 503025 ▯ ■ GB, I, P, E, PRC, JP 20 cartridges 360 ml, 20 x static mixer FIS S 1 

FIS B Case set 024870 ▯ ■ D, F, NL, TR, H, RUS 

3 cartridges 360 ml, 1 x application gun FIS DM S, 

1 x blow-out pump ABG, 1 x set of brushes, 6 x static mixer 

1 

Thermosafe Case set, 

empty 

511083 — — — empty, for cartridges 360 ml, FIS DM S and ABG 1 


CURING TIME 


Curing time 


(mortar) 

‒ 5°C – ± 0°C 24 hrs. 

± 0°C – + 5°C 3 hrs. 

+ 5°C – +10°C 9 min. + 5°C – +10°C 90 min. 

+10°C – +20°C 5 min. +10°C – +20°C 60 min. 

+20°C – +30°C 4 min. +20°C – +30°C 45 min. 

+30°C – +40°C 2 min. +30°C – +40°C 35 min. 





Brush set for masonry 



BS ø 8 078177 9 8 1 

BS ø 10 078178 11 10 1 

BS ø 12 078179 13 12 1 

BS ø 14 078180 16 14 1 

BS ø 16/18 078181 20 16/18 1 

BS ø 20 052277 22 20 1 

BS ø 24 078182 26 24 1 

BS ø 25 097806 27 25 1 

BS ø 28 078183 30 28 1 

BS ø 35 078184 40 30/32/35 1 

Brush set Ø14/20 mm 048980 - 8 - 16 1 

Brush set Ø20/30 mm 048981 - 16 - 30 1 

73





Fits 

Sales unit 



ABG big 089300 - 1 

DISPENSER 




FIS DC 4000 S 



FIS DM S 511118 



— 1 

FIS AM 058000 

FIS DC 4000 S 507790 







— 1 







1 

Pneumatic dispenser FIS AP 

Pneumatic dispenser FIS AJ 



FIS AP 058027 






1 

FIS AJ 016251 FIS V 950 S — 1 

74


The versatile injection mortar with reduced curing time 




Awnings 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The FIS VW has a significantly shorter 

curing time than FIS V, thus ensuring 

rapid progress even at low temperatures. 

▪ The special formulation allows for use 

in base material temperatures of -15°C 

to +20°C, thus increasing application 

flexibility. 

▪ FIS VW has a number of system 


concrete and masonry. FIS VW is 

therefore the universal injection mortar 

with guaranteed safety for almost 

every application. 


ideally suited for the injection mortar 

FIS VW; increases the great flexibility 




Approved for: 



concrete 








▪ · Concrete C12/15 

APPLICATIONS 




119 (aerated concrete) 


page 103 


page 111 


see page 119 

APPROVALS 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The FIS VW is a quick-setting, 2-component 

injection mortar based on vinyl 

ester hybrid. 









mixer. 


applications can be found on 

pages 77 (non-cracked concrete), 

77 (masonry) and 121 (aerated 

concrete). 

75




Injection mortar FIS VW 360 S 

Approval 

Injection mortar FIS VW 300 T 



FIS VW 360 S 090753 ▯ ■ D, GB, F, I, NL, E 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6 

FIS VW 360 S 043997 ▯ ■ CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6 

FIS VW 360 S 045674 ▯ ■ DK, FIN, NOR, S 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6 

FIS VW 360 S 502284 ▯ ■ RUS, LT, LV, EST, UA, KZ 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6 

FIS VW 300 T 507793 ▯ ■ D, GB, HR, SLO, SRB, BG 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 12 

FIS VW 300 T 507795 ▯ ■ S, DK, N, CZ, SK, PL, RUS 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 12 


FIS VW 360 S HWK big FIS VW 360 S HWK small Thermosafe case set, empty 

Approval 



FIS VW 360 S HWK big 500673 ▯ ■ CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS 20 cartridges 360 ml, 40 x static mixer FIS S 1 

FIS VW 360 S HWK small 500674 ▯ ■ CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS 10 cartridges 360 ml, 20 x static mixer 1 

Thermosafe Case set, empty 511083 — — — empty, for cartridges 360 ml, FIS DM S and ABG 1 

CURING TIME 


Curing time 


(mortar) 

‒15°C – ‒10°C 1) 

12 hrs. 

‒10°C – ‒ 5°C 1) 8 hrs. 

- 5°C – ± 0°C 1) 5 Min. ‒ 5°C – ± 0°C 3 hrs. 

0°C – + 5°C 5 Min. ± 0°C – + 5°C 90 min. 

+ 5°C – +10°C 3 Min. + 5°C – +10°C 45 min. 

+10°C – +20°C 1 Min. +10°C – +20°C 30 min. 

1) 

Without approval. 



76







BS ø 8 078177 9 8 1 

BS ø 10 078178 11 10 1 

BS ø 12 078179 13 12 1 

BS ø 14 078180 16 14 1 

BS ø 16/18 078181 20 16/18 1 

BS ø 20 052277 22 20 1 

BS ø 24 078182 26 24 1 

BS ø 25 097806 27 25 1 

BS ø 28 078183 30 28 1 

BS ø 35 078184 40 30/32/35 1 

Brush set Ø14/20 mm 048980 - 8 - 16 1 

Brush set Ø20/30 mm 048981 - 16 - 30 1 




Fits 

Sales unit 



ABG big 089300 - 1 

DISPENSER 




FIS DC 4000 S 



FIS DM S 511118 



— 1 

FIS AM 058000 

FIS DC 4000 S 507790 







— 1 







1 

77



Pneumatic dispenser FIS AP Dispenser KPM 2 



FIS AP 058027 






1 

KP M 2 053117 



— 1 

78


The versatile injection mortar with extended open time 




Column bases 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The FIS VS with an extended open 

time prevents the premature setting of 

the mortar during summer temperatures, 

and is ideally suited to large drill 

hole depths. 

▪ FIS VS has a number of system 


concrete, masonry and for rebar 

connections. FIS VS is therefore 

the universal injection mortar with 

guaranteed safety for almost every 

application. 


ideally suited to the injection mortar 

FIS VS; increases the great flexibility 



▪ The FIS VS 300 T can be used with 

stable, standard silicone dispensers. 

No special equipment is required. 





concrete 











APPLICATIONS 




119 (aerated concrete) 


page 103 




page 111 


see page 119 

▪ Weather facing reconstruction system 

FWS, see page 144 

APPROVALS 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The FIS VS is a 2-component injection 

mortar based on vinyl ester hybrid 

with an extended setting time. 









mixer. 


applications can be found on 

pages 81 (non-cracked concrete), 

81 (masonry), 121 (aerated concrete) 

and 125 (rebar connection). 

79




Injection mortar FIS VS 150 C 

Injection mortar FIS VS 300 T 

Approval 

Power-Injection FIS VS 100 P 

Injection mortar FIS VS 360 S 



FIS VS 150 C 045302 ▯ ■ D, GB, F, I, NL, E 1 cartridge 145 ml, 2 x static mixer 6 

FIS VS 150 C 062654 ▯ ■ DK, S, N, FIN, PL, CZ 1 cartridge 145 ml, 2 x static mixer 6 

FIS VS 150 C 043998 ▯ ■ CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS 1 cartridge 145 ml, 2 x static mixer 6 

FIS VS 150 C Set 045303 ▯ ■ D, GB, F, I, NL, E 

Set for hollow bricks: 1 cartridge 145 ml, 

2 x static mixer FIS S, 6 x FIS H 16 x 85 K 

6 

FIS VS 150 C SET 043316 ▯ ■ D, H, RO, SLO, HR, BG 

Set for hollow bricks: 1 cartridge 145 ml, 

2 x static mixer FIS S, 6 x FIS H 16 x 85 K 

6 

FIS VS 100 P 072525 ▯ ■ D, GB, F, I, NL, E 1 cartridge 100 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6 

FIS VS 100 P 092763 ▯ ■ CZ, PL, H, SK, SLO, HR 1 cartridge 100 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6 

FIS VS 300 T 093180 ▯ ■ D, GB, F, I, NL, E, P 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 12 

FIS VS 300 T 502285 ▯ ■ RUS, LT, LV, EST, UA, KZ 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 12 

FIS VS 300 T 044102 ▯ ■ CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 12 

FIS VS 300 T 093226 ▯ ■ PL, CZ, DK, N, S, FIN 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 12 

FIS VS 300 T 051058 ▯ ■ CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 12 

FIS VS 360 S 078664 ▯ ■ GB, PRC, E, P, JP, RI 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6 


FIS VS 360 S HWK big FIS VS 300 T in bucket Thermosafe case set, empty 

Approval 



FIS VS 360 S HWK big 049418 ▯ ■ GB, PRC, E, P, JP, RI 

12 cartridges 360 ml, 24 x static mixer FIS S, 

1 x dispenser FIS DM S 

1 

FIS VS 300 T 

in bucket 

512062 ▯ ■ D, GB, F, I, NL, E, P 20 cartridges 300 ml, 20 x static mixer FIS S 1 

Thermosafe Case set, 

empty 

511083 — — — empty, for cartridges 360 ml, FIS DM S and ABG 1 

80


CURING TIME 


Curing time 


(mortar) 

± 0°C – + 5°C 6 hrs. 

+ 5°C – +10°C 20 min. + 5°C – +10°C 3 hrs. 

+10°C – +20°C 10 min. +10°C – +20°C 2 hrs. 

+20°C – +30°C 6 min. +20°C – +30°C 60 min. 

+30°C – +40°C 4 min. +30°C – +40°C 30 min. 









BS ø 8 078177 9 8 1 

BS ø 10 078178 11 10 1 

BS ø 12 078179 13 12 1 

BS ø 14 078180 16 14 1 

BS ø 16/18 078181 20 16/18 1 

BS ø 20 052277 22 20 1 

BS ø 24 078182 26 24 1 

BS ø 25 097806 27 25 1 

BS ø 28 078183 30 28 1 

BS ø 35 078184 40 30/32/35 1 

Brush set Ø14/20 mm 048980 - 8 - 16 1 

Brush set Ø20/30 mm 048981 - 16 - 30 1 



Fits 

Sales unit 



ABG big 089300 - 1 

81



DISPENSER 




FIS DC 4000 S 



FIS DM S 511118 



— 1 

FIS AM 058000 

FIS DC 4000 S 507790 







— 1 







1 

Pneumatic dispenser FIS AP Dispenser KPM 2 



FIS AP 058027 






1 

KP M 2 053117 



— 1 

82


The solid injection mortar for anchorings 

in non-cracked concrete 


High-bay warehouses 

Air conditioning units 


Approved for: 








APPROVALS 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The FIS VT is approved for use in 

non-cracked concrete, and achieves 

a high load-bearing capacity in these 

conditions. Besides the approval, 

FIS VT is also well-suited to masonry 

applications. 

▪ The injection mortar, based on vinyl 

ester resin, allows for anchorings in 

water-filled drill holes, thus allowing for 

rapid progress. 

▪ The temperature resistance of the 

FIS VT injection mortar of -40°C to 

+120 °C allows for a solid load level 

even when subjected to high temperature 

demands, thus providing great 

flexibility. 

APPLICATIONS 

Injection mortar for use in noncracked 

concrete with: 

▪ Threaded rods FIS A, see page 97 


page 103 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The FIS VT is a 2-component injection 

mortar based on vinylester. 





▪ The 380ml coaxial cartridge can be 

easily used with the fischer FIS AC 

dispenser. 



mixer. 

▪ Related accessories for use in noncracked 

concrete and masonry can be 

found on page 84. 

83




Injection mortar FIS VT 380 C Injection mortar FIS VT 300 T FIS VT 380 C in bucket 

Approval 



FIS VT 380 C 094401 ■ D, F, NL, DK, S, TR 1 cartridge 380 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 12 

FIS VT 380 C 059118 ■ GB, I, P, E, PL, CZ, JP 1 cartridge 380 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 12 

FIS VT 380 C 043999 ■ CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS 1 cartridge 380 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 12 

FIS VT 300 T 512933 ■ D, GB, HR, SLO, SRB, BG 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 12 

FIS VT 380 C in bucket 503026 ■ GB, I, P, E, PL, CZ, JP 16 cartridges 380 ml, 16 x static mixer FIS S 1 


CURING TIME 


Curing time 


(mortar) 

‒ 5°C – ± 0°C 24 hrs. 

± 0°C – + 5°C 3 hrs. 

+ 5°C – +10°C 9 Min. + 5°C – +10°C 90 min. 

+10°C – +20°C 5 Min. +10°C – +20°C 60 min. 

+20°C – +30°C 4 Min. +20°C – +30°C 45 min. 

+30°C – +40°C 2 Min. +30°C – +40°C 35 min. 








BS ø 8 078177 9 8 1 

BS ø 10 078178 11 10 1 

BS ø 12 078179 13 12 1 

BS ø 14 078180 16 14 1 

BS ø 16/18 078181 20 16/18 1 

BS ø 20 052277 22 20 1 

BS ø 24 078182 26 24 1 

BS ø 25 097806 27 25 1 

BS ø 28 078183 30 28 1 

BS ø 35 078184 40 30/32/35 1 

Brush set Ø14/20 mm 048980 - 8 - 16 1 

Brush set Ø20/30 mm 048981 - 16 - 30 1 

84




Fits 

Sales unit 



ABG big 089300 - 1 


DISPENSER 

Dispenser FIS AC Dispenser KPM 2 

Adapted for 

Sales unit 


FIS AC 096497 FIS P 380 C, FIS VT 380 C 1 

KP M 2 053117 FIS VS 150 C, FIS HB 150 C, FIS VS 300 T, FIS VT 300 T, FIS P 300 T and 1K-cartridges 1 

85




Gates 

Wall consoles 



▪ Hollow block 




▪ Solid brick made from lightweight 

concrete 


ADVANTAGES 

▪ The FIS P is the economical solution 

for anchorings in masonry that do not 

require approvals. 

▪ The FIS P 300 T can be used with 

stable, standard silicone injection 

dispensers. No special equipment is 

required. This helps to reduce procurement 

costs. 

APPLICATIONS 

Injection mortar for use in masonry 

and aerated concrete with: 

▪ Threaded rods FIS A, see pages 

106 (masonry) and 119 (aerated 

concrete). 

▪ Internal threaded anchor FIS E, see 

pages 106 (masonry) and 119 (aerated 

concrete). 


page 111 


see page 119 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The FIS P is a 2-component injection 

mortar based on polyester resin. 







mixer. 

▪ Related accessories for use in masonry 

and aerated concrete can be found on 

page 88 or page 121. 

86



Injection mortar FIS P 300 T 

Injection mortar FIS P 360 S 

Injection mortar FIS P 380 C 

Injection mortar FIS P 300 TB 



FIS P 300 TB 044725 D, GB, NL, E, PRC, P 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6 

FIS P 300 T 093175 D, F, GB, NL, E, PRC 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 12 

FIS P 300 T 044103 CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS, GR 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 12 

FIS P 300 T 093178 PL, CZ, H, SK, SLO, HR, RO, BG 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 12 

FIS P 300 T 502287 LT, LV, EE, UA, RUS, KZ 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 12 

FIS P 360 S 056691 D, F, NL, CZ, TR, PL 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6 

FIS P 360 S 056708 GB, I, P, E, PRC, JP 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6 

FIS P 360 S 043995 CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6 

FIS P 360 S 502288 LT, LV, EE, UA, RUS, KZ 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6 

FIS P 380 C 094400 D, F, NL, CZ, PL, SK 1 cartridge 380 ml, 1 x static mixer FIS S 12 

FIS P 380 C 044101 CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS 1 cartridge 380 ml, 1 x static mixer FIS S 12 

FIS P 380 C 059234 GB, I, P, E, PRC, JP 1 cartridge 380 ml, 1 x static mixer FIS S 12 

FIS S 061223 — 10 static mixer 10 


FIS P 300 T HWK small FIS P 300 T in bucket FIS P 380 C in bucket 



FIS P 300 T HWK small 040040 D, GB, NL, E, PRC, P 12 cartridges + 24 static mixer FIS S 1 

FIS P 300 T in bucket 511341 D, F, GB, NL, E, PRC 20 cartridges 300 ml, 20 x static mixer FIS S 1 

FIS P 380 C in bucket 511340 GB, I, P, E, PRC, JP 16 cartridges 380 ml, 16 x static mixer FIS S 1 

CURING TIME FIS P 300 T 


Curing time 


(mortar) 

± 0°C – + 5°C 6 hrs. 

+ 5°C – +10°C 15 min. + 5°C – +10°C 3 hrs. 

+10°C – +20°C 8 min. +10°C – +20°C 2 hrs. 

+20°C – +30°C 5 min. +20°C – +30°C 60 min. 

+30°C – +40°C 3 min. +30°C – +40°C 30 min. 



87



CURING TIME FIS P 380 C 


Curing time 


(mortar) 

‒ 5°C – ± 0°C 6 hrs. 

± 0°C – + 5°C 3 hrs. 

+ 5°C – +20°C 5 min. + 5°C – +20°C 90 min. 

+20°C – +30°C 4 min. +20°C – +30°C 45 min. 

+30°C – +40°C 2 min. +30°C – +40°C 30 min. 






Fits drill hole diameter 

Sales unit 

Item [mm] [pcs] 

Brush set Ø14/20 mm 048980 8 - 16 1 

Brush set Ø20/30 mm 048981 16 - 30 1 

ABG big 089300 — 1 

DISPENSER 

Dispenser FIS DM S Dispenser FIS AM Dispenser FIS AC 

Adapted for 

Sales unit 


FIS DM S 511118 

FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C, FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C, FIS VW 360 S, 


1 

FIS AM 058000 



1 

FIS AC 096497 FIS P 380 C, FIS VT 380 C 1 

Dispenser KPM 2 

Adapted for 

Sales unit 


KP M 2 053117 FIS VS 150 C, FIS HB 150 C, FIS VS 300 T, FIS VW 300 T, FIS P 300 T and 1K-cartridges 1 

88

Injection for cracked concrete with FIS A 

The variable fixing system for cracked concrete 


Crash barriers and sound insulation walls 

Bridge railings 

VERSIONS 



APPROVALS 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ Due to the high bond strength in 

connection with the injection mortar 

FIS EM, the system achieves a very 

high load level in cracked and noncracked 

concrete, resulting in a safe 

application. 

▪ Variable anchorage depths from 4x to 

20x the threaded rod diameter allow 

for ideal adaptation to the load to 

be applied, and ensure an optimised 

installation time and use of materials. 

▪ The low anchorage depth allows for 

use in thin base materials. 

▪ The FIS EM system allows for 

threaded rod diameters of up to M30 

for maximum applied loads. 



resistance classes and offers maximum 

application safety. 


Approved for: 






APPLICATIONS 

▪ Heavy steel constructions 


▪ High racks 

▪ Sound insulation walls 

▪ Top concrete jointers 

▪ Rim beam anchorings 

▪ Anchorings in diamond-drilled drill 

holes (not included in approval) 

▪ Underwater installations (not included 

in approval) 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The injection system, comprising the 

FIS EM injection mortar combined 

with the FIS A threaded rod, is suitable 


installation. 

▪ The mortar is extruded bubble free 

from the drill hole base. 




▪ The threaded rod is set manually, by 

lightly rotating it until it reaches the 

drill hole base. 

FOR USE WITH 

FIS EM mortar 

see page 67 

89



PRE-POSITIONED INSTALLATION 

PUSH-THROUGH INSTALLATION 


Threaded rod FIS A 

zinc plated, 

steel grade 

5.8 

stainless 

steel 

Approval 

Drill hole 

diameter FIS EM 


depth FIS EM 

Max. useful 

length FIS EM 

Fill quantity for 

effect. anchoring 

depth FIS EM 

Sales unit 

ETA d o h ef, min t fix, max 

Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs] 

Item gvz A4 

FIS A M 6 x 75 090243 090437 — 8 60 7 2 20 

FIS A M 6 x 85 090272 090438 — 8 60 17 2 20 

FIS A M 6 x 110 090273 090439 — 8 60 40 2 20 

FIS A M 8 x 90 090274 090440 ■ 12 60 20 3 10 

FIS A M 8 x 110 090275 090441 ■ 12 60 40 3 10 

FIS A M 8 x 130 090276 090442 ■ 12 60 60 3 10 

FIS A M 8 x 175 090277 090443 ■ 12 60 105 3 10 

FIS A M 10 x 110 090278 090444 ■ 14 60 40 4 10 

FIS A M 10 x 130 090279 090447 ■ 14 60 60 4 10 

FIS A M 10 x 150 090281 090448 ■ 14 60 80 4 10 

FIS A M 10 x 170 044969 044973 ■ 14 60 100 4 10 

FIS A M 10 x 200 090282 090449 ■ 14 60 130 4 10 

FIS A M 12 x 120 044971 044974 ■ 14 70 35 4 10 

FIS A M 12 x 140 090283 090450 ■ 14 70 55 4 10 

FIS A M 12 x 160 090284 090451 ■ 14 70 75 4 10 

FIS A M 12 x 180 090285 090452 ■ 14 70 95 4 10 

FIS A M 12 x 210 090286 090453 ■ 14 70 125 4 10 

FIS A M 12 x 260 090287 090454 ■ 14 70 175 4 10 

FIS A M 16 x 130 044972 044975 ■ 18 80 35 5 10 

FIS A M 16 x 175 090288 090455 ■ 18 80 80 5 10 

FIS A M 16 x 200 090289 090456 ■ 18 80 105 5 10 

FIS A M 16 x 250 090290 090457 ■ 18 80 155 5 10 

FIS A M 16 x 300 090291 090458 ■ 18 80 205 5 10 

FIS A M 20 x 245 090292 090459 ■ 24 90 133 11 10 

FIS A M 20 x 290 090293 090460 ■ 24 90 178 11 10 

FIS A M 24 x 290 090294 090461 ■ 28 96 168 15 5 

FIS A M 24 x 380 090295 090462 ■ 28 96 258 15 5 

FIS A M 30 x 340 090296 090463 ■ 35 120 188 28 5 

FIS A M 30 x 430 090297 090464 ■ 35 120 278 28 5 

90



Threaded rod FIS A 1m 

zinc plated, 

steel grade 

5.8 

zinc plated, 

steel grade 

8.8 

stainless 

steel 


FIS EM 

d o 

Max. useful length 

FIS EM 

t fix, max 

Sales unit 

Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

Item gvz gvz A4 

FIS A M 8 x 1000 509214 1) 509222 1) 509230 1) ■ 12 60 10 

FIS A M 10 x 1000 509215 1) 509223 1) 509231 1) ■ 14 60 10 

FIS A M 12 x 1000 509216 1) 509224 1) 509232 1) ■ 14 70 10 

FIS A M 16 x 1000 509217 1) 509225 1) 509233 1) ■ 18 80 10 

1) Order washer and nut separately. 

Approval 



Hexagonal nut and washer 

zinc plated, 

steel grade 

8.8 

stainless 

steel 

Width across nut 

SW 

Washer (outer diameter x 

thickness) 

Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

Item gvz A4 

Nut & washer M8 510509 510513 13 16 x 1,6 FIS A M 8 50 

Nut & washer M10 510510 510514 17 20 x 2 FIS A M 10 50 



Fits 

Sales unit 

LOADS 

Injection system FIS EM with threaded rod FIS A (grade 5.8) 



Type 

FIS A M8 

FIS A M10 

FIS A M12 

FIS A M16 

FIS A M20 

FIS A M24 

FIS A M27 

FIS A M30 

Minimum 

effective anchorage 

depth 


Maximum Minimum Installation Permissible Permissible 

Min. Min. Permissible 


depth 

member 

thickness 

torque tensile load 

shear load 

spacing edge 

distance 

tensile load 

h ef,min h ef,max h min T inst 

3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

3) 

N perm 


Permissible 

shear load 

Min. 

spacing 

Min. 

edge 

distance 

Vperm 3) s min 

2) 

c min 

2) 

[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] 

60 100 10,0 5,0 5,1 40 40 9,0 5,1 40 40 

160 190 10,0 9,0 5,1 40 40 9,0 5,1 40 40 

60 100 20,0 6,3 8,6 45 45 11,2 8,6 45 45 

200 230 20,0 13,8 8,6 45 45 13,8 8,6 45 45 

70 100 40,0 8,8 12,0 55 55 14,1 12,0 55 55 

240 270 40,0 20,5 12,0 55 55 20,5 12,0 55 55 

80 116 60,0 10,2 22,3 65 65 14,3 22,3 65 65 

320 356 60,0 37,6 22,3 65 65 37,6 22,3 65 65 

90 138 120,0 12,2 29,3 85 85 17,1 34,9 85 85 

400 448 120,0 58,6 34,9 85 85 58,6 34,9 85 85 

96 152 150,0 13,4 32,2 105 105 18,8 45,2 105 105 

480 536 150,0 84,3 50,9 105 105 84,3 50,9 105 105 

108 168 200,0 16,0 38,5 120 120 22,5 54,0 120 120 

540 600 200,0 109,5 65,7 120 120 109,5 65,7 120 120 

120 190 300,0 18,8 45,1 140 140 26,3 63,2 140 140 

600 670 300,0 133,8 80,6 140 140 133,8 80,6 140 140 

1) 




2) 


3) 



4) 


6) 



91



LOADS 

Injection system FIS EM with threaded rod FIS A A4 (grade A4-70) 



Type 

FIS A M8 A4 

FIS A M10 A4 

FIS A M12 A4 

FIS A M16 A4 

FIS A M20 A4 

FIS A M24 A4 

FIS A M27 A4 

FIS A M30 A4 



Minimum Maximum Minimum Installation Permissible Permissible 

Min. Min. edge Permissible Permis- 

Min. Min. 


effective ancho- 

member torque tensile load 

shear spacing distance tensile load sible shear spacing edge 

depth rage depth thickness 

load 

load 

distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


60 100 10,0 5,0 6,0 40 40 9,9 6,0 40 40 

160 190 10,0 9,9 6,0 40 40 9,9 6,0 40 40 

60 100 20,0 6,3 9,2 45 45 11,2 9,2 45 45 

200 230 20,0 15,7 9,2 45 45 15,7 9,2 45 45 

70 100 40,0 8,8 13,7 55 55 14,1 13,7 55 55 

240 270 40,0 22,5 13,7 55 55 22,5 13,7 55 55 

80 116 60,0 10,2 24,5 65 65 14,3 25,2 65 65 

320 356 60,0 42,0 25,2 65 65 42,0 25,2 65 65 

90 138 120,0 12,2 29,3 85 85 17,1 39,4 85 85 

400 448 120,0 65,7 39,4 85 85 65,7 39,4 85 85 

96 152 150,0 13,4 32,2 105 105 18,8 45,2 105 105 

480 536 150,0 94,3 56,8 105 105 94,3 56,8 105 105 

108 168 200,0 16,0 38,5 120 120 22,5 54,0 120 120 

540 600 200,0 123,0 73,7 120 120 123,0 73,7 120 120 

120 190 300,0 18,8 45,1 140 140 26,3 63,2 140 140 

600 670 300,0 150,1 90,2 140 140 150,1 90,2 140 140 

1) 




2) 


3) 



4) 


6) 



LOADS 

Injection system FIS EM with threaded rod FIS A C (material 1.4529) 



Type 

FIS A M8 C 

FIS A M10 C 

FIS A M12 C 

FIS A M16 C 

FIS A M20 C 

FIS A M24 C 

FIS A M27 C 

FIS A M30 C 



Minimum effective 

Maximum effec- 

Minimum Installation Permissible Permis- 

Min. Min. Permissible Permis- 

Min. Min. 

anchorage tive anchorage member torque tensile load sible spacing edge tensile load sible spacing edge 

depth 


shear load 

distance 

shear load 

distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


60 100 10,0 5,0 7,4 40 40 11,2 7,4 40 40 

160 190 10,0 12,4 7,4 40 40 12,4 7,4 40 40 

60 100 20,0 6,3 11,4 45 45 11,2 11,4 45 45 

200 230 20,0 19,5 11,4 45 45 19,5 11,4 45 45 

70 100 40,0 8,8 17,1 55 55 14,1 17,1 55 55 

240 270 40,0 28,1 17,1 55 55 28,1 17,1 55 55 

80 116 60,0 10,2 24,5 65 65 14,3 31,4 65 65 

320 356 60,0 44,7 31,4 65 65 52,4 31,4 65 65 

90 138 120,0 12,2 29,3 85 85 17,1 41,1 85 85 

400 448 120,0 69,8 49,1 85 85 81,9 49,1 85 85 

96 152 150,0 13,4 32,2 105 105 18,8 45,2 105 105 

480 536 150,0 100,5 70,9 105 105 117,6 70,9 105 105 

108 168 200,0 16,0 38,5 120 120 22,5 54,0 120 120 

540 600 200,0 127,2 92,0 120 120 153,3 92,0 120 120 

120 190 300,0 18,8 45,1 140 140 26,3 63,2 140 140 

600 670 300,0 157,1 112,6 140 140 187,1 112,6 140 140 

1) 




2) 


3) 



4) 


6) 



92


LOADS 

Injection system FIS EM with Rebars BSt 500 S 



Type 

Ø 8 

Ø 10 

Ø 12 

Ø 14 

Ø 16 

Ø 20 

Ø 25 

Ø 28 

Ø 32 

Ø 36 

Ø 40 




Maximum effec- 

Minimum Installation Permissi- 

Permissi- 

Min. Min. Permissi- 

Permissi- 

Min. Min. 

anchorage tive anchorage member torque ble tensile ble shear spacing edge ble tensile ble shear spacing edge 

depth 


load load 

distance load load 

distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


60 100 - 5,0 6,6 40 40 11,2 6,6 40 40 

160 190 - 13,4 6,6 40 40 14,3 6,6 40 40 

60 100 - 6,3 10,3 45 45 11,2 10,3 45 45 

200 230 - 20,9 10,3 45 45 22,4 10,3 45 45 

70 100 - 8,8 14,8 55 55 14,1 14,8 55 55 

240 270 - 30,2 14,8 55 55 32,1 14,8 55 55 

75 105 - 11,0 20,2 60 60 15,6 20,2 60 60 

280 310 - 41,1 20,2 60 60 43,4 20,2 60 60 

80 120 - 10,2 24,5 65 65 14,3 26,3 65 65 

320 360 - 44,7 26,3 65 65 56,6 26,3 65 65 

90 140 - 12,2 29,3 85 85 17,1 41,1 85 85 

400 450 - 69,8 41,4 85 85 88,3 41,4 85 85 

100 160 - 14,3 34,3 110 110 20,0 48,1 110 110 

500 560 - 109,1 64,3 110 110 137,8 64,3 110 110 

112 182 - 16,9 40,6 130 130 23,8 57,0 130 130 

560 630 - 136,8 81,0 130 130 173,0 81,0 130 130 

128 168 - 20,7 49,7 160 160 29,0 69,6 160 160 

640 680 - 127,7 105,2 160 160 226,0 105,2 160 160 

144 234 - 24,7 59,2 180 180 34,6 83,1 180 180 

720 810 - 161,6 133,3 180 180 285,7 133,3 180 180 

160 270 - 28,9 69,4 200 200 40,6 97,3 200 200 

800 910 - 199,5 164,8 200 200 352,6 164,8 200 200 

1) 




2) 


3) 



4) 


6) 




93

Injection for cracked concrete with RG MI 


The fixing system with internal threaded anchor for 


Safety barriers 

Platform lifts 

VERSIONS 



APPROVALS 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ Due to the high bond strength in 

connection with the injection mortar 

FIS EM, the system achieves a very 

high load level in cracked and noncracked 

concrete, resulting in a safe 

application. 


allows for surface flush removal and 

reuse of the fixing point, and therefore 

offers the best possible flexibility. 

▪ The metric internal thread allows 

for the use of standard screws or 




Approved for: 






APPLICATIONS 


▪ Pipeline suspensions, cable trays and 

underceilings 



FUNCTIONING 

▪ The injection system, comprising the 

FIS EM injection mortar combined 


RG MI, is suitable for pre-positioned 

installation. 






▪ The RG MI is set manually, by lightly 

rotating it until it reaches the drill hole 

base. 

FOR USE WITH 

94 

FIS EM mortar 

see page 67


INSTALLATION 




zinc-plated 

steel 

stainless 

steel 

Approval 




Fill quantity 

Sales unit 

ETA d o l E,min l E,max 


Item gvz A4 

RG 8 x 75 M 5 I 048221 1) — — 10 8 14 5 10 

RG 10 x 75 M 6 I 048222 1) — — 12 10 16 5 10 

RG 12 x 90 M8 I 050552 1) 050565 1) ■ 14 12 18 5 10 

RG 16 x 90 M10 I 050553 1) 050566 1) ■ 18 15 23 7 10 

RG 18 x 125 M12 I 050562 1) 050567 1) ■ 20 18 26 11 10 

RG 22 x 160 M16 I 050563 1) 050568 1) ■ 24 24 35 17 5 

RG 28 x 200 M20 I 050564 1) 050569 1) ■ 32 30 45 48 5 


LOADS 

Injection system FIS EM with internal threaded anchor RG MI (screw with grade 8.8) 



Type 






distance 

distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


RG M 8 I 90 120 10,0 9,5 8,3 55 55 13,8 8,3 55 55 

RG M 10 I 90 125 20,0 14,3 13,3 65 65 20,5 13,3 65 65 

RG M 12 I 125 165 40,0 23,8 19,3 75 75 32,4 19,3 75 75 

RG M 16 I 160 205 80,0 28,9 30,9 95 95 40,6 30,9 95 95 

RG M 20 I 200 260 120,0 40,4 51,4 125 125 56,7 51,4 125 125 

1) 




2) 


3) 



4) 


6) 



95



LOADS 

Injection system FIS EM with internal threaded anchor RG MI A4 (screw grade A4-70) 



Type 






distance 

distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


RG M 8 I A4 90 120 10,0 9,5 5,9 55 55 9,9 5,9 55 55 

RG M 10 I A4 90 125 20,0 14,3 9,3 65 65 15,7 9,3 65 65 

RG M 12 I A4 125 165 40,0 22,5 13,5 75 75 22,5 13,5 75 75 

RG M 16 I A4 160 205 80,0 28,9 25,1 95 95 40,6 25,1 95 95 

RG M 20 I A4 200 260 120,0 40,4 39,4 125 125 56,7 39,4 125 125 

1) 




2) 


3) 



4) 


6) 



96

Injection non-cracked concrete with FIS A 

The fixing system for anchorings in non-cracked concrete 


Bridges for traffic signs 


VERSIONS 



APPROVALS 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The system comprising threaded rod 

FIS A and one of the injection mortars 

FIS V, FIS VS, FIS VW or FIS VT for 

non-cracked concrete can be individually 

selected based on requirements, 

thus allowing for a wide range of 

applications. 

▪ Variable anchorage depths allow for 

ideal adaptation to the load to be 

applied, and ensure an optimised 

installation time and use of materials. 

▪ Push-through installation is possible 

without any special parts through 

filling the annular gap with injection 

mortar. 



resistance classes and offers maximum 

application safety. 


Approved for: 




APPLICATIONS 




▪ Façades 



▪ Machines 

▪ Masts 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The system can be used with any of 

the following injection mortars: FIS V, 

FIS VS, FIS VW and FIS VT. 

▪ The injection system is suitable for prepositioned 

and push-through installation 

when combined with threaded 

rod FIS A. 






▪ The threaded rod is set manually, by 

lightly rotating it until it reaches the 

drill hole base. 

FOR USE WITH 

FIS V mortar FIS VW mortar FIS VS mortar FIS VT mortar 

see page 71 see page 75 see page 79 see page 83 

97







zinc plated, 

steel grade 

5.8 

stainless 

steel 

Approval 

Drill hole 

diameter 


depth FIS V 

Max. useful 

length FIS V 



depth FIS V 

Sales unit 

ETA d o h ef, min t fix, max 


Item gvz A4 

FIS A M 6 x 75 090243 090437 — 8 50 17 2 20 

FIS A M 6 x 85 090272 090438 — 8 50 27 2 20 

FIS A M 6 x 110 090273 090439 — 8 50 50 2 20 

FIS A M 8 x 90 090274 090440 ■ 10 64 16 2 10 

FIS A M 8 x 110 090275 090441 ■ 10 64 36 2 10 

FIS A M 8 x 130 090276 090442 ■ 10 64 56 2 10 

FIS A M 8 x 175 090277 090443 ■ 10 64 101 2 10 

FIS A M 10 x 110 090278 090444 ■ 12 80 20 3 10 

FIS A M 10 x 130 090279 090447 ■ 12 80 40 3 10 

FIS A M 10 x 150 090281 090448 ■ 12 80 60 3 10 

FIS A M 10 x 170 044969 044973 ■ 12 80 80 3 10 

FIS A M 10 x 200 090282 090449 ■ 12 80 110 3 10 

FIS A M 12 x 120 044971 044974 ■ 14 96 19 4 10 

FIS A M 12 x 140 090283 090450 ■ 14 96 39 4 10 

FIS A M 12 x 160 090284 090451 ■ 14 96 59 4 10 

FIS A M 12 x 180 090285 090452 ■ 14 96 79 4 10 

FIS A M 12 x 210 090286 090453 ■ 14 96 109 4 10 

FIS A M 12 x 260 090287 090454 ■ 14 96 159 4 10 

FIS A M 16 x 130 044972 044975 ■ 18 — — — 10 

FIS A M 16 x 175 090288 090455 ■ 18 125 35 8 10 

FIS A M 16 x 200 090289 090456 ■ 18 125 60 8 10 

FIS A M 16 x 250 090290 090457 ■ 18 125 110 8 10 

FIS A M 16 x 300 090291 090458 ■ 18 125 160 8 10 

FIS A M 20 x 245 090292 090459 ■ 24 160 63 20 10 

FIS A M 20 x 290 090293 090460 ■ 24 160 108 20 10 

FIS A M 24 x 290 090294 090461 ■ 28 192 72 28 5 

FIS A M 24 x 380 090295 090462 ■ 28 192 162 28 5 

FIS A M 30 x 340 090296 090463 ■ 35 240 68 53 5 

FIS A M 30 x 430 090297 090464 ■ 35 240 158 53 5 

98



Threaded rod FIS A 1m 

zinc plated, 

steel grade 

5.8 

zinc plated, 

steel grade 

8.8 

stainless 

steel 


FIS V 

d o 

Effect. anchoring depth 

FIS V 

h ef, min 

Sales unit 

Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

Item gvz gvz A4 

FIS A M 8 x 1000 509214 1) 509222 1) 509230 1) ■ 10 64 10 

FIS A M 10 x 1000 509215 1) 509223 1) 509231 1) ■ 12 80 10 

FIS A M 12 x 1000 509216 1) 509224 1) 509232 1) ■ 14 96 10 

FIS A M 16 x 1000 509217 1) 509225 1) 509233 1) ■ 18 125 10 

1) Order washer and nut separately. 

Approval 



Hexagonal nut and washer 

zinc plated, 

steel grade 

8.8 

stainless 

steel 


SW 

Washer (outer diameter x 

thickness) 

Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

Item gvz A4 





Fits 

Sales unit 

LOADS 

Injection system FIS V, FIS VS and FIS VW with threaded rod FIS A (5.8) 




Type 



Maximum effective 


Minimum member 

thickness 

Installation 

torque 

Permissible 

tensile load 

Permissible 

shear load 

Min. 

spacing 

Min. 

edge distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

FIS A M6 

FIS A M8 

FIS A M10 

FIS A M12 

FIS A M16 

FIS A M20 

FIS A M24 

FIS A M30 

[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] 

50 100 5,0 3,4 2,9 40 40 

72 100 5,0 4,8 2,9 40 40 

64 100 10,0 7,0 5,3 40 40 

96 130 10,0 9,2 5,3 40 40 

80 110 20,0 11,0 8,3 45 45 

120 150 20,0 14,5 8,3 45 45 

96 130 40,0 15,8 12,1 55 55 

144 180 40,0 21,2 12,1 55 55 

128 164 60,0 25,5 22,4 65 65 

192 248 60,0 38,3 22,4 65 65 

160 200 120,0 37,9 35,0 85 85 

240 290 120,0 56,8 35,0 85 85 

192 250 150,0 51,7 50,4 105 105 

288 345 150,0 77,6 50,4 105 105 

240 310 300,0 74,5 80,1 140 140 

360 430 300,0 114,4 80,1 140 140 

1) 




2) 


3) 



4) 


6) 



99



LOADS 

Injection system FIS V, FIS VS and FIS VW with threaded rod FIS A A4 




Type 






thickness 

Installation 

torque 

Permissible 

tensile load 

Permissible 

shear load 

Min. 

spacing 

Min. 

edge distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

FIS A M6 A4 

FIS A M8 A4 

FIS A M10 A4 

FIS A M12 A4 

FIS A M16 A4 

FIS A M20 A4 

FIS A M24 A4 

FIS A M30 A4 


50 100 5,0 3,4 3,2 40 40 

72 100 5,0 4,8 3,2 40 40 

64 100 10,0 7,0 5,9 40 40 

96 130 10,0 9,9 5,9 40 40 

80 110 20,0 11,0 9,3 45 45 

120 150 20,0 15,7 9,3 45 45 

96 126 40,0 15,8 13,5 55 55 

144 180 40,0 22,5 13,5 55 55 

128 164 60,0 25,5 25,1 65 65 

192 248 60,0 38,3 25,1 65 65 

160 208 120,0 37,9 39,2 85 85 

240 290 120,0 56,8 39,2 85 85 

192 248 150,0 51,7 56,5 105 105 

288 345 150,0 77,6 56,5 105 105 

240 310 300,0 74,5 89,8 140 140 

360 430 300,0 114,4 89,8 140 140 

1) 




2) 


3) 



4) 


6) 



LOADS 

Injection system FIS V, FIS VS and FIS VW with threaded rod FIS A C 




Type 






thickness 

Installation 

torque 

Permissible 

tensile load 

Permissible 

shear load 

Min. 

spacing 

Min. 

edge distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

FIS A M6 C 

FIS A M8 C 

FIS A M10 C 

FIS A M12 C 

FIS A M16 C 

FIS A M20 C 

FIS A M24 C 

FIS A M30 C 


50 100 5,0 3,4 4,0 40 40 

72 100 5,0 4,8 4,0 40 40 

64 100 10,0 7,0 7,3 40 40 

96 130 10,0 10,5 7,3 40 40 

80 110 20,0 11,0 11,6 45 45 

120 150 20,0 16,5 11,6 45 45 

96 126 40,0 15,8 16,9 55 55 

144 180 40,0 23,7 16,9 55 55 

128 164 60,0 25,5 31,3 65 65 

192 248 60,0 38,3 31,3 65 65 

160 208 120,0 37,9 49,0 85 85 

240 290 120,0 56,8 49,0 85 85 

192 248 150,0 51,7 70,5 105 105 

288 345 150,0 77,6 70,5 105 105 

240 310 300,0 74,5 112,1 140 140 

360 430 300,0 114,4 112,1 140 140 

1) 




2) 


3) 



4) 


6) 



100


LOADS 

Injection system FIS VT with threaded rod FIS A (grade 5.8) 




Type 






thickness 

Installation 

torque 

Permissible 

tensile load 

Permissible 

shear load 

Min. 

spacing 

Min. 

edge distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

FIS A M8 

FIS A M10 

FIS A M12 

FIS A M16 

FIS A M20 

FIS A M24 

FIS A M30 


64 100 10,0 6,1 5,1 40 40 

96 130 10,0 9,1 5,1 40 40 

80 110 20,0 9,5 8,0 45 45 

120 150 20,0 14,2 8,0 45 45 

96 130 40,0 13,6 12,0 55 55 

144 180 40,0 20,5 12,0 55 55 

125 160 60,0 21,2 21,7 65 65 

192 230 60,0 32,6 21,7 65 65 

160 210 120,0 31,9 34,3 85 85 

240 290 120,0 47,9 34,3 85 85 

192 250 150,0 43,1 49,1 105 105 

288 345 150,0 64,6 49,1 105 105 

240 310 300,0 62,8 78,3 140 140 

360 430 300,0 94,2 78,3 140 140 

1) 




2) 


3) 



4) 


6) 




LOADS 

Injection system FIS VT with threaded rod FIS A A4 (grade A4-70) 




Type 






thickness 

Installation 

torque 

Permissible 

tensile load 

Permissible 

shear load 

Min. 

spacing 

Min. 

edge distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

FIS A M8 A4 

FIS A M10 A4 

FIS A M12 A4 

FIS A M16 A4 

FIS A M20 A4 

FIS A M24 A4 

FIS A M30 A4 


64 100 10,0 6,1 6,0 40 40 

96 130 10,0 9,1 6,0 40 40 

80 110 20,0 9,5 9,2 45 45 

120 150 20,0 14,2 9,2 45 45 

96 130 40,0 13,6 13,7 55 55 

144 180 40,0 20,5 13,7 55 55 

125 160 60,0 21,2 25,2 65 65 

192 230 60,0 32,6 25,2 65 65 

160 210 120,0 31,9 39,4 85 85 

240 290 120,0 47,9 39,4 85 85 

192 250 150,0 43,1 56,3 105 105 

288 345 150,0 64,6 56,3 105 105 

240 310 300,0 62,8 89,7 140 140 

360 430 300,0 94,2 89,7 140 140 

1) 




2) 


3) 



4) 


6) 



101



LOADS 

Injection system FIS VT with threaded rod FIS A C (material 1.4529) 




Type 






thickness 

Installation 

torque 

Permissible 

tensile load 

Permissible 

shear load 

Min. 

spacing 

Min. 

edge distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

FIS A M8 C 

FIS A M10 C 

FIS A M12 C 

FIS A M16 C 

FIS A M20 C 

FIS A M24 C 

FIS A M30 C 


64 100 10,0 6,1 7,4 40 40 

96 130 10,0 9,1 7,4 40 40 

80 110 20,0 9,5 11,4 45 45 

120 150 20,0 14,2 11,4 45 45 

96 130 40,0 13,6 17,1 55 55 

144 180 40,0 20,5 17,1 55 55 

125 160 60,0 21,2 31,4 65 65 

192 230 60,0 32,6 31,4 65 65 

160 210 120,0 31,9 49,1 85 85 

240 290 120,0 47,9 49,1 85 85 

192 250 150,0 43,1 70,3 105 105 

288 345 150,0 64,6 70,3 105 105 

240 310 300,0 62,8 112,0 140 140 

360 430 300,0 94,2 112,0 140 140 

1) 




2) 


3) 



4) 


6) 



102

Injection non-cracked concrete with RG MI 

The fixing system with internal threaded anchor 

for non-cracked concrete 


Column bases 

Pumps 

VERSIONS 



APPROVALS 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The system comprising internal 

threaded anchor RG MI and one of 

the injection mortars FIS V, FIS VS, 

FIS VW or FIS VT for non-cracked 

concrete can be individually selected 

based on requirements, thus allowing 

for a wide range of applications. 





▪ The metric internal thread allows 

for the use of standard screws or 




Approved for: 




APPLICATIONS 




FUNCTIONING 



FIS VS, FIS VW and FIS VT. 

▪ The injection system is suitable for prepositioned 



RG MI. 






▪ The internal threaded anchor is set 

manually, by lightly rotating it until it 

reaches the drill hole base. 

FOR USE WITH 

FIS V mortar FIS VW mortar FIS VS mortar FIS VT mortar 

see page 71 see page 75 see page 79 see page 83 

103



INSTALLATION 



zinc-plated 

steel 

stainless 

steel 

Approval 




Fill quantity 

Sales unit 

ETA d o l E,min l E,max 


Item gvz A4 

RG 8 x 75 M 5 I 048221 1) — — 10 8 14 5 10 

RG 10 x 75 M 6 I 048222 1) — — 12 10 16 5 10 

RG 12 x 90 M8 I 050552 1) 050565 1) ■ 14 12 18 5 10 

RG 16 x 90 M10 I 050553 1) 050566 1) ■ 18 15 23 7 10 

RG 18 x 125 M12 I 050562 1) 050567 1) ■ 20 18 26 11 10 

RG 22 x 160 M16 I 050563 1) 050568 1) ■ 24 24 35 17 5 

RG 28 x 200 M20 I 050564 1) 050569 1) ■ 32 30 45 48 5 


LOADS 

Injection system FIS V, FIS VS and FIS VW with internal threaded anchor RG MI (screw with grade 8.8) 

Highest permissible loads for a single anchor 1) 6) in concrete C20/254) 



Type 

Effective 


Minimum 


Installation torque Permissible 

tensile load 

Permissible 

shear load 

Min. 

spacing 

Min. 

edge distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


RG M 8 I 90 120 10,0 11,9 8,3 40 40 

RG M 10 I 90 125 20,0 15,9 13,3 45 45 

RG M 12 I 125 165 40,0 19,8 19,3 60 60 

RG M 16 I 160 205 80,0 29,8 35,8 80 80 

RG M 20 I 200 260 120,0 45,6 43,4 125 125 

1) 




2) 


3) 



4) 


6) 



104


LOADS 

Injection system FIS V, FIS VS and FIS VW with internal threaded anchor RG MI A4 (screw with grade A4-70) 




Type 

Effective 


Minimum 


Installation 

torque 

Permissible 

tensile load 

Permissible 

shear load 

Min. 

spacing 

Min. 

edge distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


RG M 8 I A4 90 120 10,0 9,9 5,9 40 40 

RG M 10 I A4 90 125 20,0 15,7 9,3 45 45 

RG M 12 I A4 125 165 40,0 19,8 13,5 60 60 

RG M 16 I A4 160 205 80,0 29,8 25,1 80 80 

RG M 20 I A4 200 260 120,0 45,6 39,2 125 125 

1) 




2) 


3) 



4) 


6) 




LOADS 

Injection system FIS VT with internal threaded anchor RG MI (screw with grade 8.8) 




Type 

Effective 


Minimum 


Installation 

torque 

Permissible 

tensile load 

Permissible 

shear load 

Min. 

spacing 

Min. 

edge distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


RG M 8 I 90 120 10,0 9,9 8,3 40 40 

RG M 10 I 90 125 20,0 13,9 13,3 45 45 

RG M 12 I 125 165 40,0 19,8 19,3 60 60 

RG M 16 I 160 205 80,0 23,8 35,8 80 80 

RG M 20 I 200 260 120,0 37,7 52,1 125 125 

1) 




2) 


3) 



4) 


6) 



LOADS 

Injection system FIS VT with internal threaded anchor RG MI A4 (screw with grade A4-70) 




Type 

Effective 


Minimum 


Installation 

torque 

Permissible 

tensile load 

Permissible 

shear load 

Min. 

spacing 

Min. 

edge distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


RG M 8 I A4 90 120 10,0 9,9 5,9 40 40 

RG M 10 I A4 90 125 20,0 13,9 9,3 45 45 

RG M 12 I A4 125 165 40,0 19,8 13,5 60 60 

RG M 16 I A4 160 205 80,0 23,8 25,1 80 80 

RG M 20 I A4 200 260 120,0 37,7 39,2 125 125 

1) 




2) 


3) 



4) 


6) 



105



The versatile fixing system for solid brick masonry 

French balconies 

Satellite dishes 

VERSIONS 



APPROVALS 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The fixing system comprising threaded 

rod FIS A or internal threaded anchor 

FIS E and one of the injection mortars 

FIS V, FIS VS or FIS VW can be 

individually selected based on requirements, 

thus allowing for a wide range 

of applications. 

▪ The wide range of approved threaded 

rods FIS A from M6 to M16 allows for 

various applications. 

▪ The internal threaded anchor FIS E 





Approved for: 

▪ Solid sand-lime bricks 



▪ Solid and lightweight concrete blocks 

▪ Solid pumice and other solid building 

materials 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ Gratings 

▪ Gates 

▪ Handrails 

▪ Consoles 

▪ Pipelines 

▪ Sanitary equipment 

▪ Awnings 

▪ Canopies 

▪ Satellite antennas 

▪ Sun protection 

FUNCTIONING 



FIS VS, FIS VW. FIS VT or FIS P can be 

used but do not have approvals. 

▪ FIS E is suitable for pre-positioned 

installation, whilst FIS A is suitable 


installation. 


the anchor with the drill hole wall and 


▪ The anchor is set manually, by lightly 

rotating it until it reaches the drill hole 

base. 

▪ In general, it is also possible to use the 

FIS H K anchor sleeves in solid brick 

masonry, and this provides additional 

safety when the base material is 

unknown. Technical data see page 

114. 

FOR USE WITH 

106 

FIS V mortar FIS VW mortar FIS VS mortar FIS VT mortar FIS P mortar 

see page 71 see page 75 see page 79 see page 83 see page 86


INSTALLATION 




zinc plated, 

steel grade 

5.8 

stainless 

steel 

Approval 

Drill hole 

diameter in solid 

brick masonry 

Min. anchorage 

depth in solid 

brick masonry 

Max. useful 

length in solid 

brick masonry 



depth in solid 

brick masonry 

Sales unit 

d o h ef, min t fix, max 

Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs] 

Item gvz A4 

FIS A M 6 x 70 046204 046205 ▯ — 8 — — — 10 

FIS A M 6 x 75 090243 090437 ▯ — 8 — — — 20 

FIS A M 6 x 85 090272 090438 ▯ — 8 75 2 2 20 

FIS A M 6 x 110 090273 090439 ▯ — 8 75 25 2 20 

FIS A M 8 x 70 046206 046245 ▯ ■ 10 50 10 2 10 

FIS A M 8 x 90 090274 090440 ▯ ■ 10 50 30 2 10 

FIS A M 8 x 110 090275 090441 ▯ ■ 10 50 50 2 10 

FIS A M 8 x 130 090276 090442 ▯ ■ 10 50 70 2 10 

FIS A M 8 x 175 090277 090443 ▯ ■ 10 50 115 2 10 

FIS A M 10 x 110 090278 090444 ▯ ■ 12 50 50 2 10 

FIS A M 10 x 130 090279 090447 ▯ ■ 12 50 70 2 10 

FIS A M 10 x 150 090281 090448 ▯ ■ 12 50 90 2 10 

FIS A M 10 x 170 044969 044973 ▯ ■ 12 50 110 2 10 

FIS A M 10 x 200 090282 090449 ▯ ■ 12 50 140 2 10 

FIS A M 12 x 120 044971 044974 ▯ ■ 14 50 55 3 10 

FIS A M 12 x 140 090283 090450 ▯ ■ 14 50 75 3 10 

FIS A M 12 x 160 090284 090451 ▯ ■ 14 50 95 3 10 

FIS A M 12 x 180 090285 090452 ▯ ■ 14 50 115 3 10 

FIS A M 12 x 210 090286 090453 ▯ ■ 14 50 145 3 10 

FIS A M 12 x 260 090287 090454 ▯ ■ 14 50 195 3 10 

FIS A M 16 x 130 044972 044975 ▯ ■ 18 64 51 4 10 

FIS A M 16 x 175 090288 090455 ▯ ■ 18 64 96 4 10 

FIS A M 16 x 200 090289 090456 ▯ ■ 18 64 121 4 10 

FIS A M 16 x 250 090290 090457 ▯ ■ 18 64 171 4 10 

FIS A M 16 x 300 090291 090458 ▯ ■ 18 64 221 4 10 

107




Internal threaded sockets FIS E 

zinc-plated 

Drill hole Effect. anchoring Min. bolt penetratiotration 

Max. bolt pene- 

Fill quantity for effect. anchoring Sales unit 

steel 

diameter depth 

depth in solid brick masonry 

d o h ef l E,min l E,max 

Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs] 

Item 

gvz 

FIS E 11 x 85 M6 043631 ▯ 14 85 6 60 4 10 

FIS E 11 x 85 M8 043632 ▯ 14 85 8 60 4 10 

FIS E 15 x 85 M10 043633 ▯ 18 85 10 60 5 10 

FIS E 15 x 85 M12 043634 ▯ 18 85 12 60 5 10 

Approval 

LOADS 

Injection system FIS V, FIS VS and FIS VW with threaded rod FIS A 5) 

Highest permissible loads 1) 6) for a single anchor in solid brick masonry for pre-positioned or push-through installation. 

For the design the complete approval ETA-10/0383 has to be considered. 

Type 

Compressive 

brick strength 

Min. effective 

anchorage 

depth 4) 

Brick type, naming 

acc. DIN 

Installation 

torque 

Permissible 

tensile load 3) 

Solid brick masonry 

Permissible 

shear load 3) 

Min. 

spacing 2) 

Min. 

edge distance 2) 

f b h ef,min [-] T inst N perm V perm s min c min 

[N/mm²] [mm] [-] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] 

Solid brick Mz 

M8 10 50 Mz 4,0 0,43 0,71 80 50 

M10 10 50 Mz 4,0 0,57 0,71 80 50 

M12 10 50 Mz 4,0 0,71 0,71 80 50 

M16 10 64 Mz 4,0 0,71 0,71 80 55 

M8 16 50 Mz 4,0 0,57 0,86 80 50 

M10 16 50 Mz 4,0 0,71 0,86 80 50 

M12 16 50 Mz 4,0 0,86 1,00 80 50 

M16 16 64 Mz 4,0 1,00 1,14 80 55 

Solid sand-lime brick and solid block KS 

M8 10 50 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,43 0,71 80 50 

M10 10 50 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,43 0,71 80 50 

M12 10 50 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,43 0,71 80 50 

M16 10 64 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,57 0,71 80 55 

M8 20 50 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,57 1,00 80 50 

M10 20 50 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,71 1,00 80 50 

M12 20 50 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,71 1,00 80 50 

M16 20 64 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,71 1,00 80 55 

M8 10 50 KS (8DF) 4,0 1,43 0,71 80 50 

M10 10 50 KS (8DF) 4,0 1,43 0,71 80 50 

M12 10 50 KS (8DF) 4,0 1,43 0,71 80 50 

M16 10 64 KS (8DF) 4,0 2,57 0,86 80 55 

M8 28 50 KS (8DF) 4,0 2,14 1,29 80 50 

M10 28 50 KS (8DF) 4,0 2,57 1,29 80 50 

M12 28 50 KS (8DF) 4,0 2,57 1,29 80 50 

M16 28 64 KS (8DF) 4,0 2,57 1,43 80 55 

1) 

The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for 

4) 

Max. effective anchorage depth 100 mm. 

load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. 

5) 

gvz, A4 and C. 

2) 


6) 

The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and wet masonry for temperatures in the substrate 

3) 




108


LOADS 

Injection system FIS V, FIS VS and FIS VW with threaded rod FIS A 5) and anchor sleeve FIS H..K. 

Highest permissible loads 1) 6) for a single anchor in solid brick masonry for pre-positioned installation. 


Type 

Compressive 



anchorage 

depth 4) 


acc. DIN 

Installation 

torque 

Permissible 



Permissible 

shear load 3) 

Min. 

spacing 2) 

Min. 





M8 10 85 Mz 4,0 0,71 0,86 80 50 

M10 10 85 Mz 4,0 0,71 0,86 80 50 

M8 16 85 Mz 4,0 0,71 1,14 80 50 

M10 16 85 Mz 4,0 0,71 1,14 80 50 


M8 10 85 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,43 0,86 80 50 

M10 10 85 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,43 0,86 80 50 

M8 20 85 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,57 1,29 80 50 

M10 20 85 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,57 1,29 80 50 

M8 10 85 KS (8DF) 4,0 1,43 0,86 80 50 

M10 10 85 KS (8DF) 4,0 1,43 0,86 80 50 

M8 28 85 KS (8DF) 4,0 2,57 1,43 80 50 

M10 28 85 KS (8DF) 4,0 2,57 1,43 80 50 

Solid block of lightweight aggregate concrete without slots Vbl 

M8 2 110 Vbl 4,0 0,57 0,43 80 50 

M10 2 110 Vbl 4,0 0,57 0,43 80 50 

M12 2 110 Vbl 4,0 0,71 0,43 80 60 

M12 2 180 Vbl 4,0 1,00 0,43 80 60 

M16 2 110 Vbl 4,0 0,71 0,43 80 60 

M16 2 180 Vbl 4,0 1,00 0,43 80 60 

1) 


4) 

The max. anchorage depth is corresponding with the relevant anchor sleeves FIS H..K (see 


technical data). 

2) 


5) 


3) 


6) 





LOADS 

Injection system FIS V, FIS VS and FIS VW with threaded rod FIS A 5) resp. internal threaded socket FIS E 5) . 


For the design the complete approval Z-21.3-1824 has to be considered. 


Type 

Compressive 


Effective 

anchorage depth 4) 

Brick type, 

naming acc. DIN 

Installation 

torque 

Permissible 


Min. 

spacing 2) 

Min. 


f b h ef [-] T inst F perm s min (a min ) c min (a r ) 

[N/mm²] [mm] [-] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm] 


M6 - M8 12 75 Mz 2,0 1,00 50 60 

M10 - M16 12 75 Mz 2,0 1,70 50 60 


M6 - M8 12 75 KS 2,0 1,00 50 60 

M10 - M16 12 75 KS 2,0 1,70 50 60 

1) 

Required safety factors are considered. 

2) 


3) 

Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile 

loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor 

groups) see approval. 

4) 

Values apply to threaded rod FIS A. When using the internal threaded socket FIS E (M6 to M12) 

the anchorage depth is 85 mm instead of 75 mm. 

5) 

gvz and A4. For FIS E screw with grade 5.8 resp. A4-70. 

6) 

The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid masonry for temperatures in the substrate 


109



LOADS 

Injection system FIS V with threaded rod FIS A 5) resp. internal threaded socket FIS E 5) and anchor sleeve FIS H..K. 




Type 

Compressive 


Effective 


Brick type, 


Installation 

torque 

Permissible 


Min. 

spacing 2) 

Min. 





M6 12 50 - 85 Mz 2,0 1,00 50 60 

M8 12 50 - 130 Mz 2,0 1,70 7) 50 60 

M10 12 85 - 130 Mz 2,0 1,70 50 60 

M12 12 85 - 130 Mz 2,0 1,70 50 60 

M16 12 85 - 200 Mz 2,0 1,70 50 60 


M6 12 50 - 85 KS 2,0 1,00 50 60 

M8 12 50 - 130 KS 2,0 1,70 7) 50 60 

M10 12 85 - 130 KS 2,0 1,70 50 60 

M12 12 85 - 130 KS 2,0 1,70 50 60 

M16 12 85 - 200 KS 2,0 1,70 50 60 

1) 


4) 

The anchorage depth is corresponding with the relevant anchor sleeves FIS H..K (see technical 

2) 


data). 

3) 


5) 



6) 




7) 

For anchor sleeve FIS H 12x50K F perm = 1,00 kN. 

110


The versatile fixing system with injection anchor sleeves for 

perforated brick masonry 


Wall consoles 

Pipeline routes 

VERSIONS 



APPROVALS 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The grating structure of the FIS H K 

anchor sleeve is adapted for the injection 

mortars FIS V, FIS VS and FIS VW, 

and ensures sparing mortar use with 

the best interlock. 

▪ The centring blades perfectly align 

the anchor in the anchor sleeve, and 

allow for use with various threaded 

rod diameters. 

▪ The barbed hooks secure the anchor 

sleeve in the drill hole and allow for a 

trouble-free overhead installation. 

▪ The geometry of the anchor sleeves 

allows for the bridging of non-bearing 

layers for a simple and convenient 

installation. 


Approved for: 



concrete 






▪ Hollow pumice slabs 

▪ Slabs made of hollow brick and other 

perforated brick 


materials 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ Awnings 

▪ Canopies 

▪ Gates 

▪ Handrails 

▪ Consoles 

▪ Pipelines 

▪ Sanitary equipment 

▪ Gratings 

▪ Satellite antennas 


FUNCTIONING 





▪ The system is suitable for prepositioned 


with injection anchor sleeves 

and threaded rods FIS A or internal 

threaded anchors FIS E. 

▪ The anchor sleeve is placed in the drill 

hole, and filled with injection mortar 

from the anchor sleeve base. 

▪ Turning in the anchor causes the mortar 

to be pushed through the anchor 

sleeve‘s grating structure, so that it fits 

the base material perfectly. The load is 

borne by the interlock. 

FOR USE WITH 


see page 71 see page 75 see page 79 see page 83 see page 86 

111



INSTALLATION 



zinc plated, 

steel grade 

5.8 

stainless 

steel 

Approval 


in perforated brick 

masonry 


depth in perforated 

brick masonry 



masonry 

Suitable injection 

anchor sleeve 

Sales unit 


Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

Item gvz A4 

FIS A M 6 x 70 046204 046205 ▯ — 12 50 12 FIS H 12 x 50 K 10 

FIS A M 6 x 75 090243 090437 ▯ — 12 50 17 FIS H 12 x 50 K 20 

FIS A M 6 x 85 090272 090438 ▯ — 12 50 27 FIS H 12 x 50 K 20 

FIS A M 6 x 110 090273 090439 ▯ — 12 

50 

50 

FIS H 12 x 50 K 

85 

15 

FIS H 12 x 85 K 

20 

FIS A M 8 x 70 046206 046245 ▯ ■ 12 50 25 FIS H 12 x 50 K 10 

FIS A M 8 x 90 090274 090440 ▯ ■ 12 50 30 FIS H 12 x 50 K 10 

FIS A M 8 x 110 090275 090441 ▯ ■ 12/16 

50 

85 

85 

50 

15 

15 

FIS H 12 x 50 K 

FIS H 12 x 85 K 

FIS H 16 x 85 K 

10 

FIS A M 8 x 130 090276 090442 ▯ ■ 12/16 

FIS A M 8 x 175 090277 090443 ▯ ■ 12/16 

50 

85 

85 

50 

85 

85 

130 

70 

35 

35 

115 

80 

80 

35 

FIS H 12 x 50 K 

FIS H 12 x 85 K 

FIS H 16 x 85 K 

FIS H 12 x 50 K 

FIS H 12 x 85 K 

FIS H 16 x 85 K 

FIS H 16 x 130 K 

FIS A M 10 x 110 090278 090444 ▯ ■ 16 85 15 FIS H 16 x 85 K 10 

FIS A M 10 x 130 090279 090447 ▯ ■ 16 85 35 FIS H 16 x 85 K 10 

FIS A M 10 x 150 090281 090448 ▯ ■ 16 

85 

55 

FIS H 16 x 85 K 

130 

10 FIS H 16 x 130 K 

10 

FIS A M 10 x 170 044969 044973 ▯ ■ 16 

85 

75 

FIS H 16 x 85 K 

130 

30 FIS H 16 x 130 K 

10 

FIS A M 10 x 200 090282 090449 ▯ ■ 16 

85 

105 FIS H 16 x 85 K 

130 

60 FIS H 16 x 130 K 

10 

FIS A M 12 x 120 044971 044974 ▯ ■ 20 85 20 FIS H 20 x 85 K 10 

FIS A M 12 x 140 090283 090450 ▯ ■ 20 85 40 FIS H 20 x 85 K 10 

FIS A M 12 x 160 090284 090451 ▯ ■ 20 

85 

60 

FIS H 20 x 85 K 

130 

15 FIS H 20 x 130 K 

10 

FIS A M 12 x 180 090285 090452 ▯ ■ 20 

85 

80 

FIS H 20 x 85 K 

130 

35 FIS H 20 x 130 K 

10 

FIS A M 12 x 210 090286 090453 ▯ ■ 20 

85 

110 FIS H 20 x 85 K 

130 

65 FIS H 20 x 130 K 

10 

FIS A M 12 x 260 090287 090454 ▯ ■ 20 

85 

130 

160 

115 

FIS H 20 x 85 K 

FIS H 20 x 130 K 10 

200 

45 FIS H 20 x 200 K 

FIS A M 16 x 130 044972 044975 ▯ ■ 20 85 30 FIS H 20 x 85 K 10 

10 

10 

112



zinc plated, 

steel grade 

5.8 

stainless 

steel 


Approval 



masonry 


depth in perforated 

brick masonry 



masonry 


anchor sleeve 


Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

Item gvz A4 

FIS A M 16 x 175 090288 090455 ▯ ■ 20 

FIS A M 16 x 200 090289 090456 ▯ ■ 20 

FIS A M 16 x 250 090290 090457 ▯ ■ 20 

FIS A M 16 x 300 090291 090458 ▯ ■ 20 

85 

130 

85 

130 

85 

130 

200 

85 

130 

200 

75 

30 

100 

55 

150 

105 

35 

200 

155 

85 

FIS H 20 x 85 K 

FIS H 20 x 130 K 

FIS H 20 x 85 K 

FIS H 20 x 130 K 

FIS H 20 x 85 K 

FIS H 20 x 130 K 

FIS H 20 x 200 K 

FIS H 20 x 85 K 

FIS H 20 x 130 K 

FIS H 20 x 200 K 

Sales unit 

10 

10 

10 

10 




zinc-plated 

steel 

Approval 



masonry 

Effect. 

anchoring depth 

Min. bolt 

penetration 

Max. bolt 

penetration 


anchor sleeve 

Sales unit 


Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

Item 

gvz 

FIS E 11 x 85 M6 043631 ▯ 

16 

FIS H 16 x 85 K 

85 6 60 

20 

FIS H 20 x 85 K 

10 

FIS E 11 x 85 M8 043632 ▯ 

16 

FIS H 16 x 85 K 

85 8 60 

20 

FIS H 20 x 85 K 

10 

FIS E 15 x 85 M10 043633 ▯ 20 85 10 60 FIS H 20 x 85 K 10 

FIS E 15 x 85 M12 043634 ▯ 20 85 12 60 FIS H 20 x 85 K 10 

113




Approval 

Injection anchor sleeve FIS H K 

Drill hole 

diameter 

Min. drill hole 

depth 


depth 

Fits 

Filling quantity 

per sleeve 

Sales unit 

d o h 1 h ef 

Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs] 

Item 

FIS H 12 x 50 K 041900 ▯ — 12 60 50 FIS A M6-M8 5 50 

FIS H 12 x 85 K 041901 ▯ — 12 95 85 FIS A M6-M8 10 50 

FIS H 16 x 85 K 041902 ▯ ■ 16 95 85 FIS A M8-M10, FIS E M6-M8 12 50 

FIS H 16 x 130 K 041903 ▯ ■ 16 140 130 FIS A M8-M10 15 20 

FIS H 20 x 85 K 041904 ▯ — 20 95 85 

FIS A M12-M16, 

FIS E M10-M12 

15 20 

FIS H 20 x 130 K 046703 ▯ ■ 20 140 130 FIS A M12-M16 25 20 

FIS H 20 x 200 K 046704 ▯ ■ 20 210 200 FIS A M12-M16 40 20 


Injection anchor sleeve, 1 m length FIS H L 

Drill hole diameter Total length Fits Filling quantity per Sales unit 

10 cm 

d o l 


FIS H 12 x 1000 L 050598 12 1000 Ø6 / M 6 - Ø8 / M 8 12 10 

FIS H 16 x 1000 L 050599 16 1000 Ø10/M10 / Ø12/M12 14 10 

FIS H 22 x 1000 L 045301 22 1000 Ø12/M12 - Ø16/M16 20 6 

FIS H 30 x 1000 L 000645 30 1000 Ø16/M16 - Ø22/M22 26 4 


Injection anchor sleeve with net FIS H N 

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole depth Min. anchorage depth Filling quantity per 

Fits 

Sales unit 

anchor 

sleeve 

d o h 1 h v 

Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs] 

FIS H 16 x 85 N 050470 16 95 90 15 Ø8/M8 20 

FIS H 18 x 85 N 050472 18 95 90 17 Ø10/M10 20 

FIS H 20 x 85 N 050474 20 95 90 18 Ø12/M12 20 

114


LOADS 

Injection system FIS V, FIS VS and FIS VW with threaded rod FIS A 5) and anchor sleeve FIS H..K 

Highest permissible loads 1) 6) for a single anchor in perforated brick masonry for pre-positioned installation. 


Type 

Compressive 



anchorage 

depth 4) 


acc. DIN 

Installation 

torque 

Permissible 


Perforated brick masonry 

Permissible 

shear load 3) 

Min. 

spacing 2) 

Min. 




Vertically perforated brick Hlz 

M8 / M10 8 110 Hlz 2,0 0,57 0,57 80 100 

M12 / M16 8 110 Hlz 2,0 0,43 0,57 80 120 

M8 / M10 10 110 Hlz 2,0 0,71 0,43 80 100 

M12 / M16 10 110 Hlz 2,0 1,00 0,43 80 120 

M8 / M10 12 110 7) Hlz 2,0 0,57 0,57 80 100 

M12 / M16 12 110 Hlz 2,0 1,00 0,57 80 120 

M8 / M10 28 85 Hlz 2,0 1,00 1,71 100 240 

M12 / M16 28 110 Hlz 2,0 - - - - 

Perforated sand-lime brick KSL 

M8 / M10 12 85 KSL 2,0 0,71 1,29 80 100 

M12 / M16 12 110 KSL 2,0 0,86 1,29 80 120 

M8 / M10 20 85 KSL 2,0 1,00 1,71 80 100 

M12 / M16 20 110 KSL 2,0 1,29 1,71 80 120 

Hollow block of lightweight aggregate concrete Hbl 

M8 / M10 6 110 Hbl 2,0 0,34 0,71 80 100 

M12 / M16 6 110 Hbl 2,0 0,34 0,71 80 120 

1) 


4) 

The max. anchorage depth is corresponding with the relevant anchor sleeves FIS H..K (see 



2) 


5) 


3) 


6) 




7) 

For bricks with certain hole patterns 85 mm are possible. Please see approval. 


LOADS 

Injection system FIS V, FIS VS and FIS VW with threaded rod FIS A 5) resp. internal threaded socket FIS E 5) and 

anchor sleeve FIS H..K 

Highest permissible loads 1) 6) for a single anchor in perforated brick masonry for pre-positioned installation. 


2) Min. edge 


Type 

Compressive Effective anchorage 

Brick type, na- 

Installation Permissible Permissible Min. spacing 


depth 4) ming acc. DIN torque 

load 3) 

load 3) 7) distance 2) 

f b h ef [-] T inst F perm F perm s min (a min ) c min (a r ) 



M6 - M16 4 85 HLz 2,0 0,30 0,60 50 50 

M6 - M16 6 85 HLz 2,0 0,40 0,80 50 50 

M6 - M16 12 85 HLz 2,0 0,80 1,00 50 50 


M6 - M16 4 85 KSL 2,0 0,40 0,60 50 50 

M6 - M16 6 85 KSL 2,0 0,60 0,80 50 50 

M6 - M16 12 85 KSL 2,0 0,80 1,40 50 50 


M6 - M16 2 85 Hbl 2,0 0,30 0,50 50 200 

M6 - M16 4 85 Hbl 2,0 0,60 0,80 50 200 

Hollow block of normal concrete Hbn 

M6 - M16 4 85 Hbn 2,0 0,60 0,80 50 200 

Lightweight aggregate concrete TGL 

M8 - M16 - 85 TGL 2,0 2,00 8) - 50 50 

1) 


2) 


3) 




4) 

Anchorage depths apply for FIS A and FIS E (M6 - M12). 

5) 


6) 



7) 

The given values apply for rotary drilling (without impact). The thickness of the outer web of the 

KSL has to be min. 30 mm (old bricks). 

8) 

For M8 and M10 the highest permissible load is 1,3 kN. 

115



Simple push-through installation in masonry 

Car ports 

Detail: Wood constructions in push-through 

installation 

VERSIONS 



APPROVALS 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The direct installation through the 

fixture reduces preliminary work wherever 

there are several fixing points for 

each fixture, and guarantees a significantly 

simpler installation process. 

▪ The design of the push-through 

anchor sleeve FIS H K allows for a 

range of usable lengths with just one 

product, thus providing maximum flexibility 

and cost-effectiveness. 

▪ The movable edge, in combination 

with the scale, makes it easier to adapt 

the anchor sleeve to suit the desired 

usable length. 

▪ The grating structure of the pushthrough 

anchor sleeve is adapted for 

the injection mortars FIS V, FIS VS and 

FIS VW, and ensures sparing mortar 

use with the best interlock. 


Approved for: 



concrete 






▪ Hollow pumice slabs 

▪ Slabs made of hollow brick and other 

perforated bricks 


materials 

APPLICATIONS 


▪ Awnings 

▪ Canopies 

▪ Car ports 

▪ Gates 

FUNCTIONING 





▪ The injection system is suitable for 

push-through installation when combined 

with the push-through anchor 

sleeve FIS H K. 

▪ The push-through anchor sleeve is 

adapted to suit the fixture thickness 

using the scale and the movable edge, 

and cut as required. 

▪ The anchor sleeve is placed in the drill 

hole, and filled with injection mortar 

from the anchor sleeve base. It should 

be ensured that the anchor sleeve 

is completely filled, including in the 

fixture region. 

▪ Turning in the anchor causes the mortar 

to be pushed through the anchor 

sleeve‘s grating structure, so that it fits 

the base material perfectly. The load is 

borne by the interlock. 

FOR USE WITH 

116 


see page 71 see page 75 see page 79 see page 83 see page 86


INSTALLATION 


Injection push-through anchor sleeve FIS HK 


Approval 

Drill hole 

diameter 

Max. 

Effect. 

drill hole depth anchoring depth 

Max. fixture 

thickness 

Fits Fill quantity Sales unit 

d o h ef t fi x 

Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs] 

Item 

FIS H 18 x 130/200 K 045707 ▯ ■ 18 340 130 200 M10 - M12 35 10 

FIS H 22 x 130/200 K 045708 ▯ ■ 22 340 130 200 M 16 45 10 


FIS Set 18 x 130/200 M12/200 

zinc-plated 

steel 

stainless 

steel 

Approval 

Drill hole 

diameter 

Max. drill hole 

depth 

Effect. 

anchoring 

depth 

Max. fixture 

thickness 

Fill quantity 

d o h ef t fi x 

Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs] 

Item gvz A4 

FIS Set 18 x 130/200 M12/200 047443 047452 ▯ ■ 18 340 130 200 35 5 

FIS Set 22 x 130/200 M16/200 047453 047454 ▯ ■ 22 340 130 200 45 5 

Sales unit 

117



LOADS 

Injection system FIS V, FIS VS and FIS VW with threaded rod FIS A 5) and push-through anchor sleeve FIS H..K 

Highest permissible loads 1) 6) for a single anchor in perforated brick masonry for push-through installation. 


Type 

Compressive 


Effective 

anchorage 

depth 4) 


acc. DIN 

Installation 

torque 

Permissible 



Permissible 

shear load 3) 

Min. 

spacing 2) 

Min. 


f b h ef [-] T inst N perm V perm s min c min 



M10 / M12 8 130 HLz 2,0 0,57 0,57 80 100 

M16 8 130 HLz 2,0 0,71 0,57 80 120 

M10 / M12 10 130 HLz 2,0 0,71 0,43 80 100 

M16 10 130 HLz 2,0 1,00 0,43 80 120 

M10 / M12 12 130 HLz 2,0 0,57 0,57 80 100 

M16 12 130 HLz 2,0 1,00 0,57 80 120 


M10 / M12 12 130 KSL 2,0 0,86 1,29 80 100 

M16 12 130 KSL 2,0 0,86 1,29 80 120 

M10 / M12 20 130 KSL 2,0 1,29 1,71 80 100 

M16 20 130 KSL 2,0 1,29 1,71 80 120 


M10 / M12 6 130 Hbl 2,0 0,34 0,71 80 100 

M16 6 130 Hbl 2,0 0,34 0,71 80 120 

1) 


4) 

The anchorage depth is corresponding with the relevant push-through anchor sleeves FIS H 18 K 


and FIS H 22 K (see technical data). 

2) Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. 

5) 


3) 


6) 




LOADS 

Injection system FIS V, FIS VS and FIS VW with threaded rod FIS A 5) and push-through anchor sleeve FIS H..K 

Highest permissible loads 1) 6) for a single anchor in perforated brick masonry for push-through installation. 


Type 

Compressive 



Permissible Min. spacing 2) Min. edge 

load 3) 7) distance 2) 

Effective 

anchorage 

depth 4) 


acc. DIN 

Installation 

torque 

Permissible 

load 3) 

f b h ef [-] T inst F perm F perm s min (a min ) c min (a r ) 



M10 / M12 / M16 4 130 HLz 2,0 0,30 0,60 50 50 

M10 / M12 / M16 6 130 HLz 2,0 0,40 0,80 50 50 

M10 / M12 / M16 12 130 HLz 2,0 0,80 1,00 50 50 


M10 / M12 / M16 4 130 KSL 2,0 0,40 0,60 50 50 

M10 / M12 / M16 6 130 KSL 2,0 0,60 0,80 50 50 

M10 / M12 / M16 12 130 KSL 2,0 0,80 1,40 50 50 


M10 / M12 / M16 2 130 Hbl 2,0 0,30 0,50 50 200 

M10 / M12 / M16 4 130 Hbl 2,0 0,60 0,80 50 200 


M10 / M12 / M16 4 130 Hbn 2,0 0,60 0,80 50 200 

Lightweight aggregate concrete TGL 

M10 / M12 / M16 - 130 TGL 2,0 2,00 8) - 50 50 

1) 


5) 

gvz and A4. 

2) 


6) 


3) 




7) 

The given values apply for rotary drilling (without impact). The thickness of the outer web of the 


KSL has to be min. 30 mm (old bricks). 

4) 

The anchorage depth is corresponding with the relevant push-through anchor sleeves FIS H 18 K 

8) 

For M10 the highest permissible load is 1,3 kN. 

and FIS H 22 K (see technical data). 

118

Injection for aerated concrete with FIS A 

Secure hold in aerated concrete using undercut technology 


Canopies 

Detail: Undercut drillhole in aerated concrete 

VERSIONS 



APPROVALS 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The cone-shaped drill hole guarantees 

maximum load-bearing capacity in aerated 

concrete thanks to the interlock. 

▪ The centring sleeve PBZ fixes the 

anchor in the drill hole, thus also allowing 

for overhead installation. 

▪ Two anchorage depths in combination 

with the threaded rod FIS A allow for 

the ideal adaptation to the load to be 

applied. 

▪ The internal threaded anchor FIS E 





Approved for: 

▪ Reinforced roof and ceiling boards 

made of aerated concrete 

▪ Aerated concrete blocks 

▪ Prefabricated reinforced and nonreinforced 

wall components made of 

aerated concrete 

APPLICATIONS 


▪ Consoles 

▪ Gates 


▪ Windows 

▪ Façades 

▪ Canopies 


▪ Steel constructions 


FUNCTIONING 





▪ The injection system for aerated 

concrete is suitable for pre-positioned 

installation. 

▪ The cone drill bit PBB allows for the 

drill hole and undercut to be made in 

one step by pivoting the drill. 

▪ The mortar completely fills the 

undercut and transfers the load via the 

interlock. 

▪ The drill hole is filled from the drill hole 

mouth using the centring sleeve PBZ. 

▪ The threaded rod FIS A or the internal 

threaded anchor FIS E are set manually 

by turning lightly. 

FOR USE WITH 


see page 71 see page 75 see page 79 see page 83 see page 86 

119



INSTALLATION 



zinc plated, 

steel grade 

5.8 

stainless 

steel 

Approval 


in aerated 

concrete 


depth in aerated 

concrete 

Max. useful 

length in aerated 

concrete 



depth in aerated 

concrete 

Sales unit 

DIBt d o h ef, min t fix, max 


Item gvz A4 

FIS A M 8 x 90 090274 090440 ▯ 14 75 5 15 10 

FIS A M 8 x 110 090275 090441 ▯ 14 75 25 15 10 

FIS A M 8 x 130 090276 090442 ▯ 14 75 45 15 10 

FIS A M 8 x 175 090277 090443 ▯ 14 75 90 15 10 

FIS A M 10 x 110 090278 090444 ▯ 14 75 25 15 10 

FIS A M 10 x 130 090279 090447 ▯ 14 75 45 15 10 

FIS A M 10 x 150 090281 090448 ▯ 14 75 65 15 10 

FIS A M 10 x 170 044969 044973 ▯ 14 75 85 15 10 

FIS A M 10 x 200 090282 090449 ▯ 14 75 115 15 10 

FIS A M 12 x 120 044971 044974 ▯ 14 75 30 15 10 

FIS A M 12 x 140 090283 090450 ▯ 14 75 50 15 10 

FIS A M 12 x 160 090284 090451 ▯ 14 75 70 15 10 

FIS A M 12 x 180 090285 090452 ▯ 14 75 90 15 10 

FIS A M 12 x 210 090286 090453 ▯ 14 75 115 15 10 

FIS A M 12 x 260 090287 090454 ▯ 14 75 170 15 10 



zinc-plated 

Drill hole Effect. anchoring Min. bolt penetratiotration 


Fill quantity for effect. anchoring Sales unit 

steel 


depth in aerated concrete 


Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs] 

Item 

gvz 

FIS E 11 x 85 M6 043631 ▯ 14 85 6 60 20 10 

FIS E 11 x 85 M8 043632 ▯ 14 85 8 60 20 10 

Approval 

120


ACCESSORIES 

Cone drill PBB 

Approval 

Centring sleeve PBZ 

Item Art.-No. DIBt [pcs] 

Cone drill PBB 090634 ▯ M8 - M12; FIS E 1 

Centring sleeve PBZ 090671 ▯ M8 - M12; FIS E 10 

LOADS 

Injection system FIS V, FIS VS and FIS VW with threaded rod FIS A 5) resp. internal threaded socket FIS E 5) and centring 

sleeve PBZ. 

Highest permissible loads 1) 6) for a single anchor in aerated concrete walls. 


Fits 

Sales unit 

Aerated concrete wall 

Type 

Compressive 


Effective 


Brick type, 



load 3) 

Min. 

spacing 2) 

Min. 




Aerated concrete block PB, PP 

M8 - M12 2 75 PB, PP 10,0 0,90 50 100 

M8 - M12 2 95 4) PB, PP 10,0 1,30 50 150 

M8 - M12 4 75 PB, PP 10,0 1,20 50 100 

M8 - M12 4 95 4) PB, PP 10,0 1,70 50 150 

M8 - M12 6 75 PB, PP 10,0 1,60 50 100 

M8 - M12 6 95 4) PB, PP 10,0 2,10 50 150 

Reinforced aerated concrete wall panel P 

M8 - M12 2,2 75 P2,2 10,0 0,90 50 100 

M8 - M12 2,2 95 4) P2,2 10,0 1,40 50 150 

M8 - M12 3,3 75 P3,3 10,0 1,20 50 100 

M8 - M12 3,3 95 4) P3,3 10,0 1,60 50 150 

M8 - M12 4,4 75 P4,4 10,0 1,40 50 100 

M8 - M12 4,4 95 4) P4,4 10,0 1,90 50 150 

1) 


2) 


3) 




4) 

Values apply to threaded rod FIS A. When using the internal threaded socket FIS E (M6 and M8) 

the anchorage depth is 85 mm instead of 95 mm. 

5) 


6) 

The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid aerated concrete for temperatures in the 

substrate up to +50°C (resp. short term up to 80°C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according 

approval. 


121



LOADS 

Injection system FIS V, FIS VS und FIS VW with threaded rod FIS A 5) resp. internal threaded socket FIS E 5) and centring 

sleeve PBZ. 

Highest permissible loads 1) 6) for a single anchor in aerated concrete roof and floor slabs. 


Reinforced aerated concrete roof and floor slabs 

Type 

Compressive 


Effective 


Brick type, 



load 3) 

Min. 

spacing 2) 

Min. 




Reinforced aerated concrete roof and floor slabs 

M8 - M12 2,2 75 P2,2 10,0 0,90 50 100 

M8 - M12 2,2 95 4) P2,2 10,0 1,40 50 150 

M8 - M12 3,3 75 P3,3 10,0 1,20 50 100 

M8 - M12 3,3 95 4) P3,3 10,0 1,60 50 150 

M8 - M12 4,4 75 P4,4 10,0 1,40 50 100 

M8 - M12 4,4 95 4) P4,4 10,0 1,90 50 150 

1) 


2) 


3) 




4) 

Values apply to threaded rod FIS A. When using the internal threaded socket FIS E (M6 and M8) 

the anchorage depth is 85mm instead of 95 mm. 

5) 


6) 

The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid aerated concrete for temperatures in the 

substrate up to +50°C (resp. short term up to 80°C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according 

approval. 

122


Professional rebar connections 





Approved for: 



APPROVALS 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The injection mortars FIS V / VS 

allow for rebar connections from 

Ø8 to 28 mm, whilst injection mortar 

FIS EM allows for rebar connections 

up to Ø40 mm to be carried out. This 

offers maximum flexibility. 

▪ FIS EM also allows for the execution of 

rebar connections in diamond-drilled 

holes. 

▪ The FRA with connecting thread in 

stainless steel A4 fully utilises the 

load-bearing capacity of the concrete. 

This means that extremely high tensile 

loads can be introduced into the base 

material. 

▪ Accessories in line with building site 

requirements, such as injection adapters 

and extension tubes, ensure rapid 

progress. 

▪ The FIS rebar case contains all of the 

individual components required, thus 

ensuring a convenient installation. 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ Post-installed concrete steel bars, e.g. 

for overlap connections, end anchorings, 

starter bars, needlings etc. 

▪ Rebar anchor FRA 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ Anchoring as with cast-in reinforcement 

bars in line with Eurocode 2 and 

DIN 1045-1. 


into the drill hole using the injection 

adapter. The geometry causes a 

build-up of pressure in the drill hole, 

which pushes the injection adapter 

and extension tube automatically out 

of the drill hole. 


of the reinforcement bar with the drill 

hole wall. 

▪ A special certification is necessary for 

installation according to approval in 

Germany. The fischer Academy offers 

the relevant training courses. 

FOR USE WITH 

FIS EM mortar FIS V mortar FIS VS mortar 


123



INSTALLATION WITH FIS V / FIS VS 

INSTALLATION WITH WITH EM IN DIAMOND DRILLED HOLES 

INSTALLATION WITH FIS EM IN HAMMER DRILLED HOLES 


Rebar anchor FRA 

Combination 

of materials 

Approval 

Total length 

Max. fixing 

thickness 

Drill-hole Fill quantity Sales unit 

l t fi x d 0 

Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [Ø mm] [scale units] [pcs] 

Item 

FRA 12/900 M12-60 505529 ▯ ■ 975 60 16 50 8 

FRA 16/1100 M16-60 505533 ▯ ■ 1180 60 20 81 8 

FRA 20/1400 M20-60 505534 ▯ ■ 1485 60 25 160 4 

Reinforcement bar welded with threaded part made of stainless stell A4. 

124



FIS-Rebar Case for reinforcement connection 

Approval 

Contents 


FIS-Rebar case D 505941 ▯ ■ 

8 x Cleaning brush, 5 x Extensions for cleaning brushes à 40 cm, 

1 x SDS Chuck with internal thread M 8, 24 x Injection adapter, 

1 x Cleaning hose complete, 1 x Brush control template, 8 x Cleaning nozzle, 

1 x Marker tape, 1 x Digital thermometer, 1 x Protective goggles, 

1 

1 x Installation instructions (german), 10 x Installation report, 

2 x Flat spanner SW 7 and the relevant approvals 

FIS-Rebar case Int 505942 — ■ 

8 x Cleaning brush, 5 x Extensions for cleaning brushes à 40 cm, 

1 x SDS Chuck with internal thread M 8, 24 x Injection adapter, 

1 x Cleaning hose complete, 1 x Brush control template, 8 x Cleaning nozzle, 

1 x Marker tape, 1 x Digital thermometer, 1 x Protective goggles, 

1 x Installation instructions (german, english, french, italian, spanish), 

10 x Installation report, 2 x Flat spanner SW 7 and the relevant approvals 

1 

Sales unit 


ACCESSORIES 

Cleaning brush with thread M 8 

Colour Length Sales unit 


Brush for drill-Ø 12 mm 001490 white - 1 

Brush for drill-Ø 14 mm 001491 blue - 1 

Brush for drill-Ø 16 mm 001492 red - 1 

Brush for drill-Ø 18 mm 001493 yellow - 1 

Brush for drill-Ø 20 mm 001494 green - 1 

Brush for drill-Ø 25 mm 001495 black - 1 

Brush for drill-Ø 30 mm 090063 grey - 1 

Brush for drill-Ø 35 mm 090071 brown - 1 

Brush for drill-Ø 40 mm 505061 - - 1 



FIS brush extension 508791 - 420 1 

SDS Chuck with internal thread M 8 511961 - - 2 

ACCESSORIES 

Injection adapter for drill Ø 12 - 25 mm 


Extension tube 

Colour 

Sales unit 


Injection-adapter (Ø 9) for drill-Ø 12 mm 001497 white 10 

Injection-adapter (Ø 9 for drill-Ø 14 mm 001498 blue 10 

Injection-adapter (Ø 9) for drill-Ø 16 mm 001499 red 10 

Injection-adapter (Ø 9) for drill-Ø 18 mm 001483 yellow 10 

Injection-adapter (Ø 9 for drill-Ø 20 mm 001506 green 10 

Injection-adapter (Ø 15) for drill-Ø 20 mm 001508 green 10 

125



ACCESSORIES 


Extension tube 


Colour 

Sales unit 


Injection-adapter (Ø 9) for drill-Ø 25 mm 001507 black 10 

Injection-adapter (Ø 15) for drill-Ø 25 mm 001509 black 10 

Injection-adapter (Ø 9) for drill-Ø 30 mm 090689 grey 10 

Injection-adapter (Ø 15) for drill-Ø 30 mm 090700 grey 10 

Injection-adapter (Ø 9) for drill-Ø 35 mm 090699 brown 10 

Injection-adapter (Ø 15) for drill-Ø 35 mm 090701 brown 10 

Injection-adapter (Ø 9) for drill-Ø 40 mm 505077 - 10 






FIS Extension tube 048983 - 10 

Extension tube Ø 15 (1,9 m) 001489 - 10 

ACCESSORIES 

Drilling aid 

Sales unit 


Drilling aid 3pcs. 090819 1 

ACCESSORIES 

SDS-max scrabbeling tool to roughen the connection surface 

Fits Dimensions Sales unit 


Stocker 001253 Chuck type SDS max 45 x 240 1 

ACCESSORIES 

Compressed air nozzle 

Fits 

Sales unit 


Compressed air nozzle D12-D15 511956 Drill diameter Ø 12 - 15 mm 2 





126


LOADS 

Injection system FIS V, FIS VS and FIS EM with Rebars from steel type BSt 500 S 5) 

Design resistant loads and permissible tensile loads 1) 6) of a single post-installed Rebar in concrete C20/25 2) . 

For the design and planning the complete approval ETA - 09/0089 and ETA - 08/0266 have to be considered. 

Cracked or Non-cracked concrete 

Rebar Basic anchorage length 4) 

for FIS V, FIS VS 

Basic anchorage length 4) 

for FIS EM 

Max. permissible 

embedment depth 

Max. design resistance 

for tensile load 

Max. permissible 

tensile load 

l b,rqd l b,rqd max l v 

3) 

N Rd,s 

3) 

N perm,s 

[mm] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] 

Ø 8 mm 378 378 1800 21,9 15,6 

Ø 10 mm 473 473 1800 34,1 24,4 

Ø 12 mm 567 567 1800 49,2 35,1 

Ø 14 mm 662 662 1800 66,9 47,8 

Ø 16 mm 756 756 1800 87,4 62,4 

Ø 20 mm 945 945 1800 136,6 97,6 

Ø 25 mm 1181 1181 2000 213,4 152,4 

Ø 28 mm 1323 1323 2000 267,7 191,2 

Ø 32 mm - 1512 2000 349,7 249,8 

Ø 36 mm - 1701 2000 442,6 316,1 

Ø 40 mm - 1890 2000 546,4 390,3 

1) 

The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the European Standard EN 1992- 

1-1 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. 

2) 

The ETA-approvals for FIS V and FIS EM allow post-installed rebar connections in concrete C12/15 

up to C50/60. When using another concrete strength class the given basic anchorage length will 

change. 

3) 

When using the full steel capacity. 

4) 

Basic anchorage length" according EN 1992-1-1, chapter 8.4.3 for concrete strength class 

C20/25 for "good bond conditions" 

5) 

Rebars with a characteristic yield strength f yk = 400 - 600 N/mm² according EN 1992-1-1 

Annex C,Table C.1 and C.2N are permitted. When using an other steel quality the given basic 

anchorage length as well as the steel capacity (see foot note 3) will change. 

6) 

Fixations with post-installed rebars with FIS V and FIS EM are permitted in dry and wet concrete 

for temperatures in the substrate up to +50°C (resp. short term up to 80°C) and best possible 

drillhole cleaning according approval. 

7) 

For determination of the installation measures (minimum concrete cover, spacings e.g.) as well 

as an eventually required transverse reinforcement see EN 1992-1-1 and the general instruction 

rules of the approvals. 


LOADS 

Injection system FIS V, FIS VS and FIS EM with Rebar anchor FRA 5) 

Highest permissible tensile loads 1) 6) for a single Rebar anchor in concrete C20/25 2) . 

For the design and planning the complete approvals ETA - 09/0089 and ETA - 08/0266 have to be considered. 

Type 


Basic 

Max. effective 

Max. 

Installation torque Max. design resistance Max. permissible 

anchorage length 4) embedment depth embedment depth 

for tensile load tensile load 

l b,rqd max l v max l e,ges T inst 

3) 

N Rd,s 

3) 

N zul,s 

[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] 

FRA 12/900 M12 567 800 900 50,0 49,2 35,1 

FRA 16/1100 M16 756 1000 1100 100,0 87,4 62,4 

FRA 20/1400 M20 945 1300 1400 150,0 136,6 97,6 

1) 

The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the European Standard EN 1992- 

5) 

Reinforcement bar BSt 500 S according EN 1992-1-1 Annex C,Table C.1 and C.2N. 

1-1 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. 

6) 

Fixations with post-installed Rebars anchors FRA with FIS V and FIS EM are permitted in dry and 

2) 

The ETA-approvals for FIS V and FIS EM allow post-installed rebar connections in concrete C12/15 wet concrete for temperatures in the substrate up to +50°C (resp. short term up to 80°C) and 

up to C50/60. When using another concrete strength class the given basic anchorage length will best possible drillhole cleaning according approval. 

change. 

7) 

For determination of the installation measures (minimum concrete cover, spacings e.g.) as well 

3) 

When using the full steel capacity. 

as an eventually required transverse reinforcement see EN 1992-1-1 and the general instruction 

4) 

Basic anchorage length according EN 1992-1-1, chapter 8.4.3 for concrete strength class C20/25 rules of the approvals. 

for „good bond conditions“ 

127



The performance class amongst dynamic anchors 

Production robots 

Tunnel ventilators 

VERSIONS 


▪ high corrosion resistant steel 

APPROVALS 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ During the setting process, the injection 

mortar FIS HB fills the annular 

gap in the fixture, and ensures optimum 

load distribution. This allows for 

the absorption of dynamic alternating 

loads. 

▪ The cone shape of the FHB-A dyn 

anchor rod ensures a controlled 

expansion under dynamic stress, thus 

allowing for use in cracked concrete. 

▪ The anchor rod FHB-A dyn is also 

available made from highly corrosionresistant 

steel. This makes it suitable 

for use in aggressive atmospheres, for 

example in tunnels. 

▪ The Highbond anchor dynamic system 

can achieve even greater shear loads 

thanks to the additional sleeve of the 

anchor rod FHB-A dyn V, and therefore 

provides an increased level of safety. 


Approved for: 



APPLICATIONS 

▪ Slewing cranes 

▪ Mobile portal and ceiling cranes 

▪ Guide rails for elevators 

▪ Tunnel ventilators (jet fans) 

▪ Bridges for traffic signs 

▪ Antennas and transmitter masts 

▪ Industrial robots 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The injection system suitable for 

tensile zones consists of the Highbond 

dynamic anchor rod FHB-A dyn and 

the injection mortar FIS HB. 

▪ FHB dyn is approved for pre-positioned 


▪ Extruding the mortar causes the two 

components to be mixed and activated 

in the static mixer. 


the anchor rod with the drill hole wall 

and seals the drill hole. 

▪ The centring sleeve centres the anchor 

in the fixture, thus ensuring a safe load 

application. 

▪ The lock nut prevents the nut from 

becoming loose. 

128


PRE-POSITIONED INSTALLATION FHB DYN 


PUSH-THROUGH INSTALLATION FHB DYN 

PUSH-THROUGH INSTALLATION FHB DYN V 


Highbond anchor dynamic FHB-A dyn 

zinc-plated 

steel 

highly 

corrosion 

resistant 

steel 

Approval 

Drill hole 

diameter 

Drill depth 

through 

fixture 

Anchorage 

depth 

Min. - max. 

usable length 

Drill-hole 

diameter in 

object 

Width across 

nut 

d o h 0 h ef t fi x d f SW 

Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Ø mm] [mm] [pcs] 

Item gvz C 

FHB-A dyn 12 x 100/25 092018 — ▯ 14 130 100 8 - 25 15 19 10 

FHB-A dyn 12 x 100/50 092019 — ▯ 14 155 100 8 - 50 15 19 10 

FHB-A dyn 16 x 125/25 092020 — ▯ 18 155 125 10 - 25 19 24 10 

FHB-A dyn 16 x 125/50 092036 093445 1) ▯ 18 180 125 10 - 50 19 24 10 

FHB-A dyn 20 x 170/50 092037 — ▯ 24 225 170 12 - 50 25 30 10 

FHB-A dyn 24 x 220/50 092038 — ▯ 28 275 220 14 - 50 29 36 5 


Sales unit 

129




zinc-plated 

steel 

Approval 

Highbond anchor dynamic FHB-A dyn V 

Drill hole 

diameter 

Drilldepth 

Anchorage 

depth 

Min. - max. 

usable length 

Drill-hole 

diameter in 

object 


d o t d h ef t fi x d f SW 

Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Ø mm] [mm] [pcs] 

Item 

gvz 

FHB-A dyn 12 x 100/50 V 092039 ▯ 14 85 105 8 - 50 21 19 10 

FHB-A dyn 16 x 125/50 V 092040 ▯ 18 100 130 10 - 50 29 24 10 

Sales unit 


Injection mortar FIS HB 345 S 

+ static mixer FIS S 

Injection mortar FIS HB 150 C 

Approval 



FIS HB 345 S 033211 ▯ D, GB, F, E, NL, CZ 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6 

FIS HB 345 S 502290 ▯ RUS, LT, LV, EST, UA, KZ 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6 

FIS HB 345 S 502913 ▯ D, GB, DK, S, FIN, N 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6 

FIS HB 150 C 077529 ▯ D, GB, F, E, NL, CZ 1 cartridge 145 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6 


CURING TIME - FIS HB 

Cartridge temperature 

FIS HB 

(minimum + 5°C) 

Gelling time 

FIS HB 

Temperature 

Curing time 


FIS HB 

‒ 5°C – ± 0°C 360 min. 

± 0°C – + 5°C 180 min. 

+ 5°C – +20°C 15 min. + 5°C – +20°C 90 min. 

+20°C – +30°C 6 min. +20°C – +30°C 35 min. 

+30°C – +40°C 4 min. +30°C – +40°C 20 min. 

> +40°C 2 min. > +40°C 12 min. 

Please note: The curing times apply for dry anchoring bases, in damp anchoring bases they should be doubled. Remove water from drill hole. 


Type 

Mortar volume in scale units 

shown on the cartridge labels‘ corresponding scale 

Anchors per cartridge FIS HB 345 S * ) 

FHB-A dyn 12 x 100 / 25 7 24 

FHB-A dyn 12 x 100 / 50 8 21 

FHB-A dyn 16 x 125 / 25 9 18 

FHB-A dyn 16 x 125 / 50 10 17 

FHB-A dyn 20 x 170 / 50 23 7 

FHB-A dyn 24 x 220 / 50 38 4 

FHB-A dyn 12 x 100 / 50 V 12 14 

FHB-A dyn 16 x 125 / 50 V 20 8 


130




For drill diameter Brush diameter Fits to fixings Sales unit 


BS ø 14 078180 14 16 FHB-A dyn M12 1 

BS ø 16/18 078181 16/18 20 FHB-A dyn M16 1 

BS ø 24 078182 24 26 FHB-A dyn M20 1 

BS ø 28 078183 28 30 FHB-A dyn M24 1 



Fits 

Sales unit 


Compressed-air cleaning gun ABP 059456 FHB-A dyn M20-M24 1 

LOADS 


Highest permissible loads for a single anchor 1) 6) in concrete B25 resp. C20/25 4) . 



Type 

Effective 


Min. member 

thickness 

Installation 

torque 

Permissible 

tensile load 

Permissible 

shear load 

Min. 

spacing 

Min. 

edge distance 


3) 

∆N zul 

3) 

∆V zul 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


FHB dyn 12x100 100 200 40,0 14,1 6,7 100 100 

FHB dyn 12x100 V 105 200 40,0 14,1 9,6 100 100 

FHB dyn 16x125 125 250 60,0 23,0 11,9 100 100 

FHB dyn 16x125 V 130 250 60,0 23,0 17,0 100 100 

FHB dyn 16x125 C 5) 125 250 60,0 15,6 11,9 100 100 

FHB dyn 20x170 170 340 100,0 28,1 17,0 150 150 

FHB dyn 24x220 220 440 120,0 28,9 22,2 180 180 

1) 

The permissible loads apply for the design method II (unknown lowest load and unknown load 

cycles). The partial safety factor for material resistance and the partial safety factor for action 

regarding fatigue as regulated in the approval are considered. When using design method I higher 

permissible loads may be possible. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor with a spacing s ≥ 

3 x h ef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5 x h ef . Accurate data see approval. 

2) 


3) 

For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads as well as reduced edge distances or spacings 

(anchor groups) see approval. 

4) 


5) 

Anchor rod FHB-A dyn-C made of highly corrosion-resistant steel of the corrosion resistance class 

IV e.g. 1.4529 

6) 



131

UMV multicone dynamic bonded anchor 


The capsule system for the anchoring of dynamic loads 

Slewing cranes 

Guide rails for elevators 

VERSIONS 


APPROVALS 


Approved for: 



ADVANTAGES 

▪ The bushing fills the annular gap in 

the fixture and, in combination with 

the anchor rod UMV-A dyn, ensures 

an even load distribution. This allows 

for the bearing of dynamic alternating 

loads. 

▪ The cone shape of the UMV-A dyn 

anchor rod ensures a controlled 

expansion under dynamic stress, thus 

allowing for use in cracked concrete. 

▪ The pre-portioned resin capsule 

ensures a quick and easy installation 

on the construction site, and helps to 

avoid errors. 

▪ The glass particles of the capsule body 

rough up the drill hole wall during the 

setting process, and improve the bond 

between the anchor rod and concrete. 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ Slewing cranes 

▪ Mobile portal and ceiling cranes 

▪ Guide rails for elevators 

▪ Antennas and transmitter masts 

▪ Production robots 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The bonded anchor suitable for tensile 

zones consists of the UMV multicone 

dynamic anchor rod and the UMV 

multicone resin capsule. 

▪ UMV multicone dynamic is suitable 


installation. 

▪ During setting (rotating/hitting), the 

tip of the anchor rod destroys the 

capsule in the drill hole, and mixes and 

activates the mortar. 


the anchor rod with the drill hole wall 

and seals the drill hole. 

▪ Once the fixture has been positioned, 

the installation sleeve is used to drive 

the bushing over the anchor rod. 

132






UMV multicone chemical anchor capsule 

Approval 

Drill hole diameter Drill hole depth Sales unit 

Item Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

UMV-P 12 x 100 007947 ▯ 15 115 10 

UMV-P 16 x 125 007948 ▯ 18 140 10 

UMV-P 20 x 170 007949 ▯ 25 190 10 

UMV-P 24 x 220 007973 ▯ 28 245 5 


UMV multicone dynamic anchor rod 

zinc-plated 

steel 

Approval 

Drill hole 

diameter 

Total length 

Min. fixing 

thickness 

Max. fixing 

thickness 

Through 

hole 

Height of 

clumping 

chucks 

Qty. per pack 

threaded rod 

Qty. per pack 

clamping 

chuck 

d o l t fi x t fi x d f l b 

Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] [pcs] 

Item 

gvz 

UMV-A dyn 12 x 100/10 007943 ▯ 15 145 5 10 16 5 10 10 

UMV-A dyn 12 x 100/15 007988 ▯ 15 150 8 15 16 8 10 10 

UMV-A dyn 12 x 100/25 008004 ▯ 15 160 15 25 16 15 10 10 

UMV-A dyn 12 x 100/50 008005 ▯ 15 185 25 50 16 15 10 10 

UMV-A dyn 16 x 125/30 008006 ▯ 18 200 15 30 19 15 10 10 

UMV-A dyn 16 x 125/60 008007 ▯ 18 230 30 60 19 15 10 10 

UMV-A dyn 20 x 170/40 008008 1) ▯ 25 255 20 40 26 20 10 10 

UMV-A dyn 24 x 220/50 008009 1) ▯ 28 325 25 50 29 25 5 5 

1) Without external hexagon. Please use a separate setting tool. 

133



LOADS 

UMV multicone dynamic 

Highest permissible loads for a single anchor 1) 6) in concrete B25 resp. C20/25 4) 


Type 



Effective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min. 



distance 

distance 


3) 

∆N zul 

3) 

∆V zul 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

3) 

∆N zul 

3) 

∆V zul 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


UMV-A dyn M12 x 100 100 200 40,0 11,7 5,6 100 100 12,2 5,6 100 100 

UMV-A dyn M16 x 125 125 250 60,0 14,8 6,7 130 130 14,8 6,7 130 130 

UMV-A dyn M20 x 170 170 340 100,0 25,0 16,3 170 170 34,9 16,3 170 170 

UMV-A dyn M24 x 220 220 440 120,0 35,8 16,3 220 220 38,5 16,3 220 220 

1) 

The permissible loads apply for the design method II (unknown lowest load and unknown load 

cycles). The partial safety factor for material resistance and the partial safety factor for action 

regarding fatigue as regulated in the approval are considered. When using design method I higher 

permissible loads may be possible. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor with a spacing s ≥ 

3 x h ef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5 x h ef . Accurate data see approval. 

2) 


3) 

For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads as well as reduced edge distances or spacings 

(anchor groups) see approval. 

4) 


6) 



134


The approved stand-off installation with thermal barrier in 

external thermal insulation composite systems (ETICS) 


Awnings 

Satellite dishes and air conditioning units 

VERSIONS 



APPROVALS 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ When combined with the injection 

mortars FIS V and FIS EM, the standoff 

installation is approved for high 

loads in a range of materials. This 

allows for a secure fixing. 

▪ Usable lengths of 60 to 200 mm can 

be covered with just one Thermax. 

▪ The plastic cone creates a thermal barrier 

between the fixture and the inner 

fixture, and offers an energy-optimised 

fixing. 

▪ The glass-fibre-reinforced plastic cone 

cuts its own way through the ETICS 

with a positive fit, and allows for a 

simple, fast and adjustable installation 

without the need for any special tools. 


Approved for: 

▪ Concrete, cracked and non-cracked 


▪ Hollow block made from lightweight 

concrete 



▪ Building brick 



APPLICATIONS 

For the thermally separated fixing of: 

▪ Awnings 

▪ Canopies 

▪ French balcony railings 

▪ Brackets 

▪ Air conditioning units 

▪ Satellite dishes 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The Thermax 12 and 16 systems are 

suitable for pre-positioned installation. 

▪ The self-tapping, glass-fibre-reinforced 

cone cuts its own way through the 

plaster into the insulation during installation. 

▪ The anti-cold cone uses a thermal barrier 

to minimise heat losses. 

▪ In the case of resistant plaster (e.g. 

thick cement plaster), it is recommended 

that the Thermax cutting 

blade included is used for grinding out 

the plaster. 

▪ The sealing of the annular gap with 

the adhesive and sealant KD seals the 

façade at plaster level. 

FOR USE WITH 

FIS EM mortar 

FIS V mortar 

see page 67 see page 71 

135



INSTALLATION 


Thermax 12/110 M12 


zinc-plated 

steel 

stainless 

steel 

Approval 

Contents 

Sales unit 

DIBt 

Art.-No. Art.-No. [pcs] 

Item gvz A4 

Thermax 12/110 M12 051291 — ▯ 

20 M12 threaded rods, 20 anti-cold cones, 20 M12-A4 setscrews, 

20 A4 washer, 20 A4 nuts, 20 perforated sleeves 20 x 130, 20 bit 

20 

10 M12-A4 threaded rods, 10 anti-cold cones, 10 M12-A4 setscrews, 

Thermax 12/110 M12 — 051537 ▯ 10 A4 washer, 10 A4 nuts, 10 perforated sleeves 20 x 130, 3 bit, 

10 

3 user manual 

Thermax 12/110 M12 B 051290 — ▯ 

2 M12 threaded rods, 2 anti-cold cones, 2 M12-A4 setscrews, 2 A4 washer, 

2 A4 nuts, 2 perforated sleeves 20 x 130 , 1 bit, 1 user manual 

1 

Thermax 16/170 M12 051293 — ▯ 


20 A4 washer, 20 A4 nuts, 20 perforated sleeves 20 x 200, 1 bit, 

20 

3 applicator tip extension hoses 



10 

3 applicator tip extension hoses, 3 user manual 


Thermax 16/170 M12 B 051292 — ▯ 2 A4 nuts, 2 perforated sleeves 20 x 200, 1 bit, 1 applicator tip extension hose, 

1 user manual 

1 

136


d 0 

INSTALLATION DATA 

h ef 

Example for simple fixing 

Type 

Thermax 

M12/110 M12 (...) 

Thermax 

M16/170 M12 (...) 

t d 

t fix 

t tol t WDVS 

e 

Threaded 

rod 

M12 

M16 

Building 

material 

Ü 

Tinst 

1) further usable lengths see approval 

2) according to the approval the usable length up to 200 mm is possible 

Example for multiple fixing 

Max. fixture 

thickness 

Clamped 

thickness 


depth 

Nominal drillhole 

diameter 

Drill-hole depth Perforated 

sleeve 

Required 

resin quantity 

Installation 

torque 

t fi x e h ef d o t d T inst 

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Scale unit] [Nm] 

Concrete/ 

95 14 t 

Solid brick fix + 95 mm - 5 

60 - 110 

1) 

< 16 

Perforated 

2) 130 20 t 

brick 

fix + 130 mm + 5 mm 20 x 130 26 

Concrete/ 

125 18 t 


60 - 170 

1) 

< 16 

Perforated 

2) 200 20 t 

brick 

fix + 200 mm + 5 mm 20 x200 40 

20 

20 





All-round adhesive gluing and 

sealing KD-290 

Approval 





KD-290 white (D) 059389 — — D 1 cartridge 290 ml 12 

KD-290 white (GB) 046915 — — GB 1 cartridge 290 ml 12 





BS ø 14 078180 16 14 1 

BS ø 16/18 078181 20 16/18 1 

137







Sales unit 


Brush set Ø14/20 mm 048980 8 - 16 1 

Brush set Ø20/30 mm 048981 16 - 30 1 

ABG big 089300 — 1 

DISPENSER 


Adapted for 

Sales unit 

Item [pcs] 

FIS DM S 511118 



1 

Permissible Permissible Permissible Permissible Permissible Min. 

LOADS 

Stand-off installation Thermax 12 and 16 

Highest permissible loads 1) 6) for one Thermax in concrete and solid brick masonry 8) for fixing in groups 2) 


Concrete + Solid brick masonry 

Type 

Compressive 

Brick type, Effective Installation Permissible Permissible 

Min. 

100 mm 5) 120 mm 5) 140 mm 5) 160 mm 5) 180 mm 5) 200 mm 5) 

brick naming acc. anchorage torque tension shear load shear load shear load shear load shear load shear load spacing 3) spacing 3) 

strength DIN 7) depth 

load for t fix = for t fix = for t fix = for t fix = for t fix = for t fix = 

f b [-] h ef 

9) 

T inst 

3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

3) 

V perm 

3) 

V perm 

3) 

V perm 

3) 

V perm 

3) 

V perm s min (a min ) c min (a r ) 

[N/mm²] [-] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] 


Thermax 12 25 C20/25 95 20,0 3,40 4) 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 55 55 

Thermax 16 25 C20/25 125 20,0 3,40 4) 0,85 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 65 65 


Thermax 12 12 Mz 75 20,0 1,70 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 60 

Thermax 16 12 Mz 75 20,0 1,70 0,85 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 60 


Thermax 12 12 KS 75 20,0 1,70 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 60 

Thermax 16 12 KS 75 20,0 1,70 0,85 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 60 

1) 


2) 

For single fixation see approval. 

3) 



4) 

Corresponding to the permissible tension load of the Thermax cone. 

6) 


up to +50°C (resp. short term up to 80°C) and drillhole cleaning according approval. 

7) 

For further conditions see approval. 

8) 

Masonry with satisfactory surcharge and no edge influence. 

9) 

Fixing screw M12. 

5) 

1 mm displacement under short term applied load (e.g. wind load). 

138



LOADS 


Highest permissible loads 1) 6) for one Thermax in perforated brick masonry 8) for fixing in groups 2) . 



Type 

Compressive 


Min. 

100 mm 5) 120 mm 5) 140 mm 5) 160 mm 5) 180 mm 5) 200 mm 5) 




f b [-] 

10) 

h ef,min 

9) 

T inst 

3) 4) 

N perm 

3) 4) 

V perm 

3) 4) 

V perm 

3) 4) 

V perm 

3) 4) 

V perm 

3) 4) 

V perm 

3) 4) 




Thermax 12 4 HLz 85 20,0 0,60 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 50 

Thermax 16 4 HLz 85 20,0 0,60 0,60 0,60 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 50 

Thermax 12 6 HLz 85 20,0 0,80 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 50 

Thermax 16 6 HLz 85 20,0 0,80 0,80 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 50 

Thermax 12 12 HLz 85 20,0 1,00 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 50 

Thermax 16 12 HLz 85 20,0 1,00 0,85 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 50 


Thermax 12 4 KSL 85 20,0 0,60 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 50 

Thermax 16 4 KSL 85 20,0 0,60 0,60 0,60 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 50 

Thermax 12 6 KSL 85 20,0 0,80 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 50 

Thermax 16 6 KSL 85 20,0 0,80 0,80 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 50 

Thermax 12 12 KSL 85 20,0 1,40 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 50 

Thermax 16 12 KSL 85 20,0 1,40 0,85 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 50 


Thermax 12 2 Hbl 85 20,0 0,50 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 200 

Thermax 16 2 Hbl 85 20,0 0,50 0,50 0,50 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 200 

Thermax 12 4 Hbl 85 20,0 0,80 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 200 

Thermax 16 4 Hbl 85 20,0 0,80 0,80 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 200 


Thermax 12 4 Hbn 85 20,0 0,80 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 200 

Thermax 16 4 Hbn 85 20,0 0,80 0,80 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 200 

1) 


2) 


3) 



4) 

Values are valid for rotary drilling (without hammer action). KSL must have a thickness of the 

outer web of min. 30 mm (old bricks). 

5) 


6) 



7) 


8) 


9) 


10) 

The fixed anchorage depth is corresponding with the relevant anchor sleeves FIS H..K (see 



139



The professional façade repair for two-leaf cavity walls 

Repairing outer leafs 

Detail: Repairing outer leafs 

VERSION 


APPROVALS 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The expansion-force-free fixing prevents 

splitting and cracks. This means 

that VBS 8 can be used even in old 

and sensitive masonry. 

▪ The drill bit diameter of just 8 mm 

means that a minimal amount of mortar 

is required for each fixing point. 

Thus VBS 8 is particularly economical. 

▪ The installation is approved anywhere 

along the entire bed joint, thus ensuring 

a high level of installation safety. 

▪ The grey colour of the injection mortar 

is similar to the colour of the bed joint. 

This means that the fixing is almost 

invisible to the eye. 


▪ Facing masonry with and without an 

air layer 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ Post-installation needling of two-leaf 

cavity walls in line with DIN 1053-1 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The remedial wall tie VBS 8 comprises 

a perforated plastic sleeve and a profiled 

A4 stainless steel tie Ø 4 mm. 

▪ VBS 8 is used together with the injection 

mortar FIS V. 

▪ The anchor is inserted in the bed joint 

of the outer leaf using push-through 

installation. 

FOR USE WITH 

140 

FIS V mortar 

see page 71


INSTALLATION 



Remedial wall tie VBS 

stainless steel 

Approval 

Layer resp. 

insulation 

Drill hole 

diameter 

Outer leaf 

Drill depth 

= mounting 

depth 

Fixing length 

Anchorage 

depth 

Fill quantity 

FIS V bearing 

wall 

Sales unit 

d o h o = h s l h ef 

Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs] 

Item 

A4 

VBS 8/20 078763 1) 2) ▯ 0 - 20 8 ≥ 90 195 150 >60 3 100 

VBS 8/50 078799 1) 2) ▯ 20 - 50 8 ≥ 90 225 180 >60 3 100 

VBS 8/80 078800 1) 2) ▯ 50 - 80 8 ≥ 90 255 210 >60 3 100 

VBS 8/120 078801 1) 2) ▯ 80 - 120 8 ≥ 90 295 250 >60 4 100 

VBS 8/150 078802 1) 2) ▯ 120 - 150 8 ≥ 90 325 280 >60 4 100 

1) Product consisting of perforated plastic sleeve, profiled wire A4 and injection nozzle. 

2) For the closing of the curtain walling about 2-3 additional scale units of mortar FISV are required. 

ACCESSORIES 

Compressed-air cleaning gun Hammer drill SDS-Plus Pointer, DIN 8039 

Sales unit 


VBS 8 cleaning set 090241 content: cleaning brush and extension tube for blow-out pump 1 

Compressed-air cleaning gun 093286 for professional cleaning of the drill hole 1 

SDS-Plus Pointer 8,0 / 460 mm 074330 Hammer drill with self-centring drill bit and relief-ground drill grooving 1 

141




Facing masonry 

VERSIONS 



APPROVALS 



air layer 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The approved fixing in stone and in 

joints from at least 50 mm facing 

masonry provides a high degree of 

flexibility and security. 

▪ Use in joints and with a low anchorage 

depth of just 50 mm allows for a 

quick and economical installation. 

▪ The small anchor rim and screw head 

allow for a surface-flush or deep-set 

installation. 

▪ The drill hole can be retrospectively 

sealed so that it is no longer visible in 

the façade. 

▪ A drip coil prevents condensate 

running into the load-bearing layer, 

thus preventing frost and corrosive 

damage. 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ VBS-M is especially suitable for 

applications where external thermal 

insulation composite systems (ETICS) 

are installed past to the façade repair. 

▪ Retrospective repairs of two-leaf cavity 

walls in line with DIN 1053-1 and EN 

845/846 as well as economy facings 

with DIN 18515. 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The remedial wall tie VBS-M is set in 

the load-bearing layer and into facing 

masonry using push-through installation. 

▪ In accordance with the approval, no 

drill hole cleaning is required. 

▪ The two expansion zones in the 

load-bearing layer and in the facing 

masonry ensure a secure fixation. 

▪ The plug doesn‘t fix into the facing 

masonry until the head grips into the 

load-bearing layer. This ensures the 

very best installation safety. 

142



zinc-plated 

steel 

stainless 

steel 


Max. shell 

distance at 

115 mm facing 

masonry, 

flush 

installation 

Max. shell 

distance at 

115 mm facing 

masonry, 

20 mm sunk 

installation 


+ cavity 

Drill diameter Drill hole depth 

Effect. 

anchoring 

depth 

Anchor length 

t fi x d 0 h 0 h ef l 

Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

Item gvz A4 

VBS-M 8 x 120 514243 — 20* — 70 8 140 50 120 100 

VBS-M 8 x 120 — 514236 20 — 70 8 140 50 120 100 

VBS-M 8 x 185 514244 514237 20 40 135 8 205 50 185 100 

VBS-M 8 x 205 514245 — 40 40 155 8 225 50 205 100 

VBS-M 8 x 205 — 514238 40 60 155 8 225 50 205 100 

VBS-M 8 x 225 514246 — 60 80 175 8 245 50 225 100 

VBS-M 8 x 225 — 514239 40 60 175 8 245 50 225 100 

VBS-M 8 x 245 514247 — 60 100 195 8 265 50 245 100 

VBS-M 8 x 245 — 514240 80 100 195 8 265 50 245 100 

VBS-M 8 x 265 514248 — 100 120 215 8 285 50 265 100 

VBS-M 8 x 265 — 514241 100 100 215 8 285 50 265 100 

VBS-M 8 x 285 514249 — 100 140 235 8 305 50 285 100 

VBS-M 8 x 285 — 514242 120 140 235 8 305 50 285 100 

* Max. 20 mm mortar layer in the case of 50 mm thick economy facing. 

The drill hole depth is to be adapted accordingly in the case of sunk installation of the anchor. 

Sales unit 


143



The economical solution for the repair of triple-skin outer wall 

panels 

Repairing weather shells 

Detail: Repairing weather shells 

VERSION 


APPROVALS 


▪ Triple-skin outer wall panels made of 

concrete ≥ B15 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The large bolt diameter means that 

FWS achieves a high shear load-bearing 

capacity. This keeps the number 

of anchors needed for each plate to a 

minimum, thus saving costs. 

▪ The drill hole can be drilled in one step 

using standard diamond drill bits. This 

ensures quick progress is made. 

▪ The integrated visual control makes 

the application easier, and ensures a 

high degree of installation safety. 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ Post-installation securing of triple-skin 

outer wall panels 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The weather facing reconstruction 

system FWS is secured in the loadbearing 

skin and the weather shell 

with the injection mortar FIS V. 

▪ The red plastic coating protects the 

insulation from being penetrated with 

mortar. 

▪ Once the anchor has been set, the 

appearance of mortar from the control 

openings shows that the anchoring 

has been completed correctly. 

FOR USE WITH 

144 

FIS V mortar 

see page 71


INSTALLATION 




Residual core drill FWS-B 

Total length Nom. diameter drill bit Effective anchorage depth in Anchors per cartridge Sales unit 

the load-bearing skin 

FIS V 360 S 

l d B h v 

Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

Item 

FWS-A 205 062342 ▯ 205 40 80 4 - 5 5 

FWS-A 230 062343 ▯ 230 40 80 4 - 5 5 

FWS-B 062344 — — — — — 1 

Approval 

LOADS 


Highest permissible shear loads 1) 6) for a single anchor in a load-bearing skin made of concrete ≥ B15 resp. C12/15. 


Type 

Effective 

anchorage 

depth in the 

load-bearing skin 

Min. 

thickness of 

load-bearing 

layer 

Thickness 

of thermal 

insulation 2) 

Thickness of 

outer leaf 

Permissible 

bending moment 

Permissible 

shear load 1) 

Cracked or non-cracked concrete 

Min. 

spacing 3) 

Min. 

spacing 3) 

h ef (h v ) h t h D h w M perm V perm s min (a h,min ) c min (a r,1 ) 

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm] 

FWS-A-205 4) 80 ≥120 80 40-60 1240,0 8,5 450 300 

FWS-A-230 4) 80 ≥120 100 45-60 1240,0 8,1 450 300 

1) 

Required safety factors are considered. The given loads are valid under the pre-condition that an 

4) 

The determination of the permissible shear load for special lengths is done according Annex 3 and 

additional thermal insulation will be applied on the weather facing. 

4 of the approval. 

2) 

For bigger insulation thicknesses special lengths are possible. 

6) 


3) 

For exact arrangement of the bolts as well as for eventually needed additional proofs see approval. 


145



The epoxy resin for repair work 

Filling cracks 

Reconstructing corners and edges 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The FCS based on epoxy resin has a 

high bond strength and a low shrinkage 

value. This guarantees a high 

performance and opens up a wide 


▪ The two product variants, FCS Liquid 

(low viscosity = liquid) and FCS (high 

viscosity = paste-like), allow for use 

both in horizontal situations and on 

walls and ceilings. Therefore, there 

is always the right product for every 

occasion. 


Suitable for: 

▪ Concrete 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ Filling holes and cracks in concrete 

and similar surfaces 

▪ Reconstructing split corners and 

edges 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The resin and hardener are stored in 

two separate containers. 

▪ The hardener is added to the resin and 

mixed thoroughly until the material is 

the same colour throughout. 

▪ Note: The quality of the mixing of 

components and the proper filling of 

the holes (without air pockets) has an 

effect on the load-bearing capacity of 

the system! 

▪ FCS Liquid can be poured into holes 

or cracks, or applied using a brush. 

▪ FCS can be applied with a palette 

knife. 

▪ Once mixed, the material can be 

used until the maximum open time is 

reached. 

146


INSTALLATION FCS 

INSTALLATION FCS LIQUID 



fischer Can System FCS 

fischer Can System FCS liquid 

Languages on the can Shelf life Sales unit 

Item Art.-No. months [pcs] 

FCS - fischer Can System 043676 GB, E, P 18 12 

FCS Liquid - fischer can System 043917 GB, E, P 18 12 

CURING TIME 

Temperature Gelling time Curing time 

+ 5°C 70 min. 60 hrs. 

+10°C 60 min. 30 hrs. 

+20°C 45 min. 24 hrs. 

+30°C 30 min. 20 hrs. 

+40°C 15 min. 16 hrs. 

The gelling time starts when the components get in contact. Stir the components thoroughly until the colour of the mortar is evenly. This is essential to achieve the full performance of the mortar. 

147



The versatile injection fixing 

Repairing damaged curtain rails 


ADVANTAGES 

▪ The fill & fix injection fixing works 

whatever the drill hole size and building 

material. As a result, a number of 

applications can be completed with 

just one product. 

▪ Wood screws can be screwed directly 

into the hardened injection fixing. This 

allows for a fast and simple installation. 

▪ Due to the special formulation, 

the screw can be screwed into the 

injection fixing and removed. Thus, 

components can be reattached to the 

same point. 

▪ fill & fix can be sanded and painted, 

and is suitable for filling drill holes that 

are no longer needed prior to painting. 


▪ Concrete 



concrete 

▪ Cavity floor slabs made of brick, concrete, 

etc. 




▪ Panel building materials 


▪ Solid panel made from gypsum 


concrete 


APPLICATIONS 

▪ Repairing cracked or over-sized drill 

holes 

▪ Repairing broken furniture hinges etc. 

▪ Fixing lightweight objects in difficult 

or dilapidated building materials (old 

buildings) 

▪ Fixing lightweight objects in internal 

and UV-protected external areas 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ fill & fix is a 2-component, solventfree 

injection compound based on 

polyurethane. It is applied into the drill 

hole, where it foams lightly and sets 

quickly. 

▪ The increase in volume during the setting 

process guarantees a secure hold, 

even in dilapidated or difficult building 

materials. 

▪ After approx. 2 minutes, screws, 

hooks, eye screws etc. with a diameter 

of up to 6 mm that are normally used 

in wood can be screwed into and 

removed from the set material without 

pre-drilling. 

▪ Use the perforated sleeves (included) 

for hollow and board building materials. 

148


INSTALLATION 


fill & fix Injection fixing 


Contents 

Languages on Sales unit 

the cartridge 


fill & fix K (D) 051097 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes D 8 

fill & fix (D) 502599 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes D 12 

fill & fix K (D/F) 503227 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes D, F 8 

fill & fix K (GB) 504429 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes GB 8 

fill & fix (GB) 503463 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes GB 12 

fill & fix K (NL/F) 501763 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes NL, F 8 

fill & fix (NL/F) 506716 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes NL, F 12 

fill & fix K (F) 513500 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes F 8 

fill & fix (F) 505971 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes F 12 

fill & fix K (I) 051098 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes I 8 

fill & fix K (S/DK) 505083 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes S, DK 8 

fill & fix K (GR) 505084 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes GR 8 

fill & fix K (CZ/SK) 506255 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes CZ, SK 8 

fill & fix Static mixer 502735 6 static mixer - 1 

149


150


▪ Bolt anchor FAZ II ....................................................................................................... 

▪ Bolt anchor FAZ II GS ................................................................................................ 

▪ High performance anchor FH II ............................................................................. 

▪ ZYKON undercut anchor FZA ................................................................................ 

▪ ZYKON undercut anchor FZA-I .............................................................................. 

▪ ZYKON hammerset anchor FZEA II ..................................................................... 

▪ Concrete screw FBS ................................................................................................... 

▪ Concrete screw FBS ................................................................................................... 

▪ Hammerset anchor EA II .......................................................................................... 

▪ Nail anchor FNA II ...................................................................................................... 

▪ Ceiling nail FDN ........................................................................................................... 

▪ Bolt anchor FBN II ....................................................................................................... 

▪ Bolt anchor FBN II GS ............................................................................................... 

▪ Bolt anchor EXA .......................................................................................................... 

▪ Heavy-duty anchor TA M ......................................................................................... 

▪ Heavy-duty anchor TA M-T ...................................................................................... 

▪ Sleeve anchor FSA ..................................................................................................... 

▪ Fixing set for diamond drills FDBB ....................................................................... 

▪ Wall screw MR ............................................................................................................. 

▪ Hollow-ceiling anchor FHY ...................................................................................... 

154 

158 

161 

167 

173 

176 

179 

182 

185 

189 

193 

195 

200 

202 

206 

210 

212 

214 

216 

218 


151


Range of steel anchors 

Economical 

due to high performance 


Efficient fixing for cracked concrete 


The cost-efficient fixing for flexible use in noncracked 

concrete 

Page 154 

Page 195 

Fixing set for diamond drills FDBB 

The reusable fixing system for diamond drills and 

saws 

Page 214 

Can be removed 

due to the screw thread 


The fully removable fixing in cracked concrete 

Page 179 


The screw solution for multiple fixings 

Page 182 

The best safety margin 

thanks to the undercutting 

technology 

ZYKON undercut anchor FZA 

The fixing system with the highest safety in cracked 

concrete 

Page 167 

ZYKON hammerset anchor FZEA II 

The internally threaded anchor with low anchoring 

depth for individual fixings in cracked concrete 

Page 176 

152

Easy to install 

due to low setting energy 


The installation-friendly fixing in non-cracked concrete 

High performance anchor FH II 

The push-through anchor for fixings with sophisticated 

design in cracked concrete 

Page 161 


The push-through anchor for structural fixings in noncracked 

concrete 

Page 202 

Page 212 



The installation-friendly internally threaded 

anchor for fixings in non-cracked concrete 

Page 206 


The installation-friendly internally threaded anchor for 

fixings in prestressed hollow-core concrete slabs 

Page 218 

Easy to install due to 

hammerset installation 

without torque wrench 


The installation-friendly hammerset anchor for 

multiple fixings 

Page 189 


The cost-efficient push-through anchor 

for multiple fixings 

Page 193 


The internally threaded anchor with rim for simple hammerset 

installation 

Wall screw MR 

The fixing with simple hammerset installation in noncracked 

concrete 

Page 185 

Page 216 

153



Efficient fixing for cracked concrete 


VERSIONS 



▪ highly corrosion-resistant steel 


Approved for: 






Cable trays 

APPROVALS 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The optimised expansion clip allows 

for a high load-bearing capacity. Thus 

fewer fixing points and smaller anchor 

plates are required. 

▪ The international approvals guarantee 

maximum safety and the best performance. 

▪ The bolt geometry allows for optimal 

load distribution and therefore enables 

use close to edges and in thin components. 

▪ Fewer hammer blows and the minimal 

torque slippage allow for a noticeably 

simpler installation. 

▪ The drive-in pin protects the thread 

from damage and ensures a troublefree 

dismantling of the fixture. 

APPLICATIONS 



▪ Consoles 

▪ Ladders 

▪ Cable conduits 

▪ Machines 


▪ Gates 

▪ Façades 

▪ Wood constructions 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The FAZ II is suitable for pre-positioned 

and push-through installation; also 

suitable for stand-off installation under 

certain conditions. 

▪ Prior to installation, place the hexagon 

nut in the optimal position (the drive-in 

pin projects by approx. 3 mm out of 

the hexagon nut). 

▪ When applying the torque, the cone 

bolt is pulled into the expansion clip 

and expands it against the drill hole 

wall. 

▪ The head embossing offers a simple 

control of the anchoring. 

▪ In the case of series installation, we 

recommend using the FABS anchor 

bolt setting tool. 

154



zinc-plated 

steel 

stainless 

steel 



resistant 

steel 

Approval 

Drill hole 

diameter 

Min. drillhole 

depth 

for through 

fixings 

Anchor 

length 

Max. fixture 

thickness 

Thread 

Width 

across nut 

d o h 2 l t fi x Ø x length SW 

Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

Item gvz A4 C 

FAZ II 8/10 094871 501396 — ■ ▲ 8 65 75 10 M 8 x 21 13 50 

FAZ II 8/10 — — 501428 ■ ▲ 8 65 75 10 M 8 x 21 13 10 

FAZ II 8/30 094877 501399 — ■ ▲ 8 85 95 30 M 8 x 41 13 50 

FAZ II 8/30 — — 501429 ■ ▲ 8 85 95 30 M 8 x 41 13 10 

FAZ II 8/50 094878 501401 — ■ ▲ 8 105 115 50 M 8 x 61 13 50 

FAZ II 8/100 094879 — — ■ ▲ 8 155 165 100 M 8 x 100 13 25 

FAZ II 8/160 503251 — — ■ ▲ 8 215 225 160 M 8 x 100 13 20 

FAZ II 10/10 094981 501403 — ■ ▲ 10 85 95 10 M 10 x 24 17 50 

FAZ II 10/10 — — 501430 ■ ▲ 10 85 95 10 M 10 x 24 17 10 

FAZ II 10/20 094982 — — ■ ▲ 10 95 105 20 M 10 x 34 17 25 

FAZ II 10/20 — 501406 — ■ ▲ 10 95 105 20 M 10 x 34 17 50 

FAZ II 10/30 094983 — — ■ ▲ 10 105 115 30 M 10 x 44 17 25 

FAZ II 10/30 — 501407 — ■ ▲ 10 105 115 30 M 10 x 44 17 50 

FAZ II 10/30 — — 503185 ■ ▲ 10 105 115 30 M 10 x 44 17 10 

FAZ II 10/50 094984 501409 — ■ ▲ 10 125 135 50 M 10 x 64 17 20 

FAZ II 10/70 — 501410 — ■ ▲ 10 145 155 70 M 10 x 84 17 20 

FAZ II 10/80 094985 — — ■ ▲ 10 155 165 80 M 10 x 94 17 20 

FAZ II 10/100 094986 501411 — ■ ▲ 10 175 185 100 M 10 x 100 17 20 

FAZ II 10/160 503252 501412 — ■ ▲ 10 235 245 160 M 10 x 100 17 20 

FAZ II 12/10 095419 501413 — ■ ▲ 12 100 110 10 M 12 x 27 19 20 

FAZ II 12/10 — — 503186 ■ ▲ 12 100 110 10 M 12 x 27 19 10 

FAZ II 12/20 095420 501415 — ■ ▲ 12 110 120 20 M 12 x 37 19 20 

FAZ II 12/30 095421 501416 — ■ ▲ 12 120 130 30 M 12 x 47 19 20 

FAZ II 12/30 — — 501431 ■ ▲ 12 120 130 30 M 12 x 47 19 10 

FAZ II 12/50 095446 501419 — ■ ▲ 12 140 150 50 M 12 x 67 19 20 

FAZ II 12/60 — 501420 — ■ ▲ 12 150 160 60 M 12 x 77 19 20 

FAZ II 12/80 095454 — — ■ ▲ 12 170 180 80 M 12 x 97 19 20 

FAZ II 12/100 095470 501421 — ■ ▲ 12 190 200 100 M 12 x 100 19 20 

FAZ II 12/160 503253 — — ■ ▲ 12 250 260 160 M 12 x 100 19 10 

FAZ II 12/160 — 503180 — ■ ▲ 12 250 260 160 M 12 x 100 19 20 

FAZ II 12/200 095605 — — ■ ▲ 12 290 300 200 M 12 x 100 19 10 

FAZ II 16/25 — 501423 — ■ ▲ 16 135 148 25 M 16 x 47 24 20 

FAZ II 16/25 095836 — 501432 ■ ▲ 16 135 148 25 M 16 x 47 24 10 

FAZ II 16/50 095864 — 503187 ■ ▲ 16 160 173 50 M 16 x 72 24 10 

FAZ II 16/50 — 501424 — ■ ▲ 16 160 173 50 M 16 x 72 24 20 

FAZ II 16/100 095865 501425 — ■ ▲ 16 210 223 100 M 16 x 100 24 10 

FAZ II 16/160 503254 — — ■ ▲ 16 270 283 160 M 16 x 100 24 10 

FAZ II 16/200 095967 — — ■ ▲ 16 310 323 200 M 16 x 100 24 10 

FAZ II 16/250 095968 — — ■ ▲ 16 360 373 250 M 16 x 100 24 10 

FAZ II 16/300 096188 — — ■ ▲ 16 410 423 300 M 16 x 100 24 10 

FAZ II 20/30 046632 — — ■ ▲ 20 155 172 30 M 20 x 54 30 5 

FAZ II 20/30 — 501426 — ■ ▲ 20 155 172 30 M 20 x 54 30 4 

FAZ II 20/60 046633 — — ■ ▲ 20 185 202 60 M 20 x 84 30 5 

FAZ II 20/60 — 503183 — ■ ▲ 20 185 202 60 M 20 x 84 30 4 

FAZ II 20/160 503255 — — ■ ▲ 20 285 302 160 M 20 x 100 30 5 

FAZ II 24/30 046635 — — ■ ▲ 24 185 205 30 M 24 x 58 36 5 

FAZ II 24/30 — 501427 — ■ ▲ 24 185 205 30 M 24 x 58 36 4 

Sales unit 


155




zinc-plated 

steel 

stainless 

steel 



resistant 

steel 

Approval 

Drill hole 

diameter 


depth 

for through 

fixings 

Anchor 

length 

Max. fixture 

thickness 

Thread 

Width 

across nut 


Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

Item gvz A4 C 

FAZ II 24/60 046636 — — ■ ▲ 24 215 235 60 M 24 x 88 36 5 

FAZ II 24/60 — 503184 — ■ ▲ 24 215 235 60 M 24 x 88 36 4 

ACCESSORIES 

fischer Anchor bolt setting tool FABS 

Fits anchor 

Sales unit 


FABS 077937 FAZ II, FBN II, EXA for diameter from M6 - M12 1 

Sales unit 

LOADS 


Highest permissible loads for a single anchor 1) in concrete C20/25 4) 


Type 





depth thickness 5) 

distance 

distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


FAZ II 8 45 100 20,0 2,4 6,9 35 40 4,3 6,9 40 40 

FAZ II 10 60 120 45,0 4,3 11,4 40 45 7,6 11,4 40 45 

FAZ II 12 70 140 60,0 7,6 16,9 45 55 11,9 16,9 50 55 

FAZ II 16 85 170 110,0 13,4 31,4 60 65 18,8 31,4 60 65 

FAZ II 20 100 200 200,0 17,1 40,0 95 85 24,0 40,0 95 95 

FAZ II 24 125 250 270,0 24,0 49,1 100 100 33,6 49,1 100 135 

1) 




2) 

Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load for the 

minimum member thickness (h min ≧ 2 x h ef ). The combination of the given min. spacing and 

min. edge distance is not possible. One of them has to be increased according approval. 

3) 

For combination of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge 


4) 


5) 

According approval the minimum member thickness (h min ≧ 2 x h ef ) can be reduced under 

specific conditions. 

156


LOADS 

Bolt anchor FAZ II A4 



Type 






distance 

distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


FAZ II 8 A4 45 100 20,0 2,4 6,9 35 40 4,3 6,9 40 40 

FAZ II 10 A4 60 120 45,0 4,3 11,4 40 45 7,6 11,4 40 45 

FAZ II 12 A4 70 140 60,0 7,6 16,9 45 55 11,9 16,9 50 55 

FAZ II 16 A4 85 170 110,0 13,4 31,4 60 65 18,8 31,4 60 65 

FAZ II 20 A4 100 200 200,0 17,1 40,0 95 85 24,0 40,0 95 95 

FAZ II 24 A4 125 250 270,0 24,0 49,1 100 100 33,6 49,1 100 135 

1) 




2) 




LOADS 

Bolt anchor FAZ II C 



Type 

3) 



4) 


5) 








distance 

distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


FAZ II 8 C 45 100 20,0 2,4 6,9 35 40 4,3 6,9 40 40 

FAZ II 10 C 60 120 45,0 4,3 11,4 40 45 7,6 11,4 40 45 

FAZ II 12 C 70 140 60,0 7,6 16,9 45 55 11,9 16,9 50 55 

FAZ II 16 C 85 170 110,0 13,4 31,4 60 65 18,8 31,4 60 65 

FAZ II 20 C 100 200 200,0 17,1 40,0 95 85 24,0 40,0 95 95 

FAZ II 24 C 125 250 270,0 24,0 49,1 100 100 33,6 49,1 100 135 

1) 




2) 




3) 



4) 


5) 




157



Economic fixing for cracked concrete with large washer 

Column bases with long holes 

VERSIONS 




Approved for: 






Steel sub-structures 

APPROVALS 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The FAZ II GS with 8, 10 and 12 mm 

diameters are suitable for fixing steel 

fixtures with long holes thanks to the 

special washer, and help to reduce 

installation effort. 

▪ The significantly larger outer diameter 

of the washers for FAZ II 16 GS 

ensures a larger supporting surface, 

and as such allows for use in wood 

construction. 

▪ The pre-fitted washer ensures a fast 

installation. 

▪ Furthermore, the FAZ II GS bolt anchor 

offers all of the benefits of the FAZ II. 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ Anchor plates with long holes 

▪ Façade sub-structures with long holes 


FUNCTIONING 

▪ The FAZ II is suitable for pre-positioned 

and push-through installation; also 

suitable for stand-off installation under 

certain conditions. 








wall. 




recommend using the FABS bolt 

anchor setting tool. 

158



steel, 

zinc-plated, 

with large 

washer 

stainless 

steel, with 

large washer 

Bolt anchor FAZ II GS (with large washer) 

Approval 

Drill hole 

diameter 


depth 

for through 

fixings 

Anchor 

length 

Max. fixture 

thickness 

Thread 

Width across 

nut 


Washer (outer 

diameter 

x thickness) 

Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

Item gvz A4 

FAZ II 8/10 GS 094872 501398 ■ 8 65 75 10 M 8 x 21 13 22 x 2,5 50 

FAZ II 8/30 GS 096189 501400 ■ 8 85 95 30 M 8 x 41 13 22 x 2,5 50 

FAZ II 10/10 GS 096291 501405 ■ 10 85 95 10 M 10 x 24 17 25 x 3 50 

FAZ II 10/30 GS 096297 — ■ 10 105 115 30 M 10 x 44 17 25 x 3 25 

FAZ II 10/30 GS — 501408 ■ 10 105 115 30 M 10 x 44 17 25 x 3 50 

FAZ II 12/10 GS 096303 501414 ■ 12 100 110 10 M 12 x 27 19 30 x 3 20 

FAZ II 12/20 GS 502530 — ■ 12 110 120 20 M 12 x 37 19 30 x 3 20 

FAZ II 12/30 GS 096340 501418 ■ 12 120 130 30 M 12 x 47 19 30 x 3 20 

FAZ II 12/50 GS 502531 — ■ 12 140 150 50 M 12 x 67 19 30 x 3 20 

FAZ II 12/100 GS 502532 — ■ 12 190 200 100 M 12 x 100 19 30 x 3 20 

FAZ II 12/120 GS 096367 — ■ 12 210 220 120 M 12 x 100 19 30 x 3 20 

FAZ II 12/160 GS — 503181 ■ 12 250 260 160 M 12 x 100 19 44 x 4 20 

FAZ II 16/160 GS 503261 — ■ 16 270 283 160 M 16 x 100 24 56 x 5 10 

FAZ II 16/160 GS — 503182 ■ 16 270 283 160 M 16 x 100 24 56 x 5 4 

FAZ II 16/200 GS 096370 — ■ 16 310 323 200 M 16 x 100 24 56 x 5 10 

Sales unit 


LOADS 




Type 






distance 

distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


FAZ II 8 GS 45 100 20,0 2,4 6,9 35 40 4,3 6,9 40 40 

FAZ II 10 GS 60 120 45,0 4,3 11,4 40 45 7,6 11,4 40 45 

FAZ II 12 GS 70 140 60,0 7,6 16,9 45 55 11,9 16,9 50 55 

FAZ II 16 GS 85 170 110,0 13,4 31,4 60 65 18,8 31,4 60 65 

1) 




2) 




3) 



4) 


5) 



159



LOADS 

Bolt anchor FAZ II GS A4 



Type 






distance 

distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


FAZ II 8 GS A4 45 100 20,0 2,4 6,9 35 40 4,3 6,9 40 40 

FAZ II 10 GS A4 60 120 45,0 4,3 11,4 40 45 7,6 11,4 40 45 

FAZ II 12 GS A4 70 140 60,0 7,6 16,9 45 55 11,9 16,9 50 55 

FAZ II 16 GS A4 85 170 110,0 13,4 31,4 60 65 18,8 31,4 60 65 

1) 




2) 




3) 



4) 


5) 



160


The push-through anchor for fixings with sophisticated design 

in cracked concrete 

Steel girders 

VERSIONS 




Approved for: 






Banisters 

APPROVALS 


ADVANTAGES 

▪ The anchor construction allows for 

wide-ranging head shapes for fixing 

points with sophisticated design. 

▪ The ideal interaction of screw shank 

and sleeve allows for a high shear 

load. Thus fewer fixing points are 

required. 

▪ The international approvals guarantee 

maximum safety and the best performance. 

▪ The optimised geometry reduces the 

energy required for installation. 

▪ The detachable screw connection 

allows for surface flush removal. 

APPLICATIONS 



▪ Consoles 


▪ Ladders 


▪ Machines 

▪ Gates 

▪ Façades 

▪ Gratings 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The FH II is suitable for push-through 

installation. 

▪ When applying the torque, the cone is 

pulled into the expansion sleeve and 

expands it against the drill hole wall. 

▪ The black plastic ring prevents rotation 

when tightening the anchor, and acts 

as a crumple zone to take the torque 

slippage so that the fixture is pulled 

onto the anchor base. 

▪ Available head shapes for flexible 

design solutions: 

Countersunk head (type SK - for surface 

flush and fixing points that can be 

subsequently secured against theft), 

hexagon head (type S), bolt version 

with nut and washer (type B) and cap 

nut (type H). 

161




zinc-plated 

steel 

stainless 

steel 

High performance anchor FH II-S - with 

hexagonal head 

Approval 

Drill hole 

diameter 


depth 

for through 

fixings 

Anchor length Max. fixture 

thickness 

Thread 

Width across 

nut 

d o h 2 l t fi x M SW 

Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

Item gvz A4 

FH II 10/10 S 503133 — ■ — 10 65 70 10 M 6 10 50 

FH II 10/10 S — 510923 ■ — 10 65 69 10 M 6 10 50 

FH II 10/25 S 503134 — ■ — 10 80 85 25 M 6 10 50 

FH II 10/25 S — 510924 ■ — 10 80 84 25 M 6 10 50 

FH II 10/50 S 503135 — ■ — 10 105 110 50 M 6 10 50 

FH II 12/10 S 044884 — ■ ▲ 12 90 90 10 M 8 13 50 

FH II 12/10 S — 510925 ■ — 12 90 90 10 M 8 13 50 

FH II 12/25 S 044885 — ■ ▲ 12 105 105 25 M 8 13 50 

FH II 12/25 S — 510926 ■ — 12 105 105 25 M 8 13 20 

FH II 12/50 S 044886 — ■ ▲ 12 130 130 50 M 8 13 25 

FH II 15/10 S 044887 — ■ ▲ 15 100 106 10 M 10 17 25 

FH II 15/10 S — 510927 ■ — 15 100 107 10 M 10 17 50 

FH II 15/25 S 044888 — ■ ▲ 15 115 121 25 M 10 17 25 

FH II 15/25 S — 510928 ■ — 15 115 122 25 M 10 17 20 

FH II 15/50 S 044889 — ■ ▲ 15 140 146 50 M 10 17 25 

FH II 18/10 S 046847 — ■ ▲ 18 115 118 10 M 12 19 20 

FH II 18/25 S 044894 — ■ ▲ 18 130 132 25 M 12 19 20 

FH II 18/25 S — 510929 ■ — 18 130 133 25 M 12 19 10 

FH II 18/50 S 044896 — ■ ▲ 18 155 157 50 M 12 19 20 

FH II 24/25 S 044898 — ■ ▲ 24 150 160 25 M 16 24 10 

FH II 24/25 S — 502711 ■ — 24 150 160 25 M 16 24 8 

FH II 24/50 S 044900 — ■ ▲ 24 175 185 50 M 16 24 10 

FH II 28/30 S 044901 — ■ ▲ 28 185 192 30 M 20 30 4 

FH II 28/60 S 044902 — ■ ▲ 28 215 222 60 M 20 30 4 

FH II 32/30 S 044903 — ■ ▲ 32 210 215 30 M 20 36 4 

FH II 32/60 S 044904 — ■ ▲ 32 240 245 60 M 24 36 4 

Sales unit 

162



zinc-plated 

steel 

stainless 

steel 

High performance anchor FH II-SK with 

countersunk head 

Approval 

Drill hole 

diameter 


depth 

for through 

fixings 


thickness 

Thread 

d o h 2 l t fi x M 

Width across 

nut (hexagon 

socket) 

Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

Item gvz A4 

FH II 10/15 SK 503136 — ■ — 10 70 65 10 M 6 4 50 

FH II 10/25 SK 503137 — ■ — 10 80 75 25 M 6 4 50 

FH II 10/50 SK 503138 — ■ — 10 105 100 50 M 6 4 50 

FH II 12/15 SK 044917 — ■ — 12 95 90 15 M 8 5 25 

FH II 12/15 SK — 510931 ■ — 12 95 90 15 M 8 6 25 

FH II 12/25 SK 044918 — ■ — 12 105 100 25 M 8 5 25 

FH II 12/30 SK — 510932 ■ — 12 110 105 30 M 8 6 25 

FH II 12/50 SK 044919 — ■ — 12 130 125 50 M 8 5 25 

FH II 12/50 SK — 510933 ■ — 12 130 125 50 M 8 6 25 

FH II 15/15 SK 044920 — ■ ▲ 15 105 100 15 M 10 6 25 

FH II 15/15 SK — 510934 ■ — 15 105 100 15 M 10 6 25 

FH II 15/25 SK 044921 — ■ ▲ 15 115 110 25 M 10 6 25 

FH II 15/50 SK 044922 — ■ ▲ 15 140 135 50 M 10 6 25 

FH II 18/15 SK 044923 — ■ ▲ 18 120 115 15 M 12 8 20 

FH II 18/25 SK 044924 — ■ ▲ 18 130 125 25 M 12 8 20 

FH II 18/30 SK — 510935 ■ — 18 135 130 30 M 12 8 20 

FH II 18/50 SK 044925 — ■ ▲ 18 155 150 50 M 12 8 20 

Sales unit 



High performance anchor FH II-H with cap nut 

zinc-plated 

steel 

Approval 

Drill hole 

diameter 


depth for 

through fixings 

Anchor length 

Max. fixture 

thickness 

Thread 

Width across 

nut 


Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

Item 

gvz 

FH II 10/10 H 503139 ■ — 10 65 75 10 M 6 13 50 

FH II 10/25 H 503140 ■ — 10 80 90 25 M 6 13 50 

FH II 10/50 H 503141 ■ — 10 105 115 50 M 6 13 50 

FH II 12/10 H 044905 ■ — 12 90 100 10 M 8 17 50 

FH II 12/25 H 044906 ■ — 12 105 115 25 M 8 17 50 

FH II 12/50 H 044907 ■ — 12 130 140 50 M 8 17 25 

FH II 15/10 H 044908 ■ ▲ 15 100 115 10 M 10 17 25 

FH II 15/25 H 044909 ■ ▲ 15 115 130 25 M 10 17 25 

FH II 15/50 H 044910 ■ ▲ 15 140 155 50 M 10 17 25 

FH II 18/25 H 044915 ■ ▲ 18 130 145 25 M 12 19 20 

FH II 18/50 H 044916 ■ ▲ 18 155 170 50 M 12 19 20 

Sales unit 

163




zinc-plated 

steel 

Approval 

High performance anchor FH II-B with hexagon 

nut and threaded bolt 

Drill hole 

diameter 


depth for 


Anchor length 

Max. fixture 

thickness 

Thread 

Width across 

nut 


Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

Item 

gvz 

FH II 10/10 B 503142 ■ — 10 65 70 10 M 6 10 50 

FH II 10/25 B 503143 ■ — 10 80 85 25 M 6 10 50 

FH II 10/50 B 503144 ■ — 10 105 110 50 M 6 10 50 

FH II 12/10 B 048773 ■ ▲ 12 90 95 10 M 8 13 50 

FH II 12/25 B 048774 ■ ▲ 12 105 110 25 M 8 13 50 

FH II 12/50 B 048775 ■ ▲ 12 130 135 50 M 8 13 25 

FH II 12/100 B 046832 ■ ▲ 12 180 185 100 M 8 13 25 

FH II 15/10 B 048776 ■ ▲ 15 100 110 10 M 10 17 25 

FH II 15/25 B 048777 ■ ▲ 15 115 125 25 M 10 17 25 

FH II 15/50 B 048778 ■ ▲ 15 140 150 50 M 10 17 25 

FH II 15/100 B 046835 ■ ▲ 15 190 200 100 M 10 17 20 

FH II 18/25 B 048779 ■ ▲ 18 130 140 25 M 12 19 20 

FH II 18/50 B 048780 ■ ▲ 18 155 165 50 M 12 19 20 

FH II 18/100 B 046841 ■ ▲ 18 205 215 100 M 12 19 10 

FH II 24/25 B 048886 ■ ▲ 24 150 167 25 M 16 24 10 

FH II 24/50 B 048887 ■ ▲ 24 175 192 50 M 16 24 10 

FH II 24/100 B 046842 ■ ▲ 24 225 242 100 M 16 24 5 

FH II 28/30 B 047547 ■ ▲ 28 185 199 30 M 20 30 4 

FH II 28/60 B 047548 ■ ▲ 28 215 229 60 M 20 30 4 

FH II 28/100 B 506630 1) ■ ▲ 28 255 271 100 M 20 30 4 

FH II 32/30 B 047549 ■ ▲ 32 210 253 30 M 24 36 4 

FH II 32/60 B 047550 ■ ▲ 32 240 283 60 M 24 36 4 


Sales unit 

164


LOADS 

High performance anchor FH II - S 



Type 






distance 

distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


FH II 10 S 40 80 10,0 3,6 4,3 40 40 6,1 6,1 40 40 

FH II 12 S 60 120 22,5 5,7 15,9 50 50 11,2 18,9 60 60 

FH II 15 S 70 140 40,0 7,6 20,1 60 60 14,1 28,2 70 70 

FH II 18 S 80 160 80,0 11,9 24,5 70 70 17,2 34,4 80 80 

FH II 24 S 100 200 160,0 17,1 34,3 80 80 24,0 48,1 100 100 

FH II 28 S 125 250 180,0 24,0 47,9 100 100 33,6 67,2 120 120 

FH II 32 S 150 300 200,0 31,5 63,0 120 120 44,2 88,4 160 180 

1) 




2) 


LOADS 

High performance anchor FH II - SK 



Type 

3) 



4) 







distance 

distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


FH II 10 SK 40 80 10,0 3,6 4,3 40 40 6,1 6,1 40 40 

FH II 12 SK 60 120 22,5 5,7 15,9 50 50 11,2 18,9 60 60 

FH II 15 SK 70 140 40,0 7,6 20,1 60 60 14,1 28,2 70 70 

FH II 18 SK 80 160 80,0 11,9 24,5 70 70 17,2 34,4 80 80 

1) 




2) 


3) 



4) 



LOADS 

High performance anchor FH II - H 



Type 



Effective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min. edge 

anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing distance 


distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


FH II 10 H 40 80 10,0 3,6 4,3 40 40 6,1 6,1 40 40 

FH II 12 H 60 120 22,5 5,7 15,4 50 50 11,2 15,4 60 60 

FH II 15 H 70 140 40,0 7,6 20,1 60 60 14,1 23,4 70 70 

FH II 18 H 80 160 80,0 11,9 24,5 70 70 17,2 34,4 80 80 

1) 




2) 


3) 



4) 


165



LOADS 

High performance anchor FH II - B 



Type 



Effective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min. edge 

anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing distance 


distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


FH II 10 B 40 80 10,0 3,6 4,3 40 40 6,1 6,1 40 40 

FH II 12 B 60 120 17,5 5,7 15,4 50 50 11,2 15,4 60 60 

FH II 15 B 70 140 38,0 7,6 20,1 60 60 14,1 23,4 70 70 

FH II 18 B 80 160 80,0 11,9 24,5 70 70 17,2 34,4 80 80 

FH II 24 B 100 200 120,0 17,1 34,3 80 80 24,0 48,1 100 100 

FH II 28 B 125 250 180,0 24,0 47,9 100 100 33,6 67,2 120 120 

FH II 32 B 150 300 200,0 31,5 63,0 120 120 44,2 88,4 160 180 

1) 




2) 


LOADS 

High performance anchor FH II - S A4 



Type 

3) 



4) 




Effective Min. Installation permissible permissible min. min. permissible permissible min. min. 

anchorage member torque tensile shear spacing edge tensile shear spacing edge 


load load 

distance load load 

distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


FH II 10 S A4 40 80 15,0 3,6 4,3 40 40 6,1 6,1 40 40 

FH II 12 S A4 60 120 25,0 5,7 15,9 50 50 9,5 16,0 60 60 

FH II 15 S A4 70 140 40,0 7,6 20,1 60 60 14,1 24,6 70 70 

FH II 18 S A4 80 160 100,0 11,9 24,5 70 70 17,2 34,4 80 80 

FH II 24 S A4 100 200 160,0 17,1 34,3 80 80 24,0 48,1 100 100 

1) 




2) 


3) 



4) 


LOADS 

High performance anchor FH II - SK A4 



Type 

Effective 

anchorage 

depth 

Min. 

member 

thickness 

Installation 

torque 

permissible 

tensile 

load 


permissible 

shear 

load 

min. 

spacing 

min. 

edge 

distance 

permissible 

tensile 

load 


permissible 

shear 

load 

min. 

spacing 

min. 

edge 

distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


FH II 12 SK A4 60 120 25,0 5,7 15,9 50 50 9,5 16,0 60 60 

FH II 15 SK A4 70 140 40,0 7,6 20,1 60 60 14,1 24,6 70 70 

FH II 18 SK A4 80 160 100,0 11,9 24,5 70 70 17,2 34,4 80 80 

1) 




2) 


3) 



4) 


166


The fixing system with the highest safety in cracked concrete 

Steel girders 

VERSIONS 





Approved for: 






Installations in tunnels 

APPROVALS 


ADVANTAGES 

▪ The special ZYKON undercut technology 

allows for a positive fit connection 

and ensures maximum safety, even in 

large cracks. 

▪ The almost expansion-free installation 

of the anchor allows small edge distances 

and axial spacing, and thereby 

enables flexible use. 

▪ The FZUB special drill allows for a fast 

installation by creating the undercut 

without having to change tools. 

▪ The drill hole geometry allows for a 

very low setting energy, thus reducing 

the energy required for installation. 

▪ The ideal interaction of threaded bolts 

and sleeve with FZA-D allows for a 

high shear load and therefore fewer 

fixing points. 

APPLICATIONS 



▪ Consoles 

▪ Step irons (FZA-ST) 

▪ Ladders 


▪ Machines 


▪ Gates 

▪ Façades 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The FZA is suitable for pre-positioned 

installation, whereas the FZA-D is suitable 

for push-through installation. 

▪ The undercut drill hole is created using 

the special FZUB drill. 

▪ Once the anchor has been placed in 

the drill hole, the expansion sleeve is 

driven over the cone using the FZE 

Plus setting tool, and the undercut drill 

hole is filled with a positive fit. 

167




zinc-plated 

steel 

stainless 

steel 

ZYKON Bolt anchor FZA 


resistant 

steel 

Approval 

Required drill 

bit FZUB 

Required 

setting tool 

FZE plus 

Bolt length 

Max. fixture 

thickness 

Thread 

Width across 

nut 

l t fi x M SW 

Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

Item gvz A4 C 

FZA 10 x 40 M6/10 060712 060772 096214 1) ■ 10 x 40 FZE 10 plus 60 10 M 6 10 25 

FZA 10 x 40 M6/35 — — 096361 1) ■ 10 x 40 FZE 10 plus 85 35 M 6 10 25 

FZA 12 x 40 M 8/15 060715 060775 096215 1) ■ 12 x 40 FZE 12 plus 69 15 M 8 13 25 

FZA 12 x 50 M 8/15 060716 060776 096227 1) ■ 12 x 50 FZE 12 plus 79 15 M 8 13 20 

FZA 12 x 50 M 8/50 — 060774 096362 1) ■ 12 x 50 FZE 12 plus 114 50 M 8 13 20 

FZA 14 x 40 M10/25 060718 — — ■ 14 x 40 FZE 14 plus 79 25 M 10 17 25 

FZA 14 x 40 M10/25 — 060778 096228 1) ■ 14 x 40 FZE 14 plus 79 25 M 10 17 20 










Sales unit 


ZYKON Through anchor FZA-D 

zinc-plated 

steel 

stainless 

steel 


resistant 

steel 

Approval 

Required 

drill bit 

FZUB 

Required 

setting tool 

FZE plus 

Bolt length Max. fixture 

thickness 

Thread 

Width 

across nut 

l t fi x M SW 


Item gvz A4 C 

FZA 12 x 50 M 8 D/10 060652 060664 — ■ 12 x 50 FZE 12 plus 69 10 M 8 13 25 

FZA 12 x 50 M 8 D/10 — — 096319 1) ■ 12 x 50 FZE 12 plus 69 10 M 8 13 20 



FZA 12 x 80 M 8 D/30 — — 096354 1) ■ 12 x 80 FZE 12 plus 99 30 M 8 13 20 

FZA 14 x 80 M10 D/20 060657 060669 096355 1) ■ 14 x 80 FZE 14 plus 102 20 M 10 17 10 




FZA 22 x 125 M16 D/25 060663 060675 — ■ 22 x 125 FZE 22 plus 156 25 M 16 24 10 


Sales unit 

168



Zykon anchor for fixing step irons FZA ST A4 

stainless 

Required drill bit Required setting Max. fixture Thread Width across nut Sales unit 

steel 

FZUB tool FZE plus thickness 

t fi x M SW 

Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

Item 

A4 

FZA 14 x 40 ST A4 060686 1) 14 x 40 FZE 14 plus 30 M 10 16 20 

FZA 14 x 60 ST A4 060687 1) 14 x 60 FZE 14 plus 30 M 10 16 20 

1) According to DIN 1211GS/1212GS. 

ACCESSORIES 

Drill bit FZUB 


Fits anchor 

Sales unit 

Item Art.-No. bolt anchor push-through anchor internal thread anchor [pcs] 

FZUB 10 x 40 060622 FZA 10 x 40 M6 - - 1 

FZUB 12 x 40 060623 FZA 12 x 40 M8 - FZA 12 x 40 M6 I 1 

FZUB 12 x 50 060627 FZA 12 x 50 M8 FZA 12 x 50 M8 D/10 FZA 12 x 50 M6 I 1 

FZUB 12 x 60 060625 - FZA 12 x 60 M8 D/10 - 1 

FZUB 12 x 80 060626 - FZA 12 x 80 M8 D/30 - 1 

FZUB 14 x 40 060624 FZA 14 x 40 M10 - - 1 


FZUB 14 x 80 060629 - FZA 14 x 80 M10 D/20 - 1 

FZUB 14 x 100 060630 - FZA 14 x 100 M10 D/40 - 1 

FZUB 18 x 80 060634 FZA 18 x 80 M12 - FZA 18 x 80 M10I 1 

FZUB 18 x 100 060632 - FZA 18 x 100 M12 D/20 - 1 

FZUB 18 x 130 060633 - FZA 18 x 130 M12 D/50 - 1 



ACCESSORIES 

Setting tool FZE plus 

Fits anchor 

Sales unit 


FZE 10 plus 044637 1) FZA 10 x ... M6 - - 1 

FZE 12 plus 044638 FZA 12 x ... M8 FZA 12 x ... M8 D FZA 12 x ... M6 I 1 




1) Without centring pin. 

169



LOADS 




Type 




anchorage 

depth 

member 

thickness 

torque tensile load shear load spacing edge 

distance 

tensile load shear load spacing edge 

distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


FZA 10 x 40 M6 40 100 8,5 2,4 4,6 40 35 3,6 4,6 40 35 

FZA 12 x 40 M8 40 100 20,0 2,4 5,6 40 40 3,6 7,9 40 40 

FZA 14 x 40 M10 40 100 40,0 2,4 5,6 70 70 3,6 7,9 70 70 

FZA 12 x 50 M8 50 110 20,0 4,3 7,9 50 45 5,7 8,4 50 45 

FZA 14 x 60 M10 60 130 40,0 5,7 13,3 60 55 9,5 13,3 60 55 

FZA 18 x 80 M12 80 160 60,0 9,5 19,3 80 70 14,3 19,3 80 70 

FZA 22 x 100 M16 100 200 100,0 17,1 34,3 100 100 19,0 35,9 100 100 

FZA 22 x 125 M16 125 250 100,0 19,0 35,9 125 125 19,0 35,9 125 125 

1) 




2) 


LOADS 

ZYKON undercut anchor FZA A4 



Type 

3) 



4) 







distance 

distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


FZA 10 x 40 M6 A4 40 100 8,5 2,4 3,2 40 35 3,6 3,2 40 35 

FZA 12 x 40 M8 A4 40 100 20,0 2,4 5,6 40 40 3,6 5,9 40 40 

FZA 14 x 40 M10 A4 40 100 40,0 2,4 5,6 70 70 3,6 7,9 70 70 

FZA 12 x 50 M8 A4 50 110 20,0 4,3 5,9 50 45 5,7 5,9 50 45 

FZA 14 x 60 M10 A4 60 130 40,0 5,7 9,3 60 55 9,5 9,3 60 55 

FZA 18 x 80 M12 A4 80 160 60,0 9,5 13,5 80 70 14,3 13,5 80 70 

FZA 22 x 100 M16 A4 100 200 100,0 17,1 25,2 100 100 19,0 25,2 100 100 

FZA 22 x 125 M16 A4 125 250 100,0 19,0 25,2 125 125 19,0 25,2 125 125 

1) 




2) 


3) 



4) 


170


LOADS 

ZYKON undercut anchor FZA C 



Type 






distance 

distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


FZA 10 x 40 M6 C 40 100 8,5 2,4 4,0 40 35 3,6 4,0 40 35 

FZA 12 x 40 M8 C 40 100 20,0 2,4 5,6 40 40 3,6 7,3 40 40 

FZA 14 x 40 M10 C 40 100 40,0 2,4 5,6 70 70 3,6 7,9 70 70 

FZA 12 x 50 M8 C 50 110 20,0 4,3 7,3 50 45 5,7 7,3 50 45 

FZA 14 x 60 M10 C 60 130 40,0 5,7 11,6 60 55 9,5 11,6 60 55 

FZA 18 x 80 M12 C 80 160 60,0 9,5 16,9 80 70 14,3 16,9 80 70 

FZA 22 x 100 M16 C 100 200 100,0 17,1 31,4 100 100 19,0 31,4 100 100 

FZA 22 x 125 M16 C 125 250 100,0 19,0 31,4 125 125 19,0 31,4 125 125 

1) 




2) 


LOADS 

ZYKON undercut anchor FZA-D 



Type 

3) 



4) 







distance 

distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


FZA 12 x 50 M8 D 40 100 20,0 2,4 5,6 40 35 3,6 7,9 40 35 

FZA 12 x 60 M8 D 50 110 20,0 4,3 7,9 50 45 5,7 8,4 50 45 

FZA 12 x 80 M8 D 50 110 20,0 4,3 7,9 50 45 5,7 8,4 50 45 

FZA 14 x 80 M10 D 60 130 40,0 5,7 13,3 60 55 9,5 13,3 60 55 

FZA 14 x 100 M10 D 60 130 40,0 5,7 13,3 60 55 9,5 13,3 60 55 

FZA 18 x 100 M12 D 80 160 60,0 9,5 19,3 80 70 14,3 19,3 80 70 

FZA 18 x 130 M12 D 80 160 100,0 9,5 19,3 80 70 14,3 19,3 80 70 

FZA 22 x 125 M16 D 100 200 100,0 17,1 34,3 100 100 19,0 35,9 100 100 

1) 




2) 


3) 



4) 



171



LOADS 

ZYKON undercut anchor FZA-D A4 



Type 






distance 

distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


FZA 12 x 50 M8 D A4 40 100 20,0 2,4 5,6 40 35 3,6 5,9 40 35 

FZA 12 x 60 M8 D A4 50 110 20,0 4,3 5,9 50 45 5,7 5,9 50 45 

FZA 12 x 80 M8 D A4 50 110 20,0 4,3 5,9 50 45 5,7 5,9 50 45 

FZA 14 x 80 M10 D A4 60 130 40,0 5,7 9,3 60 55 9,5 9,3 60 55 

FZA 14 x 100 M10 D A4 60 130 40,0 5,7 9,3 60 55 9,5 9,3 60 55 

FZA 18 x 100 M12 D A4 80 160 60,0 9,5 13,5 80 70 14,3 13,5 80 70 

FZA 18 x 130 M12 D A4 80 160 60,0 9,5 13,5 80 70 14,3 13,5 80 70 

FZA 22 x 125 M16 D A4 100 200 100,0 17,1 25,2 100 100 19,0 25,2 100 100 

1) 




2) 


LOADS 

ZYKON undercut anchor FZA-D C 



Type 

3) 



4) 







distance 

distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


FZA 12 x 50 M8 D C 40 100 20,0 2,4 5,6 40 35 3,6 7,3 40 35 

FZA 12 x 60 M8 D C 50 110 20,0 4,3 7,3 50 45 5,7 7,3 50 45 

FZA 12 x 80 M8 D C 50 110 20,0 4,3 7,3 50 45 5,7 7,3 50 45 

FZA 14 x 80 M10 D C 60 130 40,0 5,7 11,6 60 55 9,5 11,6 60 55 

FZA 14 x 100 M10 D C 60 130 40,0 5,7 11,6 60 55 9,5 11,6 60 55 

FZA 18 x 100 M12 D C 80 160 60,0 9,5 16,9 80 70 14,3 16,9 80 70 

FZA 18 x 130 M12 D C 80 160 60,0 9,5 16,9 80 70 14,3 16,9 80 70 

FZA 22 x 125 M16 D C 100 200 100,0 17,1 31,4 100 100 19,0 31,4 100 100 

1) 




2) 


3) 



4) 


172

ZYKON undercut anchor FZA-I 

The internally threaded anchor with the highest safety in 


Medical stations 

VERSIONS 




Approved for: 






Stadium seating 

APPROVALS 


ADVANTAGES 


allows for a positive fit connection 

and ensures maximum safety, even in 

large cracks. 

▪ The metric internal thread means that 

it is possible to use standard screws or 



▪ The FZA-I allows for surface flush 

removal and reuse of the fixing point, 

and therefore offers the best possible 

flexibility. 

▪ Furthermore, the ZYKON undercut 

anchor FZA-I offers all the benefits of 

the FZA. 

APPLICATIONS 



▪ Consoles 

▪ Ladders 


▪ Machines 


▪ Gates 

▪ Façades 

▪ Window elements 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ FZA-I with internal thread is suitable 

for pre-positioned installation. 




the drill hole, the expansion sleeve is 

driven over the cone using the FZE 



173




zinc-plated 

steel 

stainless 

steel 

ZYKON Internally-threaded anchor FZA-I 

Approval 

Required drill 

bit FZUB 

Required 

setting tool 

FZE plus 

Internal 

thread 

Min. bolt 

penetration 

Max. bolt 

penetration 

Sales unit 

M l E,min l E,max 

Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

Item gvz A4 

FZA 12 x 40 M6 I 060758 060783 ■ 12 x 40 FZE 12 plus M 6 8 13 25 

FZA 12 x 50 M6 I — 060784 ■ 12 x 50 FZE 12 plus M 6 8 13 25 





ACCESSORIES 


Fits anchor 

Sales unit 


FZUB 10 x 40 060622 FZA 10 x 40 M6 - - 1 



FZUB 12 x 60 060625 - FZA 12 x 60 M8 D/10 - 1 

FZUB 12 x 80 060626 - FZA 12 x 80 M8 D/30 - 1 

FZUB 14 x 40 060624 FZA 14 x 40 M10 - - 1 


FZUB 14 x 80 060629 - FZA 14 x 80 M10 D/20 - 1 

FZUB 14 x 100 060630 - FZA 14 x 100 M10 D/40 - 1 

FZUB 18 x 80 060634 FZA 18 x 80 M12 - FZA 18 x 80 M10I 1 

FZUB 18 x 100 060632 - FZA 18 x 100 M12 D/20 - 1 

FZUB 18 x 130 060633 - FZA 18 x 130 M12 D/50 - 1 



174


ACCESSORIES 

Setting tool FZE plus 

Fits anchor 

Sales unit 


FZE 10 plus 044637 1) FZA 10 x ... M6 - - 1 





1) Without centring pin. 

LOADS 

ZYKON undercut anchor FZA-I (screw quality 8.8) 



Type 






distance 

distance 


3) 

N zul 

3) 

V zul 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

3) 

N zul 

3) 

V zul 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


FZA 12 x 40 M6 I 40 100 8,5 2,4 4,1 40 35 3,6 4,1 40 35 

FZA 12 x 50 M6 I 50 110 8,5 4,3 4,1 50 45 5,7 4,1 50 45 

FZA 14 x 60 M8 I 60 130 15,0 5,7 5,4 60 55 9,5 5,4 60 55 

FZA 18 x 80 M10 I 80 160 30,0 9,5 5,6 80 70 9,6 5,6 80 70 

FZA 22 x 100 M12 I 100 200 60,0 17,1 13,2 100 100 19,0 13,2 100 100 

FZA 22 x 125 M12 I 125 250 60,0 19,0 13,2 125 125 19,0 13,2 125 125 

1) 




2) 


3) 



4) 



LOADS 

ZYKON undercut anchor FZA-I A4 (screw quality A4-70) 



Type 






distance 

distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


FZA 12 x 40 M6 I A4 40 100 8,5 2,4 3,2 40 35 3,6 3,2 40 35 

FZA 12 x 50 M6 I A4 50 110 8,5 4,3 3,2 50 45 5,4 3,2 50 45 

FZA 14 x 60 M8 I A4 60 130 15,0 5,7 4,3 60 55 7,1 4,3 60 55 

FZA 18 x 80 M10 I A4 80 160 30,0 9,0 5,4 80 70 9,0 5,4 80 70 

FZA 22 x 100 M12 I A4 100 200 60,0 17,1 12,7 100 100 19,0 12,7 100 100 

FZA 22 x 125 M12 I A4 125 250 60,0 19,0 12,7 125 125 19,0 12,7 125 125 

1) 




2) 


3) 



4) 


175



The internally threaded anchor with low anchoring depth for 

individual fixings in cracked concrete 

Emergency exit signs in tunnels 

VERSIONS 





Approved for: 







APPROVALS 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The combination of hammerset and 

ZYKON undercut anchor allows for 

individual fixings in cracked concrete. 


reduces the energy required for 

installation. 

▪ The FZUB special drill allows for a fast 

installation by creating the undercut 

without having to change tools. 

▪ The embossing that is applied when 

expanding the anchor secures the 

simple control of the anchoring. 

▪ The almost expansion-free installation 

of the anchor allows small edge 

distances and axial spacing, thereby 

enabling flexible use. 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ Pipes 

▪ Ventilation systems 

▪ Sprinkler systems 


▪ Suspended ceilings 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The FZEA II is suitable for pre-positioned 

installation. 




the drill hole, the expansion sleeve 

is expanded by the driving in of the 

internal expansion pin with the FZED 



176



Zykon-Hammerset anchor FZEA II 

zinc-plated stainless highly corrosion 

Required drill Required setting Length Internal Max. bolt Min. bolt Sales unit 

steel steel 

resistant 

bit FZUB tool FZED plus 

thread penetration penetration 

steel 

l M l E,max l E,min 


Item gvz A4 C 

FZEA II 10 x 40 M 8 047303 047306 047309 ■ 10 x 40 FZED 10 plus 43 M 8 17 11 100 

FZEA II 12 x 40 M10 047304 047307 047310 ■ 12 x 40 FZED 12 plus 43 M 10 19 13 100 

FZEA II 14 x 40 M12 047305 047308 047311 ■ 14 x 40 FZED 14 plus 43 M 12 21 15 50 

ACCESSORIES 

Approval 



Fits anchor 

Sales unit 


FZUB 10 x 40 060622 FZEA II 10 x 40 1 

FZUB 12 x 40 060623 FZEA II 12 x 40 1 

FZUB 14 x 40 060624 FZEA II 14 x 40 1 

ACCESSORIES 

Setting tool FZED plus 

Fits anchor 

Sales unit 


FZED 10 plus 044642 FZEA II 10 x 40 1 



177



LOADS 

ZYKON hammerset anchor FZEA II (screw quality 5.8) 



Type 






distance 

distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


FZEA II 10 x 40 M8 40 80 10,0 1,6 4,7 40 40 3,6 4,7 40 40 

FZEA II 12 x 40 M10 40 80 15,0 3,0 5,6 45 45 3,6 7,8 45 45 

FZEA II 14 x 40 M12 40 80 20,0 3,6 5,6 50 50 3,6 7,9 50 50 

1) 




2) 


LOADS 

ZYKON hammerset anchor FZEA II A4 (screw quality A4-70) 



Type 

3) 



4) 







distance 

distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


FZEA II 10 x 40 M8 A4 40 80 15,0 1,6 5,6 40 40 3,6 5,7 40 40 

FZEA II 12 x 40 M10 A4 40 80 20,0 3,0 5,6 45 45 3,6 7,9 45 45 

FZEA II 14 x 40 M12 A4 40 80 40,0 3,6 5,6 50 50 3,6 7,9 50 50 

1) 




2) 


3) 



4) 


LOADS 

ZYKON hammerset anchor FZEA II C (screw quality: material 1.4529, strength 700 N/mm²) 



Type 






distance 

distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


FZEA II 10 x 40 M8 C 40 80 15,0 1,6 5,6 40 40 3,6 5,7 40 40 

FZEA II 12 x 40 M10 C 40 80 20,0 3,0 5,6 45 45 3,6 7,9 45 45 

FZEA II 14 x 40 M12 C 40 80 40,0 3,6 5,6 50 50 3,6 7,9 50 50 

1) 




2) 


3) 



4) 


178


The fully removable fixing in cracked concrete 

Formwork bracings 

VERSIONS 




Approved for: 






Protective barriers 

APPROVALS 


ADVANTAGES 

▪ The self-tapping concrete screw enables 

full removal and is ideally suited 

to temporary fixings. 

▪ The FBS can be set and installed in 

one go, thereby saving on installation 

time. 

▪ When combined with a tangential 

impact wrench, the screw principle 

allows for a quick and easy installation. 


control of the anchoring, thus saving 

time. 

APPLICATIONS 


▪ Consoles 

▪ Metal profiles 

▪ Ladders 

▪ Protection boards 

▪ Gates 

▪ Façades 

▪ Window elements 

▪ Temporary fixings 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The FBS is suitable for push-through 

installation. 

▪ When the concrete screw is screwed 

into the drill hole, the thread taps into 

the concrete with a positive fit. 

▪ Please note the power output information 

to ensure that the best results 

are achieved with a tangential impact 

wrench (incl. nuts fitting tangential 

impact wrenches) (see table). 

▪ Use FBS A4 for external applications 

(including temporary ones) and those 

in a damp environment. 

179




zinc-plated 

steel 

stainless 

steel 

Concrete screw FBS-US with hexagon head 

and forged washer 

Concrete screw FBS-S with hexagon head 

Approval 


Min. drill-hole 

depth for through 

fixings 

Screw length 

Max. fixture 

thickness 

Actuation 

ETA d o h 2 l s t fi x 


Item gvz A4 

FBS 8/5 US 066956 — ■ 8 90 80 5 T40/SW13 100 

FBS 8/25 US 066957 — ■ 8 110 100 25 T40/SW13 100 

FBS 8/15 S 066958 — ■ 8 100 90 15 SW 16 100 

FBS 10/5 S 067062 — ■ 10 100 90 5 SW 18 50 

FBS 10/15 S 067063 — ■ 10 110 100 15 SW 18 50 

FBS 10/15 S — 047465 — 10 110 100 15 SW 17 50 

FBS 10/25 S 067168 — ■ 10 120 110 25 SW 18 50 

Sales unit 

INSTALLATION OF CONCRETE SCREWS 


recommended nominal torque 

of the tangential impact wrench* ) 

maximum tightening torque 

with torque wrench resp. ratch ≦ 

[Nm] 

[Nm] 

FBS 8 200 40 

FBS 10 300 40 

* ) Use nuts (black) which fit percussion power screwdrivers! 

The conversion of nominal output into effective tightening torque varies from machine to machine - always therefore use torque control. 

LOADS 




Type 






distance 

distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


FBS 8 51 120 - 4,3 6,2 50 50 5,7 8,6 50 50 

FBS 10 68 130 - 7,6 16,2 70 70 13,5 16,2 70 70 

1) 




2) 


3) 



4) 


180


LOADS 

Concrete screw FBS A4 



Type 






distance 

distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


FBS 10 A4 68 130 - 7,6 19,0 70 70 13,5 19,0 70 70 

1) 




2) 


3) 



4) 



181



The screw solution for multiple fixings 

Ventilation systems 

VERSIONS 



Approved for: 


cracked, for multiple fixings of nonstructural 

applications 




Strip lighting 

APPROVALS 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The concrete screw has been 

approved for the multiple fixing of 

non-load-bearing systems, and as 

such is ideal for fixing pipelines, cable 

conduits etc. 

▪ The FBS can be set and installed in 

one go, thereby saving on installation 

time. 

▪ When combined with a tangential 

impact wrench, the screw principle 

allows for a quick and easy installation. 

▪ A range of head shapes allows for the 

fixing of wide-ranging attachments, 

and for the ideal adaptation to suit the 

intended use. 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ Pipes 




▪ Wire hangers 

▪ Punched tapes 

▪ Ceilings 

▪ Temporary internal fixings 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The FBS type SK and type P are 

suitable for push-through installation; 

whilst the FBS type M8 and type M8/ 

M10 I are suitable for pre-positioned 

installation. 

▪ When the concrete screw is screwed 

into the drill hole, the thread taps into 

the concrete with a positive fit. 

▪ Please note the power output information 

to ensure that the best results 

are achieved with a tangential impact 

wrench (incl. nuts fitting tangential 

impact wrenches) (see table). 

▪ Available head shapes for flexible 

design solutions: 

Countersunk head (type SK - for 

surface flush fixings), panhead (type 

P), bushing with internal thread (type 

M8/M10-I for suspensions), threaded 

bolts (type M8). 

182



zinc-plated 

steel 

Approval 

Concrete screw FBS-P, panhead 

Concrete screw FBS-SK, countersunk head 

Drill hole 

diameter 



fixings 

Anchor length 

Max. fixture 

thickness 


Sales unit 

d o h 2 l t fi x 

Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

Item 

gvz 

FBS 6/5 P 066939 ■ 6 — — 5 — — 

FBS 6/25 P 066948 ■ 6 85 80 25 T 30 100 

FBS 6/5 SK 066935 ■ 6 65 80 5 T 30 100 


Concrete screw FBS-M8, outside diameter M8 


Concrete screw FBS-M8/M10, 

internal thread M8/M10 

zinc-plated 

steel 

Approval 

Drill hole 

diameter 



fixings 

Anchor length Projection length Thread Width across nut Sales unit 

d o h 2 l l 1 M SW 

Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

Item 

gvz 

FBS 6 M8 066949 ■ 6 60 75 19 M 8 10 100 

FBS 6 M8/M10I 066950 ■ 6 60 83 26 M8 + M10 13 100 

INSTALLATION OF CONCRETE SCREWS 


recommended nominal torque 

of the tangential impact wrench* ) 

maximum tightening torque 

with torque wrench resp. ratch ≦ 

[Nm] 

[Nm] 

FBS 6 150 15 

* ) Use nuts (black) which fit percussion power screwdrivers! 

The conversion of nominal output into effective tightening torque varies from machine to machine - always therefore use torque control. 

183



LOADS 


Highest permissible loads for a single anchor 1) for multiple use for non-structural applications in concrete C20/25 4) . 


Typ 






distance 

distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


FBS 6 44 100 - 3,6 3,3 40 40 3,6 3,3 40 40 

1) 

The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a 

partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. 

an anchor with a spacing s ≥ 3 x h ef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5 x h ef . Accurate data see 

approval. 

2) 


3) 



4) 


184


The internally threaded anchor with rim for simple hammerset 

installation 

Sprinklers 

VERSIONS 




Approved for: 


cracked, for the multiple fixings of nonload-bearing 

systems 





Pipelines 

APPROVALS 


ADVANTAGES 

▪ The embossed rim prevents the 

anchor sleeve from slipping, thus 

ensuring a trouble-free hammerset 

installation. 





▪ The EA II S-SDS machine setting 

tool allows for effortless installation, 

particularly in the case of series installations. 

▪ The embossing that is applied when 

expanding with the EAW H Plus 

setting tool offers a simple control of 

the anchoring and provides increased 

safety. 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ Pipelines and ventilation systems 


▪ Cable conduits and wires 

▪ Gratings 


▪ Machines 

▪ Consoles 

▪ Shuttering props 

▪ Diamond or core drilling devices 

(EA II M12 D) 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The EA II is suitable for pre-positioned 

installation. 

▪ Position the hammerset anchor in 

the drill hole and drive in flush to the 

surface of the anchor base using the 

hammer. 

▪ The sleeve is then expanded by driving 

in the internal bolt with the EAW H 

Plus setting tool (alternative: EA II-SDS 

machine setting tool), and expanded 

against the drill hole wall. 

▪ The setting tools must sit on the rim of 

the anchor to ensure correct expansion. 

▪ Use the special EA II M12 D with 

thicker sleeve for fixing diamond and 

core drilling devices. 

185




zinc-plated 

steel 

Hammerset anchor EA II. Not suitable for diamond 

drilling appliances and diamond saws. 

stainless 

steel 

Approval 

Drill hole 

diameter 


depth for prepositioned 

installation 

Anchor 

length 

Internal 

thread 

Min. bolt 

penetration 

Max. bolt 

penetration 

Sales unit 

d o h 1 l M l E,min l E,max 


Item gvz A4 

EA II M 6 048264 048410 ■ 8 32 30 M 6 6 13 100 

EA II M 8 048284 048411 ■ 10 33 30 M 8 8 13 100 

EA II M 8 x 40 048323 048412 ■ 10 43 40 M 8 8 13 50 

EA II M 10 x 30 048332 — ■ 12 33 30 M 10 10 13 50 

EA II M 10 048339 048414 ■ 12 43 40 M 10 10 17 50 

EA II M 12 048406 048415 ■ 15 54 50 M 12 12 22 25 

EA II M 16 048408 048416 ■ 20 70 65 M 16 16 28 20 

EA II M 20 048409 048417 ■ 25 85 80 M 20 20 34 10 

Associated setting tool for manual installation (EAW H plus), for installation with hammer drill (EA II-S-SDS) 


Hammerset anchor EA-N D. 

Suitable for diamond drilling 

machines and diamond saws. 

Hammerset anchor EA II M12 D. 

Suitable for diamond drilling 

appliances and diamond saws 

zinc-plated 

steel 

Drill hole 

diameter 


depth 

Anchor length Internal thread Min. bolt penetration 


Sales unit 



Item 

gvz 

EA M 12 N D 500872 — 16 50 50 M 12 12 22 50 

EA II M 12 D 048407 ■ 16 54 50 M 12 12 22 25 

Associated setting tool for manual installation (EAW H plus), for installation with hammer drill (EA II-S-SDS) 

Approval 

ACCESSORIES 

Machine setting tool EA II S-SDS 

Tool holder Fits Sales unit 


EA II S-SDS 6 048065 SDS plus EA II M6 1 

EA II S-SDS 8 048066 SDS plus EA II M 8 1 

EA II S-SDS 8 x 40 048067 SDS plus EA II M 8 x 40 1 

EA II S-SDS 10 x 30 048068 1) SDS plus EA II M 10 x 30 1 

EA II S-SDS 10 048070 SDS plus EA II M 10 1 

EA II S-SDS 12 048071 SDS plus EA II M 12 D / EA II M 12 / EA M 12 N D 1 

EA II S-SDS-M 16 048072 1) SDS max EA II M 16 1 

EA II S-SDS-M 20 048073 1) SDS max EA II M 20 1 


186


ACCESSORIES 

Setting tool EAW H Plus with 

hand impact protection for your 

safety and embossing tool. 

Setting tool EA-ST 

Fits 

Sales unit 


EAW H 6 Plus 044630 EA II M6 1 

EAW H 8 Plus 044631 EA II M 8 1 

EAW H 8 x 40 Plus 044632 EA II M 8 x 40 1 


EAW H 10 x 30 plus 048487 EA II M 10 x 30 1 

EAW H 12 Plus 044634 EA II M 12, EA II M 12 D 1 



EA-ST 12 504585 EA II M6 1 

LOADS 

Hammerset anchor EA II (screw quality 5.8) 

Highest permissible loads 1) for a single anchor for multiple use for non-structural applications in concrete C20/25 up to C50/60. 



Type 

Effective 

Min. 

Maximum Permissible load Min. spacing Min. edge distance 

anchorage depth member thickness torque moment 

h ef h min T inst,max 

3) 

F perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm] 

EA II M6 30 100 4,0 1,0 65 115 

EA II M8 30 100 8,0 1,7 95 140 

EA II M8 x 40 40 100 8,0 1,7 95 140 

EA II M10 x 30 30 120 15,0 1,7 85 140 

EA II M10 40 120 15,0 2,5 95 160 

EA II M12 50 120 35,0 3,6 145 200 

1) 


safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. 

2) 


3) 





LOADS 

Hammerset anchor EA II (screw quality 8.8) 




Type 

Effective 


Min. 


Maximum 

torque moment 

Permissible 

tensile load 

Permissible 

shear load 

Min. 

spacing 

Min. 

edge distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


EA II M6 5) 30 100 4,0 4,0 3,9 65 115 

EA II M8 5) 30 100 8,0 4,0 4,0 95 140 

EA II M8 x 40 40 100 8,0 6,1 4,9 95 140 

EA II M10 x 30 5) 30 120 15,0 4,0 4,0 85 140 

EA II M10 40 120 15,0 6,1 6,1 95 160 

EA II M12 50 120 35,0 8,5 8,5 145 200 

EA II M12D 50 120 35,0 8,5 8,5 145 200 

EA II M16 65 160 60,0 12,6 18,3 180 240 

EA II M20 80 200 120,0 17,2 29,1 190 280 

1) 




2) 


3) 



4) 


5) 

Only for multiple use for non-structural applications. 

187



LOADS 

Hammerset anchor EA II A4 (screw quality A4-70) 




Type 

Effective 

Min. 

Maximum Permissible load Min. spacing Min. edge distance 

anchorage depth member thickness torque moment 


3) 

F perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


EA II M6 A4 30 100 4,0 1,0 65 115 

EA II M8 A4 30 100 8,0 1,7 95 140 

EA II M8 x 40 A4 40 100 8,0 1,7 95 140 

EA II M10 x 30 A4 30 120 15,0 1,7 85 140 

EA II M10 A4 40 120 15,0 2,5 95 160 

EA II M12 A4 50 120 35,0 3,6 145 200 

1) 



2) 


3) 




LOADS 

Hammerset anchor EA II A4 (screw quality A4-70) 




Type 

Effective 


Min. 


Maximum 

torque moment 

Permissible 

tensile load 

Permissible 

shear load 

Min. 

spacing 

Min. 

edge distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


EA II M6 A4 5) 30 100 4,0 4,0 3,2 65 115 

EA II M8 A4 5) 30 100 8,0 4,0 4,0 95 140 

EA II M8 x 40 A4 40 100 8,0 6,1 5,6 95 140 

EA II M10 x 30 A4 5) 30 120 15,0 4,0 4,0 85 140 

EA II M10 A4 40 120 15,0 6,1 6,1 95 160 

EA II M12 A4 50 120 35,0 8,5 8,5 145 200 

EA II M12 D A4 50 120 35,0 8,5 8,5 145 200 

EA II M16 A4 65 160 60,0 12,6 21,1 180 240 

EA II M20 A4 80 200 120,0 17,2 33,7 190 280 

1) 




2) 


3) 



4) 


5) 

Only for multiple use for non-structural applications. 

188


The installation-friendly hammerset anchor for multiple fixings 

Suspended ceilings 

VERSIONS 





Approved for: 



applications 




▪ Prestressed hollow-core concrete slabs 

Fire protection boards 

APPROVALS 


ADVANTAGES 

▪ The special active principle allows for 

a simple hammerset installation and, 

therefore, a short processing time. 

▪ The extremely short anchor depth 

prevents reinforcement hits, and creates 

the conditions for a trouble-free 

installation. 

▪ The optimised expansion clip ensures 

hold when placing in the drill hole, and 

prevents it falling out during overhead 

installations. 

▪ The massive shaft cross-section guarantees 

a high load-bearing capacity, 

thus offering an extremely high level 

of safety. 

▪ A range of head shapes allows for the 

fixing of wide-ranging fixtures, and 

for the ideal adaptation to suit the 

intended use. 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ Fire protection plates 

▪ Fire protection boards 


▪ Wire and nonious hangers 

▪ Mounting rails 

▪ Metal clamps 

▪ Sub-structures made of wood or metal 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The FNA II with nail head is suitable 

for push-through installation. The 

FNA II M6 is suitable for pre-positioned 


The FNA II OE and H are suitable for 

pre-positioned installation. 

▪ The installed FNA II nail anchor 

expands automatically under load. The 

cone is pulled into the expansion clip 


wall. 

▪ Available setting tools: 

FNA S-SBO to slip onto the drill, 

FNA S-SDS for series installation with 

a drilling hammer, 

FNA S-H for the manual installation of 

mounting rails. 

189




zinc-plated 

steel 

stainless 

steel 

Nail anchor FNA II with nail head 


resistant 

steel 

Approval 

Drill hole 

diameter 


depth 

for through 

fixings 

Anchor 

length 

Max. fixture 

thickness 

KD head-Ø 

Sales unit 

d o h 2 l t fi x 


Item gvz A4 C 

FNA II 6 x 25/5 044121 1) — — ■ 6 40 35 5 13 100 

FNA II 6 x 30/5 044115 1) 044122 — ■ 6 45 40 5 13 100 

FNA II 6 x 30/5 — — 044124 ■ 6 45 40 5 13 25 

FNA II 6 x 30/20 — — 506147 ■ 6 60 55 20 13 50 

FNA II 6 x 30/30 044116 044123 — ■ 6 70 65 30 13 50 

FNA II 6 x 30/30 — — 044125 ■ 6 70 65 30 13 25 

FNA II 6 x 30/50 044117 046024 500569 ■ 6 90 85 50 13 50 

FNA II 6 x 30/75 044118 — 500573 2) ■ 6 115 110 75 13 50 

FNA II 6 x 30/100 044119 — 500574 2) ■ 6 140 135 100 13 50 

FNA II 6 x 30/120 044120 — 500575 2) ■ 6 160 155 120 13 50 

1) with hexagon below the nail head for anti-rotation lock of hole and wire hangers (for example) and centring for optional setting tool FNA-S 

2) On request. 


Nail anchor FNA II M6 with thread and 

flange nut 

zinc-plated 

steel 

stainless 

steel 


resistant 

steel 

Approval 

Drill hole 

diameter 


depth 

for through 

fixings 

Anchor 

length 

Max. fixture 

thickness 

Thread 

Width across 

nut 



Item gvz A4 C 

FNA II 6 x 25 M6/5 044111 — — ■ 6 40 45 5 M 6 10 100 

FNA II 6 x 30 M6/5 044109 — — ■ 6 45 50 5 M 6 10 100 

FNA II 6 x 30 M6/5 — 044112 2) — ■ 6 45 50 5 M 6 10 50 

FNA II 6 x 30 M6/5 — — 044113 2) ■ 6 45 50 5 M 6 10 25 

FNA II 6 x 30 M6 x 41 044110 1) — — ■ 6 40 41 — M 6 10 100 

FNA II 6 x 30 M6/10 046022 — — ■ 6 45 55 10 M 6 10 100 

FNA II 6 x 30 M8/5 044114 — — ■ 6 45 51 5 M 8 13 50 

1) without nut; e.g. for fixing of pipe clamps 

2) with nut and washer (no flange nut) 

Sales unit 

190



zinc-plated 

steel 

Approval 

Nail anchor FNA II-H with hook 

Nail anchor FNA II-OE with eye 

Drill hole 

diameter 

Anchor length 


depth 

Inner diameter of 

the hook/eye 

Sales unit 

d o l h 1 

Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [Ø mm] [pcs] 

Item 

gvz 

FNA II 6 x 25 H 044126 — 6 54 35 10 50 

FNA II 6 x 25 OE 044127 ■ 6 54 35 10 50 


Machine setting tool FNA S-SDS 

Machine setting tool FNA S-SBO for mounting 

on the drill bit (drill-Ø 6mm) 

Hand tool FNA S-H 


Sales unit 


FNA S-SDS 061547 for all FNA II with nail head 

The ideal setting tool for the serial installation with 

SDS-plus adapter for driving in FNA II with nail head 1 

using a hammer drill. 

FNA S-SBO 061548 for all FNA II with nail head 

For a power saving and fast installation to be placed 

on the drill. 

1 

FNA S-H 095990 for FNA II with metric thread M6 

E.g. for the fixing of installation of mounting rails. 

Chuck with outer diameter of 15mm for the installation 

of FNA II M6 by hand. 

1 

191



LOADS 


Highest permissible loads 1) for a single anchor for multiple use for non-structural applications in concrete C20/25 up to C50/60 4) . 



Type 

Effective 


Min. 


Maximum 

torque moment 

Permissible load 

Min. 

spacing 

Min. 

edge distance 


3) 

F perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


FNA II 6 x 25 25 80 - 1,4 100 50 

FNA II 6 x 30 30 80 - 2,4 100 50 

FNA II 6 x 25 M6 25 80 4,0 1,4 100 50 

FNA II 6 x 30 M6 30 80 4,0 2,4 100 50 

FNA II 6 x 30 M8 30 80 4,0 2,4 100 50 

FNA II 6 x 25 OE 25 80 - 0,7 100 50 

1) 


3) 




2) 

Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. The 


combination of the given min. spacing and min. edge distance is not possible. One of them has 

4) 

Loads for concrete strength class C12/15 see approval. 

to be increased according approval. 

LOADS 

Nail anchor FNA II A4 




Type 

Effective 


Min. 


Maximum 

torque moment 


Min. 

spacing 

Min. 

edge distance 


3) 

F perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


FNA II 6 x 30 A4 30 80 - 2,4 100 50 

FNA II 6 x 30 M6 A4 30 80 4,0 2,4 100 50 

1) 


3) 




2) 




4) 



LOADS 

Nail anchor FNA II C 




Type 

Effective 


Min. 


Maximum 

torque moment 


Min. 

spacing 

Min. 

edge distance 


3) 

F perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


FNA II 6 x 30 C 30 80 - 2,4 100 50 

FNA II 6 x 30 M6 C 30 80 4,0 2,4 100 50 

1) 


3) 




2) 




4) 



192


The cost-efficient push-through anchor for multiple fixings 

Suspended ceilings with Nonius hangers 

VERSIONS 



Approved for: 



applications 





APPROVALS 


ADVANTAGES 

▪ The simple active principle allows for 

cost-efficient hammerset installation. 

▪ The flush-sunk expansion nail signifies 

the complete expansion of the anchor, 

and thereby ensures minimum movement 

when under load. 

▪ The two hit zones (first nail head, then 

expansion pin) ensure correct installation 

- especially in narrow drill holes 

- and also ensure high safety in use. 


control of the anchoring, and thus 

saves time. 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ Wire and nonious hangers 


▪ Strips 



▪ Sub-structures made of metal 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The FDN is suitable for push-through 

installation. 

▪ The FDN ceiling nail is driven into 

the drill hole with a hammer until it is 

firmly in position. Do not hit the expansion 

wedge at this stage. 

▪ Then, drive the expansion wedge in 

flush to the nail head. This causes the 

FDN to expand against the drill hole 

wall. 

193





zinc-plated 

steel 

Drill hole 

diameter 


thickness 


depth 

KD head-Ø Sales unit 

d o l t fi x h 1 


Item 

gvz 

FDN 6/5 (6 x 35) 078644 ■ 6 43 5 45 15 100 

FDN 6/35 (6 x 65) 078645 ■ 6 73 35 75 15 100 

Approval 

LOADS 





Type 

Effective 

Min. 

Torque moment Permissible load Min. spacing Min. edge distance 

anchorage depth member thickness 


3) 

F perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


FDN 6 32 80 - 2,4 200 150 

1) 



2) 

Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance. 

3) 


loads, shear loads and bending moments see approval. 

194


The cost-efficient fixing for flexible use in non-cracked 

concrete 

Column bases 

VERSIONS 



▪ hot-dip galvanised steel 


Approved for: 





Stormwater overflow tank manholes 

APPROVALS 


ADVANTAGES 

▪ The standard anchorage depth 

achieves the maximum load-bearing 

capacities. Thus fewer fixing points 

and smaller anchor plates are required. 

▪ The reduced anchorage depth reduces 

the drill hole depth. This minimises the 

amount of time needed for installation 

whilst increasing flexibility. 

▪ The long thread balances component 

tolerances and allows for stand-off 

installations, thus increasing flexibility. 

▪ Few hammer blows and the minimal 

torque slippage allow for a noticeably 

simpler installation. 


from damage, and thus ensures a 

faster installation and dismantling of 

the attachment. 

APPLICATIONS 



▪ Consoles 

▪ Ladders 


▪ Machines 


▪ Gates 

▪ Façades 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The FBN II is suitable for pre-positioned 

and push-through installation; 

also suitable for stand-off installation 

under certain conditions. 








wall. 






195





zinc-plated steel stainless steel hot-dip galvanised 

steel 

Approval 

Drill hole 

diameter 


depth 

for through 

fixings 

Anchor 

length 

Max. 

usable length 

hef,stand/ 

hef,red 

Thread 

Width across 

nut 


Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

Item gvz A4 fvz 

FBN II 6/5 505526 1) 2) — — ■ 6 45 50 5/- M 6 x 12 10 100 

FBN II 6/10 505527 1) 2) 505532 1) 2) — ■ 6 50 55 10/ - M 6 x 17 10 100 

FBN II 6/30 505528 1) 2) 505535 1) 2) — ■ 6 70 75 30/- M 6 x 35 10 100 

FBN II 8/5 040662 — — ■ 8 61 66 5/15 M 8 x 34 13 50 

FBN II 8/10 040664 507555 — ■ 8 66 71 10/20 M 8 x 39 13 50 

FBN II 8/10 — — 507575 — 8 66 71 10/20 M 8 x 39 13 50 

FBN II 8/20 040669 — — ■ 8 76 81 20/30 M 8 x 49 13 50 

FBN II 8/30 040700 507556 — ■ 8 86 91 30/40 M 8 x 59 13 50 

FBN II 8/30 — — 507576 — 8 86 91 30/40 M 8 x 59 13 50 

FBN II 8/50 040771 507557 — ■ 8 106 111 50/60 M 8 x 79 13 50 

FBN II 8/50 — — 507577 — 8 106 111 50/60 M 8 x 79 13 50 

FBN II 8/70 040777 — — ■ 8 126 131 70/80 M 8 x 99 13 20 

FBN II 8/70 — — 507578 — 8 126 131 70/80 M 8 x 99 13 20 

FBN II 8/100 040783 — — ■ 8 156 161 100/110 M 8 x 129 13 20 

FBN II 10/10 040827 507558 — ■ 10 78 86 10/20 M 10 x 46 17 50 

FBN II 10/10 — — 507579 — 10 78 86 10/20 M 10 x 46 17 50 

FBN II 10/20 040851 507559 — ■ 10 88 96 20/30 M 10 x 56 17 50 

FBN II 10/30 040854 507560 — ■ 10 98 106 30/40 M 10 x 66 17 50 

FBN II 10/30 — — 507580 — 10 98 106 30/40 M 10 x 66 17 50 

FBN II 10/50 040855 507561 — ■ 10 118 126 50/60 M 10 x 86 17 20 

FBN II 10/50 — — 507582 — 10 118 126 50/60 M 10 x 86 17 20 

FBN II 10/70 040931 — — ■ 10 138 146 70/80 M 10 x 106 17 20 

FBN II 10/100 040943 507562 — ■ 10 168 176 100/110 M 10 x 136 17 20 

FBN II 10/100 — — 507583 — 10 168 176 100/110 M 10 x 136 17 20 

FBN II 10/140 040944 — — ■ 10 208 216 140/150 M 10 x 176 17 20 

FBN II 10/160 040945 — — ■ 10 228 236 160/170 M 10 x 196 17 20 

FBN II 12/10 040950 507563 — ■ 12 95 106 10/25 M 12 x 59 19 20 

FBN II 12/10 — — 507589 — 12 95 106 10/25 M 12 x 59 19 20 

FBN II 12/20 044558 507564 — ■ 12 105 116 20/35 M 12 x 69 19 20 

FBN II 12/30 045263 507565 — ■ 12 115 126 30/45 M 12 x 79 19 20 

FBN II 12/30 — — 507591 — 12 115 126 30/45 M 12 x 79 19 20 

FBN II 12/50 045264 507566 — ■ 12 135 146 50/65 M 12 x 99 19 20 

FBN II 12/50 — — 507592 — 12 135 146 50/65 M 12 x 99 19 20 

FBN II 12/80 045265 — — ■ 12 165 176 80/95 M 12 x 129 19 20 

FBN II 12/100 045266 507567 — ■ 12 185 196 100/115 M 12 x 149 19 20 

FBN II 12/100 — — 507596 — 12 185 196 100/115 M 12 x 149 19 20 

FBN II 12/120 045267 — — ■ 12 205 216 120/135 M 12 x 169 19 20 

FBN II 12/140 045268 — — ■ 12 225 236 140/155 M 12 x 189 19 20 

FBN II 12/160 045269 — — ■ 12 245 256 160/175 M 12 x 189 19 20 

FBN II 16/10 — 507568 — ■ 16 114 130 10/25 M 16 x 74 24 10 

FBN II 16/25 045564 507569 — ■ 16 129 145 25/40 M 16 x 89 24 10 

FBN II 16/25 — — 507598 — 16 129 145 25/40 M 16 x 89 24 10 

FBN II 16/50 045565 507570 — ■ 16 154 170 50/65 M 16 x 105 24 10 

1) Use restricted to anchoring of structural components which are statically indeterminate. 

2) Nut and washer not pre-assembled/supplied loose. 

Sales unit 

196




zinc-plated steel stainless steel hot-dip galvanised 

steel 

Approval 

Drill hole 

diameter 


depth 

for through 

fixings 

Anchor 

length 

Max. 

usable length 

hef,stand/ 

hef,red 

Thread 

Width across 

nut 




FBN II 16/50 — — 507553 — 16 154 170 50/65 M 16 x 105 24 10 

FBN II 16/80 045566 — — ■ 16 184 200 80/95 M 16 x 144 24 10 

FBN II 16/100 045567 — — ■ 16 204 220 100/115 M 16 x 164 24 10 

FBN II 16/100 — — 507554 — 16 204 220 100/115 M 16 x 164 24 10 

FBN II 16/140 045568 — — ■ 16 244 260 140/155 M 16 x 184 24 10 

FBN II 16/160 045569 — — ■ 16 264 280 160/175 M 16 x 184 24 10 

FBN II 16/200 045570 — — ■ 16 304 320 200/215 M 16 x 100 24 10 

FBN II 20/30 045573 507571 — ■ 20 165 187 30/55 M 20 x 90 30 10 

FBN II 20/30 — — 508015 — 20 165 187 30/55 M 20 x 90 30 50 

FBN II 20/60 045574 507572 — ■ 20 195 217 60/85 M 20 x 90 30 10 

FBN II 20/80 045575 — — ■ 20 215 237 80/105 M 20 x 90 30 10 

FBN II 20/120 045576 — — ■ 20 255 277 120/145 M 20 x 90 30 10 

1) Use restricted to anchoring of structural components which are statically indeterminate. 

2) Nut and washer not pre-assembled/supplied loose. 

Sales unit 



Bolt anchor FBN II K 

zinc-plated 

steel, short 

version 

stainless steel, 

short version 

hot-dip 

galvanised 

steel, short 

version 

Approval 

Drill hole 

diameter 


depth 

for through 

fixings 

Anchor 

length 

Max. 

usable length 

hef,stand/ 

hef,red 

Thread 

Width across 

nut 




FBN II 8/5 K 040806 508007 — ■ 8 51 56 -/5 M 8 x 24 13 50 

FBN II 8/5 K — — 508012 — 8 51 56 -/5 M 8 x 24 13 50 

FBN II 8/10 K 040807 — — ■ 8 56 61 -/10 M 8 x 29 13 50 

FBN II 10/5 K 040946 508010 — ■ 10 63 71 -/5 M 10 x 31 17 50 

FBN II 10/5 K — — 508013 — 10 63 71 -/5 M 10 x 31 17 50 

FBN II 10/10 K 040947 — — ■ 10 68 76 -/10 M 10 x 36 17 50 

FBN II 12/5 K 045272 508011 — ■ 12 75 86 -/5 M 12 x 39 19 20 

FBN II 12/5 K — — 508014 — 12 75 86 -/5 M 12 x 39 19 20 

FBN II 12/10 K 045273 — — ■ 12 80 91 -/10 M 12 x 44 19 20 

FBN II 12/30 K 045274 — — ■ 12 100 111 -/30 M 12 x 64 19 20 

FBN II 16/15 K 045571 508745 — ■ 16 104 120 -/15 M 16 x 64 24 10 

Sales unit 

197




zinc-plated 

steel, short 

version 

stainless steel, 

short version 

Bolt anchor FBN II K 

hot-dip 

galvanised 

steel, short 

version 

Approval 

Drill hole 

diameter 


depth 

for through 

fixings 

Anchor 

length 

Max. 

usable length 

hef,stand/ 

hef,red 

Thread 

Width across 

nut 




FBN II 16/15 K — — 507597 — 16 104 120 -/15 M 16 x 64 24 10 

FBN II 16/25 K 045572 — — ■ 16 114 130 -/25 M 16 x 74 24 10 

FBN II 20/10 K 045577 — — ■ 20 120 142 -/10 M 20 x 50 30 10 

ACCESSORIES 


Sales unit 

Fits anchor 

Sales unit 



LOADS 





Type 

Min. effective Max. effective Min. member Installation Permissible Permissible Min. 

Min. 

anchorage depth anchorage depth thickness torque tensile load shear load spacing edge distance 

3) 3) 2) 2) 

h ef,min h ef,max h min T inst N perm V perm s min c min 


FBN II 6 5) 30 100 4,0 2,9 2,7 50 100 

30 100 15,0 2,9 4,0 40 40 

FBN II 8 5) 40 100 15,0 6,1 6,1 40 40 

FBN II 10 

40 100 30,0 6,1 6,1 50 80 

50 100 30,0 8,5 8,5 50 50 

FBN II 12 

50 100 50,0 8,5 8,5 70 100 

65 120 50,0 12,6 14,3 70 70 

FBN II 16 

65 120 100,0 12,6 25,2 90 120 

80 160 100,0 17,2 26,9 90 90 

FBN II 20 

80 160 200,0 17,2 34,4 120 120 

105 200 200,0 25,9 38,3 120 120 

1) 




2) 


3) 



4) 


5) 

The anchorage depths smaller than 40 mm are only allowed for multiple use for non-structural 

applications. 

198


LOADS 

Bolt anchor FBN II A4 




Type 


Min. 


3) 3) 2) 2) 



FBN II 6 A4 5) 30 100 4,0 2,9 3,0 50 100 

30 100 10,0 2,9 4,0 50 45 

FBN II 8 A4 5) 40 100 10,0 6,1 6,1 40 45 

FBN II 10 A4 

40 100 20,0 6,1 6,1 50 80 

50 100 20,0 8,5 8,5 70 55 

FBN II 12 A4 

50 100 35,0 8,5 8,5 70 100 

65 120 35,0 12,6 15,7 70 70 

FBN II 16 A4 

65 120 80,0 12,6 25,2 90 120 

80 160 80,0 17,2 29,1 120 80 

FBN II 20 A4 

80 160 150,0 17,2 34,4 140 120 

105 200 150,0 25,9 49,1 120 120 

1) 




2) 


3) 



4) 


5) 


applications. 


199



The cost-efficient fixing with large washer for flexible use in 


Footing beams 

VERSIONS 



Approved for: 





Anchoring of purlins 

APPROVALS 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The larger washer included with the 

FBN II GS creates a larger supporting 

surface and, as such, allows for the 

fixing of wood constructions. 

▪ The pre-fitted washer ensures a fast 

installation. 

▪ Furthermore, the FBN II GS bolt 

anchor offers all of the benefits of the 

FBN II – see page 195. 

APPLICATIONS 


FUNCTIONING 

▪ The FBN II is suitable for pre-positioned 

and push-through installation; 

also suitable for stand-off installation 

under certain conditions. 








wall. 






200



steel, 

zinc-plated, 

with large 

washer 

Approval 

Bolt anchor FBN II-GS with large washer 

Drill hole 

diameter 


depth for 

Anchor length 


Max. 

usable length 

hef,stand/ 

hef,red 

Thread 

Width across 

nut 

Washer (outer 

diameter x 

thickness) 

Sales unit 


Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

Item 

gvz 

FBN II 12/80 GS 045578 1) ■ 12 165 176 80/95 M 12 x 129 19 44 x 2,5 20 

FBN II 12/100 GS 045579 1) ■ 12 185 196 100/115 M 12 x 149 19 44 x 2,5 20 

FBN II 12/120 GS 045580 1) ■ 12 205 216 120/135 M 12 x 169 19 44 x 2,5 20 

FBN II 12/140 GS 045581 1) ■ 12 225 236 140/155 M 12 x 189 19 44 x 2,5 10 

FBN II 12/160 GS 045583 1) ■ 12 245 256 160/175 M 12 x 189 19 44 x 2,5 10 

FBN II 12/180 GS 045584 1) ■ 12 265 276 180/195 M 12 x 189 19 44 x 2,5 10 

FBN II 12/200 GS 045585 1) ■ 12 285 296 200/215 M 12 x 189 19 44 x 2,5 10 

FBN II 12/250 GS 045586 1) ■ 12 335 346 250/265 M 12 x 100 19 44 x 2,5 10 

FBN II 16/100 GS 045588 1) ■ 16 204 220 100/115 M 16 x 164 24 56 x 3 10 

FBN II 16/140 GS 045590 1) ■ 16 244 260 140/155 M 16 x 184 24 56 x 3 10 

FBN II 16/160 GS 045591 1) ■ 16 264 280 160/175 M 16 x 184 24 56 x 3 10 

FBN II 16/200 GS 045593 1) ■ 16 304 320 200/215 M 16 x 100 24 56 x 3 10 

FBN II 16/250 GS 052192 1) ■ 16 354 370 250/265 M 16 x 100 24 56 x 3 10 

FBN II 16/300 GS 052204 1) ■ 16 404 420 300/315 M 16 x 100 24 56 x 3 10 

1) GS = large washer 


ACCESSORIES 


Fits anchor 

Sales unit 



LOADS 





Type 


Min. 


3) 3) 2) 2) 


FBN II 12 GS 

FBN II 16 GS 


50 100 50,0 8,5 8,5 70 100 

65 120 50,0 12,6 14,3 70 70 

65 120 100,0 12,6 25,2 90 120 

80 160 100,0 17,2 26,9 90 90 

1) 




2) 


3) 



4) 


5) 


applications. 

201



The installation-friendly fixing in non-cracked concrete 

Ladders 

VERSIONS 



Approved for: 






APPROVALS 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The two clips increase the expansion 

range and reduce the torque slippage. 

This allows for a fast and simple installation. 


from damage, and thus ensures a 

faster installation and dismantling of 

the fixture. 

▪ The short version EXA K*) can be used 

in thinner components due to the low 

anchorage depth. 

*) not covered by technical approval. 

APPLICATIONS 



▪ Consoles 

▪ Ladders 


▪ Machines 


▪ Gates 

▪ Façades 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The EXA is suitable for pre-positioned 







bolt is pulled into the expansion clips 

and expands these against the drill 

hole wall. 




202



zinc-plated 

steel 

Approval 


Drill hole 

diameter 



fixings 

Anchor length 

Max. fixture 

thickness 

Thread Width across nut Sales unit 


Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

Item 

gvz 

EXA 6/5 097729 — 6 50 50 5 M 6 x 17 10 100 

EXA 6/10 097730 — 6 70 70 10 M 6 x 17 10 100 

EXA 6/40 097731 — 6 100 100 40 M 6 x 17 10 100 

EXA 8/5 097732 — 8 60 60 5 M 8 x 22 13 50 

EXA 8/15 097733 ■ 8 80 85 15 M 8 x 22 13 50 

EXA 8/28 097734 ■ 8 95 98 28 M 8 x 22 13 50 

EXA 8/55 097735 ■ 8 120 125 55 M 8 x 22 13 50 

EXA 8/100 097736 ■ 8 165 170 100 M 8 x 22 13 50 

EXA 10/5 097737 — 10 65 70 5 M 10 x 28 17 50 

EXA 10/15 097738 ■ 10 85 92 15 M 10 x 28 17 50 

EXA 10/45 097739 ■ 10 115 122 45 M 10 x 28 17 50 

EXA 10/90 097740 ■ 10 160 167 90 M 10 x 28 17 50 

EXA 10/140 097741 ■ 10 210 217 140 M 10 x 28 17 25 

EXA 10/160 097937 ■ 10 230 237 160 M 10 x 28 17 25 

EXA 12/5 097742 — 12 75 76 5 M 12 x 30 19 25 

EXA 12/15 097743 ■ 12 105 112 15 M 12 x 33 19 25 

EXA 12/35 097744 ■ 12 125 132 35 M 12 x 33 19 25 

EXA 12/55 097745 ■ 12 145 152 55 M 12 x 33 19 25 

EXA 12/85 097746 ■ 12 175 182 85 M 12 x 33 19 25 

EXA 12/105 097747 ■ 12 195 202 105 M 12 x 33 19 25 

EXA 16/10 097751 — 16 100 110 10 M 16 x 44 24 20 

EXA 16/30 097752 ■ 16 140 153 30 M 16 x 44 24 10 

EXA 16/75 097753 ■ 16 185 198 75 M 16 x 44 24 20 

EXA 20/10 097756 — 20 110 127 10 M 20 x 60 30 10 

EXA 20/25 097757 ■ 20 155 172 25 M 20 x 60 30 10 

EXA 20/80 097758 ■ 20 210 227 80 M 20 x 60 30 10 

EXA 20/220 512253 ■ 20 350 367 220 M 20 x 60 30 10 

EXA 24/40 512254 — 24 230 253 40 M 24 x 70 36 10 


203




zinc-plated 

steel, short 

version 

EXA-K Bolt anchor, short 

Drill hole 

diameter 



fixings 

Anchor length 

Max. fixture 

thickness 



Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

Item 

gvz 

EXA M 6 K 512255 6 45 43 5 M 6 x 17 10 100 

EXA M 8 K 512256 8 50 52 5 M 8 x 22 11 100 

EXA M 10 K 512257 10 55 58 5 M 10 x 28 17 50 


Express Anchor EXA-IG M 

Express Anchor EXA-IG M 

zinc-plated 

steel 

stainless 

steel 

Drill diameter 


depth for prepositioned 

installation 

Total length 

Min. bolt 

penetration 

Max. bolt 

penetration 

Sales unit 

d 0 h 1 l l E,min l E,max 

Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

Item gvz A4 

EXA-IG M6 512258 512263 6 60 48 6 15 100 

EXA-IG M8 512259 512264 8 60 50 8 20 100 

EXA-IG M10 512260 512265 10 65 53 10 25 50 

EXA-IG M12 512262 512266 12 95 85 12 30 25 

ACCESSORIES 


Fits anchor 

Sales unit 



204


LOADS 

Express anchor EXA 



Type 


Effective 

Minimum Installation Permissible Permissible Min. spacing Min. edge distance 

anchorage depth member thickness torque 

tensile load shear load 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


EXA M8 47 100 14,0 4,1 6,2 45 40 

EXA M10 49 100 30,0 6,3 8,2 50 65 

EXA M12 67 135 60,0 9,9 11,0 75 90 

EXA M16 85 170 80,0 16,7 27,8 85 90 

EXA M20 103 205 140,0 24,8 40,9 105 100 

1) 




2) 


3) 



4) 


LOADS 

Express anchor EXA-K 

Highest recommended loads 1) for a single anchor in concrete C20/25. 


Type 

Effective 


Min. 


Installation 

torque 

Recommended 

tensile load 

Recommended 

shear load 


3) 

N rec 

3) 

V rec 

[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] 

EXA M6 K 24 70 5,0 1,5 1,6 

EXA M8 K 28 90 15,0 2,1 2,8 

EXA M10 K 30 100 25,0 3,0 4,0 

1) 


3) 

For combinations of tensile loads and shear loads the given loads have to be reduced. 


LOADS 

Express anchor EXA-IG 



Type 

Effective 


Min. 


Installation 

torque 

Recommended 

tensile load 

Recommended 

shear load 


3) 

N rec 

3) 

V rec 


EXA-IG M6 45 100 8,0 3,4 1,5 

EXA-IG M8 45 110 15,0 4,0 2,6 

EXA-IG M10 45 120 25,0 7,4 3,9 

EXA-IG M12 75 150 50,0 12,3 6,3 

1) 


3) 


LOADS 

Express anchor EXA-IG A4 



Type 

Effective 


Min. 


Installation 

torque 

Recommended 

tensile load 

Recommended 

shear load 


3) 

N rec 

3) 

V rec 


EXA-IG M6 A4 45 100 8,0 2,7 1,5 

EXA-IG M8 A4 45 110 15,0 4,0 2,6 

EXA-IG M10 A4 45 120 25,0 6,6 3,9 

EXA-IG M12 A4 75 150 50,0 12,3 6,3 

1) 


3) 


205



The installation-friendly internally threaded anchor for fixings 

in non-cracked concrete 

Fall protection devices 

VERSIONS 



Approved for: 






APPROVALS 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The optimised geometry minimises 

setting energy and allows for use in 

extremely narrow spaces. This allows 

for user-friendly installation. 

▪ The three-part expansion sleeve creates 

even load distribution, thus allowing 

small edge and axial spacing. Thus 

the TA M is extremely flexible. 

▪ The metric internal thread allows to 

use standard screws or threaded rods 

for the ideal adaptation to suit the 

intended use. 

▪ The red plastic cap protects against 

soiling and thus ensures free-running 

of the thread. 

APPLICATIONS 


▪ Hand-rails 

▪ Consoles 

▪ Ladders 


▪ Machines 


▪ Gates 

▪ Façades 

▪ Stand-off installations 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The TAM is suitable for pre-positioned 

installation. 




▪ For correct installation, it must be 

ensured that the pre-positioned 

anchor TA M can be supported on the 

attachment, or that the threaded rod is 

countered. 

▪ Determining the screw length l s : 

Screw length l s = 

Length of fixing 

+ Thickness of fixture t fix 

+ Thickness of washer. 

206



zinc-plated 

steel 

Approval 


Drill hole 

diameter 


depth 

Anchor length Thread Sales unit 

d o h 1 l M 

ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

Item 

gvz 

TA M6 090245 ■ 10 65 49 M 6 50 

TA M8 090246 ■ 12 70 56 M 8 50 

TA M10 090247 ■ 15 90 69 M 10 25 

TA M12 090248 ■ 18 105 86 M 12 25 



Heavy-duty anchor TA M-S with screw 

zinc-plated 

steel 

Approval 

Drill hole 

diameter 


depth 

Anchor length 

Max. fixture 

thickness 

Screw Width across nut Sales unit 


ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

Item 

gvz 

TA M6 S/10 090249 ■ 10 75 49 10 M 6 x 60 10 50 

TA M8 S/10 090250 ■ 12 80 56 10 M 8 x 65 13 50 

TA M10 S/20 090251 ■ 15 110 69 20 M 10 x 90 17 25 

TA M12 S/25 090252 ■ 18 130 86 25 M 12 x 110 19 20 

LOADS 

Heavy-duty anchor TA M-S/TA M (screw with grade 8.8) 




Type 

Effective 


Min. 


Installation 

torque 

Permissible 

tensile load 

Permissible 

shear load 

Min. 

spacing 

Min. 

edge distance 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


TA M6 S 40 100 10,0 3,6 3,3 80 50 

TA M8 S 45 100 20,0 5,7 6,7 90 60 

TA M10 S 55 110 40,0 9,5 11,0 110 70 

TA M12 S 70 140 75,0 11,9 17,0 160 120 

1) 




2) 


3) 



4) 


207




Heavy-duty anchor SL M 

zinc-plated Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Internal thread Min. bolt penetration 

Sales unit 

steel 

depth 

d o h 1 l M l E,min 

Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

Item 

gvz 

SL M 16 050556 24 110 90 M 16 90 10 

SL M 20 050557 30 130 110 M 20 5 

SL M 24 050558 35 150 125 M 24 125 5 


Heavy-duty anchor SLM-N A4 

stainless Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Internal thread Min. bolt penetration 

Sales unit 

steel 

depth 

d o h 1 l M l E,min 

Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

Item 

A4 

SL M 8 N A4 050526 12 60 54 M 8 52 25 

SL M 10 N A4 050527 16 70 62 M 10 62 20 

LOADS 

Heavy-duty anchor SLM (screw with grade 8.8) 

Highest recommended loads 1) for a single anchor in concrete C20/25 4) . 


Type 

Effective 


Min. 


Installation torque Recommended load Min. 

spacing 

Min. 

edge distance 


3) 

F rec 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


SL M16 62 130 100,0 8,0 60 120 

SL M20 77 150 150,0 11,0 80 160 

SL M24 90 200 200,0 13,9 90 180 

1) 


2) 

Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the recommended load. 

3) 

Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. 

4) 

For higher strength classes up to C50/60 higher recommended loads may be possible. 

208


LOADS 

Heavy-duty anchor SLM (screw with grade A4-70) 

Highest recommended loads 1) for a single anchor in concrete C20/25 4) . 

Type 


Effective 

Min. 

Installation torque Recommended load Min. 

Min. 

anchorage depth member thickness 

spacing 

edge distance 


3) 

F rec 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


SL M 8 N A4 45 100 25,0 3,5 50 90 

SL M 10 N A4 50 100 50,0 5,0 50 100 

1) 


2) 


3) 


4) 

For higher strength classes up to C50/60 higher recommended loads may be possible. 


209



The installation-friendly push-through anchor for fixings in 



VERSIONS 



Approved for: 





Benches 

APPROVALS 

ADVANTAGES 





▪ The three-part expansion sleeve creates 

even load distribution, thus allowing 

small edge and axial spacing. Thus 

the TA M-T is extremely flexible. 

▪ The TA M-BP version with twist-off 

head hinders the dismantling of the 

fixture for use as a theft-deterrent and 

break-in protection. 



APPLICATIONS 



▪ Consoles 

▪ Ladders 


▪ Machines 


▪ Gates 

▪ Façades 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The TA M-T is suitable for pushthrough 

installation. 




▪ The hexagonal head of the TA M-BP is 

tightened until it breaks off. 

210



zinc-plated 

steel 

Approval 

Heavy-duty anchor TA M-T, 

for push-through installation 

Drill hole 

diameter 



fixings 

Anchor length 

Max. fixture 

thickness 




Item 

gvz 

TA M6 T/25 S 090267 ■ 10 90 80 25 M 6 10 50 

TA M8 T/25 S 090268 ■ 12 95 84 25 M 8 13 50 

TA M10 T/25 S 090269 ■ 15 110 100 25 M 10 17 25 

TA M12 T/25 S 090270 ■ 18 120 114 25 M 12 19 20 



Heavy-duty anchor TA M-T BP, 

with twist-off head 

zinc-plated 

steel 

Drill hole 

diameter 



fixings 

Anchor length 

Max. fixture 

thickness 



Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

Item 

gvz 

TA M8 BP 090265 12 95 84 25 M 8 13 50 

LOADS 




Type 

Effective 



Min. 


Installation 

torque 

Permissible 

tensile load 

Permissible 

shear load 

Min. 

spacing 


3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


Min. 

edge distance 

TA M6 T 40 100 10,0 3,6 3,3 80 50 

TA M8 T 45 100 20,0 5,7 6,7 90 60 

TA M10 T 55 110 40,0 9,5 11,0 110 70 

TA M12 T 70 140 75,0 11,9 17,0 160 120 

1) 




2) 


3) 



4) 


211



The push-through anchor for structural fixings in non-cracked 

concrete 

Bicycle racks 

VERSIONS 



Suitable for: 



Waste bins 

ADVANTAGES 


setting energy and enables the use in 



▪ The anchor design makes it possible 

to use different head shapes for flexible 

design solutions: Hexagon head 

(type S), bolt version with nut and 

washer (type B). 



APPLICATIONS 


▪ Consoles 

▪ Ladders 


▪ Gates 

▪ Façades 

▪ Temporary or structural fixings 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The FSA is suitable for push-through 

installation. 




▪ The half-moon shaped recesses act as 

a crumple zone to take the torque slippage, 

so that the attachment is pulled 

onto the anchor base. 

212



zinc-plated 

steel 


Sleeve anchor FSA-S 



fixings 

Max. fixture 

thickness 

Anchor length Thread Width across nut Sales unit 

d o h 2 t fi x l M SW 


Item 

gvz 

FSA 8/15 S 068520 8 65 15 64 M 6 10 50 

FSA 8/40 S 068521 8 90 40 89 M 6 10 50 

FSA 8/65 S 068522 8 115 65 114 M 6 10 50 

FSA 10/10 S 068523 10 65 10 65 M 8 13 20 

FSA 10/35 S 068524 10 90 35 90 M 8 13 20 

FSA 10/60 S 068525 10 115 60 115 M 8 13 20 

FSA 12/10 S 068526 12 75 10 76 M 10 17 20 

FSA 12/25 S 068527 12 90 25 91 M 10 17 20 

FSA 12/50 S 068528 12 115 50 116 M 10 17 20 



Sleeve anchor FSA-B 

zinc-plated 

steel 




fixings 

Max. fixture 

thickness 

Anchor length Thread Width across nut Sales unit 

d o h 2 t fi x l M SW 


Item 

gvz 

FSA 8/15 B 068500 8 65 15 65 M 6 10 50 

FSA 8/40 B 068501 8 90 40 90 M 6 10 50 

FSA 8/65 B 068502 8 115 65 115 M 6 10 50 

FSA 10/10 B 068503 10 65 10 69 M 8 13 20 

FSA 10/35 B 068504 10 90 35 94 M 8 13 20 

FSA 10/60 B 068505 10 115 60 119 M 8 13 20 

FSA 12/10 B 068506 12 75 10 81 M 10 17 20 

FSA 12/25 B 068507 12 90 25 96 M 10 17 20 

FSA 12/50 B 068508 12 115 50 121 M 10 17 20 

FSA 12/75 B 068509 12 140 75 146 M 10 17 20 

LOADS 




Type 

Effective 


Min. 


Installation 

torque 

Recommended 

tensile load 

Recommended 

shear load 

Min. 

spacing 

Min. 

edge distance 


3) 

N rec 

3) 

V rec 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


FSA 8 35 70 8,0 2,0 3,4 70 50 

FSA 10 40 80 25,0 3,5 6,3 80 60 

FSA 12 50 100 40,0 5,0 9,9 100 75 

1) 


3) 


2) 


213



The reusable fixing system for diamond drills and saws 

Diamond drills 

VERSIONS 



Suitable for: 



Detail: Diamond drills 

ADVANTAGES 


between the expansion element and 

spindle enables simple dismantling 

and ensures that the spindle bolt can 

be reused. 

▪ The robust, reusable spindle bolt guarantees 

a long life span. 

▪ The active principle of the anchor bolt 

enables an active controlled expansion, 

thus offering a high level of 

safety. 

▪ The large steel cross-section provides 

high shear load-bearing capability and, 

as such, high security for the jerky 

stoppage of the drill bit. 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ Diamond and core drilling devices 

▪ Diamond saws 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The FDBB is suitable for pre-positioned 


▪ An expansion element must be added 

to the spindle bolt before installation. 

▪ Use a hammer to drive the FDBB 

through the base plate of the drilling 

device into the drill hole. 

▪ When the nut is tightened, the cone 



wall. 

▪ The expansion element remains in the 

drill hole when dismantling the spindle 

bolt. The spindle bolt is once again 

completed with an expansion element 

and can be reused. 

214




Expansion element FDBB SE 

zinc-plated Drill hole Usable Min. drill-hole Width across nut Length Contents Sales unit 

steel diameter length depth for through 

fixings 

d o t fi x h 2 SW l 


Item 

gvz 

FDBB 16/50 Set 090680 16 50 135 27 200 

1 expansion element 16 SE, 

1 spindle bolt 16/50/160, 1 

1 washer, 1 nut 

FDBB 16 SE 090681 16 — — — — Expansion element 25 

LOADS 


Highest recommended loads 1) for a single anchor in non-cracked concrete. 

C20/25 C12/15 

Type 

Recommended 

bending moment 

Recommended 

tensile load 

Recommended 

shear load 

Recommended 

tensile load 

Recommended 

shear load 

M rec N rec 

2) 

V rec N rec 

2) 

V rec 

[Nm] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] 

FDBB 98,0 12,0 13,3 9,0 13,3 

1) 


2) 

Steel failure value. 


215

Wall screw MR 


The fixing with simple hammerset installation in non-cracked 

concrete 

Radiators 

VERSIONS 



Suitable for: 



ADVANTAGES 

▪ The special construction of the anchor 

sleeve enables it to be set into the drill 

hole with a low number of hammer 

blows. This enables easy installation. 

▪ The flush-sunk expansion pin signifies 

the complete expansion of the anchor, 

and thereby ensures minimum movement 

when under load. 

▪ The special geometry of the expansion 

pin reduces the setting energy, 

thereby enabling a fast and energysaving 

installation. 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ Non-approval-relevant fixings only 


▪ Gratings 

▪ Garden gates 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The MR is suitable for pre-positioned 


▪ The anchor sleeve is driven into the 

drill hole with a hammer, without the 

need for an expansion pin. 

▪ Then the expansion pin is driven in 

with a hammer, and the wall screw 

expands against the drill hole wall. 

216

Wall screw MR 


zinc-plated 

steel 

Wall screw MR 

Drill hole diameter Anchor length Min. drill-hole 


fixings 

Thread Width across nut Max. fixture 

thickness 

Sales unit 

d o l h 2 M SW t fi x 


Item 

gvz 

MR 8 050583 8 70 70 M 8 13 22 25 

MR 10 050584 10 85 85 M 10 15 24 20 

MR 12 050585 12 100 100 M 12 18 27 10 


217



The installation-friendly internally threaded anchor for fixings 

in pre-stressed hollow-core concrete slabs 

Air conditioning units in pre-stressed hollowcore 

concrete slabs 

VERSIONS 




Approved for: 

▪ Pre-stressed hollow-core concrete 

slabs ≥ C45/55 

Cable trays in pre-stressed hollow-core concrete 

slabs 

APPROVALS 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The active principle of the anchor 

means that the FHY can be used in 

cavities or in solid materials up to 5 

cm from the tensioning wire. This 

ensures the highest flexibility and userfriendly 

installation. 

▪ The embossed edge prevents the 

anchor sleeve from slipping in the 

cavity, thus allowing for trouble-free 

installation. 









APPLICATIONS 

▪ Pipes 





▪ Consoles 



FUNCTIONING 

▪ The FHY is suitable for pre-positioned 

installation. 

▪ Position the FHY hollow-ceiling anchor 

in the drill hole and drive in flush to 

the surface of the anchor base using 

the hammer. 

▪ The FHY pre-positioned anchor must 

be able to be supported on the attachment 

for expansion. 



expands it into the cavity or expands 

it in the solid material against the drill 

hole wall. 

▪ Screw length ls = 

Minimum screw-in depth e 2 

+ Thickness of fixture t fix 

+ Thickness of washer 

(with threaded rod: + height of nut) 

218



zinc-plated 

steel 

stainless 

steel 

Hollow-ceiling anchor FHY, zinc-plated steel 

Approval 

Drill hole 

diameter 

Anchor 

length 

Thread 

Min. drill 

hole depth 

Min. bolt 

penetration 

Sales unit 

d o l M h 1 l E,min 

Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

Item gvz A4 

FHY M 6 030138 — ▯ 10 37 M 6 50 37 50 

FHY M 6 — 030139 — 10 37 M 6 50 37 50 

FHY M 8 030146 — ▯ 12 43 M 8 60 43 25 

FHY M 8 — 030147 — 12 43 M 8 60 43 25 

FHY M10 030148 — ▯ 16 52 M 10 65 52 20 

FHY M10 — 030151 — 16 52 M 10 65 52 20 


LOADS 

Hollow-ceiling anchor FHY (screw with grade 5.8) 

Highest permissible loads 1) for a single anchor in pre-stressed hollow-core concrete slabs of strength class ≥ B55 resp. C45/55. 


Pre-stressed hollow-core concrete slabs 

Type Web thickness Min. anchorage depth Torque moment Permissible load Min. spacing Min. edge distance 

d u h ef T inst 

3) 

F perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


25 - 29 30 10,0 0,7 70 100 

FHY M6 

30 - 39 30 10,0 0,9 80 100 

≥40 30 10,0 2,0 100 100 

25 - 29 35 10,0 0,7 70 100 

FHY M8 

30 - 39 35 10,0 0,9 80 100 

≥40 35 10,0 2,0 100 100 

FHY M10 

30 - 39 40 20,0 1,2 80 100 

≥40 40 20,0 3,0 100 100 

1) 

The required safety factors as regulated in the approval are considered. 

3) 


2) 




219



LOADS 

Hollow-ceiling anchor FHY A4 (screw with grade A4-70) 

Highest recommended loads 1) for a single anchor in pre-stressed hollow-core concrete slabs of strength class ≥ B55 resp. C45/55. 

Pre-stressed hollow-core concrete slabs 

Type Web thickness Min. anchorage depth Torque moment Recommended load Min. spacing Min. edge distance 

d u h ef T inst F rec 

3) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

2) 


25 - 29 30 10,0 0,7 70 100 

FHY M6 A4 

30 - 39 30 10,0 0,9 80 100 

≥40 30 10,0 2,0 100 100 

25 - 29 35 10,0 0,7 70 100 

FHY M8 A4 

30 - 39 35 10,0 0,9 80 100 

≥40 35 10,0 2,0 100 100 

FHY M10 A4 

30 - 39 40 20,0 1,2 80 100 

≥40 40 20,0 3,0 100 100 

1) 


3) 


2) 


220


The power anchor with the black belt. 



The heavyweight. 

221


222


▪ Frame fixing SXR .......................................................................................................... 

▪ Universal frame fixing FUR ....................................................................................... 

▪ Frame fixing SXS .......................................................................................................... 

▪ Anti-corrosion spray FTC-CP ..................................................................................... 

▪ Hammerfix N .................................................................................................................. 

▪ Nail sleeve FNH ............................................................................................................. 

▪ Window frame fixing F-S ........................................................................................... 

▪ Metal frame fixing F-M ............................................................................................... 

▪ Window frame screws FFSZ and FFS .................................................................. 

▪ Wall tie VB ....................................................................................................................... 

▪ Adjustable fixing S10J ............................................................................................... 

▪ Self-drilling adjustable screw JUSS ....................................................................... 

▪ Universal spacing screw ASL ................................................................................... 

▪ Stand-off installation Thermax 8 / 10 .................................................................. 

▪ Stand-off installation Thermax 12 / 16 ............................................................... 

▪ Remedial wall tie mechanical VBS-M ................................................................... 

▪ Remedial wall tie VBS 8 ............................................................................................. 

225 

232 

237 

241 

242 

246 

248 

250 

252 

255 

256 

258 

259 

261 

264 

269 

271 


223


Range of frame fixings and stand-off fasteners 

Frame fixings 


The economical all-rounder with European Technical 

Approval (ETA) for solid and hollow building 

materials 

Page 225 


The user-friendly problem solver for a large 

range of building materials 

Page 232 


The high-performance frame fixing for solid 

building materials and cracked concrete 

Page 237 


Window frame fixings 


The nylon fixing for stress-free stand-off installation 

of window and door frames 

Page 248 

Metal frame fixing F -M 

The fixing for stress-free installation of window 

and door frames with high fire resistance 

Page 250 


The economical special screw for window 

installation 

Page 252 


The spacing screw for flexible positioning and 

alignment of wooden fixtures 

Page 259 


The thermally separated stand-off installation in 

external thermal insulation composite systems 

(ETICS) 

Page 261 


The approved stand-off installation with thermal 

separation in external thermal insulation composite 

systems (ETICS) 

Page 264 

Wall tie VB 

The stainless steel A4 joint for two-shell masonry 

Page 255 



Page 269 


The professional façade repair for two-leaf 

cavity walls 

Page 271 

Nailplugs 

Hammerfix N 

The hammer-in plug for a simple, fast and economical 

installation 

Page 242 


The user-friendly spring sleeve for light fixings 

in solid building materials 

Adjustable fixings 

Page 246 


The fixing for infinite adjustment of timber constructions 

in all standard solid building materials 

Page 256 


The adjustable screw for fast and infinitely adjustable 

installation of timber constructions 

Page 258 

224


The economical all-rounder with European Technical Approval 

(ETA) for solid and hollow building materials 


VERSIONS 




Approved for: 

▪ Concrete ≥ C12/15 



concrete 




▪ Solid block made from lightweight and 

normal weight concrete 


▪ Thermal insulation blocks 





APPROVALS 


ADVANTAGES 

▪ The special functioning allows for use 

in solid and hollow building materials 

with an anchorage depth of just 

50 mm, ensuring an economical 

fixing. 

▪ The ETA approval covers use in a 

range of solid and hollow building 

materials, and guarantees a secure 

fixing. 

▪ The specially developed combination 

of plugs and screws ensures the very 

best handling. The plug has a noticeable 

hold, making installation more 

convenient. 

▪ The extensive range with diameters of 

6, 8 and 10 mm offers the right plug 

for every fixing. 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ Façade, ceiling and roof substructures 

made of wood and metal 

▪ Windows 

▪ Doors and gates 

▪ Wardrobes 

▪ Cable trays 

▪ Squared timbers 

▪ Kitchen cabinets 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The SXR is suitable for push-through 

installation. 

▪ The SXR expands in solid building 

materials and knots in hollow building 

materials. 

▪ With vertically perforated bricks, only 

use rotary drilling (no impact drilling). 

▪ Countersunk head screws are recommended 

for the installation of timber 

constructions; in the case of metal 

constructions, use plugs with a wide 

sleeve rim and a moulded washer 

on the screw, which also features an 

integrated hexagon socket. 

225



INSTALLATION 


SXR-T - with fischer safety screw 

zinc-plated 

steel 

stainless 

steel 

hot-dip galvanised 

steel 

Approval 

Drill hole 

diameter 


depth embedment 

Min. 

for through depth 

fixings 

Anchor 

length 

Max. fixture 

thickness 

d o h 2 h nom (h v ) l t fi x 

Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] 


SXR 8 x 60 T 502999 — — ▯ ■ 8 70 50 60 10 T30 50 

SXR 8 x 80 T 503000 — — ▯ ■ 8 90 50 80 30 T30 50 

SXR 8 x 100 T 503001 — — ▯ ■ 8 110 50 100 50 T30 50 

SXR 8 x 120 T 503002 — — ▯ ■ 8 130 50 120 70 T30 50 

SXR 10 x 80 T 046263 046272 — ▯ ■ 10 90 50 80 30 TX40 50 

SXR 10 x 100 T 046264 046274 — ▯ ■ 10 110 50 100 50 TX40 50 

SXR 10 x 100 T — — 509534 — — 10 110 50 100 50 TX40 50 

SXR 10 x 120 T 046265 046278 — ▯ ■ 10 130 50 120 70 TX40 50 

SXR 10 x 120 T — — 509535 — — 10 130 50 120 70 TX40 50 

SXR 10 x 140 T 046266 046279 — ▯ ■ 10 150 50 140 90 TX40 50 

SXR 10 x 140 T — — 509536 — — 10 150 50 140 90 TX40 50 

SXR 10 x 160 T 046267 046283 — ▯ ■ 10 170 50 160 110 TX40 50 

SXR 10 x 180 T 046268 046285 — ▯ ■ 10 190 50 180 130 TX40 50 

SXR 10 x 200 T 046269 046286 — ▯ ■ 10 210 50 200 150 TX40 50 

SXR 10 x 230 T 046270 046287 — ▯ ■ 10 240 50 230 180 TX40 50 

SXR 10 x 260 T 046271 046288 1) — ▯ ■ 10 270 50 260 210 TX40 50 

1) delivery on request 

Drive 

Sales unit 

226




SXR - without screw 

SXR-Z - with zinc-plated fischer safety screw 

for Cross dirve PZ-bit 



fixings 

Min. embedment 

depth 

Anchor length 

Max. fixture 

thickness 

Drive 

Sales unit 


Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

SXR 6 x 35 503228 6 45 30 35 5 — 100 

SXR 6 x 50 503229 6 60 30 50 20 — 100 

SXR 6 x 60 503230 6 70 30 60 30 — 100 

SXR 8 x 60 506194 8 70 50 60 10 — 100 

SXR 8 x 80 506196 8 90 50 80 30 — 100 

SXR 8 x 100 506198 8 110 50 100 50 — 100 

SXR 8 x 120 506199 8 130 50 120 70 — 100 

SXR 6 x 35 Z 503231 1) 6 45 30 35 5 PZ2 50 

SXR 6 x 50 Z 503232 1) 6 60 30 50 20 PZ2 50 

SXR 6 x 60 Z 503233 1) 6 70 30 60 30 PZ2 50 

1) not pre-assembled 



SXR-FUS - with fischer hexagon safety 

screw, moulded-on washer and integrated 

bit T40 

zinc-plated 

steel 

stainless 

steel 


steel 

Approval 

Drill hole 

diameter 



Min. 


fixings 

Anchor 

length 

Max. fixture 

thickness 




SXR 10 x 52 FUS 502456 1) — — ▯ ■ 10 62 50 52 2 T40/SW13 50 

SXR 10 x 60 FUS 046329 046339 — ▯ ■ 10 70 50 60 10 T40/SW13 50 

SXR 10 x 60 FUS — — 509537 — — 10 70 50 60 10 T40/SW13 50 

SXR 10 x 80 FUS 046330 046340 — ▯ ■ 10 90 50 80 30 T40/SW13 50 

SXR 10 x 80 FUS — — 509538 — — 10 90 50 80 30 T40/SW13 50 

SXR 10 x 100 FUS 046331 046342 — ▯ ■ 10 110 50 100 50 T40/SW13 50 

SXR 10 x 100 FUS — — 509539 — — 10 110 50 100 50 T40/SW13 50 

SXR 10 x 120 FUS 046332 046343 — ▯ ■ 10 130 50 120 70 T40/SW13 50 

SXR 10 x 140 FUS 046333 046344 — ▯ ■ 10 150 50 140 90 T40/SW13 50 

SXR 10 x 140 FUS — — 509540 — — 10 150 50 140 90 T40/SW13 50 

SXR 10 x 160 FUS 046334 046345 — ▯ ■ 10 170 50 160 110 T40/SW13 50 

SXR 10 x 180 FUS 046335 046361 — ▯ ■ 10 190 50 180 130 T40/SW13 50 

SXR 10 x 200 FUS 046336 — — ▯ ■ 10 210 50 200 150 T40/SW13 50 

SXR 10 x 200 FUS — 046362 — ▯ ■ 10 210 50 200 150 SW13 50 

SXR 10 x 230 FUS 046337 — — ▯ ■ 10 240 50 230 180 T40/SW13 50 


Drive 

Sales unit 

227




zinc-plated 

steel 

stainless 

steel 

SXR-FUS - with fischer hexagon safety 

screw, moulded-on washer and integrated 

bit T40 


steel 

Approval 

Drill hole 

diameter 



Min. 


fixings 

Anchor 

length 

Max. fixture 

thickness 




SXR 10 x 230 FUS — 046363 — ▯ ■ 10 240 50 230 180 SW13 50 

SXR 10 x 260 FUS 046338 — — ▯ ■ 10 270 50 260 210 T40/SW13 50 

SXR 10 x 260 FUS — 046364 — ▯ ■ 10 270 50 260 210 SW13 50 


ACCESSORIES 

Cover cap ADT 

Drive 

Sales unit 

Colour Cap Fits safety screw with seat ITX-Star recess Sales unit 

Item Art.-No. [Ø mm] [pcs] 

ADT 15 W 060326 white 15 40 100 

ADT 15 DB 060329 dark brown 15 40 100 

ADT 18 W 060334 white 18 40 100 


ACCESSORIES 

Washer U stainless steel A2 

External Hole Ø Thickness Fits anchor Sales unit 

d 

S 

Item Art.-No. [mm] [Ø mm] [mm] [pcs] 

U 11,5 x 21 x 1,5 DIN 522 A2 010026 21 11,5 1,5 SXR 10, FUR 10, SXS 10 500 

ACCESSORIES 

Aircrete hole punch GBS 

Drill-hole Min. drillhole 

Fits 

Sales unit 

depth for 


d 0 h 2 

Item Art.-No. [Ø mm] [mm] [pcs] 

GBS 10 x 80 050590 1) 9 85 SXR 10 x 52, SXR 10 x 60, SXR 10 x 80 1 

GBS 10 x 100 050591 1) 9 105 SXR 10 x 100 1 

GBS 10 x 135 050593 1) 9 140 SXR 10 x 120 1 

GBS 10 x 160 050594 1) 9 165 SXR 10 x 140, SXR 10 x 160 1 

GBS 10 x 185 050595 1) 9 190 SXR 10 x 180 1 

GBS 10 x 230 050596 1) 9 235 SXR 10 x 200, SXR 10 x 230 1 

1) According to the approval, the Aircrete hole punch GBS must be used for drill-hole production in aerated concrete. 

228


LOADS 

Frame fixing SXR 4) 

Highest permissible loads 1) for a single anchor for multiple fixings of facades in normal concrete ≥ C12/15 resp. ≥ B15. 



Type Min. embedment depth Min. member thickness Permissible load Min. spacing Min. edge distance 

h nom (h v ) h (d) F perm 

3) 

s min (a) 2) c min (a r ) 2) 

[mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [mm] 

SXR 8 50 100 0,5 100 50 

SXR 10 50 100 1,6 100 50 

1) 


2) 


3) 

Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. Restrictions for permanently 

acting tensile loads see approval. For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending 

moments see approval table 4. 

LOADS 

Type 

4) 

gvz and A4. For exterior applications of galvanised screws measures against incoming humidity 

have to be taken. 


Highest permissible loads 1) for a single anchor for multiple fixings of non-structural applications in normal concrete ≥ C12/15 resp. ≥ 

B15. For the design the complete approval ETA-07/0121 has to be considered. 


Min. 

Min. 

Permissible 

Permissible 

Min. spacing Min. edge distance 

embedment depth member thickness tensile load 

shear load 

h nom (h v ) h min 

6) 

N perm 

6) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 


SXR 8 50 100 1,0 4,2 (3,4) 5) 50 50 

SXR 10 50 100 1,8 5,4 (5,0) 5) 50 100 

1) 



2) 

Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance for concrete ≥ C16/20 while reducing the 

permissible load. 

4) 

gvz and A4. For exterior applications measures against incoming humidity have to be taken. 

5) 

Values in brackets apply for A4-type - stainless steel of the corrosion resistance class III, e.g. A4. 

6) 

Valid for temperatures in the substrate up to +50°C (resp. short term up to 80°C). For long term 

temperatures up to 30°C higher permissible loads may be possible. 

3) 




229



LOADS 


Highest permissible loads 1) for a single anchor for multiple fixings of facades in masonry. 


Solid brick masonry and Perforated brick masonry 

Type 

Compressive 


Brick type, 


Min. 


Min. 


Permissible 

load 

Min. 

spacing 

Min. 

edge distance 

f b h nom (h v ) h (d) 

3) 5) 

F perm s min (a min ) 2) c min (a r ) 6) 

[N/mm²] [-] [mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [mm] 


SXR 8 ≥ 12 Mz 50 115 0,50 100 100 

SXR10 ≥ 12 Mz 50 115 0,80 100 100 


SXR 8 ≥ 12 KS 50 115 0,50 100 100 

SXR10 ≥ 12 KS 50 115 0,80 100 100 


SXR 8 ≥ 12 HLz 50 115 - 100 100 

SXR10 ≥ 12 HLz 50 115 0,3 7) 250 100 


SXR 8 ≥ 6 KSL 50 115 - 100 100 

SXR10 ≥ 6 KSL 50 115 0,40 100 100 


SXR 8 ≥ 6 Hbl 50 115 - 100 100 

SXR10 ≥ 6 Hbl 50 115 0,25 250 100 

Solid brick and solid block of lightweight aggregate concrete V 

SXR 8 ≥ 2 V 50 115 0,15 100 100 

SXR10 ≥ 2 V 50 115 0,25 100 100 

Aerated concrete block PB2/ PP2 as well as wall panels of aerated concrete P3.3 with approval 

SXR10 ≥ 2 PB2/PP2/P2,2 50 115 0,2 8) 150 100 8) 

Aerated concrete block ≥ PB4/PP4 as well as wall panels of aerated concrete≥ P4.4 with approval 

SXR10 ≥ 3/ ≥ 4,4 PP3/PB3/P4,4 50 115 0,30 200 100 8) 

1) 


2) 

Minimum permissible spacing without reducing the permissible load. In certain cases the spacing 

within pairs of anchors may be reduced up to 100 mm while reducing the permissible load. 

3) 




4) 



5) 

The given values apply for rotary drilling (without impact) in perforated bricks and aerated 

concrete. 

6) 

Minimum permissible edge distance with surcharge as well as to not solidified joints. For edge 

distance without surcharge see approval. 

7) 

Valid for raw density higher than 1,0 kg/dm³. Otherwise the permissible load has to be determined 

by tests on site. 

8) 

Drill hole created by punching. 

230


LOADS 


Highest permissible loads 1) for a single anchor for multiple fixings of non-structural applications in masonry. 


Solid brick masonry and perforated brick masonry 

Type 

Compressive 


Brick type, 


Min. 


Min. 


Permissible 

load 

Min. 

spacing 

Min. edge 

distance 

f b h nom (h v ) h min 

3) 5) 6) 

F perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 



SXR 8 ≥ 20 Mz 50 100 0,70 100 100 

SXR10 ≥ 20 Mz 50 100 1,29 100 100 


SXR 8 ≥ 10 KS 50 100 0,70 100 100 

SXR10 ≥ 10 KS 50 100 1,29 100 100 


SXR 8 ≥ 6 HLz 50 100 0,34 100 100 

SXR10 ≥ 6 HLz 50 100 0,57 100 100 


SXR 8 ≥ 12 KSL 50 100 0,57 100 100 

SXR10 ≥ 12 KSL 50 100 0,70 100 100 


SXR 8 ≥ 10 Hbl 50 100 0,70 100 100 

SXR10 ≥ 10 Hbl 50 100 0,70 100 100 


SXR 8 ≥ 2 V 50 100 0,70 100 100 

SXR10 ≥ 2 V 50 100 0,85 100 100 

Aerated concrete block PB2/ PP2 

SXR10 ≥ 2 PP2/PB2/P2,2 50 100 0,15 7) 200 100 

Aerated concrete block ≥ PB4/PP4 

SXR10 ≥ 3/ ≥ 4,4 PP3/PB3/P4,4 50 100 0,26 200 100 

1) 


5) 

The given values apply for rotary drilling (without impact). The given loads are reference values 


which may change due to type of brick and manufacturer. 

2) 

Minimum possible axial spacing (anchor group) while reducing the permissible load. 

6) 


3) 




7) 

Drill hole created by punching. 

4) 




LOADS 


Highest recommended loads 1) for a single anchor. 

The given loads are valid for wood screws with the specified diameter. 

Type SXR 6 

Screw diameter Ø [mm] 4,5 

Min. edge distance in concrete a r [mm] 50 

2) 

Recommended loads in the respective base material F rec 

Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,25 

Solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,20 

Solid sand-lime brick ≥ KS 12 [kN] 0,20 

Vertically perforated brick ≥ Hlz 12 ( ≥ 1.0 kg/dm³) [kN] 0,10 

Perforated sand-lime brick ≥ KSL 12 [kN] 0,20 

1) 


2) 


231



The user-friendly problem solver for a large range of building 

materials 


VERSIONS 




Approved for: 

▪ Concrete ≥ C12/15 

▪ Three-layer composite exterior wall 

panels 

▪ Lightweight aggregate concrete 



concrete 



▪ Solid block made from lightweight 

concrete 





Wood constructions 

APPROVALS 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The universal operating principle with 

an anchorage depth of 70 mm and 

unique asymmetrical teeth allows for 

use in all solid and hollow building 

materials. As such, the FUR is the right 

choice for projects with an unknown 

base material; ensuring a secure fixing 

at all times. 

▪ The slim geometry guarantees a simple 

installation, even in cases involving 

thick wooden fixtures and narrow drill 

holes. 

▪ The FUR 14 fulfils the highest requirements 

in terms of maximum usage 

lengths and shear loads. As a result, it 

is suitable for a wide range of applications. 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ Façade and roof substructures made 

of wood and metal 

▪ Windows 


▪ Gates and doors 

▪ Claddings 

▪ Interior fittings 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The FUR is suitable for push-through 

installation. 

▪ Screwing in the screw causes the 

individual teeth to expand. In solid 

materials, the teeth create even expansion 

forces. In hollow materials, the 

teeth expand through the solid part of 

the block and form an undercut in the 

cavity. 

▪ With vertically perforated bricks, only 

use rotary drilling (no impact drilling). 




constructions, use anchors with 

hexagon-head screws and moulded 

washers. 

232



zinc-plated 

steel 

stainless 

steel 

FUR-T - safety screw with countersunk head 

Approval 

Drill hole 

diameter 


depth 

for through 

fixings 


depth 

Anchor 

length 

Max. fixture 

thickness 

Drive 

Sales unit 


Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

Item gvz A4 

FUR 8 x 80 T 070110 070120 ▯ 8 90 70 80 10 T30 50 

FUR 8 x 100 T 070111 070121 ▯ 8 110 70 100 30 T30 50 

FUR 8 x 120 T 070112 070122 ▯ 8 130 70 120 50 T30 50 

FUR 10 x 80 T 088756 088784 ▯ 10 90 70 80 10 T40 50 

FUR 10 x 100 T 088757 088785 ▯ 10 110 70 100 30 T40 50 

FUR 10 x 115 T 088760 088791 ▯ 10 125 70 115 45 T40 50 

FUR 10 x 135 T 088758 088786 ▯ 10 145 70 135 65 T40 50 

FUR 10 x 160 T 088759 088787 ▯ 10 170 70 160 90 T40 50 

FUR 10 x 185 T 088761 088788 ▯ 10 195 70 185 115 T40 50 

FUR 10 x 200 T 088764 088789 ▯ 10 210 70 200 130 T40 50 

FUR 10 x 230 T 088762 088790 ▯ 10 240 70 230 160 T40 50 

FUR 14 x 100 T 048711 — ▯ 14 115 70 100 30 T50 50 

FUR 14 x 140 T 048712 048719 ▯ 14 155 70 140 70 T50 50 

FUR 14 x 165 T 048713 048720 ▯ 14 180 70 165 95 T50 50 

FUR 14 x 180 T 048714 048721 ▯ 14 195 70 180 110 T50 50 

FUR 14 x 210 T 048844 048845 ▯ 14 225 70 210 140 T50 50 

FUR 14 x 240 T 048715 — ▯ 14 255 70 240 170 T50 50 

FUR 14 x 270 T 048716 — ▯ 14 285 70 270 200 T50 50 

FUR 14 x 300 T 090759 — ▯ 14 315 70 300 230 T50 20 

FUR 14 x 330 T 090760 — ▯ 14 345 70 330 260 T50 20 

FUR 14 x 360 T 090761 — ▯ 14 375 70 360 290 T50 20 


233




zinc-plated 

steel 

stainless 

steel 

FUR 8-SS and FUR 10-SS - safety screw 

with hexagon-head 

Approval 

Drill hole 

diameter 


depth 

for through 

fixings 


depth 

Anchor 

length 

Max. fixture 

thickness 

Width across 

nut 

d o h 2 h nom (h v ) l t fi x SW 

Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

Item gvz A4 

FUR 8 x 80 SS 070130 070140 ▯ 8 90 70 80 10 10 50 

FUR 8 x 100 SS 070131 070141 ▯ 8 110 70 100 30 10 50 

FUR 8 x 120 SS 070132 — ▯ 8 130 70 120 50 10 50 

FUR 10 x 80 SS 088776 088792 ▯ 10 90 70 80 10 13 50 

FUR 10 x 100 SS 088777 088793 ▯ 10 110 70 100 30 13 50 

FUR 10 x 115 SS 088783 088799 ▯ 10 125 70 115 45 13 50 

FUR 10 x 135 SS 088778 088794 ▯ 10 145 70 135 65 13 50 

FUR 10 x 160 SS 088779 088795 ▯ 10 170 70 160 90 13 50 

FUR 10 x 185 SS 088780 088796 ▯ 10 195 70 185 115 13 50 

FUR 10 x 200 SS 088781 088797 ▯ 10 210 70 200 130 13 50 

FUR 10 x 230 SS 088782 088798 ▯ 10 240 70 230 160 13 50 


Sales unit 

FUR 14 F US - safety screw with hexagonhead 

and integrated washer 

zinc-plated steel 


Approval 

Drill hole 

diameter 


depth 

for through 

fixings 


depth 

Anchor 

length 

Max. fixture 

thickness 

Width across 

nut 

d o h 2 h nom (h v ) l t fi x SW 

Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

Item gvz A4 

FUR 10 x 80 FUS 093527 2) 4) 093528 2) 4) ▯ 10 90 70 80 10 13 50 

FUR 10 x 100 FUS 097797 2) 4) — ▯ 10 80 70 100 30 13 50 

FUR 14 x 80 FUS 048724 3) 048731 3) ▯ 14 95 70 80 10 17 50 

FUR 14 x 100 FUS 048725 3) 048732 3) ▯ 14 115 70 100 30 17 50 

FUR 14 x 140 FUS 048726 3) 048733 3) ▯ 14 155 70 140 70 17 50 

FUR 14 x 165 FUS 048727 3) 048734 3) ▯ 14 180 70 165 95 17 50 

FUR 14 x 180 FUS 048728 1) 3) 048735 1) 3) ▯ 14 195 70 180 110 17 50 

FUR 14 x 210 FUS 048842 1) 3) 048843 1) 3) ▯ 14 225 70 210 140 17 50 

FUR 14 x 240 FUS 048729 1) 3) 048736 1) 3) ▯ 14 255 70 240 170 17 50 

FUR 14 x 270 FUS 048730 3) 048737 3) ▯ 14 285 70 270 200 17 50 

1) With washer according DIN 125. 

2) Collar: Ø 18 x 2 mm. 

3) Collar: Ø 26 x 3 mm. 

4) Additional Bit T40 is integrated into the hexagon head. 

Sales unit 

234


ACCESSORIES 

Cover cap ADT 

Colour Cap Fits safety screw with seat ITX-Star recess Sales unit 


ADT 15 W 060326 white 15 40 100 


ADT 18 W 060334 white 18 40 100 


ACCESSORIES 



d 

S 



LOADS 

Universal frame fixing FUR 4) 


B15 5) . For the design the complete approval Z-21.2-1204 has to be considered. 


Type Min. embedment depth Min. member thickness Permissible load Min. spacing Min. edge distance 



3) 

s min (a) 2) c min (a r ) 2) 


FUR 8 70 100 1,0 50 50 

FUR 10 70 120 1,6 50 50 

FUR 14 70 120 1,8 50 60 

1) 


2) 


3) 




4) 



5) 

Permissible loads in the weather shell of triple-skin outer wall panels as well as in no-fines 

lightweight concrete see approval. 

235



LOADS 

Universal frame fixing FUR 4) 




Type 

Compressive 


Brick type, 


Min. 


Min. 


Permissible load Min. 

spacing 

Min. 

edge distance 


3) 5) 

F perm s min (a) 2) c min (a r ) 6) 

1) 


2) 

Minimum permissible spacing without reducing the permissible load. 

3) 




4) 





FUR 8 ≥ 12 Mz 70 115 0,60 100 100 

FUR 10 ≥ 12 Mz 70 115 0,80 100 100 

FUR 14 ≥ 12 Mz 70 115 0,80 250 100 


FUR 8 ≥ 12 KS 70 115 0,60 100 100 

FUR 10 ≥ 12 KS 70 115 0,80 100 100 

FUR 14 ≥ 12 KS 70 115 0,80 250 100 


FUR 8 ≥ 12 HLz 70 115 - 100 100 

FUR 10 ≥ 12 HLz 70 115 0,3 7) 250 100 

FUR 14 ≥ 12 HLz 70 115 0,5 7) 250 100 


FUR 8 ≥ 6 KSL 70 115 - 100 100 

FUR 10 ≥ 6 KSL 70 115 0,40 250 100 

FUR 14 ≥ 6 KSL 70 115 0,60 250 100 


FUR 8 ≥ 2 Hbl 70 8) 115 - 100 100 

FUR 10 ≥ 2 Hbl 70 8) 115 0,25 250 100 

FUR 14 ≥ 2 Hbl 70 8) 115 0,30 250 100 

Solid brick and solid block of lightweight aggregate concrete 

FUR 8 ≥ 2 V 70 115 - 100 100 

FUR 10 ≥ 2 V 70 115 0,25 100 100 

FUR 14 ≥ 2 V 70 115 0,50 250 100 

5) 

The given values apply for rotary drilling in perforated bricks (without impact). 

6) 



7) 

Valid for raw density higher than 1,0 kg/dm³. Otherwise the permissible load has to be determined 

by tests on site. 

8) 

The expansion part of the plug must be located in the web of the brick (see approval, appendix 6). 

236


The high-performance frame fixing for solid building materials 

and cracked concrete 

Cable trays 

VERSIONS 




Approved for: 


▪ Three-layer composite exterior wall 

panels 


concrete 







concrete 




APPROVALS 


ADVANTAGES 

▪ The ideal interaction of the SXS with 

the fischer CO-NA screw allows for 

the highest load-bearing capacities in 

solid building materials and aerated 

concrete. This allows for an economical 

fixing. 

▪ The CO-NA screw causes the plug to 

expand in the crack. This is confirmed 

by the first approval for a plastic frame 

fixing for single fixings. 

▪ The large diameter of the CO-NA 

screw means that high shear loads 

can be supported safely. Thus fewer 

fixing points are required. 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ Façade and roof substructures made 


▪ Windows 

▪ Fire protection doors 


▪ Handrails 


▪ Kitchen cabinets 

▪ Gates 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The SXS is suitable for push-through 

installation. Screwing in the CO-NA 

screw causes the SXS to expand in 

four directions and anchor into the 

building material. 

▪ When a crack forms in the concrete, 

the cones of the screw actively 

expand, thus increasing the expansion 

effect and the holding force of the 

plug. 




constructions, use plugs with a wide 

sleeve rim and a moulded washer 

on the screw, which also features an 

integrated hexagon socket. 

237




SXS-T - with CO-NA screw and countersunk 

head 

zinc-plated stainless 

Drill hole Min. embedment 

Anchor length Max. fixture Min. drill hole Drive Sales unit 

steel steel 

diameter 

depth 

thickness depth 

d o h nom (h v ) l t fi x t d 

Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

Item gvz A4 

SXS 10 x 80 T 019601 019602 ▯ ■ 10 50 80 30 90 T40 50 

SXS 10 x 100 T 019604 019605 ▯ ■ 10 50 100 50 110 T40 50 

SXS 10 x 120 T 019616 019617 ▯ ■ 10 50 120 70 130 T40 50 

SXS 10 x 140 T 019621 019623 ▯ ■ 10 50 140 90 150 T40 50 

SXS 10 x 160 T 024076 024077 ▯ ■ 10 50 160 110 170 T40 50 

SXS 10 x 180 T 024080 024082 ▯ ■ 10 50 180 130 190 T40 50 


Approval 

SXS-F US with CO-NA hexagon-head screw 

with integrated washer 

zinc-plated 

steel 

stainless 

steel 

Approval 

Drill hole Min. embedment 

Anchor length Max. fixture Min. drill hole Width across 

diameter 

depth 

thickness depth nut 

d o h nom (h v ) l t fi x t d SW 

Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

Item gvz A4 

SXS 10 x 60 F US 019599 1) 019600 1) ▯ ■ 10 50 60 10 70 13 50 

SXS 10 x 80 F US 019603 1) 019628 1) ▯ ■ 10 50 80 30 90 13 50 

SXS 10 x 100 F US 019614 1) 019615 1) ▯ ■ 10 50 100 50 110 13 50 

SXS 10 x 120 F US 019619 1) 019620 1) ▯ ■ 10 50 120 70 130 13 50 

SXS 10 x 140 F US 019624 1) 019626 1) ▯ ■ 10 50 140 90 150 13 50 

SXS 10 x 160 F US 024045 1) 024062 1) ▯ ■ 10 50 160 110 170 13 50 

SXS 10 x 180 F US 024046 1) 024063 1) ▯ ■ 10 50 180 130 190 13 50 

1) Collar: Ø 18 x 2 mm, CO-NA hexagon-head screw with integrated washer and additional - T40 integrated into the hexagon head. 

Sales unit 

ACCESSORIES 

Cover cap ADT 

Colour Cap Seat ITX-Star 

recess 

Sales unit 


ADT 15 W 060326 white 15 TX40 100 

ADT 15 DB 060329 dark brown 15 TX40 100 

ADT 18 W 060334 white 18 TX40 100 

ADT 18 DB 060337 dark brown 18 TX40 100 

238


ACCESSORIES 



d 

S 



LOADS 

Frame fixing SXS 4) 


B15 5) . For the design the complete approval Z-21.2-1695 has to be considered. 


Type Min. anchorage depth Min. member thickness Permissible load Min. spacing Min. edge distance 


3) 

s min (a) 2) c min (a r ) 2) 


SXS 10 50 100 1,6 1) 50 3) 50 3) 

1) 


2) 

Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance (anchor pair) while reducing the permissible 

load. 

3) 




4) 



5) 

Permissible loads in the weather shell of triple-skin outer wall panels see approval. 

LOADS 


Highest permissible loads 1) for a single anchor for multiple fixings of non-structural applications in normal concrete ≥ C16/20 resp. 

≥ B20 7) . For the design the complete approval ETA-09/0352 has to be considered. 


Type 

Min. 


Min. 


Permissible 

tensile load 

Permissible 

shear load 

Min. 

spacing 

Min. 

edge distance 


3) 6) 

N perm 

3) 6) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

[mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] 

SXS 10 50 100 2,0 5,4 55 100 

1) 



2) 

Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance (anchor group) while reducing the permissible 

load. 

3) 


4) 



6) 



7) 

Values for concrete C12/15 see approval. 



LOADS 


Highest permissible loads 1) for a single anchor in normal concrete ≥ C20/25 resp. ≥ B25. 


Type 




Min. member Permissible Permissible Min. spacing Min. edge Permissible Permissible Min. spacing Min. edge 

depth thickness tensile load shear load 

distance tensile load shear load 

distance 


6) 

N perm 

6) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

6) 

N perm 

6) 

V perm 

2) 

s min 

2) 

c min 

[mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] 

SXS 10 50 100 1,0 2,5 55 50 1,3 2,5 55 60 

1) 



2) 

Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance (anchor group) while reducing the permissible 

load. The combination of the given min. spacing and min. edge distance is not possible. One 

of them has to be increased according approval. 

3) 



4) 



6) 



239



LOADS 





Type 

Compressive Brick type, 

Min. 

Min. 

Permissible 

Min. 

Min. 

brick strength naming acc. DIN embedment depth member thickness load 

spacing edge distance 


3) 5) 

F perm s min (a) 2) c min (a r ) 6) 



SXS10 ≥ 12 Mz 50 15,3 0,8 (0,60) 9) 100 100 


SXS10 ≥ 12 KS 50 15,3 0,8 (0,60) 9) 100 100 


SXS10 ≥ 2 Hbl 50 8) 15,3 0,25 250 100 


SXS10 ≥ 2 V 50 15,3 0,25 100 100 

1) 


2) 

Minimum permissible spacing without reducing the permissible load. 

3) 




5) 

The given values apply for rotary drilling in perforated bricks (without impact). 

6) 



8) 

The expansion part of the plug must be located in the web of the brick (see approval, appendix 6). 

9) 

The higher values apply to solid bricks without handling pocket. 

4) 



240

Anti-corrosion spray FTC-CP 

The elastic protective coating for use with frame and long-shaft 

fixings 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ FTC-CP professionally prevents the 

penetration of moisture into the 

anchor shaft and securely protects 

the connection from corrosion - as 

required in the DIBt and ETA approvals. 

▪ Once dry, the optimised formulation 

provides a long-lasting, elastic protective 

coating with a secure hold and a 

high abrasion resistance. 

▪ The thixotropic anti-corrosion agent is 

also ideally suited to other corrosion 

protection applications and thus offers 

a wide range of uses. 

Sealing of the screw heads 


▪ zinc-plated frame and long-shaft fixings 

▪ corrosive metals 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ Façade anchorings in line with the 

building approvals for frame and longshaft 

fixings, e.g. SXS, SXR and FUR 

▪ For all sub-structures, e.g. made from 

wood, aluminium, metal. 

Sealing of the screw heads 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ Thixotropic, bitumen-based anti-corrosion 

agent. 

▪ Good stability under load; non-drip, no 

spray mist. 

▪ Shake canister for at least 2 minutes 

from the time the mixing balls can be 

heard. 

▪ Spray as evenly as possible from a 

distance of 15 to 20 cm. 

▪ Ideal processing temperature +16 °C 

to +25 °C. 

▪ Quick-drying (dried through after 3-4 

hours at 600 mμ and 20 °C). 

▪ Temperature-resistant from -25 °C to 

80 °C. 

▪ Salt and water-resistant, and resistant 

to abrasion. 



Anti-corrosion spray FTC-CP 

Colour Contents per canister Sales unit 

Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs] 

FTC-CP 511440 black 500 12 

241

Hammerfix N 


The hammer-in plug for a simple, fast and economical 

installation 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The rapid hammerset installation 

reduces the amount of time required 

and allows for an economic series 

installation. 

▪ The integrated hammer-in stop 

prevents the plug from expanding 

prematurely (jamming), thus enabling 

a problem-free installation. 

▪ Together with the cross-slot recess, 

the thread of the nail screw allows the 

screw to be removed, thus allowing for 

subsequent dismantling. 

▪ The wide range of diameters, usage 

lengths and head shapes provides the 

correct plug for every fixing. 

Timber sub-structures 

VERSIONS 




▪ Concrete 



▪ Natural stone 


concrete 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ Substructures made of wood and 

metal 

▪ Wall connection or plaster profiles 

▪ Slides 

▪ Sheets 

▪ Cable and pipe clamps 


Cable ducts 

CHARACTERISTICS 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The Hammerfix N is suitable for pushthrough 

installation. 

▪ When hammered in, the nail screw 

causes the plug to expand in two 

directions, thus providing a secure 

anchoring in the building material. 

▪ Countersunk head plugs are recommended 



constructions, use flat-head plugs, and 

use pan-head plugs for long holes. 

242

Hammerfix N 


zinc-plated 

steel 

stainless 

steel A2 

Hammerfix N-Z with nail, pre-assembled 

Hammerfix N-Z-A2 with stainless steel A2 

nail, pre-assembled 

Drill hole 

diameter 


depth 

Anchor length 


depth for 


Max. fixture 

thickness 

Sales unit 

d o h ef l h 2 t fi x 


Item gvz A2 

N 5 x 30 Z 050395 2) 050370 5 25 30 45 5 100 

N 5 x 40 Z 050351 — 5 25 40 55 15 100 

N 5 x 50 Z 050352 — 5 25 50 65 25 100 

N 6 x 40 Z — 050372 6 30 40 55 10 50 

N 6 x 40 Z GP 048788 — 6 30 40 55 10 100 

N 6 x 60 Z GP 048789 — 6 30 60 75 30 100 

N 6 x 60 Z — 050373 6 30 60 75 30 50 

N 6 x 80 Z GP 048790 — 6 30 80 95 50 100 

N 8 x 60 Z GP 048791 — 8 40 60 75 20 100 

N 8 x 60 Z — 050374 8 40 60 75 20 50 

N 8 x 80 Z GP 048792 — 8 40 80 95 40 100 

N 8 x 80 Z — 050375 8 40 80 95 40 50 

N 8 x 100 Z GP 048793 — 8 40 100 115 60 100 

N 8 x 100 Z — 050376 8 40 100 115 60 50 

N 8 x 120 Z GP 048794 — 8 40 120 135 80 100 

N 10 x 100 Z 050346 1) — 10 50 100 115 50 50 

N 10 x 135 Z 050347 1) — 10 50 135 150 85 50 

N 10 x 160 Z 050348 1) — 10 50 160 175 110 50 

N 10 x 230 Z 050335 1) — 10 50 230 245 180 50 


2) also specially suitable for fischer Pipe clips FC, see chapter Electrical fixings. 



N-FZ - with flat edge and nail and crossdrive 

recess Z (N 5 x 30 FZ) 

N-FZ - with flat edge and nail and crossdrive 

recess Z (N 6 x 40 FZ) 

zinc-plated 

steel 

stainless 

steel A2 

Drill hole 

diameter 


depth 

Anchor length 


depth for 


Max. fixture 

thickness 

Sales unit 



Item gvz A2 

N 5 x 30 FZ 050338 — 5 25 30 45 5 100 

N 6 x 30 FZ 050341 — 6 27 30 45 0,5 200 

N 6 x 40 FZ — 050369 6 30 40 55 7 50 

N 6 x 40 FZ GP 048795 — 6 30 40 55 7 100 

N 8 x 40 FZ 015903 — 8 40 40 55 0,5 50 

243

Hammerfix N 



NU-ZZ - with cylindrical head and pre-assembled 

nail with crossdrive recess Z 

Drill hole diameter Effect. anchoring 

depth 

Anchor length 



fixings 

Max. fixture 

thickness 

Sales unit 



NU 5 x 25 ZZ 078392 5 23 25 35 2 100 

NU 5 x 36 ZZ 078394 5 30 36 46 6 100 

NU 5 x 45 ZZ 093106 5 30 45 55 15 100 

NU 6 x 35 ZZ 093107 6 30 35 45 5 100 

NU 6 x 42 ZZ 093108 6 30 42 52 12 100 

NU 6 x 55 ZZ 093109 6 30 55 65 25 100 

NU 6 x 70 ZZ 093110 6 30 70 80 40 100 

NU 8 x 45 ZZ 093111 8 40 45 55 5 100 

NU 8 x 57 ZZ 093112 8 45 57 67 12 100 

NU 8 x 75 ZZ 093113 8 45 75 85 30 100 

NU 8 x 100 Z 093977 1) 8 40 100 110 60 100 

NU 8 x 120 Z 093978 1) 8 40 120 130 80 100 

1) pre-assembled screw with countersunk head 


Hammerfix N-FN with flat edge 

and plastic nail, pre-assembled 

Hammerfix N-D A2 with isolating 

washer and nail, pre-assembled 

N-M - with zinc-plated nail and 

connection thread M 6 / M 7 / 

M 8 

Hammerfix N-ZZ - with cylinder 

head and nail and crossdrive 

recess Z, pre-assembled 


depth 

Anchor length 

Max. fixture 

thickness 



fixings 

d o h ef l t fi x h 2 

Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Ø mm] [pcs] 

N 6 x 40 FN 050342 6 30 40 7 55 — 50 

N 6 x 40 M6 050398 6 30 40 10 55 — 50 

N 6 x 40 D A2 050367 6 30 40 10 55 19 50 

N 6 x 60 D A2 050368 6 30 60 30 75 19 50 

N 6 x 40 ZZ 050394 6 30 40 7 55 — 50 

N 8 x 57 M8 503401 8 45 57 12 67 — 50 

Washer 

Sales unit 

244

Hammerfix N 

LOADS 

Hammerfix N 


The given loads are valid for screw nails with the specified diameter. 

Type N5 N6 3) N8 N10 

Screw nail diameter Ø [mm] 3,5 4 5 7 

2) 


Concrete ≥ C12/15 [kN] 0,16 0,20 0,27 0,33 

Solid brick ≥ Mz12 [kN] 0,14 0,17 0,24 0,30 

Solid sand-lime brick ≥ KS12 [kN] 0,14 0,17 0,24 0,33 

Pumice solid brick ≥ V4 [kN] 0,30 0,11 0,13 0,16 

Aerated concrete ≥ G2 [kN] 0,03 0,04 0,07 0,10 

Aerated concrete ≥ G4 [kN] 0,07 0,09 0,11 0,16 

1) 

Includes the safety factor 4. 

2) 


3) 

The values have to be reduced by 50% for N 6 x 40 FN. 


245



The user-friendly spring sleeve for light fixings in solid building 

materials 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ No plugs or screws are required for the 

one-piece nail sleeve. This guarantees 

a simple and easy installation. 

▪ The geometry of the nail sleeve makes 

it easy to push it into the drill hole. 

This saves time and money. 

▪ The Dacromet® coating guarantees a 

high quality corrosion protection for a 

long-lasting fixing. 

Timber sub-structures 


▪ Concrete 




APPLICATIONS 


▪ Substructures made of wood and 

metal 


FUNCTIONING 

▪ The FNH nail sleeve is suitable for 

push-through installation. 

▪ The nail sleeve is hammered in and 

expands its entire length in the hole. 

▪ The FNH is not approved for safetyrelevant 

applications. 

▪ FNH is suitable for interior applications 

and for temporary external fixings. 

246





depth 

Anchor length 

Max. fixture 

thickness 



fixings 

Sales unit 

d o h ef l t fi x h 2 


FNH 5/50 050192 5 20 50 30 60 100 

FNH 6/30 019863 6 30 30 — 40 100 

FNH 6/40 050638 6 30 40 10 50 100 

FNH 6/50 077525 6 30 50 20 60 100 

FNH 6/60 019864 6 30 60 30 70 100 

FNH 6/80 019865 6 30 80 50 90 100 

FNH 8/70 019866 8 40 70 30 80 100 

FNH 8/90 019867 8 40 90 50 100 50 

FNH 8/110 019868 8 40 110 70 120 50 

FNH 8/130 019869 8 40 130 90 140 50 

FNH 8/150 019870 8 40 150 110 160 50 

FNH 8/180 043905 8,5 40 180 140 190 50 


LOADS 


Highest recommended loads 1) for a single anchor for multiple use for non-structural applications. 

Type FNH 5 FNH 6 FNH 8 


2) 

Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,10 0,35 0,60 

Min. member thickness [mm] 50 60 70 

1) 


2) 


247



The nylon fixing for stress-free stand-off installation of window 

and door frames 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The operating principle of the plug 

prevents the frame from being pulled 

against the substrate, and ensures a 

stress-free and long-lasting fixing of 

the frame. 

▪ The special plug geometry anchors 

the metal and plastic profiles against 

compressive and tensile loads, and 

allows for a secure hold of the window 

frame. 

▪ The cover caps (available separately) 

can be used to discreetly cover the 

screw heads. 

Window frames 


▪ Concrete 



concrete 





concrete 


APPLICATIONS 

▪ Window frames 

▪ Door frames 


FUNCTIONING 

▪ The F-S is suitable for push-through 

installation. 

▪ By tightening the screw, the glassfibre-reinforced 

plastic cone is drawn 

into the sleeve, whereby it is expanded 

and wedged inside the drill hole. The 

window frames are thus fixed in a 

stress-free manner. 

▪ The maximum installation torque is 

3 Nm for F8S and 6 Nm for F10S. 

248



F-S - with zinc-plated countersunk screw and 

cross-drive recess Z 3 


depth 

Anchor length 

Max. fixture 

thickness 



fixings 

Max. installation 

torque 

d o h ef l t fi x h 2 T inst 

Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [pcs] 

F 8 S 100 088635 8 40 100 50 115 3 50 

F 8 S 120 088636 8 40 120 70 135 3 50 

F 8 S 140 088637 8 40 140 90 155 3 50 

F 10 S 75 088625 10 50 75 15 90 6 50 

F 10 S 100 088626 10 50 100 40 115 6 50 

F 10 S 120 088627 10 50 120 60 135 6 50 

F 10 S 140 088628 10 50 140 80 155 6 50 

F 10 S 165 088629 10 50 165 105 180 6 50 

ACCESSORIES 

Cover caps for 

F-S Cross recess Z countersunk screws 

Sales unit 


Diameter Colour Sales unit 

D 


ADF 12W white 060275 12 white 100 

LOADS 



Type F 8 S F 10 S 


2) 

Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,78 1,48 

Solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,90 1,25 

Solid sand-lime brick ≥ KS 12 [kN] 0,90 1,25 

Solid brick of lightweight aggregate concrete ≥ V 2 [kN] 0,25 - 

Perforated sand-lime brick ≥ KSL 6 [kN] 0,25 - 

1) 


2) 


249



The fixing for stress-free installation of window and door 

frames with high fire resistance 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The F-M metal frame plug achieves 

fire resistance F 120. This allows for 

use in areas where fire resistance is 

relevant. 

▪ The operating principle prevents the 

window frame from being pulled 



the frame. 

▪ The special plug geometry anchors 

the metal and plastic profiles against 

compressive and tensile loads, and 

allows for a secure hold of the window 

frame. 

▪ The cover caps (available separately) 

can be used to discreetly cover the 

screw heads. 

Fire protection doors 


▪ Concrete 



concrete 





concrete 


APPLICATIONS 




FUNCTIONING 

▪ The F-M is suitable for push-through 

installation. 

▪ By tightening the screw, the cone is 

drawn into the sleeve and the fixing is 

expanded which wedges it inside the 

drill hole. The window frames are thus 

fixed in a stress-free manner. 

▪ The maximum installation torque is 

5 Nm. 

250




F 8 M - with flat mushroom type head screw 

and crossdrive recess Z 2 

F 10 M - with countersunk screw and crossdrive 

recess Z 3 



fixings 


depth 

Anchor length 

Max. fixture 

thickness 

Drive 

Sales unit 

d o h 2 h ef l t fi x 


F 8 M 72 088660 1) 8 90 30 72 42 PH2 100 

F 8 M 92 088662 1) 8 110 30 92 62 PH2 100 

F 8 M 112 088664 1) 8 130 30 112 82 PH2 100 

F 8 M 132 088666 1) 8 150 30 132 102 PH2 100 

F 10 M 72 088670 2) 10 90 30 72 42 PH3 100 

F 10 M 92 088672 2) 10 110 30 92 62 PH3 100 

F 10 M 112 088674 2) 10 130 30 112 82 PH3 100 

F 10 M 132 088676 2) 10 150 30 132 102 PH3 100 

F 10 M 152 088678 2) 10 170 30 152 122 PH3 100 

F 10 M 182 088680 2) 10 200 30 182 152 PH3 50 

F 10 M 202 061064 2) 10 220 30 202 172 PH3 50 

1) Screw head Ø 9 mm 

2) Screw head Ø 13 mm 


ACCESSORIES 

Cover cap ADM 10 

Colour Cap height Cap Fits Sales unit 

Item Art.-No. [mm] [Ø mm] [pcs] 

ADM 10 W weiß 088688 white 4 15 F 10M 100 

ASM 10 W weiß 060320 white — 16 F 10M 100 

LOADS 



Type 

F 10 M 


2) 

Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 1,38 

Solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 1,28 

Solid sand-lime brick ≥ KS 12 [kN] 1,28 

Solid brick of lightweight aggregate ≥ V 2 [kN] 0,48 

Perforated sand-lime brick ≥ KSL 6 [kN] 0,55 

1) 


2) 


251



The economical special screw for window installation 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ No additional plugs are required for 

screw installation, thus allowing work 

to progress quickly and economically. 

▪ The small drill bit diameter of 6 mm 

allows for efficient work, including in 

the case of series installation. 

▪ The continuous thread prevents the 

window frame from being pulled 



the frame. 

▪ The optimised special thread reduces 

the amount of force required for 

screwing in the screws, meaning that 

the installation process can be completed 

without the use of too much 

force. 

Window frames 


▪ Concrete 



concrete 





concrete 


APPLICATIONS 




FUNCTIONING 

▪ Note the drill hole and screw-in depths 

for the different building materials 

listed in the table. 

▪ In order to avoid the screw twisting 

during installation in concrete, the 

maximum anchorage depths stipulated 

must be adhered to. 

▪ Cylinder-head screws are recommended 

for recessed installation in 

wooden profiles. 

▪ Flat-head screws are recommended 

for installation in plastic and aluminium 

profiles. 

252



Frame fixing screw FFSZ - with cylinder 

head 

Drill hole diameter Screw length Drive Head Sales unit 

d o l s 

Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [Ø mm] [pcs] 

FFSZ 7,5 x 52 T25 092695 6 52 T25 7,5 100 

FFSZ 7,5 x 62 T25 092697 6 62 T25 7,5 100 

FFSZ 7,5 x 72 T25 092698 6 72 T25 7,5 100 

FFSZ 7,5 x 82 T25 092699 6 82 T25 7,5 100 

FFSZ 7,5 x 92 T25 092700 6 92 T25 7,5 100 

FFSZ 7,5 x 102 T25 092701 6 102 T25 7,5 100 

FFSZ 7,5 x 112 T25 092702 6 112 T25 7,5 100 

FFSZ 7,5 x 122 T25 092703 6 122 T25 7,5 100 

FFSZ 7,5 x 132 T25 092704 6 132 T25 7,5 100 

FFSZ 7,5 x 152 T25 092705 6 152 T25 7,5 100 

FFSZ 7,5 x 182 T25 092706 6 182 T25 7,5 100 

FFSZ 7,5 x 202 T25 092708 6 202 T25 7,5 100 

FFSZ 7,5 x 212 T25 092709 6 212 T25 7,5 100 



Frame fixing screw FFS - with flat head 


d o l s 


FFS 7,5 x 42 062379 6 42 T30 11,5 100 

FFS 7,5 x 52 062395 6 52 T30 11,5 100 

FFS 7,5 x 62 062396 6 62 T30 11,5 100 

FFS 7,5 x 72 061550 6 72 T30 11,5 100 

FFS 7,5 x 82 068955 6 82 T30 11,5 100 

FFS 7,5 x 92 061551 6 92 T30 11,5 100 

253




Frame fixing screw FFS - with flat head 


d o l s 


FFS 7,5 x 102 068956 6 102 T30 11,5 100 

FFS 7,5 x 112 061552 6 112 T30 11,5 100 

FFS 7,5 x 122 068957 6 122 T30 11,5 100 

FFS 7,5 x 132 061553 6 132 T30 11,5 100 

FFS 7,5 x 152 061554 6 152 T30 11,5 100 

FFS 7,5 x 182 061555 6 182 T30 11,5 100 

FFS 7,5 x 202 068958 6 202 T30 11,5 100 

FFS 7,5 x 212 061556 6 212 T30 11,5 100 

ACCESSORIES 

Cover cap FFS A 

Cap Cap height Fits Sales unit 

Item Art.-No. [Ø mm] [mm] [pcs] 

FFS A-BR dark brown 061561 15 4 FFS-flat head 100 

FFS A-W white 061560 15 4 FFS-flat head 100 

LOADS 

Frame fixing screw FFSZ and FFS 

Highest recommended loads 1) for a single anchor for multiple use for non-structural applications in concrete C20/25. 


Type 

Effective 

Recommended 

Recommended 

Min. spacing 

Min. edge distance 


tensile load 

shear load 

h ef N rec V rec s min c min 

[mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] 

FFS 7,5 20 0,9 0,4 60 30 

FFSZ 7,5 20 0,9 0,4 60 30 

FFS 7,5 40 1,9 0,6 120 30 

FFSZ 7,5 40 1,9 0,6 120 30 

1) 


254

Wall tie VB 

The stainless steel A4 joint for two-shell masonry 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The VB securely connects the facing 

masonry with the load-bearing layer. 

▪ The high quality A4 stainless steel 

connecting wire guarantees a longlasting 

fixing. 

▪ The VB is flexible and can be mounted 

on any point of the external wall. 



▪ All concrete and masonry materials 

in conjunction with the appropriate 

frame fixing. 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ Two-shell external walls (facings) 

▪ Closers and economy facings 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The VB must be used with plugs for 

anchoring in load-bearing walls. 

▪ The frame fixings SXS 10, SXR 10 

and FUR 10 have technical approvals 

for the anchoring of wall ties in concrete, 

building bricks and perforated 

sand-lime brick. 

▪ Where the distance between masonry 

shells is up to 12 cm, 5 wire anchors 

are to be used per square metre, and 

where the distance is up to 15 cm, 

7 wire anchors. An additional 3 wall 

ties per metre are to be used along all 

free edges of the outside shells. 

▪ 5 wall ties per square metre are to 

be used for mortared closers and 

economy facings. 



Cladding tie VB 

Contents 

Sales unit 


VB 050495 1) 1 wire anchor, A4 stainless steel, 1 stainless steel washer A4, 1 drip ring 50 

1) Wire: angled 265 mm, other lengths on request. 

255



The fixing for infinite adjustment of timber constructions in all 

standard solid building materials 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The combination of adjustment plug 

and spacing screw allows for universal 

usage in wooden and solid building 

materials. 

▪ The special operating principle of the 

adjustable fixing S10J and the spacing 

screw allows for infinite adjustment. 

This saves on the use of wedges 

and blocks when fixing the fixture. 

Stand-off installations 


▪ Concrete 

▪ Wood 






concrete 


APPLICATIONS 

▪ Substructures made of wooden battens 

of 20-25 mm thickness. 


FUNCTIONING 

▪ The S10J is suitable for push-through 

installation. 

▪ Once the screw has been screwed in, 

the fixture distance can be infinitely 

adjusted by modifying the rotation 

direction. 

▪ For the fixing of wood on wood, e.g. 

in the roof truss, only use adjustment 

screw JS. 

256




Adjustable fixing S 10 J 75 S 



fixings 


depth 

Anchor length 

Max. timber 

thickness 

Max. adjustment 

travel 

d o h 2 h ef l d a x 

Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

S 10 J 75 S 080710 10 115 50 75 25 30 50 



Adjustable screw JS 



fixings 


depth 

Max. timber 

thickness 

Max. adjustment 

travel 

Sales unit 

d o h 2 h ef d a x 


JS 6 x 110 080700 1) 5 50 - 110 30 25 55 50 

1) Min. drill-hole depth with push-through installation, depending on type of wood. 

Sales unit 


257



The adjustable screw for fast and infinitely adjustable 

installation of timber constructions 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The special operating principle of 

the adjustable screw JUSS allows for 

infinite adjustment. This saves on the 

use of wedges and blocks when fixing 

the fixture. 

▪ The self-drilling thread of the adjustable 

screw JUSS cuts directly into 

the wood. As such, no pre-drilling is 

required. 



▪ Wood and wooden materials or 

wooden panels 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ Substructures made of wooden battens 

of 20-25 mm thickness. 


FUNCTIONING 

▪ The JUSS is suitable for push-through 

installation. 

▪ Once the screw has been screwed in, 

the parallel thread below the screw 

head causes the fixture to initially pull 

against the substrate. The fixture distance 

can then be infinitely adjusted 

by modifying the rotation direction. 



for - bit T25 

Effect. anchoring Max. distance Screw Max. timber Drive 

Sales unit 

depth 

thickness 

h ef a d s x l s d a 

Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

JUSS 6 x 60 059040 30 30 6 x 60 20 T25 100 

JUSS 6 x 70 059041 30 40 6 x 70 25 T25 100 

JUSS 6 x 80 059042 30 50 6 x 80 25 T25 100 

JUSS 6 x 90 059043 30 60 6 x 90 25 T25 100 

JUSS 6 x 100 059044 30 70 6 x 100 25 T25 100 

JUSS 6 x 110 059045 30 80 6 x 110 25 T25 100 

JUSS 6 x 120 059046 30 90 6 x 120 25 T25 100 

JUSS 6 x 145 059047 30 115 6 x 145 25 T25 100 

258


The spacing screw for flexible positioning and alignment of 

wooden fixtures 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The coordinated threads with the 

same pitch allow for the pin-point positioning 

and alignment of the fixture, 

which can even be mounted at an 

angle to the screw. This allows for an 

exact and flexible fixing. 

▪ During the installation, the fixture is 

not pulled onto the substrate, instead 

it is brought directly to the desired 

distance and position. This allows for a 

simple and exact installation. 

▪ When combined with SX 8 and UX 8 

plugs , it can be used in almost all 

wall materials, guaranteeing a secure 

fixing. 



▪ Without plug: suitable for wooden 

materials and wooden panels 

▪ With SX or UX plugs: all concrete and 

masonry materials 

APPLICATIONS 




▪ Claddings 

▪ Substructures made of wood 


FUNCTIONING 

▪ The ASL is suitable for push-through 

installation. 

▪ Pre-drill the fixture at the desired 

angle in order to achieve the correct 

positioning and alignment. 

▪ When screwing in the screw, the 

external thread cuts into the pre-drilled 

fixture, and fixes it into the stipulated 

position. 

▪ The angled position of the screws 

(15° - 30°) allows high shear loads to 

be supported. 


259




Spacing screw ASL 

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Max. distance Screw Drive Sales unit 

depth 

d o h 1 a d s x l s 


ASL 6 x 80 059061 8 55 35 6 x 80 T25 100 

ASL 6 x 100 059062 8 55 55 6 x 100 T25 100 

ASL 6 x 120 059063 8 55 75 6 x 120 T25 100 

ASL 6 x 150 059064 8 55 105 6 x 150 T25 50 

260

Stand-off installation Thermax 8 / 10 

The thermally separated stand-off installation in external 

thermal insulation composite systems (ETICS) 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The stand-off installation allows for the 

fixture to be adjusted to the exact position 

required, whereby pressure marks 

and damage to the ETICS are avoided. 

Combining Thermax 8 and 10 with 

the universal plug UX provides a 

secure anchoring in the substrate. 




fixing. 




simple and fast installation without the 

need for any special tools. 



▪ Concrete 



concrete 





APPLICATIONS 


▪ Signs 

▪ Lighting 

▪ Letter boxes 

▪ Motion detectors 

▪ Downpipes 

▪ Lightning rods 

▪ Blind guide rails 

Signs and down pipes 

FUNCTIONING 








▪ Installation without any special tools. 

▪ The extensive range features fitting 

options with chipboard screws (4.5 

- 6 mm), sheet screws (6.3 mm) and 

metric screws (M6/8/10). 


261




Thermax 8 and 10 

Drill hole Drill hole Usable length Anchorage Cover cap-Ø Width across Chipboard / metric / Sales unit 


depth 

nut sheet metal screw 

d o h 0 t fi x h ef SW 


Thermax 8/60 M6 045685 1) 10 120 45 - 60 60 18 10 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20 

Thermax 8/80 M6 045686 1) 10 140 60 - 80 60 18 10 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20 

Thermax 8/100 M6 045687 1) 10 160 80 - 100 60 18 10 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20 

Thermax 8/120 M6 045688 1) 10 180 100 - 120 60 18 10 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20 

Thermax 8/140 M6 045689 1) 10 200 120 - 140 60 18 10 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20 

Thermax 8/160 M6 045690 1) 10 220 140 - 160 60 18 10 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20 

Thermax 8/180 M6 045691 1) 10 240 160 - 180 60 18 10 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20 

Thermax 10/100 M6 045692 1) 12 160 80 - 100 70 22 13 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20 

Thermax 10/120 M6 045693 1) 12 180 100 - 120 70 22 13 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20 

Thermax 10/140 M6 045694 1) 12 200 120 - 140 70 22 13 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20 

Thermax 10/160 M6 045695 1) 12 220 140 - 160 70 22 13 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20 

Thermax 10/180 M6 045696 1) 12 240 160 - 180 70 22 13 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20 

Thermax 10/200 M6 512605 12 260 180 - 200 70 22 13 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20 

Thermax 10/220 M6 514250 12 280 200 - 220 70 22 13 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20 

Thermax 10/240 M6 514251 12 300 220 - 240 70 22 13 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20 

Thermax 10/100 M8 045697 12 160 80 - 100 70 22 13 M8 20 

Thermax 10/120 M8 045698 12 180 100 - 120 70 22 13 M8 20 

Thermax10/140 M8 045699 12 200 120 - 140 70 22 13 M8 20 

Thermax 10/160 M8 045700 12 220 140 - 160 70 22 13 M8 20 

Thermax 10/180 M8 514252 12 240 160 - 180 70 22 13 M8 20 

Thermax 10/200 M8 514253 12 260 180 - 200 70 22 13 M8 20 

Thermax 10/220 M8 514254 12 280 200 - 220 70 22 13 M8 20 

Thermax 10/240 M8 514255 12 300 220 - 240 70 22 13 M8 20 

Thermax 10/100 M10 045702 12 160 80 - 100 70 22 13 M10 20 

Thermax 10/120 M10 045703 12 180 100 - 120 70 22 13 M10 20 

Thermax 10/140 M10 045704 12 200 120 - 140 70 22 13 M10 20 

Thermax 10/160 M10 045705 12 220 140 - 160 70 22 13 M10 20 

Thermax 10/180 M10 514256 12 240 160 - 180 70 22 13 M10 20 

Thermax 10/200 M10 514257 12 260 180 - 200 70 22 13 M10 20 

Thermax 10/220 M10 514258 12 280 200 - 220 70 22 13 M10 20 

Thermax 10/240 M10 514259 12 300 220 - 240 70 22 13 M10 20 

1) including SX 5 

LOADS 


Highest recommended tensile loads 1) for a single anchor. 

Type UX10/Thermax 8 UX12/Thermax 10 

Recommended tensile loads in the respective base material N rec 

2) 

Concrete 3) 4) ≥ C20/25 [kN] 1,00 1,00 

Solid brick 3) 4) ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,50 0,70 

Perforated sand-lime brick 3) 4) ≥ KSL 12 [kN] 0,60 0,80 

Vertically perforated brick 4) ≥ Hlz 12 [kN] 0,20 0,30 

Aerated concrete 3) 4) ≥ P 4 [kN] 0,40 0,60 

1) 


2) 

The UX-plug must be installed in the base material with full anchorage depth. The drilling method 

is to be adapted to the building material used. As different joint qualities are possible, the given 

values only apply for installation in the brick. 

3) 

The given recommended tensile loads apply for fastenings with metric screws. When using 

chipboard screws with diameter 6,0 mm they have to be reduced to 0,35 kN. 

4) 

The given recommended tensile loads apply for fastenings with metric screws. When using a 

SX 5-plug chipboard screws with diameter 4,5 - 5,5 mm they have to be reduced to 0,1 kN. 

262


LOADS 


Highest recommended shear loads 1) for a single anchor. 

Type UX10/Thermax 8 UX12/Thermax 10 

Recommended shear loads V rec 

1) 

External Thermal Insulation Composite System 2) ≤ 180 mm [kN] 0,15 0,20 

1) 2) 

Required safety factors are considered. Values are valid for an EWI made from PS- respectively PU-rigid foam panels. 


263



The approved stand-off installation with thermal barrier in 


Awnings 

VERSIONS 




Approved for: 




concrete 






Satellite dishes and air conditioning units 

APPROVALS 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ When combined with the injection 

mortars FIS V and FIS EM, the standoff 

installation is approved for high 

loads in a range of materials. This 

allows for a secure fixing. 

▪ Usage lengths of 60 to 200 mm can 

be covered with just one Thermax. 




fixing. 




simple, fast and adjustable installation 

without the need for any special tools. 

APPLICATIONS 


▪ Awnings 

▪ Canopies 

▪ French balcony railings 

▪ Brackets 

▪ Air conditioning units 

▪ Satellite dishes 

FUNCTIONING 








▪ In the case of resistant plaster (e.g. 

thick cement plaster), it is recommended 

that the Thermax cutting 

blade included is used for grinding out 

the plaster. 

▪ The sealing of the annular gap with 

the adhesive and sealant KD seals the 

façade at plaster level. 

FOR USE WITH 

264 

FIS EM mortar 

FIS V mortar 

see page 67 see page 71


INSTALLATION 


zinc-plated 

steel 

stainless 

steel 



Approval 

Contents 

Sales unit 

DIBt 

Art.-No. Art.-No. [pcs] 

Item gvz A4 

Thermax 12/110 M12 051291 — ▯ 


20 A4 washer, 20 A4 nuts, 20 perforated sleeves 20 x 130, 20 bit 

20 



10 

3 user manual 

Thermax 12/110 M12 B 051290 — ▯ 


2 A4 nuts, 2 perforated sleeves 20 x 130 , 1 bit, 1 user manual 

1 

Thermax 16/170 M12 051293 — ▯ 


20 A4 washer, 20 A4 nuts, 20 perforated sleeves 20 x 200, 1 bit, 

20 

3 applicator tip extension hoses 



10 

3 applicator tip extension hoses, 3 user manual 


Thermax 16/170 M12 B 051292 — ▯ 2 A4 nuts, 2 perforated sleeves 20 x 200, 1 bit, 1 applicator tip extension hose, 

1 user manual 

1 


265



d 0 

INSTALLATION DATA 

h ef 

Example for simple fixing 

Type 

Thermax 

M12/110 M12 (...) 

Thermax 

M16/170 M12 (...) 

t d 

t fix 

t tol t WDVS 

e 

Threaded 

rod 

M12 

M16 

Building 

material 

Ü 

Tinst 

1) further usable lengths see approval 

2) according to the approval the usable length up to 200 mm is possible 


Example for multiple fixing 

Max. fixture 

thickness 

Clamped 

thickness 


depth 

Nominal drillhole 

diameter 

Drill-hole depth Perforated 

sleeve 

Required 

resin quantity 

Installation 

torque 

t fi x e h ef d o t d T inst 

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Scale unit] [Nm] 

Concrete/ 

95 14 t 


60 - 110 

1) 

< 16 

Perforated 

2) 130 20 t 

brick 

fix + 130 mm + 5 mm 20 x 130 26 

Concrete/ 

125 18 t 


60 - 170 

1) 

< 16 

Perforated 

2) 200 20 t 

brick 

fix + 200 mm + 5 mm 20 x200 40 

20 

20 


Injection mortar FIS V 360 S, 

styrene free 

All-round adhesive gluing and 

sealing KD-290 

Approval 





KD-290 white (D) 059389 — — D 1 cartridge 290 ml 12 

KD-290 white (GB) 046915 — — GB 1 cartridge 290 ml 12 





BS ø 14 078180 16 14 1 

BS ø 16/18 078181 20 16/18 1 

266






Sales unit 


Brush set Ø14/20 mm 048980 8 - 16 1 

Brush set Ø20/30 mm 048981 16 - 30 1 

ABG big 089300 — 1 

DISPENSER 


Adapted for 

Sales unit 

Item [pcs] 

FIS DM S 511118 



1 


ACCESSORIES 

Cone drill PBB 

Centring sleeve PBZ 

Approval 


Cone drill PBB 090634 ▯ M8 - M12; FIS E 1 

Centring sleeve PBZ 090671 ▯ M8 - M12; FIS E 10 

Fits 

Sales unit 

267




LOADS 


Highest permissible loads 1) 6) for one Thermax in concrete and solid brick masonry 8) for fixing in groups 2) 


Concrete + Solid brick masonry 

Type 

Compressive 


Min. 

100 mm 5) 120 mm 5) 140 mm 5) 160 mm 5) 180 mm 5) 200 mm 5) 




f b [-] h ef 

9) 

T inst 

3) 

N perm 

3) 

V perm 

3) 

V perm 

3) 

V perm 

3) 

V perm 

3) 

V perm 

3) 




Thermax 12 25 C20/25 95 20,0 3,40 4) 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 55 55 

Thermax 16 25 C20/25 125 20,0 3,40 4) 0,85 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 65 65 


Thermax 12 12 Mz 75 20,0 1,70 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 60 

Thermax 16 12 Mz 75 20,0 1,70 0,85 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 60 


Thermax 12 12 KS 75 20,0 1,70 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 60 

Thermax 16 12 KS 75 20,0 1,70 0,85 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 60 

1) 


2) 


3) 



4) 

Corresponding to the permissible tension load of the Thermax cone. 

6) 



7) 


8) 


9) 


5) 



LOADS 


Highest permissible loads 1) 6) for one Thermax in perforated brick masonry 8) for fixing in groups 2) . 



Type 

Compressive 


Min. 

100 mm 5) 120 mm 5) 140 mm 5) 160 mm 5) 180 mm 5) 200 mm 5) 




f b [-] 

10) 

h ef,min 

9) 

T inst 

3) 4) 

N perm 

3) 4) 

V perm 

3) 4) 

V perm 

3) 4) 

V perm 

3) 4) 

V perm 

3) 4) 

V perm 

3) 4) 




Thermax 12 4 HLz 85 20,0 0,60 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 50 

Thermax 16 4 HLz 85 20,0 0,60 0,60 0,60 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 50 

Thermax 12 6 HLz 85 20,0 0,80 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 50 

Thermax 16 6 HLz 85 20,0 0,80 0,80 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 50 

Thermax 12 12 HLz 85 20,0 1,00 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 50 

Thermax 16 12 HLz 85 20,0 1,00 0,85 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 50 


Thermax 12 4 KSL 85 20,0 0,60 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 50 

Thermax 16 4 KSL 85 20,0 0,60 0,60 0,60 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 50 

Thermax 12 6 KSL 85 20,0 0,80 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 50 

Thermax 16 6 KSL 85 20,0 0,80 0,80 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 50 

Thermax 12 12 KSL 85 20,0 1,40 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 50 

Thermax 16 12 KSL 85 20,0 1,40 0,85 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 50 


Thermax 12 2 Hbl 85 20,0 0,50 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 200 

Thermax 16 2 Hbl 85 20,0 0,50 0,50 0,50 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 200 

Thermax 12 4 Hbl 85 20,0 0,80 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 200 

Thermax 16 4 Hbl 85 20,0 0,80 0,80 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 200 


Thermax 12 4 Hbn 85 20,0 0,80 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 200 

Thermax 16 4 Hbn 85 20,0 0,80 0,80 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 200 

1) 


2) 


3) 



4) 

Values are valid for rotary drilling (without hammer action). KSL must have a thickness of the 

outer web of min. 30 mm (old bricks). 

5) 


6) 



7) 


8) 


9) 


10) 

The fixed anchorage depth is corresponding with the relevant anchor sleeves FIS H..K (see 


268



ADVANTAGES 

▪ The approved fixing in stone and in 

joints from at least 50 mm facing 

masonry provides a high degree of 

flexibility and security. 

▪ Use in joints and with a low anchorage 

depth of just 50 mm allows for a 

quick and economical installation. 

▪ The small anchor rim and screw head 

allow for a surface-flush or deep-set 

installation. 

▪ The drill hole can be retrospectively 

sealed so that it is no longer visible in 

the façade. 

▪ A drip coil prevents condensate 

running into the load-bearing layer, 

thus preventing frost and corrosive 

damage. 


VERSIONS 





air layer 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ VBS-M is especially suitable for 

applications where external thermal 

insulation composite systems (ETICS) 

are installed past to the façade repair. 

▪ Retrospective repairs of two-leaf cavity 

walls in line with DIN 1053-1 and EN 

845/846 as well as economy facings 

with DIN 18515. 

APPROVALS 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The remedial wall tie VBS-M is set in 

the load-bearing layer and into facing 

masonry using push-through installation. 

▪ In accordance with the approval, no 

drill hole cleaning is required. 

▪ The two expansion zones in the 

load-bearing layer and in the facing 

masonry ensure a secure fixation. 

▪ The plug doesn‘t fix into the facing 

masonry until the head grips into the 

load-bearing layer. This ensures the 

very best installation safety. 


269




zinc-plated 

steel 

stainless 

steel 


Max. shell 

distance at 

115 mm facing 

masonry, 

flush 

installation 

Max. shell 

distance at 

115 mm facing 

masonry, 

20 mm sunk 

installation 


+ cavity 

Drill diameter Drill hole depth 

Effect. 

anchoring 

depth 

Anchor length 

t fi x d 0 h 0 h ef l 

Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

Item gvz A4 

VBS-M 8 x 120 514243 — 20* — 70 8 140 50 120 100 

VBS-M 8 x 120 — 514236 20 — 70 8 140 50 120 100 

VBS-M 8 x 185 514244 514237 20 40 135 8 205 50 185 100 

VBS-M 8 x 205 514245 — 40 40 155 8 225 50 205 100 

VBS-M 8 x 205 — 514238 40 60 155 8 225 50 205 100 

VBS-M 8 x 225 514246 — 60 80 175 8 245 50 225 100 

VBS-M 8 x 225 — 514239 40 60 175 8 245 50 225 100 

VBS-M 8 x 245 514247 — 60 100 195 8 265 50 245 100 

VBS-M 8 x 245 — 514240 80 100 195 8 265 50 245 100 

VBS-M 8 x 265 514248 — 100 120 215 8 285 50 265 100 

VBS-M 8 x 265 — 514241 100 100 215 8 285 50 265 100 

VBS-M 8 x 285 514249 — 100 140 235 8 305 50 285 100 

VBS-M 8 x 285 — 514242 120 140 235 8 305 50 285 100 

* Max. 20 mm mortar layer in the case of 50 mm thick economy facing. 

The drill hole depth is to be adapted accordingly in the case of sunk installation of the anchor. 

Sales unit 

ACCESSORIES / DRILLS 

SDS Plus IV 8/100/400 Masonry drill bit 8/100/400 

SDS Plus II Pointer 8/400/460 

Description 

Sales unit 


SDS PLUS IV 8/100/400 517689 fischer Quattric drill bit with SDS fixture and short flute for drilling in concrete 1 

Masonry drill bit 8/100/400 517690 

fischer masonry drill bit with SDS fixture and short flute, ground sharp, for rotary 

drilling in perforated brick and in the bed joint 

1 

SDS Plus II 8/400/460 503936 fischer hammer drill bit for drilling in concrete and in the facing brick 1 

ACCESSORIES / BITS 

FPB TX 15/5 long 

Star recess TX 

Description 

Sales unit 


FPB TX 15/5 long 517693 

fischer Profi-Bit long, which can be extended to 50 mm bit, allows for deep setting in stone and in 

the bed joint 

5 

FPB TX25/10 507728 fischer Profi-Bit 10 

270


The professional façade repair for two-leaf cavity walls 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The expansion-force-free fixing prevents 

splitting and cracks. This means 

that VBS 8 can be used even in old 

and sensitive masonry. 

▪ The drill bit diameter of just 8 mm 

means that a minimal amount of mortar 

is required for each fixing point. 

Thus VBS 8 is particularly economical. 

▪ The installation is approved anywhere 

along the entire bed joint, thus ensuring 

a high level of installation safety. 

▪ The grey colour of the injection mortar 

is similar to the colour of the bed joint. 

This means that the fixing is almost 

invisible to the eye. 

Repairing outer leafs 

VERSION 




air layer 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ Post-installation needling of two-leaf 

cavity walls in line with DIN 1053-1 

Detail: Repairing outer leafs 

APPROVALS 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The remedial wall tie VBS 8 comprises 

a perforated plastic sleeve and a profiled 

A4 stainless steel tie Ø 4 mm. 

▪ VBS 8 is used together with the injection 

mortar FIS V. 

▪ The anchor is inserted in the bed joint 

of the outer leaf using push-through 

installation. 


FOR USE WITH 

FIS V mortar 

see page 71 

271



INSTALLATION 



Approval 

Remedial wall tie VBS 

Layer resp. 

insulation 

Drill hole 

diameter 

Outer leaf 

Drill depth 

= mounting 

depth 

Fixing length 

Anchorage 

depth 

Fill quantity 

FIS V bearing 

wall 

Sales unit 

d o h o = h s l h ef 

Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs] 

Item 

A4 

VBS 8/20 078763 1) 2) ▯ 0 - 20 8 ≥ 90 195 150 >60 3 100 

VBS 8/50 078799 1) 2) ▯ 20 - 50 8 ≥ 90 225 180 >60 3 100 

VBS 8/80 078800 1) 2) ▯ 50 - 80 8 ≥ 90 255 210 >60 3 100 

VBS 8/120 078801 1) 2) ▯ 80 - 120 8 ≥ 90 295 250 >60 4 100 

VBS 8/150 078802 1) 2) ▯ 120 - 150 8 ≥ 90 325 280 >60 4 100 

1) Product consisting of perforated plastic sleeve, profiled wire A4 and injection nozzle. 

2) For the closing of the curtain walling about 2-3 additional scale units of mortar FISV are required. 

ACCESSORIES 

Compressed-air cleaning gun Hammer drill SDS-Plus Pointer, DIN 8039 

Sales unit 


VBS 8 cleaning set 090241 content: cleaning brush and extension tube for blow-out pump 1 

Compressed-air cleaning gun 093286 for professional cleaning of the drill hole 1 

SDS-Plus Pointer 8,0 / 460 mm 074330 Hammer drill with self-centring drill bit and relief-ground drill grooving 1 

272

fischer remedial wall tie VBS 

The quick façade repair for two-leaf cavity walls. 



The approved stand-off installation with thermal separation in 


273


274



▪ Universal plug UX ......................................................................................................... 

▪ Expansion plug SX ....................................................................................................... 

▪ Expansion plug S .......................................................................................................... 

▪ Metal expansion anchor FMD.................................................................................. 

▪ Expansion plug M-S ..................................................................................................... 

▪ Anchor M ......................................................................................................................... 

▪ Brass fixing MS .............................................................................................................. 

▪ Aircrete anchor GB ....................................................................................................... 

▪ Turbo aircrete anchor FTP K ..................................................................................... 

▪ Turbo aircrete anchor FTP M .................................................................................... 

▪ Brass fixing PA 4 ........................................................................................................... 

▪ Balcony cladding fixing P9K ..................................................................................... 

▪ Stair-tread fixing TB / TBB......................................................................................... 

▪ Repair pad FIX.it ............................................................................................................ 

▪ Doorstop TS .................................................................................................................... 

277 

280 

283 

286 

288 

290 

292 

294 

296 

298 

300 

302 

304 

305 

306 

275


Range of general fixings 

Expansion- and universal 

plugs 


The nylon plug for all building materials 

Page 277 

Plugs for metric screws 


The expansion plug for metric screws 

and threaded bolts 

Page 288 


The powerful nylon plug 

with 4-way expansion 

Page 280 

Anchor M 

The powerful nylon expansion anchor 

with brass cone for metric threads 

Page 290 


The installation-friendly nylon plug 

with 2-way expansion 

Page 283 


The brass expansion fixing 

with metric thread 

Page 292 


The metal anchor for wood 

and chipboard screws 

Page 286 

Special applications 

Plugs for aerated concrete 


Approved safety in aerated concrete 


The versatile plastic anchor 

for aerated concrete 

Page 294 

Page 296 


The metal anchor for metric screws 

for aerated concrete 

Page 

298 


The brass fixing 

for thin board building materials 


For the rear-ventilated stand-off fastening 

of balcony cladding to hollow profiles 


To fix wooden step treads in 

concrete and steel sub-structures 

Doorstop TS 

The installation-friendly doorstop 

Page 300 

Page 302 

Page 304 

Page 306 


To remedy over-sized or damaged drill holes 

Page 305 

276


The nylon plug for all building materials 


Mirror fixings 

Sanitary installations 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The universal operating principle 

(knotting or expanding) allows for use 

in all solid, hollow and board building 

materials. Thus the UX is the correct 

choice for unknown base materials. 

▪ The UX‘s angled connection ridges 

allow for optimum screw guidance. 

Serrated anti-rotation locks prevent 

rotation in the drill hole. This guarantees 

the greatest possible installation 

safety. 

▪ Fixing sets with screws, eye screws 

and hooks provide the right solution 

for all applications. 


▪ Concrete 

▪ Gypsum plasterboard and gypsum 

fibreboards 



concrete 


etc. 





▪ Chipboard 



concrete 


APPLICATIONS 

▪ Pictures 

▪ Lighting 

▪ Skirting 

▪ Wall cabinets 

▪ Towel rails 

▪ Mirror cabinets 

▪ Curtain rails 

▪ Wash basin fixings 

▪ TV consoles 

▪ Plumbing and heating fixings 


FUNCTIONING 

▪ The UX with rim is suitable for prepositioned 

installation; the UX without 

rim is suitable for push-through installation. 

▪ Turning in the screw causes the UX to 

expand in the solid building material 

and to knot within the cavity. 

▪ The required screw length is given by 

the plug length + fixture thickness + 

1 x screw diameter. 

▪ Suitable for wood and chipboard 

screws, as well as stud screws. 

▪ In the case of board building materials, 

the threadless part of the screw must 

not be longer than the fixture, and the 

UX with rim is to be used. 

▪ The edge distance must be at least 

one plug length. 

277




UX - without rim 

UX R - with rim 

UX R S - with rim and screw 

without rim with rim with rim and Drill hole Min. drill hole Min. panel Anchor length Wood and chipboard 

Max. fixture Sales unit 

screw diameter depth thickness 

screws thickness 

d o h 1 d p l d s / d s x l s t fi x 

Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

Item UX UX R UX R S 

UX 5 x 30 094721 094722 — 5 40 9,5 30 3 - 4 — 100 

UX 6 x 35 062754 062756 — 6 45 9,5 35 4 - 5 — 100 

UX 6 x 35 — — 094758 6 60 9,5 35 4,5 x 60 20 25 

UX 6 x 50 072094 072095 — 6 60 9,5 50 4 - 5 — 100 

UX 6 x 50 — — 094759 6 75 9,5 50 4,5 x 75 20 25 

UX 8 x 40 — 505483 — 8 50 9,5 40 4,5 - 6 — 100 

UX 8 x 50 077869 077870 — 8 60 9,5 50 4,5 - 6 — 100 

UX 8 x 50 — — 094762 8 70 9,5 50 5 x 70 15 25 

UX 8 x 50 — — 094760 8 80 9,5 50 5 x 80 25 25 

UX 10 x 60 077871 077872 — 10 75 12,5 60 6 - 8 — 50 

UX 10 x 60 — — 094761 10 85 12,5 60 6 x 85 20 10 

UX 12 x 70 062758 — — 12 85 — 70 8 - 10 — 25 

UX 14 x 75 062757 — — 14 95 — 75 10 - 12 — 20 


UX RH - with rim and round hook 

UX WH - with rim and angle hook 

UX RH N - with rim and round hook 

(white coated) 

UX WH N - with rim and angle hook 


UX OH N - with rim and eyebolt 


with rim and with round with rim and with angle with eyebolt Drill hole Min. drill hole Min. panel Anchor length Dimension of Sales unit 

round hook hook (white angle hook hook (white (white diameter depth thickness 

hook screw 

coated) 

coated) coated) d o h 1 d p l d s x l s 

Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Ø mm] [pcs] 

Item RH RH N WH WH N OH N 

UX 6 x 35 094407 — — — — 6 45 9,5 35 4,5 x 67 25 

UX 6 x 35 — — 094408 — — 6 45 9,5 35 4,5 x 51 25 

UX 8 x 50 094409 094412 — — 094414 8 60 9,5 50 5,5 x 87 25 

UX 8 x 50 — — 094410 094413 — 8 60 9,5 50 5,5 x 70 25 

278



UX in bucket 

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Min. panel Fixing length Wood and chipboard 

Sales unit 

depth 

thickness 

screws 

d o h 1 d p l d s / d s x l s 


UX 6 x 35 R in bucket 508027 6 45 9,5 35 4 - 5 2500 

UX 8 x 50 R in bucket 508028 8 60 9,5 50 4,5 - 6 1000 

UX 10 x 60 R in bucket 508029 10 75 12,5 60 6 - 8 600 



Assortment box UX / SX 

Box UX / SX-S 

Contents 

Sales unit 


Box UX 6/8/10 093182 100 plugs UX 6 x 35, 70 plugs UX 8 x 50, 20 plugs UX 10 x 60 1 

Box UX-R 6/8/10 093819 100 plugs UX 6 x 35 R, 70 plugs UX 8 x 50 R, 20 plugs UX 10 x 60 R 1 

Box UX / SX-S 093181 

50 plugs UX 6 x 35, 50 screws 4,5 x 50, 50 plugs SX 6 x 30, 50 screws 4,5 x 45, 

25 plugs UX 8 x 50, 25 screws 5 x 65, 25 plugs SX 8 x 40, 25 screws 5 x 50 

1 

Assortment box UX / SX 040991 

60 plugs SX 6 x 30, 50 plugs SX 8 x 40, 20 plugs SX 10 x 50, 60 plugs UX 5 x 30 R, 

40 plugs UX 6 x 50 R, 50 plugs UX 8 x 50 R, 10 plugs UX 10 x 60 R 

1 

LOADS 




Type UX5 UX6 UX6 x 50 UX8 UX10 UX12 UX14 

Screw diameter Ø [mm] 4 5 5 6 8 10 12 


2) 

Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,30 0,40 0,60 0,60 1,00 1,50 1,80 

Solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,20 0,20 0,30 0,30 0,50 0,70 0,80 

Hollow sand lime stone ≥ KSL 12 [kN] 0,30 0,40 0,40 0,50 0,60 0,80 0,80 

Vertically perforated brick ≥ Hlz 12 [kN] 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,30 0,40 

Aerated concrete ≥PB4, PP4 (G4) [kN] 0,15 0,20 0,20 0,30 0,40 0,60 0,70 

Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,10 0,10 0,10 0,10 0,10 - - 

Gypsum plasterboard 25 mm [kN] 0,10 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,15 - - 

Gypsum fibreboard (Fermacell) [kN] 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,25 - - 

Plaster wall ≥0,9 kg/dm³ [kN] - - - 0,15 0,35 0,45 0,50 

1) 


2) 


LOADS 

Universal plug UX with hook screws respective eye screws 

Highest recommended loads 1) for a single anchor. The given loads are valid for the included hook screws respective eye screws. 

Type UX6 RH UX6 WH UX8 RH UX8 WH UX8 OE 

2) 


Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,25 0,30 0,40 0,45 0,40 

Vertically perforated brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20 

Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,05 0,05 0,05 0,05 0,05 

1) 

Includes the safety factor 4 (failure by bending the hook). 

2) 


279



The powerful nylon plug with 4-way expansion 

Wall consoles 


ADVANTAGES 

▪ The 4-way expansion provides the 

optimum force distribution in the 

material, and offers high load-bearing 

capacities in solid and hollow building 

materials. 

▪ The expansion-free plug neck prevents 

the creation of expansion forces on 

the material surface whilst screwing in 

the screw. This helps to prevent damage 

to tiles and plaster. 

▪ The pronounced rim prevents the plug 

from slipping into the drill hole, thus 

allowing for a simple installation. 

▪ The greater anchorage depth of the 

SX 6x50, 8x65 and 10x80 means 

that the plug is especially suited to 

fixings in hollow building materials, 

aerated concrete and to bridge plaster. 


▪ Concrete 



concrete 


etc. 







concrete 


APPLICATIONS 

▪ Lighting 

▪ Wall cabinets 

▪ Wardrobes 

▪ Letterboxes 


▪ Trellis 

▪ Folding shutters 

▪ Handrails 

▪ Light wells 

▪ Bath and toilet installations 


FUNCTIONING 

▪ The SX is suitable for pre-positioned 


▪ When turning in the screw, the SX 

expands in four directions, thus providing 

a secure anchoring in the building 

material. 

▪ The required screw length is given 

by: Plug length + fixture thickness + 


▪ Suitable for wood, chipboard and 

spacing screws (fischer ASL, see page 

259). 

280



Plug SX with rim 

Plug SX - with greater anchorage depth, 

without rim 


Plug SX with rim and screw 

with rim 

with greater 

anchorage 

depth, 

without rim 

with rim and 

screw 

Drill hole 

diameter 


depth 

Anchor length 

Max. fixture 

thickness 

Wood and chipboard 

screws 

d o h 1 l t fi x d s / d s x l s 

Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

Item SX SX SX-S 

SX 4 x 20 070004 — — 4 25 20 — 2 - 3 200 

SX 5 x 25 070005 — — 5 35 25 — 3 - 4 100 

SX 6 x 30 070006 — — 6 40 30 — 4 - 5 100 

SX 6 x 30 — — 070021 6 40 30 10 4,5 x 40 50 

SX 6 x 50 078185 024827 — 6 60 50 — 4 - 5 100 

SX 8 x 40 070008 — — 8 50 40 — 4,5 - 6 100 

SX 8 x 40 — — 070022 8 50 40 20 5 x 60 50 

SX 8 x 65 — 024828 — 8 75 65 — 4,5 - 6 50 

SX 10 x 50 070010 — — 10 70 50 — 6 - 8 50 

SX 10 x 80 — 024829 — 10 95 80 — 6 - 8 25 

SX 12 x 60 070012 — — 12 80 60 — 8 - 10 25 

SX 14 x 70 070014 — — 14 90 70 — 10 - 12 20 

SX 16 x 80 070016 — — 16 100 80 — 12 (1/2") 10 


Sales unit 

SX in bucket 

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Max. fixture Wood and chipboard 

Sales unit 

depth 

thickness 

screws 

d o h 1 l t fi x d s 


SX 6 in bucket 507900 6 40 30 — 4 - 5 3200 

SX 8 in bucket 507904 8 50 40 — 4,5 - 5 1200 

SX 10 in bucket 507909 10 70 50 — 6 - 8 720 

281




Box SX 5/6/8 Box SX 6/8/10 transparent Box UX / SX-S Assortment box UX / SX 

Contents 

Sales unit 


Box SX 5/6/8 030191 100 plugs SX 5 x 25, 100 plugs SX 6 x 30, 100 plugs SX 8 x 40 1 

Box SX 6/8/10 transparent 041648 60 plugs SX 6 x 30, 60 plugs SX 8 x 40, 12 plugs SX 10 x 50 1 

Box UX / SX-S 093181 

50 plugs UX 6 x 35, 50 screws 4,5 x 50, 50 plugs SX 6 x 30, 50 screws 4,5 x 45, 

25 plugs UX 8 x 50, 25 screws 5 x 65, 25 plugs SX 8 x 40, 25 screws 5 x 50 

1 

Assortment box UX / SX 040991 

60 plugs SX 6 x 30, 50 plugs SX 8 x 40, 20 plugs SX 10 x 50, 60 plugs UX 5 x 30 R, 

40 plugs UX 6 x 50 R, 50 plugs UX 8 x 50 R, 10 plugs UX 10 x 60 R 

1 

LOADS 

Plug SX 



Type SX 4 x 20 SX 5 x 25 SX 6 x 30 

SX 6 x 50 

SX 8 x 40 

SX 8 x 65 

SX 10 x 50 SX 10 x 80 SX 12 x 60 SX 14 x 70 SX 16 x 80 

Screw diameter Ø [mm] 3 4 5 6 8 8 10 12 12 

Min. edge distance in concrete c min [mm] - - 35 40 50 50 65 100 120 

2) 


Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,16 0,30 0,65 0,70 1,20 1,20 1,70 2,00 2,60 

Solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,11 0,25 0,30 0,60 0,65 1,20 0,70 0,80 0,90 

Solid sand lime stone ≥ KS 12 [kN] 0,17 0,30 0,50 0,60 1,20 1,20 1,70 2,00 2,60 

Aerated concrete ≥ PB2, PP2 (G2) [kN] 0,03 0,03 0,03 0,04 0,09 0,20 0,14 0,30 0,40 

Aerated concrete ≥PB4, PP4 (G4) [kN] 0,07 0,09 0,09 0,14 0,30 0,60 0,45 0,50 0,60 

Vertically perforated bricks≥ Hlz 12 ( ≥ 1.0 kg/dm³) [kN] 0,13 0,07 0,07 0,17 0,17 0,50 0,26 0,40 0,60 

Perforated sand-lime brick ≥ KSL 12 [kN] 0,15 0,17 0,30 0,35 0,30 0,80 0,35 0,30 0,40 

Plaster wall [kN] - - - 0,26 0,37 - 1,00 1,00 - 

1) 


2) 


282


The installation-friendly nylon plug with 2-way expansion 


Small shelves 

Signs 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The rimless plug sleeve allows for the 

plug to be set as deep as required 

below the plaster to the bearing 

substrate to achieve the maximum 

load-bearing capacity. 

▪ As the plug only expands in two directions, 

it is possible to direct the expansion 

forces so that they run parallel 

to the edge of the building material 

by turning the plug. This allows for 

smaller edge distances. 

▪ The slimline plug geometry makes 

it easy to push the plug into the drill 

hole. For a fast and simple installation. 

▪ The anti-rotation lock prevents the 

plug rotating in the drill hole, thus 

guaranteeing a high level of installation 

safety. 


▪ Concrete 




concrete 


APPLICATIONS 

▪ Pictures 

▪ Lighting 

▪ Skirting 

▪ Shelves 



▪ Motion sensors 

▪ Information boards 


▪ Electrical installations 


FUNCTIONING 

▪ The S plug is suitable for pre-positioned 


▪ When turning in the screw, the S plug 

expands in two directions, thus providing 


material. 

▪ The required screw length is given 

by the plug length + plaster and/or 

insulation material thickness + fixture 

thickness + 1 x screw diameter. 


screws. 

▪ The edge distance must be at least 

one plug length. 

▪ For installations close to the edge, turn 

the plug so that the expansion force 

acts parallel to the edge. 

283




Plug S 

Drill hole Anchor length Min. drill hole Wood and chipboard 

Sales unit 

diameter 

depth 

screws 

d o l h 1 d s 


Item Standard Doublepack 

S 4 050104 — 4 20 25 2 - 3 200 

S 5 050105 — 5 25 35 3 - 4 100 

S 5 — 050124 5 25 35 3 - 4 200 

S 6 050106 — 6 30 40 4 - 5 100 

S 6 — 050125 6 30 40 4 - 5 200 

S 8 050108 — 8 40 55 4,5 - 5 100 

S 8 — 050126 8 40 55 4,5 - 5 200 

S 10 050110 — 10 50 70 6 - 8 50 

S 10 — 050127 10 50 70 6 - 8 100 

S 12 050112 — 12 60 80 8 - 10 25 

S 14 050114 — 14 75 90 10 - 12 20 

S 16 050116 — 16 80 100 12 (1/2") 10 

S 20 050120 — 20 90 120 16 5 


SX in bucket 



depth 

Anchor length 

Wood and chipboard 

screws 

Sales unit 

d o h 1 l d s 


S 6 in bucket 508024 6 40 30 4 - 5 3200 

S 8 in bucket 508025 8 55 40 4,5 - 5 1400 

S 10 in bucket 508026 8 70 50 6 - 8 720 

284



Stacking box ST 

fischerbox 


Contents 

Sales unit 


ST 1 S8 S 060510 34 plugs S 8, 34 countersunk wood screws SH 5 x 45 1 

ST 1 S6 S 060509 50 plugs S 6, 50 countersunk wood screws SH 4,5 x 60 1 

ST 1 S6/8 060499 50 plugs S 6, 30 plugs S 8 1 

Box S 5.6.8 060513 100 plugs S 5, 100 plugs S 6, 100 plugs S8 1 

Box S 6.8.10 060515 100 plugs S 6, 100 plugs S 8, 25 plugs S 10 1 

Box empty 060500 — 1 

LOADS 

S-Plug 



Type S4 S5 S6 S8 S10 S12 S14 S16 S20 

Screw diameter Ø [mm] 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 12 16 

Min. edge distance in concrete c min [mm] 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 80 100 

2) 


Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,16 0,28 0,40 0,60 1,10 1,50 1,85 2,26 3,88 

Solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,14 0,24 0,28 0,50 - 3) - 3) - 3) - 3) - 3) 

Solid sand-lime brick ≥ KS 12 [kN] 0,14 0,24 0,28 0,55 - 3) - 3) - 3) - 3) - 3) 

Aerated concrete ≥ PB4, PP4 (G4) [kN] - - 0,05 0,07 0,16 0,28 0,40 - 3) - 3) 

Plaster wall [kN] - - - 0,15 0,23 0,37 0,60 - 3) - 3) 

1) 


2) 


3) 

Due to that the failure of the substrate varies too much no reproducible values can be given. 

285



The metal anchor for wood and chipboard screws 

Pipe fixings 

Gas meters 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The metal expansion anchor FMD is 

especially suited to applications in 

installation technology. 

▪ The external teeth expand in the 

building material, thus ensuring a high 


▪ The ribbed internal geometry of the 

FMD is suitable for wood and chipboard 

screws, and makes it possible to 

guide the screw securely. This offers 

increased installation safety, and enables 

a broad range of applications. 


▪ Concrete 



concrete 


etc. 






concrete 


APPLICATIONS 

▪ Gas pipes 

▪ Water pipes 


FUNCTIONING 

▪ The FMD is suitable for pre-positioned 

installation. 

▪ Inserting the screw causes the FMD 

to expand, and the metal teeth fix 

the anchor securely in the building 

material. 

▪ The required (stud) screw length is 

given by: Anchor length + plaster 

and/or insulation layer thickness + 

fixture thickness or installation spacing 

+ 1 x screw diameter. 


screws. 

▪ The drill diameter is relative to the 

compressive strength of the building 

material. The higher the compressive 

strength, the greater the drill diameter. 

The 6x32 and 8x38 sizes can be 

hammered directly into low-strength 

aerated concrete without the need for 

pre-drilling. 

286



Metal expansion fixing FMD 




depth 

Anchor length Screw diameter Sales unit 

d o h 1 l d s 


FMD 6 x 32 061224 1) 7 - 9 38 32 5 - 6 100 

FMD 8 x 38 061225 1) 10 - 12 46 38 6 - 8 100 

FMD 8 x 60 061226 1) 10 - 12 68 60 6 - 8 50 

FMD 10 x 60 061209 1) 12 - 14 68 60 8 - 10 50 

1) The drill diameter is relative to the substrate compressive strength. Generally, the higher the compressive strength, the greater the drill diameter. 

Details see table "Recommended drill hole diameter". 

RECOMMENDED DRILL HOLE DIAMETER [mm] 

Type FMD 6 x 32 FMD 8 x 38 FMD 8 x 60 FMD 10 x 60 

C 20/25 7 10 12 14 

PB4 6 10 10 12 

HLZ 12 7 10 10 12 

LOADS 

Metal expansion fixing FMD 


The given loads are valid for wood screws with maximum diameter. 

Type FMD 8 x 38 FMD 8 x 60 FMD 10 x 60 

Screw diameter Ø [mm] 6-8 6-8 8-10 


2) 

Aerated concrete ≥ PB2, PP2 (G2) [kN] 0,20 0,30 0,40 


1) 


2) 


287



The expansion plug for metric screws and threaded bolts 

Downpipes 

Folding shutters 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The internal geometry of the M-S 

allows for the use of standard metric 

screws or threaded rods for the ideal 

adaptation to suit the intended use. 

▪ The rimless plug sleeve allows for the 

plug to be set as deep as required 

below the plaster to the bearing 

substrate to achieve the maximum 


▪ As the plug only expands in two directions, 

it is possible to direct the expansion 

forces so that they run parallel 

to the edge of the building material 

by turning the plug. This allows for 

smaller edge distances. 

▪ The slimline plug geometry makes 

it easy to push the plug into the drill 

hole, for a fast and simple installation. 


▪ Concrete 


etc. 




concrete 


APPLICATIONS 

▪ Handrails 

▪ Folding shutters 

▪ Trellis 

▪ Downpipes 

▪ Stand-off installation 

▪ Light wells 


FUNCTIONING 

▪ The M-S is suitable for pre-positioned 


▪ When turning in the screw, the M-S 

expands in two directions, thus providing 


material. 

▪ The required screw length is given by: 

Plug length + plaster and/or insulation 

layer thickness + fixture thickness + 


▪ Suitable for metric screws and 

threaded bolts. 

▪ Chamfer the thread to make it easier 

to screw in screws and threaded rods. 

▪ The beige colouring of the M-S allows 

it to be differentiated from the S plug. 

288



Anchor M-S for metric screws 

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Thread Sales unit 

depth 

d o h 1 l M 

Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

M 6 S 050152 8 55 40 M 6 100 

M 8 S 050153 10 70 50 M 8 50 

M 10 S 050154 14 90 70 M 10 20 

M 12 S 050155 16 100 80 M 12 10 


LOADS 

Anchor M-S 


The given loads are valid for machine screws with the specified thread size. 

Type M 6 S M 8 S M 10 S M 12 S 

Thread size [M] M6 M8 M10 M12 

2) 


Concrete C20/25 [kN] 0,30 0,54 0,66 1,06 

Solid brick Mz 12 [kN] 0,24 0,33 0,46 0,79 

Solid sand-lime brick KS 12 [kN] 0,24 0,33 0,43 0,71 

1) 


2) 


289

Anchor M 


The powerful nylon expansion anchor with brass cone for 

metric threads 


Protective grilles 


▪ Concrete 



ADVANTAGES 

▪ The anchor‘s large external diameter 

helps to achieve a large applied load 

in the building material. This allows for 

maximum load-bearing capacity. 

▪ The anchor‘s high expansion makes it 

insensitive to building material tolerances. 

This guarantees a simple and 

secure installation. 

▪ The internal thread allows for the use 

of standard metric screws or threaded 

rods, and for surface flush removal and 

reuse of the fixing point. This provides 

great flexibility. 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ Machines 

▪ Protective grilles 

▪ Control boxes 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The M anchor is suitable for pre-positioned 

installation. 

▪ Turning in the screw causes the 

internal brass cone to expand the M 

anchor, thus reliably anchoring it in the 


▪ The required screw length is given by 

anchor length + fixture thickness. 



290

Anchor M 


Anchor M for metric screws 



depth 

Anchor length Thread Max. installation 

torque 

Sales unit 

d o h 1 l M T inst 

Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [pcs] 

M 5 050505 1) 10 45 35 M 5 4 50 

M 6 050506 1) 12 50 40 M 6 7 50 

M 8 050508 1) 16 65 50 M 8 16 20 

M 10 050510 1) 20 80 60 M 10 32 10 

M 12 050512 1) 24 90 65 M 12 54 5 

1) The given torque values apply to screws of strength class ≥ 5.8. 


LOADS 

Anchor M 



Type M 5 M 6 M 8 M 10 M 12 

Thread size [mm] M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 

2) 


Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 1,10 1,80 2,60 4,40 5,00 

1) 


2) 


291



The brass expansion fixing with metric thread 

Protective wall panels 

Handrails 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The compact design of the brass 

fixing reduces the amount of drilling 

required, helping to ensure a fast 

installation. 

▪ The special surface structure of the 

MS prevents the fixing from rotating in 

the drill hole. This provides increased 

installation safety. 


of standard metric screws or threaded 

rods, and for surface flush removal and 

reuse of the fixing point. This provides 



▪ Concrete 




APPLICATIONS 

▪ Cellar shelves 

▪ Sub-structures made of wood and 

metal 

▪ Boilers 

▪ Aggregates 

▪ Control boxes 

▪ Protective wall panels 

▪ Handrails 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The MS brass fixing is suitable for 

pre-positioned and push-through 

installation. 

▪ Turning in the metric screw causes 

the front part of the brass fixing to 

expand, thus securely anchoring it in 

the substrate. 

▪ Calculating screw length for flush fixing 

installation: Fixing length + fixture 

thickness = min. screw length. 



▪ The brass fixing may have to be 

expanded slightly before installation 

by turning in the threaded screw. 

292



Brass fixing MS for metric screws 


Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Internal thread Bolt penetration Sales unit 

depth 

d o h 1 l M s 


MS 4 x 15 026424 5 20 15 M 4 15 100 

MS 5 x 18 026425 6 25 18 M 5 18 100 

MS 6 x 22 078660 8 27 22 M 6 22 100 

MS 8 x 28 078981 10 35 28 M 8 28 50 

MS 10 x 32 078661 12 39 32 M 10 32 25 

MS 12 x 37 078662 15 46 37 M 12 37 10 

MS 16 x 43 078663 20 50 43 M 16 43 10 

LOADS 




Type MS 4 x15 MS 5 x 18 MS 6 x 22 MS 8 x 28 MS 10 x 32 MS 12 x 37 MS 16 x 43 

Thread size [M] M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 

2) 


Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,25 0,40 0,65 1,10 1,60 2,20 3,30 

Solid brickwork [kN] 0,20 0,35 0,55 0,90 1,30 1,60 2,30 

1) 


2) 


293



Approved safety in aerated concrete 

Pipes 



Approved for: 

▪ Aerated concrete with compressive 

strength 2 to 4 N/mm 2 

▪ Aerated concrete wall or ceiling 

boards with compressive strength 3.3 

to 4.4 N/mm 2 

APPROVAL / CHARACTERISTICS 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The general building approval guarantees 

approved safety for use in safetyrelevant 

applications. 

▪ The spiral-shaped outer ribs cut a 

positive fit in the soft building material, 

thus ensuring the best pressure distribution 

and load-bearing capacity. 

▪ Can be applied with a hammer - there 

is no need for special tools, thus saving 

time and money for the installation. 

▪ The GB can also be used safely outside 

(e.g. in façade installation) when 

combined with the approved fischer 

safety screw in A4. 

APPLICATIONS 



▪ Pipelines 


▪ Façade and roof constructions made 


▪ Awning consoles 

▪ Letterboxes 

▪ Trellis 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The GB is suitable for pre-positioned 

installation. 

▪ The spiral-shaped outer ribs ensure a 

positive fit connection between the 

building material and anchor. 

▪ The required screw length is given by: 

Anchor length + fixture thickness + 


▪ The GB must be used with fischer 

safety screws to fulfil the approval and 

to achieve the maximum load-bearing 

capacity. 

▪ GB 14 is approved for use in cracked 

aerated concrete. 

▪ Use rotary drilling to create the drill 

hole 

▪ Can be used in unplastered aerated 

concrete 

294




Approval 

Drill hole 

diameter 


depth 

Plug length = 

min. anchoring 

depth 

fischer safety 

screw 

Sales unit 

DIBt d o h 1 l = h ef d s 


GB 8 050491 ▯ 8 60 50 5 25 

GB 10 050492 ▯ 10 65 55 7 20 

GB 14 050493 ▯ 14 90 75 10 10 


Fixing type 

Usable length 

Screw dimension * Zink plated and 

t fi x passivated steel 6.8 

Screw material 

Stainless steel of the 

corrosion resistance classe III, 

e.g. A4 

[mm] 

[mm] 

 

min. 

max. Ø x l s Art.-No. 

Art.-No. 

Art.-No. 

Art.-No. 

GB 8 5 30 5 x 85 089230 1) 089240 1) 

GB 10 0 3 7 x 65 080404 080260 

5 23 7 x 85 089170 080405 089244 080261 

25 43 7 x 105 089172 

40 58 7 x 120 089174 080407 

60 78 7 x 140 089176 080408 

85 103 7 x 165 089178 

GB 14 0 10 10 x 95 080412 080266 

0 20 10 x 105 089186 080413 080271 

35 55 10 x 140 089188 080415 

60 80 10 x 165 089190 080416 

1) 

FISCHER SAFETY SCREW FOR GB 

Cross drive recess Z * Further sizes on request 

LOADS 


Highest permissible loads 1) for a single anchor in aerated concrete. 

The given loads are valid for fischer- safety screws 4) acc. attached table. 


Type GB 8 GB10 GB14 

Min. spacing 7) s min [mm] 100 100 100 

Min. edge distance 2) c min [mm] 100 150 200 

Min. edge distance to solidified joints 6) c min [mm] 9 10 12 

min. member thickness h min [mm] 75 100 200 5) 

Anchorage depth h ef [mm] 50 55 75 

3) 

Permissible load in the respective base material F perm 


Aerated concrete ≥ P3,3 (GB3,3) [kN] 0,30 0,50 0,80 

Aerated concrete ≥ P4,4 (GB4,4) [kN] 0,40 0,60 0,90 

Tensile zone of aerated concrete roof- and ceiling slaps acc. DIN 4223 ≥ P3,3 (GB3,3) [kN] - - 0,30 

1) 


2) 

Minimum permissible edge distance. 

3) 



4) 

gvz and A4. 

5) 

The minimum member thickness of aerated concrete roof- and ceiling slaps is 150 mm. 

6) 

Only in aerated concrete walls. 

7) 

Minimum possible axial spacing while reducing the permissible load. 

295



The versatile nylon anchor for aerated concrete 


Radiators 





ADVANTAGES 

▪ The FTP K is suitable for both wood 

screws and metric screws, and thus 

offers flexibility in screw choice. 

▪ The spiral-shaped outer thread taps 

itself into the soft aerated concrete 

with a positive fit, thus ensuring a 

secure hold. 

▪ Setting with the FTP EK setting tool 

requires only a small amount of force. 

For a convenient installation. 

▪ The special geometry allows for an 

almost expansion-force-free anchoring. 

This allows for small edge and spacing 

distances, and avoids splitting in the 

case of plastered surfaces. 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ Pictures 

▪ Lighting 

▪ Shelves 



▪ Signs 

▪ Motion sensors 



FUNCTIONING 

▪ The FTP K is suitable for pre-positioned 

installation. 

▪ Set the FTP K with setting tool FTP 

EK. The aircrete anchor taps itself into 

the aerated concrete with a positive fit 

during the installation process. 

▪ Suitable for wood and metric screws 

with diameter 4 to 10 mm. 

▪ Use a low torque when installing. 

296



Turbo aircrete anchor FTP K (nylon) 


Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Woodscrew Metric screw Min. bolt penetratiotration 


Sales unit 

depth 

diameter 

d o h 1 l d s M l E,min l E,max 


FTP K 4 078411 1) 8 - (10) 60 50 4 - 4,5 M 4 35 60 25 

FTP K 6 078412 1) 8 - (10) 60 50 5 - 6 M 5 - 6 40 60 25 

FTP K 8 078413 1) 10 - (12) 70 60 7 - 8 M 8 45 70 25 

FTP K 10 078414 1) 12 - (14) 80 70 9 - 10 M 8 - 10 50 80 10 

1) Values in brackets for drill hole diameter apply for aerated concrete, compressive strength of 5,0 N/mm² or higher. 

ACCESSORIES 

Setting tool FTP EK for FTP K (nylon) 

Fits 

Sales unit 


FTP EK 4/6 090990 FTP K4 / FTP K6 1 

FTP EK 8 090991 FTP K8 1 

FTP EK 10 090992 FTP K10 1 

LOADS 

Turbo Aircrete anchor FTP K 

Highest recommended loads 1) for a single anchor in aerated concrete and plaster walls. 

The given loads are valid for screws with the specified diameter. 

Type FTP K4 FTP K6 FTP K8 FTP K10 

Screw diameter Ø [mm] 4 5-6 8 8-10 

Edge distance c min [mm] 100 100 150 200 

2) 


Aerated concrete PP2; PB2 (≥ 2,5 N/mm 2 ) [kN] 0,15 0,20 0,30 0,40 

Aerated concrete PP4; PB4 (≥ 5,0 N/mm 2 ) [kN] 0,25 0,30 0,40 0,50 

Plaster wall [kN] - - 0,29 0,54 

1) 


2) 


297



The metal anchor for metric screws for aerated concrete 

Motion detectors 

Shelves 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The Allen key chuck makes it possible 

to set the FTP M without the need for 

a special setting tool. This allows for a 

simple installation. 

▪ The FTP M achieves a very high loadbearing 

capacity in aerated concrete 

for increased safety. 

▪ The spiral-shaped outer thread taps 

itself into the aerated concrete with a 

positive fit. This means that it can be 

set without the need for much force. 

▪ The special geometry allows for an 

almost expansion-force-free anchoring. 

This allows for small edge and spacing 

distances, and avoids splitting in the 

case of plastered surfaces. 




APPLICATIONS 

▪ Pictures 

▪ Lighting 

▪ Shelves 





▪ Radiators 


FUNCTIONING 

▪ The FTP M is suitable for pre-positioned 

installation. 

▪ The aircrete anchor taps itself into the 

aerated concrete with a positive fit 

during the installation process. 

▪ Suitable for metric screws with diameter 

6 to 10 mm. 

▪ For installation with an Allen key: 

Allen key size corresponds to screw 

diameter, e.g. FTP M6 is installed with 

Allen key size 6. 

▪ For installation with cordless screwdriver: 

use a low torque and use the 

correct 6-kt bit FTP EM. 

298



Turbo aircrete anchor FTP M (metal) 


Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Metric screw Min. bolt penetratiotration 


Sales unit 

depth 



FTP M 6 078415 1) 8 - (10) 60 50 M 6 15 20 25 

FTP M 8 078416 1) 10 - (12) 70 60 M 8 20 25 25 

FTP M 10 078417 1) 12 - (14) 80 70 M 10 25 30 25 

1) Values in brackets for drill hole diameter apply for aerated concrete, compressive strength of 5,0 N/mm² or higher. 

ACCESSORIES 

Setting tool FTP EM for FTP M (metal) 

Fits 

Sales unit 


FTP EM 6 078577 FTP M6 1 

FTP EM 8 078578 FTP M8 1 

FTP EM 10 078579 FTP M10 1 

LOADS 

Turbo Aircrete anchor FTP M 

Highest recommended loads 1) for a single anchor in aerated concrete and plaster walls. 

The given loads are valid for screws with the specified diameter. 

Type FTP M6 FTP M8 FTP M10 

Thread M M6 M8 M10 

Edge distance c min [mm] 100 150 200 

2) 


Aerated concrete PP2; PB2 (≥ 2,5 N/mm 2 ) [kN] 0,30 0,45 0,60 

Aerated concrete PP4; PB4 (≥ 5,0 N/mm 2 ) [kN] 0,50 0,65 0,70 

Aerated concrete PP6; PB6 (≥ 7,5 N/mm 2 ) 0,70 0,80 0,90 

Plaster wall [kN] - 0,45 0,65 

1) 


2) 


299



The brass fixing for thin board building materials 

Furniture fittings 

Furniture hinges 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The short brass fixing PA 4 only 

requires a very low anchorage depth 

and is therefore the solution for thin 

board building materials. 

▪ The special surface structure of the 

PA 4 prevents the fixing from rotating 

in the drill hole. This provides 

increased installation safety. 


of standard metric screws and enables 

the ideal adaptation to suit the 

intended use. 


▪ Wooden board building materials 

▪ Plastic boards 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ Handles 

▪ Angle brackets 

▪ Furniture fittings 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The PA 4 is suitable for pre-positioned 

installation. 

▪ Turning in the metric screw causes 

the front part of the brass fixing to 

expand, thus securely anchoring it in 

the substrate. 

▪ Calculating screw length for flush fixing 

installation: Fixing length + fixture 

thickness = min. screw length 

300



Brass fixing PA4 


Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Thread Bolt penetration Effect. anchoring Sales unit 

depth 

depth 

d o h 1 l M s h ef 


PA 4 M 6/7,5 050484 1) 8 7,5 7.5 M 6 7,5 7,5 200 

PA 4 M 6/10,5 058484 1) 8 10,5 10.5 M 6 10,5 10,5 100 

PA 4 M 6/13,5 059484 1) 8 13,5 13.5 M 6 13,5 13,5 100 

PA 4 M 8/25 050485 1) 10 25 25 M 8 25 25 50 

PA 4 M 10/25 050486 1) 12 25 25 M 10 25 25 25 

1) Values of drill hole diameter apply for hard building materials. For soft building materials the drill diameter needs to be reduced by 0.5 mm. 

LOADS 

Brass fixing PA4 



Type PA 4 M 6/7,5 PA 4 M 6/10,5 PA 4 M 6/13,5 PA 4 M 8/25 PA 4 M 10/25 

Thread size [M] M6 M6 M6 M8 M10 

2) 


Chipboard [kN] 0,20 0,30 0,40 - - 

Deal wood [kN] 0,18 0,25 0,38 - - 

Beechwood [kN] 0,50 0,75 1,00 - - 

Plastics [kN] 0,75 1,50 2,00 - - 

Solid brick Mz 12 [kN] - - 0,80 1,95 2,30 

1) 


2) 


301



For the rear-ventilated stand-off fastening of balcony cladding 

to hollow profiles 

Balcony cladding 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The wide collar of the P9K plug fixes 

the balcony cladding to the hollow 

profile with a spacing. This avoids the 

formation of rot. 

▪ The expansion within the railing post 

means that no second drilling on the 

opposite side of the post is necessary. 

This allows for a practically invisible 

fixing of the balcony cladding. 

▪ The material quality of the P9K creates 

an elastic yet load-bearing connection. 

This allows for the absorption of 

thermal stresses, thus increasing the 

lifespan of the cladding. 

▪ The short expansion element means 

that the balcony cladding fixing only 

requires a very small cavity. It is therefore 

suitable for narrow hollow profiles. 


▪ For fixing onto hollow metal profiles 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ Balcony cladding 

▪ Fittings 

▪ Electrical switches 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ Turning in the screw causes the plug 

to expand in the hollow profile, thus 

ensuring a load-bearing connection. 

▪ The wide collar prevents direct contact 

between the fixture and the hollow 

profile. 

302



Plug P 9 K 


Drill hole diameter Screw diameter Collar height Width across nut Sales unit 

d o d s SW 


P 9 K 059395 9 5 5 15 50 

LOADS 

Balcony board fixing P9K 



Type 

P9K 

Screw diameter Ø [mm] 5 

2) 


Wall thickness of hollow profile 2 mm [kN] 0,27 



1) 


2) 


303



To fix wooden step treads in concrete and steel sub-structures 

Stair treads on steel stair stringers 

Stair treads on concrete stair stringers 


TB for fixing in: 

▪ Hollow steel profiles 

TBB for fixing in: 

▪ Concrete 

▪ Solid building materials 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The elastic shaft geometry allows for 

the absorption of vibrations, prevents 

creaking, and thus increases comfort. 

▪ The stair-tread fixing for steel substructures 

(TB) only requires a very 

small cavity due to the short expansion 

element. Thus it is suitable even 

for narrow steel profiles. 


APPLICATIONS 

▪ Wooden step treads 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The plastic expansion plugs are suitable 

for anchoring wooden step treads 

and wooden boards >30 mm to steel 

profiles (TB) or in solid building materials 

(TBB). 

▪ The ideal retention forces are only 

achieved when using cold wood glue. 

▪ The plastic washers included with the 

TBB allow you to level out any unevenness 

in the substrate. 

Stair-tread fixing TB for installation 

on steel staircase stringers 

Drill-hole in stair 

thread 

Drill-hole in steel 

staircase stringer 

Stair-tread fixing TBB for installation 

on concrete staircase stringers 

Drill-hole in 

concrete 

Stair-tread fixing TBZ 2 for centre-marking 

the stair-tread holes 

Collar height Screw Width across nut Adapted for Sales unit 

d s x l s 

SW 

Item Art.-No. [Ø mm] [Ø mm] [Ø mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

TB 060580 14 x 25 9 — 5 5 x 40 15 — 50 

TBB 060583 14 x 25 — 8 x 55 — 5,5 x 70 — — 50 

TBZ 2 060584 — — — — — — TB and TBB 10 

304


To remedy over-sized or damaged drill holes 




ADVANTAGES 

▪ Using FIX.it means that you can avoid 

having to drill another hole, and makes 

it possible to reuse a pre-existing drill 

hole. 

▪ The repair pad FIX.it can be used as a 

single layer or as multiple layers, and 

thus can be flexibly adapted to suit 

various drill hole sizes and shapes. 

▪ The pad, which is covered with a 

special mortar, hardens after only 

approx. three minutes in the drill hole. 

This allows for a fast installation of the 

fixture. 


Contents 


▪ Concrete 


etc. 

▪ Vertically perforated brick made from 

lightweight concrete 





concrete 


APPLICATIONS 

▪ To repair over-sized or damaged drill 

holes in combination with plastic 

plugs. 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The pad, which is covered with a special 

mortar, hardens in the drill hole, 

thus anchoring the plug securely in 

the damaged or over-sized drill hole. 

▪ Wet the pad with water, wrap it 

around the plug and push it into the 

damaged drill hole. 

▪ After about three minutes the special 

pad will harden and the fixture can 

then be attached. 

▪ Use several pads for larger tolerances. 

▪ The curing time for the first pad is 

approx. three minutes. Add an additional 

minute for each additional pad 

used. 

Sales unit 


FIX.it 092507 card with 10 FIX.it pads 20 

305

Doorstop TS 


The installation-friendly doorstop 

Door stop 

BUILDING MATARIALS 

▪ Concrete 

▪ Floor screed 


ADVANTAGES 

▪ The extended plug shaft makes it possible 

to attach the doorstop directly, 

thus simplifying installation. 

▪ The invisible fixing ensures visual 

appeal. 

▪ The TS contains all the components 

required for installation and is therefore 

a convenient complete solution. 

▪ The doorstop is available in a range of 

colours to suit every floor covering and 

individual design wishes. 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ Doorstop with flexible positioning 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The doorstop TS is suitable for prepositioned 

installation. 

▪ When turning in the screw, the plug 

expands and anchors itself in the 


▪ The plug must be pushed into the drill 

hole up to the point where the plug 

shaft thickens. 

▪ It can be removed by removing the 

doorstop, unscrewing the screw, and 

pulling out the plug. 

306

Doorstop TS 



Door stop TS 

Doorstop assortment TS-SORT 

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Colour Contents Sales unit 

depth 

d o h 1 


TS 8 G 060535 8 50 grey — 10 

TS 8 W 060536 8 50 white — 10 

TS 8 S 060539 8 50 black — 10 

TS 8 BR 060540 8 50 brown — 10 

TS 8 BG 060551 8 50 beige — 10 

TS-SORT 060521 8 50 assortment 5 x grey, white, beige, black brown 1 

307


308



▪ Metal cavity fixing HM ................................................................................................ 

▪ Gravity toggle/spring toggle K, KD, KDH, KM ................................................... 

▪ Board fixing PD .............................................................................................................. 

▪ Plasterboard fixing GK ................................................................................................ 

▪ Plasterboard fixing metal GKM ................................................................................ 

310 

312 

315 

317 

319 

309



The versatile metal cavity fixing with metric screws 

Curtain rails 

Shelves 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ Due to the extensive range, the HM 

is suitable for board building materials 

with a thickness of 3-50 mm and 

thus suitable for a number of different 

applications. 

▪ The metric internal thread allows the 

attachment to be removed and refitted 

several times, thus offering the best 

possible flexibility. 

▪ The HM‘s expanding arms ensure a 

large supporting surface, thus allowing 

a high load-bearing capacity. 

▪ The claws around the edge of the fixing 

penetrate the board building material, 

preventing the fixing from rotating, 

thus ensuring a secure installation. 



fibreboards 

▪ Cavity floor slabs 

▪ Light building boards made of wood 

wool 

▪ Chipboard 

▪ Plywood 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ Pictures 

▪ Lighting 

▪ Shelves 





▪ Sub-structures 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The metal cavity fixing HM is suitable 


▪ The fixing should be selected based 

on the thickness of the board building 

material, to allow the very best expansion 

in the cavity. 

▪ During installation, the expanding 

arms swing open and press onto the 

reverse side of the board. 

▪ The HM can be installed using installation 

pliers. If using a battery operated 

screwdriver or screwdriver for installation, 

the pre-assembled screws must 

be removed first. When screwing in 

and expanding the fixing, the attachment, 

or a max. 6 mm plate, needs to 

be used as a turning stop. 

310



HM-S with metric screw HM-SS with hexagon headed screw HM-H with angle hook 

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Screw Max. panel Max. fixture Sales unit 

depth 

thickness thickness 

d o h 1 l d s x l s d p t fi x 


HM 4 x 32 S 062306 8 42 32 M 4 x 40 3 - 13 16 50 

HM 4 x 46 S 062307 8 56 46 M 4 x 52 5 - 18 23 50 

HM 4 x 59 S 062308 8 69 59 M 4 x 66 35 - 42 16 50 

HM 5 x 37 S 062310 10 47 37 M 5 x 45 6 - 15 19 50 

HM 5 x 52 S 062311 10 62 52 M 5 x 60 7 - 21 24 50 

HM 5 x 65 S 062312 10 75 65 M 5 x 73 20 - 34 24 50 

HM 6 x 37 S 062314 12 47 37 M 6 x 45 6 - 15 14 50 

HM 6 x 52 S 062315 12 62 52 M 6 x 60 10 - 21 24 50 

HM 6 x 65 S 062328 12 75 65 M 6 x 70 20 - 34 24 50 

HM 6 x 80 S 062316 12 90 80 M 6 x 88 38 - 50 24 50 

HM 8 x 55 SS 062329 1) 12 65 55 M 8 x 60 10 - 21 24 50 

HM 4 x 32 H 062318 8 42 32 — 3 - 13 — 50 

HM 5 x 65 H 062326 10 75 65 — 20 - 34 — 50 

1) with hexagon headed screw, assembly only by using the professional installation tool HM Z 1 


ACCESSORIES 

HM Z 1 - the professional installation 

tool 

HM Z 2 - the DIY installation tool 

Sales unit 


HM Z 1 062320 1 

HM Z 2 062321 1 

LOADS 




Type 

HM 

4 x 32 S 

HM 

4 x 46 S 

HM 

5 x 37 S 

HM 

5 x 52 S 

HM 

5 x 65 S 

HM 

6 x 37 S 

HM 

6 x 52 S 

HM 

6 x 65 S 

Thread size [M] M4 M4 M5 M5 M5 M6 M6 M6 M8 

2) 


HM 

8 x 55 SS 

Gypsum plasterboard 9,5 mm [kN] 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,15 - 0,15 - - - 

Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20 - 0,20 0,20 - 0,20 

Gypsum plasterboard 19 mm (2 x 9,5 mm) [kN] - - - 0,25 - - 0,25 - 0,25 

Gypsum plasterboard 25 mm (2 x 12,5 mm) [kN] - - - - 0,30 - - 0,30 - 

Chipboard 10 mm [kN] 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 - 0,25 0,25 - 0,25 

Chipboard 13 mm [kN] 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 - 0,25 0,25 - 0,25 

Chipboard 28 mm [kN] - - - - 0,50 - - 0,50 - 

Plywood 4 mm [kN] 0,10 - - - - - - - - 

Hardboard 3 mm [kN] 0,10 - - - - - - - - 

Wood wool slab 16 mm [kN] - 0,05 - 0,05 - - 0,05 - 0,05 

Wood wool slab 25 mm [kN] - - - - 0,05 - - 0,05 - 

Fibre cement board 8 mm [kN] 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 - 0,25 - - - 

Gypsum fibreboard 10 mm [kN] 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 - 0,25 0,25 - 0,25 

Gypsum fibreboard 15 mm [kN] - 0,25 0,25 0,25 - 0,25 0,25 - 0,25 

1) 


2) 


311

Gravity- and spring-toggle K, KD, KDH, KM 


The cavity fixing for different board thicknesses and large 

usage lengths 

Ceiling lamps 

Wash basins 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The long threaded rod of the toggle 

fixings KD and KDH allows for use 

with different board thicknesses and 

thick attachments, and offers maximum 

flexibility. 

▪ An integrated tension spring causes 

the catch elements of the spring toggles 

KD 3+4 and KDH 3+4 to open 

independently, thus allowing for a 

simple installation. 

▪ The wide transition beams ensure a 

good load distribution. This achieves a 

high load-bearing capacity. 

▪ The nylon gravity toggle K54 allows 

for the use of standard wood and 

chipboard screws. 



fibreboards 

▪ Cavity floor slabs made from bricks 

and concrete 

▪ Chipboard 

▪ Plywood 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ Pictures 

▪ Lighting 

▪ Light shelves 



▪ Light cabinets 

▪ Wash basins and urinals (KM 10) 


FUNCTIONING 

▪ The gravity and spring toggle are suitable 


▪ When placed in the drill hole, the bearing 

elements of the gravity and spring 

toggles independently swing open 

behind the board. 

▪ The KM 10 is specially suited to fixing 

wash basins and urinals into installation 

and cavity walls. 

▪ No special installation tool required. 

For a fast and convenient installation. 

312



Nylon toggle K 54 

Drill hole diameter Max. panel thickness Min. cavity depth Anchor length Thread Sales unit 

d o d p a l Ø x length 


K 54 050323 10 65 58 125 woodscrew 4mm 25 



Spring toggle KD 3 + 4 

Spring toggle KDH 3 + 4 




KD 3 080181 12 65 27 95 M 3 x 90 50 

KDH 3 080182 12 51 27 105 M 3 x 80 25 

KD 3 B 080192 12 65 27 95 M 3 x 90 10 

KD 4 080183 14 69 34 105 M 4 x 100 25 

KDH 4 080184 14 35 34 95 M 4 x 70 25 

KD 4 B 080193 14 69 34 105 M 4 x 100 10 

313




Gravity toggle KD 5 + 6 + 8 

Gravity toggle KDH 5 + 6 + 8 




KD 5 080187 16 63 70 100 M 5 x 100 25 

KDH 5 080188 16 60 70 130 M 5 x 90 20 

KD 6 080185 16 63 70 100 M 6 x 100 25 

KDH 6 080186 16 60 70 130 M 6 x 100 20 

KD 8 080178 20 55 75 100 M 8 x 100 20 

KDH 8 080179 20 55 75 130 M 8 x 100 20 


Gravity toggle KM 10 

Drill hole diameter Max. panel thickness Min. cavity depth Anchor length Screw Sales unit 

d o d p a l d s x l s 


KM 10 050326 30 90 140 240 M 10 x 180 25 

LOADS 

Toggle fixing KD 


Type KD3 KD4 KD5 KD6 KD8 KDH3 KDH4 KDH5 KDH6 KDH8 

Thread size [M] M3 M4 M5 M6 M8 M3 M4 M5 M8 M10 

2) 


Max. possible recommended load 3) [kN] 0,35 0,50 1,50 1,90 3,20 0,05 0,10 0,17 0,32 1,00 

Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,05 0,10 0,15 0,20 0,25 0,05 0,10 0,15 0,20 0,25 

Oriented strand board 15 mm [kN] 0,35 0,40 0,40 0,50 0,60 - - - - - 

Oriented strand board 22 mm [kN] - - - 0,80 1,20 - - - - - 

1) 


3) 

If the failure of the base material is not possible. 

2) 


314


The expansion plug for fixings in gypsum plasterboard, gypsum 

fibreboard and wooden panels 


Towel rails 

Small shelves 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The operating principle of the fixing 

allows for use in various board thicknesses, 

including in low cavity depths. 

This provides great flexibility. 

▪ The special fixing geometry with a 

nylon cone ensures a high tightening 

torque that can be identified immediately. 

This offers a high level of installation 

safety. 

▪ The longitudinal ribs prevent the fixing 

from rotating in the drill hole, thus 

allowing for a reliable installation. 

▪ The board fixing PD can be used with 

the most wide-ranging screws, hooks 

and eye screws. This allows for a 

broad range of applications. 



fibreboards 

▪ Wooden boards 

▪ MDF boards 

▪ Multiplex boards 

▪ OSB boards 

▪ Plywood boards 

▪ Chipboard 

▪ Wood core plywood boards 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ Pictures 

▪ Lighting 

▪ Shelves 





FUNCTIONING 

▪ The board fixing PD is suitable for prepositioned 

installation. 

▪ Use rotary drilling to create the drill 

hole. 

▪ When the screw is tightened, the 

plastic cone is pulled into the sleeve 

and expands the fixing. 

▪ Use full-thread screws, or alternatively, 

the part of the screw without thread 

may not be longer than the thickness 

of the item being attached. 

▪ Do not use screws with double-start 

threads. 

315





Board fixing PD S - with chipboard screw 

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Min. panel Anchor length Chipboard screw Max. fixture Sales unit 

depth 

thickness 

thickness 

d o h 1 d p l d s / d s x l s t fi x 


PD 8 024771 8 31 6 29 4 — 100 

PD 10 015935 10 30 7 28 5 — 100 

PD 12 015937 12 29 9 27 6 — 50 

PD 8 S 024772 1) 8 31 6 29 4 x 40 11 50 

PD 10 S 015936 1) 10 30 7 28 5 x 40 12 50 

PD 12 S 015938 1) 12 29 9 27 6 x 50 22 25 

1) PD-S with chipboard screw. 

LOADS 



The given loads are valid for chipboard screws with the specified diameter. 

Type PD 8 PD 10 PD 12 

Chipboard screw Ø [mm] 4 5 6 


2) 

Gypsum plasterboard 9,5 mm [kN] 0,10 0,10 0,10 

Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,10 0,10 0,15 

Gypsum plasterboard 2 x 12,5 mm [kN] 0,15 0,15 0,15 

Gypsum fibreboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,20 0,25 0,30 

Plywood [kN] 0,15 0,40 0,80 

Chipboard 16 mm [kN] 0,25 0,25 0,25 

1) 


2) 


316


The fastest installation in gypsum plasterboard 


Wall lamps in series installation 

Wall lamps 


▪ Gypsum plasterboard, single and 

double-planked 


ADVANTAGES 

▪ The included setting tool combines 

the drilling and fixing setting functions. 

It thus allows for a fast and simple 

installation. 

▪ The sharp, self-tapping thread of the 

GK enables a secure, positive fit fixing. 

This achieves a high load-bearing 

capacity. 

▪ The short fixing length means that 

only a small amount of space is 

required behind the board. As a result, 

the GK can also be used in the case of 

unknown board thickness and cavity 

depth. 

▪ The cross-drive recess in the head of 

the fixing means that the GK can also 

be screwed out like a screw without a 

setting tool. 

▪ The GK can be used with the most 

wide-ranging screws, hooks and eye 

screws. This allows for a broad range 

of applications. 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ Pictures 

▪ Lighting 


▪ Fitting accessories 

Ideal for: 

▪ Series installations 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The gypsum plasterboard fixing GK is 


▪ The GK is screwed flush into the 

gypsum plasterboard using the setting 

tool provided. Overtightening the 

fixing should be avoided. Therefore, 

the installation torque should be 

limited when using a battery operated 

screwdriver. 

▪ Adapted for wood, self-tapping and 

chipboard screws of 4.0 to 5.0 mm 

diameter. 

▪ For board thicknesses greater than 

15 mm, drill a hole first by using the 

setting tool. 

▪ Not suitable for gypsum fibreboard 

and tiled plasterboard. 

317





Plasterboard fixing GKS 

Anchor length Min. thickness to Max. fixture thickness 

Screw Actuation Sales unit 

first supporting layer 

l t t fi x d s x l s 


GK 052389 1) 22 25 — 4,5 - 5,0 x LS — 100 

GKS 052390 2) 22 25 13 4,5 x 35 PZ2 50 

1) Min. screw length = length of plug 22 mm + thickness of building component. 

2) Supplied with plasterboard screw. 

ACCESSORIES 

Installation tool GKW 

Sales unit 

Item 

[pcs] 

GKW 052393 10 

LOADS 



The given loads are valid for chipboard screws with the specified diameters. 

Type 

GK 

Chipboard screw Ø [mm] 4,0 - 5,0 


2) 

Gypsum plasterboard 9,5 mm [kN] 0,07 


Gypsum plasterboard 2 x 12,5 mm [kN] 0,11 

1) 


2) 


318


The self-tapping metal fixing for gypsum plasterboard and 

gypsum fibreboard 


Wall lamps 

Speaker cabinets 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ Due to its material properties, the 

GKM can be used in gypsum plasterboard 

and gypsum fibreboard, and can 

be used with the most wide-ranging 

screws, hooks and eye screws. This 

allows for a broad range of applications. 

▪ The sharp, self-tapping thread enables 

a secure, positive fit fixing. This 

achieves a high load-bearing capacity. 

▪ The cross-drive recess means that 

a standard screwdriver or bit can 

be used. No special setting tool is 

required. 

▪ The short fixing length means that 

only a small amount of space is 

required behind the board. As a result, 

the GKM can also be used in the case 

of unknown board thickness and cavity 

depth. 


▪ Gypsum fibreboard 

▪ Gypsum plasterboard 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ Pictures 

▪ Lighting 


▪ Fitting accessories 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The GKM is suitable for pre-positioned 

installation. 

▪ The self-tapping metal fixing GKM 

taps itself into the plasterboard with a 

positive fit. 

▪ Flush installation in the board building 

material. Overtightening the fixing 

should be avoided. Therefore, the 

installation torque should be limited 

when using a battery operated screwdriver. 

▪ Adapted for wood, self-tapping and 

chipboard screws of 4.0 to 5.0 mm 

diameter. 

▪ Pre-drill with a Ø 8 mm drill bit when 

using gypsum fibreboard and doubleplanked 

gypsum plasterboard. 

▪ Not suitable for tiled plasterboard. 

319





Anchor length Min. thickness to Max. fixture thickness 

Screw Actuation Sales unit 

first supporting layer 

l t t fi x d s x l s 


GKM 024556 31 35 — 4,5 - 5,0 x LS — 100 

GKM 12 040432 1) 31 35 12 4,5 x 35 PZ2 100 

GKM 27 040434 2) 31 35 27 4,5 x 50 PZ2 100 

1) Supplied with plasterboard screws with pan head. 

2) Supplied with plasterboard screws with countersunk head. 

LOADS 



The given loads are valid for chipboard screws with the specified diameters. 

Type 

GKM 

Chipboard screw Ø [mm] 4,0 - 5,0 


2) 



Gypsum plasterboard 2 x 12,5 mm [kN] 0,11 

1) 


2) 


320


321


322


▪ ClipFix plus LS/ES/ZS ................................................................................................ 

▪ ClipFix plus SD ............................................................................................................... 

▪ Cable clasp KB ............................................................................................................... 

▪ Cable harness SHA ...................................................................................................... 

▪ Pipe clip RC ..................................................................................................................... 

▪ Pipe clip FC ..................................................................................................................... 

▪ Saddle clip SCH ............................................................................................................. 

▪ Nail clip NS / MNS ...................................................................................................... 

▪ Nail disc NSB .................................................................................................................. 

▪ Spacer pipe clamp AM ............................................................................................... 

▪ Conduit clip BSM .......................................................................................................... 

▪ Impact nail ED ................................................................................................................ 

▪ Cable tie BN / UBN ...................................................................................................... 

▪ Wireclip ............................................................................................................................ 

324 

326 

328 

330 

332 

334 

336 

338 

340 

342 

344 

346 

348 

350 


323



The user-friendly clip fixing for pipes and conduits 

Cable fixing 

Fixing flexible pipes 


▪ Concrete 

▪ Solid pumice block 





ADVANTAGES 

▪ The complete element combines 

anchor, screw and clamp. This saves 

materials, allows for one-handed installation, 

and reduces assembly time. 

▪ The slimline geometry of the fixing 

element only protrudes slightly, thus 

saving space. 

▪ The three different sizes of each of 

the cable strap LS, twin clamp ZS and 

single clamp ES cover a range of cable 

diameters, thus reducing storage. 

▪ The long-lasting nylon material is 

flame resistant, halogen- and siliconefree, 

can be used all year round, 

including during a frost. This ensures a 

high level of safety. 

APPLICATIONS 

For fixing of: 

▪ Individual electric cables 

▪ Cable bundles 

▪ Flexible pipes 

▪ Rigid plastic pipes 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The clip fixing is set into the drill hole 

without the need for any additional 

screws and fixes the pipe directly to 

the base material. 

▪ The clamping force of the locking 

catch allows the ClipFix to hold itself in 

the drill hole. 

▪ Place the clasp of the cable strap LS 

into the drill hole so that it is level and 

the teeth grip. 

▪ Recommended loads (safety factor 4): 

cable strap LS up to 6 kg, twin clamp 

ZS and single clamp ES up to 11 kg 

▪ Temperature resistance once installed 

from -20°C to +80°C. 

324



Clip fix plus cable strap SF plus LS 


Clip fix plus single clamp SF plus ES 

ClipFix plus twin clamp SF plus ZS 

Drill-hole Min. drill hole Clamping range Sales unit 

depth 

d 0 h 1 D 

Item Art.-No. [Ø mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

SF plus LS 3/13 058155 6 35 3 - 13 100 

SF plus LS 8/28 058156 6 50 8 - 28 100 

SF plus LS 20/40 058157 6 50 20 - 40 100 

SF plus ES 10 048151 6 40 3 - 12 100 

SF plus ES 18 048152 6 40 10 - 25 100 

SF plus ES 28 058183 6 40 15 - 31 100 

SF plus ZS 10 058184 6 35 3 - 12 100 

SF plus ZS 18 048161 6 40 10 - 25 100 

SF plus ZS 28 048162 6 40 15 - 31 75 

325



The user-friendly clip fixing for cable ducts and cable clasps 

Fixing cable ducts 

Fixing cable harnesses 


▪ Concrete 






ADVANTAGES 

▪ The ClipFix plus SD combines anchor 

and screw. This saves on materials 

and makes it easier to affix cable ducts 

that are difficult to access without the 

need for additional tools. 

▪ The simple clip fixing reduces installation 

time. 

▪ The extended shank of the 

FS plus SD 40 allows bridging of nonbearing 

plaster layers, as well as the 

fixing of thicker attachments. 


flame resistant, halogen- and siliconefree. 

It can be used all year round, 

including during a frost. This ensures a 

high level of safety. 

APPLICATIONS 


▪ Cable channels 

▪ Cable clasps 

▪ Installation base cable harness 

▪ Flat building components 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ To fix, manually place the ClipFix plus 

SD directly into the drill hole. No additional 

screws are needed. 

▪ The clamping force of the locking 

catch allows the ClipFix to hold itself in 


▪ Recommended loads (safety factor 4): 

clip fixing SD up to 11 kg 


from -20°C to +80°C. 

326



fischer ClipFix plus clip fixing SF plus SD 

Drill-hole Min. drill hole Usable length Sales unit 

depth 

d 0 h 1 t fi x 


SF plus SD 30 058178 6 35 4 200 

SF plus SD 40 058179 6 35 15 100 


327



The flat cable clasp for space-saving cable fixing 




When using ClipFix SD: 

▪ Concrete 






ADVANTAGES 

▪ The flat design of the KB cable clasp 

allows for a space-saving cable fixing, 

and simplifies subsequent cablelaying. 

▪ The combination of cable clasp KB 

and ClipFix SD allows for one-handed 

installation, thus enabling a flexible 

and economic installation. 

▪ The long-lasting nylon material is halogen- 

and silicone-free. It can be used 

all year round, including during a frost. 

This ensures a high level of safety. 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ For the fixing of several individual 

cables 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The cables are clamped under the 

clasps. Additional cables can be easily 

laid even after installation. 

▪ The cable clasp KB is adapted to be 

fixed either with fixing SD or with 

Hammerfix N6. 

▪ Manually place the ClipFix plus SD 

directly into the drill hole. No additional 


▪ The Hammerfix N is expanded when 

the nail is driven in, and holds by friction 



from -20°C to +80°C. 

328



SFplus KB 8 

SFplus KB 16 


Cable clasp KB 8 

Cable clasp KB 16 

Drill-hole Min. drill hole Dimensions Dimension of slot Max. number of ducts Sales unit 

depth 

d 0 h 1 a x b B x L 

Item Art.-No. [Ø mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

SF plus KB 8 048171 6 35 — — 8 ducts NYM 3 x 1,5 50 

SF plus KB 16 048172 6 35 — — 16 ducts NYM 3 x 1,5 25 

KB 8 058135 — — 15 x 133 6 x 10 8 ducts NYM 3 x 1,5 50 

KB 16 058136 — — 15 x 230 6 x 10 16 ducts NYM 3 x 1,5 50 

329



The adaptable cable harness for fixing cable bundles 

Fixing cable bundles 

Fixing cable bundels 


When using clip fixing SD: 

▪ Concrete 






ADVANTAGES 

▪ The seal of the cable harness SHA 

makes it easy to lay cables at a later 

date, thus ensuring high user-friendliness. 

▪ Combining several SHA cable harnesses 

allows for a cost-effective fixing 

of cables to just one MS installation 

base. 

▪ The MS installation base allows for 

various fixing options, and allows for 

great flexibility for the installation. 





APPLICATIONS 


▪ Electric cables, loose and bundled 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ Cable bundles can be laid in the cable 

harness SHA. The seal makes it easy 

to lay cables at a later date. 

▪ The cable harness SHA can either be 

affixed with ClipFix plus, installation 

base MS or with plugs and screws. 

▪ Several SHA cable harnesses can be 

combined below one another. 

▪ The SHA cable harnesses can also be 

lined up adjacent to one another with 

the connection piece SHA KP. 

▪ The maximum installation distance of 

80 cm must not be exceeded. 


from -20°C to +80°C. 

330





Installation base SHA MS 

Steckfix plus installation base SF plus MS 

Connection piece SHA KP 

Drill-hole Min. drill hole Dimensions Max. number of ducts Sales unit 

depth 

d 0 h 1 a x b 


SHA 15 058139 — — 93 x 49 15 ducts NYM 3 x 1,5 50 

SHA 30 058140 — — 128 x 59 30 ducts NYM 3 x 1,5 25 

SHA MS 058141 — — 41 x 27 connection piece 50 

SF plus MS 048181 6 35 41 x 27 installation base with clip-plug 50 

SHA KP 058142 — — — installation base 50 

331

Pipe clip RC 


The convenient pipe fixing 

Fixing plastic insulation pipes 

Fixing plastic insulation pipes 


When using clip fixing SD: 

▪ Concrete 






ADVANTAGES 

▪ The pipe clip RC can be used with 

pre-installed clip fixing SD, with Hammerfix 

N 6 or in 11 mm C-shaped 

profile-rails, and thus allows for a flexible 

and cost-effective installation. 

▪ The 6 mm-long hole allows for the 

optimal alignment of the pipe fixing 

and ensures a more user-friendly 

installation. 

▪ Two additional pipe clips can be 

added to the sides of a pre-fixed pipe 

clip. This saves assembly time and 

materials. 





APPLICATIONS 


▪ Plastic insulation pipes 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ Plastic insulation pipes are laid into 

the pipe clip. The pre-tensioning of the 

pipe clip holds the pipes securely. 

▪ The pipe clip RC is adapted to be fixed 

with either clip fixing SD or Hammerfix 

N 6. 

▪ Manually place the ClipFix plus SD 

directly into the drill hole. No additional 






from -20°C to +80°C. 

332

Pipe clip RC 


Clipfix plus pipe clip RC 


Pipe clip RC PG 

Drill-hole Min. drill hole Suitable for IEC Clamping range Dimension of slot Sales unit 

depth 

d 0 h 1 D B x L 

Item [Ø mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] 

SF plus RC IEC 12 048190 6 35 12 12 - 13 6 x 7 100 

SF plus RC IEC 16 048191 6 35 16 15 - 16 6 x 8 100 

SF plus RC IEC 20 048193 6 35 20 20 - 21 6 x 10 100 

SF plus RC IEC 25 048197 6 35 25 24 - 25 6 x 10 50 

SF plus RC IEC 32 048198 6 35 32 31 - 32 6 x 10 25 

SF plus RC IEC 40 048199 6 35 40 38 - 40 6 x 10 25 

RC IEC 12 058194 — — 12 12 - 13 6 x 7 100 

RC IEC 16 058120 — — 16 15 - 16 6 x 8 100 

RC IEC 20 058122 — — 20 20 - 21 6 x 10 100 

RC IEC 25 058198 — — 25 24 - 25 6 x 10 50 

RC IEC 32 058199 — — 32 31 - 32 6 x 10 40 

RC IEC 40 058200 — — 40 39 - 40 6 x 10 40 

RC IEC 50 079194 1) — — 50 50 - 51 6 x 10 20 

RC IEC 63 079196 1) — — 63 62 - 64 6 x 10 15 

1) Does not include latching catches, therefore cannot be mounted side by side. 

333

Pipe clip FC 


The flexible pipe clip for various diameters 

Cable fixing 

Fixing plastic insulating conduits 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The flexible pipe clip socket ensures a 

secure hold for various cable and pipe 

diameters, and reduces the number of 

products required. 

▪ The pipe clip FC can be installed with 

both N 5 Hammerfixes and 11 mm- 

C-shaped profile-rails, and thus offers 


▪ Two additional pipe clips can be 

added to the sides of a pre-fixed clip 

clamp. This saves assembly time and 

materials. 


halogen-free. It can be used all year 

round, including during a frost. This 

ensures a high level of safety. 


When using Hammerfix N: 

▪ Concrete 



concrete 








concrete 

APPLICATIONS 


▪ Electric cables 

▪ Flexible and rigid plastic pipes 


FUNCTIONING 

▪ The cable or pipe is laid in the pipe 

clip FC. The pre-tensioning of the pipe 

clip holds the cables or pipes securely. 

▪ The pipe clip FC is adapted to be fixed 

with N 5 Hammerfixes. 





from -40°C to +80°C. 

334

Pipe clip FC 


Pipe clip FC 

Clamping range Sales unit 

D 


FC 6 - 9 GR 068060 6 - 9 100 

FC 9 - 12 GR 068062 9 - 12 100 

FC 12 - 16 GR 068064 12 - 16 50 

FC 16 - 20 GR 068066 16 - 20 25 


335



The flexible cable clamp for various diameters 


Cable fixing 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ With its elastic spring tabs, the saddle 

clip SCH can bear different cable 

diameters. This increases flexibility 

and reduces the number of products 

required. 

▪ Additional clips can be added to the 

sides of a pre-fixed clip. This saves 

installation time and materials. 







▪ Concrete 



concrete 








concrete 

APPLICATIONS 



▪ Flexible and rigid plastic pipes 


FUNCTIONING 

▪ The cables or pipes are laid in the saddle 

clip SCH and fixed by inserting the 

locking latch. 

▪ The internal tabs adapt to fit various 

cable or pipe diameters. 

▪ The saddle clip SCH is adapted to be 

fixed with N 5 Hammerfixes. 


the nail is driven in, and is held in 

place by friction in the drill hole. 


from -40°C to +80°C. 

336



Saddle SCH, colour: Nylon transparent 

Saddle SCH, colour: grey RAL 7035 


Art.-No. Clamping range Dimension of insulated pipes Sales unit 

Nylon Grey 

D 

Item transparent RAL 7035 [mm] [pcs] 

SCH 812 060012 068012 8 - 12 6 x 1 - 8 x 1 100 

SCH 1216 060016 068016 12 - 16 10 x 1 - 12 x 1 50 

SCH 1619 069019 068019 16 - 19 — 50 

SCH 1623 060023 068023 16 - 23 15 x 1 - 18 x 1 50 

SCH 2332 060032 068032 23 - 32 22 x 1 - 22 x 1,5 25 

SCH 3242 060042 — 32 - 42 22 x 1 - 22 x 1,5 25 

337



The fast fixing for electric cables 

Cable fixing 

Cable fixing 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The nail clip features a pre-assembled 

nail, allowing for a fast fixing, thus 

reducing assembly time. 

▪ The small space required for fixing 

simplifies installation in narrow spaces. 

▪ The nail clip MNS covers cable diameters 

from 4 mm to 14 mm with just 

3 sizes. 


▪ Hardboard 

▪ Wood 


▪ Chipboard 

▪ Plywood 

▪ Solid gypsum panels and other plastered 

substrates 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ To fix electric cables with varying 

diameters 


FUNCTIONING 

▪ Position the nail clip with the laid 

cable. Hammer in the pre-assembled 

nail with a hammer. 

338



Nail clip NS 


Nail clip MNS 

For cable Clamping range Length of nail Sales unit 

D 

L 


NS 7 058173 7 7 25 100 

NS 8 058174 8 8 25 100 

NS 9 058175 9 9 25 100 

NS 10 058176 10 10 30 100 

NS 12 058177 12 12 35 100 

MNS 4-7 094673 — 4 - 7 25 100 

MNS 7-11 094674 — 7 - 11 25 100 

MNS 10-14 094675 — 10 - 14 30 100 

339

Nail disc NSB 


The secure cable fixing in wall slots 

Cable fixing 

Cable fixing in slits 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The nail disc NSB allows for use in two 

slot widths, thus offering high flexibility 

for the installation. 

▪ The vaulted structure of the nail disc 

ensures an optimal contact pressure 

and, as such, for a secure hold. 

▪ The flat nail disc only protrudes 

slightly, and can thus be easily plastered 

over. 

▪ The nail disc NSB is made from highstrength 

polypropylene. The nail is 

made from hardened, galvanised steel. 

The tried and tested material combination 

for in-wall installation. 


▪ Wall slots 


▪ Hardboard 

▪ Wood 

▪ Chipboard 

▪ Plywood 

▪ Solid gypsum panels 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ For fixing cables in wall slots 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ Align the nail disc with either dimensions 

27 mm or 34 mm, depending 

on the slot width, and hit the nail in 

with the hammer. 

▪ The disc fixes the cable in the wall slot. 

340

Nail disc NSB 


Nail disc NSB 

Dimension of nail Dimension of disc Sales unit 

a x b 

b x l 


NSB 2/40 048308 2 x 40 27 x 34 200 

NSB 2/50 048309 2 x 50 27 x 34 150 

NSB 2/60 048310 2 x 60 27 x 34 100 

NSB 3/40 048311 3 x 40 27 x 34 150 

NSB 3/50 048312 3 x 50 27 x 34 150 

NSB 3/60 048313 3 x 60 27 x 34 100 


341



The installation-friendly metal spacing disc for cables and pipes 

Fixing steel armoured conduits 

Fixing conduits 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The fast-locking latch ensures easy 

opening and closing without completely 

removing the screw, and allows 

for a simple and fast installation. 

▪ The pre-fitted combination screw with 

conventional slotted or recessed screw 

head allows for the use of different 

screwdrivers, thus allowing for a simple 

installation. 


When using nail anchor FNA II: 

▪ Concrete 



▪ Pre-stressed concrete hollow slabs 


▪ Concrete 





concrete 

APPLICATIONS 


▪ Steel conduits 


FUNCTIONING 

▪ The spacer clamp AM with M6 thread 

can either be affixed with fischer nail 

anchor FNA II 6x30 M6x43, stud 

screw STST 6x60 and STST 6x80 or 

with Hammerfix N 6x40 M6. 

342



Metal two-piece pipe clamp AM 

Dimension IEC Clamping range Sales unit 

D 


AM 8 060185 — 8 50 

AM 10 060186 — 10 50 

AM 12 060187 12 12 50 

AM 14 060188 — 14 50 

AM 15/16 060189 16 15 - 16 50 

AM 18 060190 — 18 50 

AM 20 060191 20 20 50 

AM 22 060192 — 22 50 

AM 24 060193 — 24 50 

AM 25/26 060194 25 25 - 26 50 

AM 28 060195 — 28 50 

AM 30 060196 — 30 50 

AM 32 060209 32 32 25 

AM 34 060210 — 34 25 

AM 37 060211 37 37 20 

AM 40 090849 40 40 15 

AM 50 090850 50 50 10 

AM 63 090851 63 63 10 


343



The flat metal clip for cables and pipes 

Fixing armoured conduits 


ADVANTAGES 

▪ The open conduit clip BSM is ideal for 

the post-installation fixing of conduits. 

▪ The conduit clip allows for a direct fixing 

with impact nails and is, therefore, 

quick and easy to install. 

▪ Two conduits or pipes can be fixed 

with just one fixing point with the twin 

clamp BSMZ. 


When using impact nail ED: 

▪ Concrete 

APPLICATIONS 


▪ Electrical conduits 

▪ Flexible and rigid plastic insulating 


FUNCTIONING 

▪ Depending on your requirements, use 

a conduit clip with 1 or 2 fixing points, 

or a twin clamp. 

▪ The conduits or pipes are laid in the 

conduit clip. Assembling the clip fixes 

the conduits / pipes. 

▪ Our recommendation for fixtures on 

concrete: Impact nail ED 15, 18, 22. 

344





Conduit clip BSMD 

Conduit clip BSMZ 

Art.-No. Dimension IEC Clamping range Sales unit 

Item BSM BSMD BSMZ 

[mm] [pcs] 

6 015014 — — — 6 100 

8 015015 — — — 8 100 

10 015016 — — — 10 100 

10 — 015068 — — 10 50 

12 015017 015069 — — 12 50 

14 015018 015070 — — 14 50 

15 015093 — — — 15 50 

16 060149 060169 — 16 16 50 

18 060150 060170 — — 18 50 

20 060151 060171 079535 20 20 50 

22 060152 060172 — — 22 50 

24 060153 — 079536 — 24 50 

25 090839 090844 — 25 25 50 

26 096958 015076 — — 26 50 

28 — 060175 — — 28 25 

28 060155 — 079537 — 28 50 

30 015019 — — — 30 50 

32 090840 — — 32 32 50 

32 — 090845 — 32 32 25 

37 060158 060178 — — 37 25 

40 090841 090846 — 40 40 25 

42 — 015081 — — 42 20 

42 015021 — — — 42 25 

47 512699 015082 — — 47 20 

50 090842 — — 50 50 20 

50 — 090847 — 50 50 15 

63 — 090848 — 63 63 10 

63 090843 — — 63 63 15 

D 

345



Fixing in concrete without pre-drilling 


Fixing perforated tapes 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The stable impact nail ED can be set 

in concrete with the impact nail setting 

tool SZE without pre-drilling. This 

allows for a fast installation. 

▪ The setting tool SZE‘s impact protection 

provides the best protection for 

your hand, thus ensuring a safe installation. 


▪ Concrete 

APPLICATIONS 


▪ Conduit clips such as BSM, BSMD, 

BSMZ 

▪ Perforated band such as LBK, LBV 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The impact nail ED is set in the setting 

tool SZE. 

▪ The bracket in the setting tool holds 

the nail securely in place during the 

installation procedure. 

▪ The nail can then be directly hit into 

the concrete. 

346





Length Diameter Sales unit 

l 

D 


ED 15 048212 15 4 200 

ED 18 079815 18 4 200 

ED 22 014570 22 4 200 


Impact nail setting tool SZE 

Sales unit 

Toolset for SZE 


SZE 079820 1 

Toolset for SZE 043365 4 

347



For the simple bundling of cables and pipes 

Cable fixing 

Bundling electric cables 


ADVANTAGES 


and silicone-free. 

▪ The cable tie UBN (black) is made 

from UV-stabilised material, and is 

therefore particularly suited to use in 

exterior areas. 

APPLICATIONS 

For bundling of 


▪ Flexible and rigid plastic insulating 

pipes 


FUNCTIONING 

▪ Lie the cable tie around the object to 

be fixed, and pull the band through 

the head of the cable tie. The cable tie 

can no longer be opened due to the 

latching of the tab in the teeth. 


from -40°C to +80°C 

▪ Recommended processing temperature 

up to -25°C 

348



Colour: 

transparent 

Colour: 

black 

Cable tie BN, colour: transparent 

Cable tie UBN, colour: black 

Dimensions Sales unit Outer carton 

b x l 

[mm] [pcs] [pcs] 

Item 

BN/UBN 2,5 x 100 087478 087488 2,5 x 100 100 20000 

BN/UBN 2,5 x 120 087479 087489 2,5 x 120 100 15000 

BN/UBN 2,5 x 200 087480 087490 2,5 x 200 100 10000 

BN/UBN 3,6 x 150 087481 087491 3,6 x 150 100 10000 

BN/UBN 3,6 x 200 019802 037573 3,6 x 200 100 10000 

BN/UBN 3,6 x 300 037490 069364 3,6 x 300 100 7500 

BN/UBN 4,6 x 200 087484 087494 4,6 x 200 100 7500 

BN/UBN 4,8 x 250 037582 069367 4,8 x 250 100 5000 

BN/UBN 4,8 x 280 087485 087495 4,8 x 280 100 5000 

BN/UBN 4,8 x 350 037653 069368 4,8 x 350 100 5000 

BN/UBN 4,8 x 370 037583 069369 4,8 x 370 100 8000 

BN/UBN 4,8 x 430 037708 069370 4,8 x 430 100 5000 

BN/UBN 7,6 x 350 087487 087497 7,6 x 350 100 2500 

BN/UBN 7,6 x 450 037996 069374 7,6 x 450 100 2500 

BN/UBN 7,6 x 550 037997 069375 7,6 x 550 100 2000 

BN/UBN 8,8 x 760 037998 069376 8,8 x 760 100 1800 

BN/UBN 8,8 x 810 038000 069377 8,8 x 810 100 1500 

BN/UBN 8,8 x 1168 038002 069379 8,8 x 1168 100 800 


349

Wireclip WIC 


Infinitely variable fixing of wire suspensions 

Suspension of signs 

Suspensions for trade show exhibits 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The simple system, comprising wire 

and Wireclip, guarantees ease of use. 

▪ The Wireclip‘s simple closing mechanism 

means that no tools are needed. 

This allows for a cost-effective installation. 

▪ The reclosable Wireclips make it possible 

to adjust the length at any time. 

This guarantees the greatest flexibility. 

APPLICATIONS 

For suspension of: 

▪ Lighting strips 


▪ Bus bars 

▪ Ventilation ducts 

▪ Pipes 

▪ Signs 

▪ Cooling ceilings 

FUNUNCTIONING 

▪ Loops are formed from the wire, which 

can be threaded through the Wireclips. 

This allows objects to be hung. 

The Wireclips can be adjusted at any 

time. 

▪ The FNA II 6x25 OE is suitable for 

fixing the wire. 

Note: 

▪ Do not apply paint or any other coating. 

▪ Do not apply lubricant. 

▪ Do not use for lifting loads. 

▪ Remove damaged wire ends using the 

wire cutter WIZ prior to introducing 

wires into the Wireclip. 

350

Wireclip WIC 


WIC 2 WIC 3 WIC 4 

Wire-Ø Sales unit 



WIC 2 VE20 044559 2 - 2,5 20 

WIC 3 VE20 044561 2,5 - 3,5 20 

WIC 4 VE10 044563 3 - 4 10 

WIC 2 VE100 044560 2 - 2,5 100 

WIC 3 VE100 044562 2,5 - 3,5 100 

WIC 4 VE50 044564 3 - 4 50 


WIS cable set with eyelet 

Wire cutter WIZ 

Cable length Wire-Ø Sales unit 

Item Art.-No. [m] [mm] [pcs] 

WIS 2/1 045956 1 2 10 

WIS 2/2 045957 2 2 10 

WIS 2/3 045958 3 2 10 

WIS 2/5 045959 5 2 10 

WIS 2/10 045960 10 2 10 

WI Ø 2 mm 044565 — 2 1 

WI Ø 2.5 mm 044566 — 2,5 1 

WI Ø 3 mm 044567 — 3 1 

WI Ø 4 mm 044568 — 4 1 

WIZ 044721 — — 1 

LOADS 

Wireclip 

Highest recommended loads 1) for each Wireclip. 

Type Diameter of wire cable Recommended tensile load 

[mm] 

[kN] 

WIS complete system 2) 2 0,5 

WIC 2 2) 2 0,6 

WIC 2 2) 2,5 1,0 

WIC 3 2) 3 1,2 

WIC 4 2) 4 2,3 

1) 


2) 

Only in combination with fischer wire cable. 

351


352



▪ Sanitary fixings for board materials ....................................................................... 

▪ Ceramic fixings .............................................................................................................. 

▪ Wash basin and urinal fixings .................................................................................. 

354 

356 

358 

353



Complete fixing sets for wash basins and urinals in board 

building materials and plumbing walls 

Urinals 

Wash basins 



fibreboards 

▪ Chipboard 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ With their special geometries, KM and 

WDP are the specialists for fixings in 

plumbing and hollow walls. 

▪ The wide transition beams of the 

KM and the large base plate of the 

WDP ensure a good load distribution, 

thus allowing for a high load-bearing 

capacity. 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ Wash basins 

▪ Urinals 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ KM is suitable for push-through installation. 

▪ When placed in the drill hole, the wide 

transition beam of the KM independently 

swings open behind the board. 

▪ WDP is set into the plumbing walls 

during wall installation. 

354



WDP - Wash basin and urinal fixing 

Thread Length Sales unit 

Ø x length l 


WDP 10 x 170 014320 M 10 170 10 



Gravity toggle KM 10 

Drill hole diameter Anchor length Min. cavity depth Max. panel Screw 

Sales unit 

thickness 

d o l a d p d s x l s 


KM 10 050326 30 240 140 90 M 10 x 180 25 

355



Complete fixing sets for free-standing toilets and bidets 

Free-standing toilets 

Bidets 


▪ Concrete 




concrete 



ADVANTAGES 

▪ Complete fixing sets including brass 

screws allow for quick and easy installation. 

▪ A pronounced rim prevents contact 

between the screw and ceramics, 

thus ensuring nothing gets damaged 

during fixing. 

▪ The WB5N‘s assembly bracket with 

pre-drilled rows of holes allows for a 

flexible fixing with two directions. 

▪ The WCN is also suitable for fixing 

ceramic shelves and mirrors, and 

can thus be used for a wide range of 

applications. 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ Free-standing toilets 

▪ Bidets 

▪ Ceramic shelves 

▪ Mirrors 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ S 8 RD is suitable for push-through 

installation. 

▪ WCN and S 8 D are suitable for both 

pre-positioned and push-through 

installation. 

▪ The WB5N‘s assembly bracket is flexibly 

positioned on the base using the 

long hole. The ceramics are then fixed 

to the bracket via the rows of holes. 

These counterbalance any height 

differences in the ceramic assembly 

holes. 

356



WCN 

Contents per plastic bag 

Item Art.-No. [pcs] [pcs] 

WCN 1 060561 2 wall plugs S 8, 2 brass screws 6 x 70 6kt., 2 cover caps white, 2 snap-fit sleeves 50 

WCN 2 060562 2 wall plugs S 8, 2 brass screws 6 x 70 6kt., 2 cover caps chrome, 2 snap-fit sleeves 50 


S 8 D 70 WCR 

Sales unit 



Sales unit 


S 8 D 70 WCR 060564 

2 wall plugs S 8, 2 brass screws 6 x 70 6kt., 2 cover caps chrome and white, 

2 snap-fit sleeves 

50 


S 8 RD WCR 


Sales unit 


S 8 RD 60 WCR 060570 2 wall plugs S 8 RD 60, 2 brass screws 5,5 x 65 6kt., 2 cover caps chrome and white 50 

S 8 RD 80 WCR 060568 2 wall plugs S 8 RD 80, 2 brass screws 6 x 85 6kt., 2 cover caps chrome and white 50 


WC fixing WB 5N 

Contents 

Sales unit 


WB 5N 018652 

2 S plugs UX 10, 2 Screws 7x65 zinc-plated, 2 Nylon angles, 2 washers 8mm, 

2 screws A2 stainless steel, 2 flanged sleeves, 2 cover caps chrom 

50 

357



Complete fixing sets for wash basins, urinals and sanitary 

installations 

Urinals 

Wash basins 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ Complete fixing sets allow for quick 

and easy installation. 

▪ The universal plug UX can be used in 

all solid, hollow and board materials, 

thus offering a high level of flexibility. 

▪ Flanged nuts and collar sleeves made 

of high-strength nylon are resistant to 

ageing and chemicals, and guarantee 

a long-lasting fixing that will not damage 

the ceramics. 

▪ Cover caps with a high-quality chrome 

finish ensure the fixture remains visually 

attractive for a long period of time. 


▪ Concrete 


fibreboards 



concrete 


etc. 





▪ Chipboard 



concrete 


APPLICATIONS 

▪ Wash basins 

▪ Urinals 

▪ Built-in toilets 

▪ Boilers 

▪ Gas heaters 

▪ Cisterns 


FUNCTIONING 

▪ The rimless UX is suitable for pre-positioned 


▪ Screwing in the screw causes the UX 

to expand in the solid building material 

and to knot within the cavity. 

▪ Maximum load-bearing capacity is 

only achieved when the screw is 

screwed in so far that the spanner flat 

lies on the plug rim. 

▪ Tiles and plaster are not classed as 

load-bearing base materials. 

358



WD - Wash basin and urinal fixing 



WD 8 x 90 080659 

2 wall plugs UX 10 x 60, 2 stud screws M 8x90 zinc-plated, 2 flanged nuts BU M8, 

installation instructions 

50 

WD 8 x 110 080658 2 wall plugs UX 10 x 60, 2 stud screws M 8x110 zinc-plated, 2 flanged nuts BU M8 50 

WD 10 x 120 080655 

2 wall plugs UX 14 x 75, 2 stud screws M 10x120 zinc-plated, 2 flanged nuts BU M10, 

installation instructions 

50 

WD 10 x 140 080656 

2 wall plugs UX 14 x 75, 2 stud screws M 10x140 zinc-plated, 2 flanged nuts BDH M10, 

2 hexagon nuts M10, installation instructions 

50 

Sales unit 



BO - Boiler fixing set 


Sales unit 


BO 120 080654 4 wall plugs UX 14 x 75, 4 stud screws M 10 x 120 zinc-plated, 4 flanged nuts BU M 10 25 


Wash basin fixing WST 


Sales unit 


WST 10 x 140 080660 

2 wall plugs UX 14 x 75, 2 stud screws M 10x140 zinc-plated, 2 flanged nuts BDH M10, 

2 hexagon nuts M10, installation instructions 

50 

WST 12 x 150 080661 

2 wall plugs UX 14 x 75, 2 stud screws M 12 x 150 zinc-plated, 

2 hexagon nuts M 12 zinc-plated, 2 flanged bushes BDH M 12 

50 

WST 12 x 180 080662 

2 wall plugs UX 14 x 75, 2 stud screws M 12 x 180 zinc-plated, 

2 hexagon nuts M 12 zinc-plated, 2 flanged bushes BDH M 12 

50 


UST 8 x 110 - Urinal fixing 

UST 10 x 120 - Urinal fixing 


Sales unit 


UST 8 x 110 083578 

2 wall plugs UX 10 x 60, 2 stud screws M 8 x 110, 2 washers B 8.4 DIN 125, 

2 plastic washer 8.4 x 20 x 1.5, 2 cap nuts FA 8, 2 cover caps chrome plated 

50 

UST 10 x 120 080668 

2 wall plugs UX 14 x 75, 2 stud screws M 10 x 120, 2 flanged nuts BU M 10, 

2 cover caps AKM 10 CR 

10 


WL - WC- and sanitary fixing 


Sales unit 


WL 7 x 60 080651 2 wall plugs UX 10, 2 screws 7 x 65 hex. head zinc-plated, 2 washers zinc-plated 100 

WL 8 x 70 080652 2 wall plugs UX 10, 2 screws 8 x 70 6kt. DIN 571 zinc-plated, 2 washers zinc-plated 100 

WL 10 x 70 080650 2 wall plugs UX 12, 2 screws 10 x 70 6kt. DIN 571 zinc-plated, 2 washers zinc-plated 50 

359



ACCESSORIES 

BUM Flanged nut 

Thread Width across nut Washer Fits Sales unit 

Ø x length SW 


BU M 8 MH 060200 M 8 17 40 STST M8 25 

BU M 10 MH 060201 M 10 17 40 STST M10 25 

BU M 12 MH 060204 M 12 19 40 STS M 12 25 

ACCESSORIES 

Cover cap AKM 

Colour Fits Sales unit 


AKM 10 W 080972 white BU M10 MH 20 

AKM 10 CR 080951 chrome BU M10 MH 100 

AKM 12 CR 080952 chrome BU M12 MH 100 

ACCESSORIES 

Installation tool HED 

Thread 

Sales unit 


HED 079831 M 6, M 8, M 10, M 12 1 

360


361


362


▪ Scaffold anchoring S 14 ROE / S 16 HR + GS 12 ........................................ 

▪ Scaffold anchoring FI G .............................................................................................. 

▪ Eye screw GS.................................................................................................................. 

▪ Ring nut RI ....................................................................................................................... 

364 

366 

368 

370 


363

Scaffold anchoring GS 12 + plug 


The standard scaffold anchoring 

Scaffold fixing 


S 14 ROE + GS 12 suitable for: 

▪ Concrete 




S 16 HR + GS 12 suitable for: 






concrete 

Façade scaffolds 


ADVANTAGES 

▪ The ideal interaction of the scaffold 

eyebolt and plug allows for a high 

load-bearing capacity, thus providing 

increased safety. 

▪ The high-quality weld stops the eye 

from opening. 

▪ The large diameter of the cover caps 

(available separately) covers drill holes 

completely and discreetly, even those 

with slightly broken edges. 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ Façade scaffolds 

▪ Ropes 

▪ Chains 

▪ Climbing scaffolds 

▪ Lighting 

▪ Clothes lines 

▪ Hanging baskets 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ In order to achieve the maximum loadbearing 

capacity, nylon plugs should 

only be used once. 

▪ We recommend use with frame fixing 

S 16 H-R in perforated brick and aerated 

concrete. 

▪ The screw-in markings provide a visual 

control during assembly, and thus 

allow for a simple and problem-free 

installation. 

▪ Pre-drill into wood when not using 

plugs. The drill bit diameter should 

equal the core diameter of the screw. 

▪ Suitable cover caps AD 12x40 (see 

page 367) for closing off remaining 

drill holes for S14 ROE. 

▪ Not suitable for swings, hammocks 

etc. 

364

Scaffold anchoring GS 12 + plug 


Scaffold eyebolt GS 12 

Shaft diameter Shaft length Max. thickness of Eye-Ø Fits Sales unit 

non-bearing layer 

d s 

L 


GS 12 x 90 080925 12 90 23 23 S 14 ROE 70 25 

GS 12 x 120 080926 12 120 23 23 S 14 ROE 100 / S16 H 100 R 25 

GS 12 x 160 080927 12 160 23 23 S 14 ROE 135 / S 16 H 135 R 25 

GS 12 x 190 080960 12 190 23 23 S 14 ROE 185 / S 16 H 160 R 25 

GS 12 x 230 080961 12 230 23 23 S 14 ROE 185 / S 16 H 160 R 25 

GS 12 x 300 081269 12 300 23 23 S 14 ROE 185 / S 16 H 160 R 25 

GS 12 x 350 080962 12 350 23 23 S 14 ROE 185 / S 16 H 160 R 25 


Plug S 14 ROE 


Plug S 16 H R 




fixings 


depth 

Anchor length 

Max. thickness of 



Sales unit 

d o h 2 h ef l l + 5 


S 14 ROE 70 052160 14 80 70 70 — 75 25 

S 14 ROE 100 052161 14 110 70 100 30 105 25 

S 14 ROE 135 052162 14 145 70 135 65 140 25 

S 14 ROE 185 052164 14 195 70 185 110 190 25 

S 16 H 100 R 059187 1) 16 120 90 100 10 105 50 

S 16 H 135 R 059188 1) 16 155 90 135 45 140 50 

S 16 H 160 R 059189 1) 16 180 90 160 70 165 50 

1) Also suitable for screws with metric thread M12. 

LOADS 

Scaffold anchoring S14 ROE / S 16 H R + GS 12 

Average failure loads 1) of a single anchor. 

Type S 14 ROE + GS 12 S 16 H R + GS 12 

2) 

Average failure load in the respective base material F ū 

Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 14,5 - 

Solid brick ≥ Mz12 [kN] 13,0 - 

Solid sand-lime brick ≥ KS12 [kN] 14,5 - 

Solid brick of lightweight aggregate concrete ≥ V2 [kN] 3,0 - 

Perforated sand-lime brick ≥ KSL12 [kN] 3,5 5,0 

Vertically perforated brick ≥ Hlz12 [kN] 3,5 3,5 

1) 

The determination of the permissible load follows national regulations. If national regulations are missing we recommend to use a safety factor ≥ 7. 

2) 

Valid for short term tensile load. 

365

Scaffold anchoring FI G 


The scaffold anchoring with metric thread M 12 

Scaffold fixing 


When combined with internal 

threaded anchor: 

▪ Concrete C20/25 - C50/60: 

Injection mortar FIS EM / FIS V 

Internal threaded anchor 

RG 18x125 M12 I 

Art. no. 50562 (see page 104) 

Façade scaffolds 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ When used together with an internal 

threaded anchor or a steel fixture with 

internal thread M 12, the scaffold 

screw FI G allows for repeated installation 

and removal using the same fixing 

point. 

▪ The high-quality weld stops the 

eye from opening, thus providing 

increased safety. 

▪ Masonry: 


Perforated sleeve FIS H 20x85 K 


Internal threaded anchor 

FIS E 15x85 M12 


APPLICATIONS 

▪ Façade scaffolds 


▪ Tensioning ropes 

▪ Chains 

▪ Lighting 



FUNCTIONING 

▪ The scaffold anchoring FI G should be 

used with an internal threaded anchor. 

Detailed information about its functioning 

can be found in the „Chemical 

fixings“ chapter. 


etc. 

366

Scaffold anchoring FI G 


Scaffold eyebolt FI G 12 

Thread Thread length Shaft diameter Max. thickness of Eye-Ø 

Sales unit 


M L G d s 


FI G 12 x 40 080933 M 12 30 12 40 23 20 

FI G 12 x 80 080934 M 12 30 12 80 23 20 

ACCESSORIES 

Cover cap AD 12 x 40 


Colour Length Head height Sales unit 

l 


AD 12 x 40 W 060259 white 40 3 100 

AD 12 x 40 G 060260 grey 40 3 100 

367

Eye screw GS 


The universal eye screw for use with fischer frame fixings or for 

direct use in wood 

Hanging baskets 


S 12 R + GS 10 suitable for: 

▪ Concrete 




S 14 HR + GS 10 suitable for: 




concrete 

GS 10 suitable for: 

▪ Wood 

Trellis 


ADVANTAGES 

▪ The ideal interaction of the eye screw 

and plug allows for a high load-bearing 

capacity, thus providing increased 

safety. 

▪ The high-quality weld stops the eye 

from opening. 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ Ropes 

▪ Chains 


▪ Lighting 



FUNCTIONING 

▪ Pre-drill when using with wood. The 

drill bit diameter should equal the core 

diameter of the screw. 

▪ The maximum load-bearing capacity 

is achieved when combined with the 

plugs recommended by fischer (see 

table „Technical Data“). The nylon plug 

must only be used once. 


etc. 

368

Eye screw GS 


Eye screw GS 

Shaft diameter Shaft length Bolt penetration Fits Eye-Ø Sales unit 

d s L s 


GS 8 x 50 502620 8 50 50 S 10 / SX 10 15 20 

GS 8 x 80 080918 8 80 58 S 10 / SX 10 22 20 

GS 8 x 100 080919 8 100 58 S 10 / SX 10 22 20 

GS 8 x 120 080920 8 120 58 S 10 / SX 10 22 20 

GS 10 x 160 080929 10 160 — 

S 12R, S 14H-R, 

GB 14 

30 20 


Plug S 12 R 

Plug S 14 HR 


Drill hole diameter Min. drill-hole depth Effect. anchoring Anchor length Max. fixture thickness 

Sales unit 

for through fixings depth 



S 12 R 100 050177 12 110 60 100 40 100 

S 12 R 135 050178 12 145 60 135 75 100 

S 14 H 100 R 059179 14 110 90 100 10 50 

S 14 H 135 R 059180 14 145 90 135 45 50 

LOADS 

Eye screw GS 

Highest recommended loads 1) of a single anchor. 

Type S 10 + GS 8 S 12 R + GS 10 S 14 H-R + GS 10 

2) 


Concrete ≥ C12/15 [kN] 0,67 1,03 - 

Solid brick ≥ Mz12 [kN] 0,63 1,00 - 

Solid sand-lime brick ≥ KS12 [kN] 0,57 0,84 - 

Solid brick of lightweight aggregate concrete ≥ V4 [kN] 0,26 0,29 0,43 

Perforated sand-lime brick ≥ KSL12 [kN] - 0,30 0,34 

Vertically perforated brick ≥ Hlz12 [kN] 0,36 0,36 0,50 

1) 


2) 

Valid for axial load. 

369

Ring nut RI 


The ring nut for all fixings with threaded studs 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The metric internal thread gives the 

ring nut RI flexibility and means it can 

be used with a range of steel anchors 

or threaded rods; e.g. FH II, FHB II-A, 

RG M, FZA, FAZ II, FIS A. 

Hanging baskets 


In line with the anchor used: 


▪ Solid and hollow building materials 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ Ropes 

▪ Chains 


▪ Lighting 



FUNCTIONING 

▪ The ring nut is to be used with an 

anchor with threaded studs. 

Detailed information about its functioning 

can be found in the „High 

Performance Steel Anchors“ and „Chemical 

Fixings“ chapters. The following 

anchors, for example, can be used: 

FHB II, RG M, FZA, FAZ II, FIS A. 


etc. 


Ring nut RI 

Fits Eye-Ø Total height Sales unit 


RI M 8 080840 M 8 20 36 20 

RI M 10 080842 M 10 25 45 10 

RI M 12 080844 M 12 30 53 10 

370


371


372


▪ Insulation ▪ tion 

support u port DHK DHK .............................................................................................. 

. . . . .... 

.... 

374 

374 

▪ Insulation ▪ t on 

support port DHM DHM 

............................................................................................. 

. . ...... 376 376 

▪ Render ▪ nder 

fixing fixing ing DIPK DIPK ....................................................................................................... 

.... 378 378 

▪ Render ▪ R nder 

fixing fixing FIF-K FIF-K F- 

....................................................................................................... 

K..................... 

. . . . ...... 380 

380 

▪ Render ▪ R nder 

fixing fixing FIF-S FIF-S F- 

....................................................................................................... 

. . . 382 

382 


discs discs .............................................................................................................. 

. . . . . ....... 384 . 384 

▪ Holding ▪ H lding clamp clamp DVN DVN ..................................................................................................... 

. . . . 386 

386 

▪ Retaining ▪ R t ing disc disc with with screw screw DHT DHT S ........................................................................... 

S . 

. . . ..... 

387 

387 

▪ Insulation ▪ t on fixing fixing ing FID FID ..................................................................................................... 

. . .... .... 389 

389 


disc disc FATB FATB ..................................................................................................... 

. . .... 391 391 

▪ Fibre ▪ Fibre cement c ment 

panel panel screw screw FAFZ FAFZ H ......................................................................... 

H... 

. . . . ......... 

393 393 


373



The cost-effective plastic insulation support for all conventional 

insulating boards 

Insulating materials in rear-ventilated façades 


▪ Concrete 


concrete 







concrete 


Insulating materials in rear-ventilated façades 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The optimised geometry of the expansion 

section ensures a low anchorage 

depth and reduces the amount of 

drilling required. 

▪ Flexible pins in the plate area adapt to 

the insulating material, and ensure a 

sustained contact pressure. 

▪ The simple hammerset installation 

allows for a quick installation process 

and thus reduces workload. 

▪ The colouring of the DHK 90 means 

that it does not stand out on black 

clad insulating material in rear-ventilated 

façades. 

▪ The DHK 45 is suitable for use in 

pressure-resistant insulating boards 

and reveals. 

APPLICATIONS 

To fix soft and pressure-resistant 

insulating materials in rear-ventilated 

façades, such as: 

▪ Mineral / glass wool 

▪ PU panels 


wool 

▪ Cork boards / coir matting 

▪ Polystyrene 

▪ Foam glass boards 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The DHK is set in push-through installation 

using a hammer. 

▪ The plate size of the insulation support 

is to be selected in line with the 

compressive strength of the insulating 

material: DHK 45 for pressureresistant; 

DHK 90 for soft insulating 

materials. 

▪ The expansion of the ribs in the drill 

hole gives the DHK an ideal contact 

pressure. 

▪ Temperature range when installed: 

-40°C to +80°C. 

374



Insulation support DHK 45, 

plate-ø 45 mm 

Insulation support DHK, 

plate-ø 90 mm 

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Effect. anchoring Anchor length Max. fixture Sales unit 

depth 

depth 

thickness 



DHK 40 080937 8 30 20 65 40 250 

DHK 60 080938 8 30 20 85 60 250 

DHK 80 080939 8 30 20 105 80 250 

DHK 100 080940 8 30 20 125 100 250 

DHK 120 080941 8 30 20 145 120 200 

DHK 140 080949 8 30 20 165 140 200 

DHK 160 512150 8 30 20 185 160 100 

DHK 180 512151 8 30 20 205 180 100 

DHK 200 512153 8 30 20 225 200 100 

DHK 220 512154 8 30 20 245 220 100 

DHK 45/40 080892 8 30 20 65 40 250 

DHK 45/60 080893 8 30 20 85 60 250 

DHK 45/80 080894 8 30 20 105 80 250 

DHK 45/100 080895 8 30 20 125 100 250 


LOADS 



Type 

DHK 


2) 

Concrete ≥ C12/15 [kN] 0,03 

Solid brick Mz 12 [kN] 0,03 

Solid sand-lime brick KS 12 [kN] 0,03 

Perforated sand-lime brick KSL 6 [kN] 0,03 

Vertically perforated brick Hlz 12 [kN] 0,02 

Aerated concrete ≥ PB2, PP2 (G2) [kN] 0,02 

1) 


2) 

Valid for tensile load. 

375



The fire-protection-tested metal insulation support for fireresistant 

insulating boards 

Pressure-resitant insulating materials on ceiling 

undersides 


▪ Concrete 


concrete 







concrete 


Pressure-resistant insulating materials in curtain 

façades 

APPROVALS 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The metal insulation support achieves 

fire resistance F 120. This means that 

it can be used where there are fire 

resistance requirements. 

▪ The DTM 80 plate for soft insulating 

materials (available separately) simplifies 

storage and minimises costs. 




▪ The shaft geometry allows setting in 

aerated concrete without pre-drilling, 

thus saving a stage of installation. 

APPLICATIONS 

To fix fire-resistant soft or pressureresistant 

insulating materials, such 

as: 

▪ Mineral / glass wool 


wool 

▪ Foam glass boards 


▪ Polystyrene boards 

▪ Coir matting 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The insulation support is set in pushthrough 

installation using a hammer. 

▪ The spring steel expands when hammered 

into the base material. 

▪ Use the DTM 80 plate (available separately) 

to fix soft insulating materials. 

376



Insulation support metal DHM, 

washer-ø 35 mm 

Insulation retaining metal washer DTM 80, 

washer-ø 85 mm, inside-ø 14 mm 

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Effect. anchoring Anchor length Max. fixture Sales unit 

depth 

depth 

thickness 



DHM 30 088801 1) 8 60 50 90 0 - 40 250 

DHM 60 088802 1) 8 60 50 110 30 - 60 250 

DHM 90 088803 1) 8 60 50 140 60 - 90 250 

DHM 120 061581 1) 8 60 50 170 90 - 120 250 

DHM 135 503131 1) 8 60 50 185 120 - 135 250 

DHM 150 061582 1) 8 60 50 200 120 - 150 250 

DHM 30 INOX 506135 1) 8 60 50 90 0 - 40 250 

DHM 60 INOX 506136 1) 8 60 50 110 30 - 60 250 

DHM 90 INOX 506137 1) 8 60 50 140 60 - 90 250 

DHM 120 INOX 506138 1) 8 60 50 170 90 - 120 250 

DHM 150 INOX 506140 1) 8 60 50 200 120 - 150 250 

DTM 80 088806 — — — — — 250 

DTM 80 INOX 506141 — — — — — 250 

1) Fixing tapped into aerated concrete G2/G4 without pre-drilling. 


ACCESSORIES 

Cover cap DHM ADK-W Cover cap DHM ADK-GR Cover cap DHM ADK-BG 

Diameter Colour Outer carton Sales unit 

D 

Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs] [pcs] 

DHM ADK-W 013330 37 white 5000 250 

DHM ADK-GR 046843 37 grey 10000 250 

DHM ADK-BG 046844 37 beige 2500 250 

LOADS 



Type 

2) 


Concrete ≥ C12/15 [kN] 0,25 

Solid brick Mz 12 [kN] 0,25 

Solid sand-lime brick KS 12 [kN] 0,25 

Aerated concrete (without pre-drilling) ≥ PB2, PP2 (G2) [kN] 0,10 

1) 


2) 


DHM 

377



The cost-effective drive anchor with plastic nail 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The glass-fibre-reinforced plastic nail 

(GRP nail) reduces the heat transmission 

and prevents marks on the plaster 

surface. 




▪ The well-proven design with low 

anchorage depth reduces the amount 

of drilling required, thus achieving a 

high level of efficiency. 

▪ The DIPK can be used universally in 

rear-ventilated curtain façades, as well 

as in plaster façades. 

Pressure-resistant insulation boards with rendering 


▪ Concrete 


concrete 






APPLICATIONS 

To fix pressure-resistant insulating 

materials in façades, such as: 



wool 


▪ PU panels 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ Non-bearing layers, such as adhesive 

and/or old render, are to be included 

in the anchor‘s useful length. 

▪ The DIPK is set in push-through installation 


▪ In solid materials the GRP nail needs 

to be shortened at the predetermined 

breaking point. 

▪ Driving the nail into the anchor shaft 

causes the DIPK to expand in the base 

material. 

378




Drill hole diameter Usable length Min. drill hole Effect. anchoring Nail length Fixing length Sales unit 

depth 

depth 

d o t fi x h 1 h ef l 


DIPK 8/20-40 041865 8 20 - 40 40 30 77 70 200 

DIPK 8/40-60 041866 8 40 - 60 40 30 97 90 200 

DIPK 8/60-80 041867 8 60 - 80 40 30 117 110 200 

DIPK 8/80-100 041868 8 80 - 100 40 30 137 130 200 

DIPK 8/100-120 041869 8 110 - 120 40 30 157 150 200 

DIPK 10/10-30 043966 10 10 - 30 40 30 67 60 200 

DIPK 10/40-60 043967 10 40 - 60 40 30 97 90 200 

DIPK 10/60-80 043968 10 60 - 80 40 30 117 110 200 

DIPK 10/80-100 043969 10 80 - 100 40 30 137 130 200 

DIPK 10/100-120 043970 10 110 - 120 40 30 157 150 200 

DIPK 10/120-140 043971 1) 10 120 - 140 40 30 117 170 200 

DIPK 10/140-160 043972 1) 10 140 - 160 40 30 137 190 200 

1) Installation with setting tool, included in each package. 


379



The pre-assembled drive anchor with reinforced plastic nail 



▪ Concrete 


concrete 






concrete 


ADVANTAGES 

▪ The pre-assembled fixing element 

simplifies installation and saves time. 




▪ The geometry of the expansion section 

ensures a low anchorage depth 

and reduces the amount of drilling 

required. 


prevents the fixing from expanding 

prematurely, thus enabling a problemfree 

installation. 

▪ The glass-fibre-reinforced plastic nail 

reduces the heat transmission and 

prevents marks on the plaster surface. 

APPLICATIONS 


materials in plaster façades, such as: 


▪ Mineral wool boards 


wool 


▪ PU panels 

FUNCTIONING 



in the FIF-K‘s useful length. 

▪ The FIF-K is set in push-through installation 



causes the FIF-K to expand in the base 

material. 


-40°C to +80°C. 

380




Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Effect. anchoring Anchor length Max. fixture Disk Ø 

Sales unit 

depth 

depth 

thickness 



FIS-K 8/60 511771 8 45 35 108 70 58 100 

FIS-K 8/80 511772 8 45 35 128 90 58 100 

FIS-K 8/100 511773 8 45 35 148 110 58 100 

FIS-K 8/120 511774 8 45 35 168 130 58 100 

FIS-K 8/140 511775 8 45 35 188 150 58 100 

FIS-K 8/160 511776 8 45 35 208 170 58 100 

FIS-K 8/180 511777 8 45 35 228 190 58 100 

LOADS 



Type 

FIF-K 



2) 

Concrete ≥ C12/15 [kN] 0,07 

Solid brick Mz [kN] 0,09 

Solid sand-lime brick KS [kN] 0,09 

Vertically perforated brick Hlz [kN] 0,06 

Perforated sand-lime brick KSL [kN] 0,06 

1) 


2) 


381



The pre-assembled drive anchor with innovative 

steel-plastic nail 



▪ Concrete 


concrete 






concrete 


Detail: innovative steel-plastic combination 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The innovative plastic nail with steel 

tip allows for high load-bearing 

capacities. This reduces the number of 

anchors required per m². 

▪ The long plastic nail breaks up the 

heat transmission. This in turn prevents 

marks on the plaster surface. 

▪ The pre-assembled fixing element simplifies 

installation and thus saves time. 







required. 


prevents the fixing from expanding 

prematurely, thus enabling a problemfree 

installation. 

APPLICATIONS 


materials in plaster façades, such as: 


▪ Mineral wool boards 


wool 


▪ PU panels 

FUNCTIONING 



in the FIF-S‘s useful length. 

▪ The FIF-S is set in push-through installation 



causes the FIF-S to expand in the base 

material. 


-40°C to +80°C. 

382




Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Effect. anchoring Anchor length Max. fixture Disk Ø 

Sales unit 

depth 

depth 

thickness 



FIF-S 8/60 511810 8 45 35 108 70 58 100 

FIF-S 8/80 511811 8 45 35 128 90 58 100 

FIF-S 8/100 511812 8 45 35 148 110 58 100 

FIF-S 8/120 511813 8 45 35 168 130 58 100 

FIF-S 8/140 511814 8 45 35 188 150 58 100 

FIF-S 8/160 511815 8 45 35 208 170 58 100 

FIF-S 8/180 511816 8 45 35 228 190 58 100 

FIF-S 8/200 511817 8 45 35 248 210 58 100 

FIF-S 8/220 511818 8 45 35 268 230 58 100 

FIF-S 8/240 511819 8 45 35 288 250 58 100 

FIF-S 8/260 511820 8 45 35 308 270 58 100 

FIF-S 8/280 511821 8 45 35 328 290 58 100 

FIF-S 8/300 511822 8 45 35 348 310 58 100 

FIF-S 8/320 511823 8 45 35 368 330 58 100 

FIF-S 8/340 511824 8 45 35 388 350 58 100 


LOADS 



Type 

FIF-S 


2) 

Concrete ≥ C12/15 [kN] 0,13 

Solid sand-lime brick KS [kN] 0,13 

Solid brick Mz [kN] 0,13 

Solid block of normal weight concrete Vbn [kN] 0,11 

Perforated sand-lime brick KSL [kN] 0,11 

Vertically perforated brick Hlz [kN] 0,08 

Hollow block of lightweight aggregate concrete Hbl [kN] 0,08 

Solid block of lightweight aggregate concrete Vbl [kN] 0,08 

Lightweight aggregate concrete LAC [kN] 0,08 

1) 


2) 


383



Discs for combining nail and frame fixings, as well as screws 

Insulating materials in two-leaf external walls 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The various disc diameters allow for 

individual adaptation to various insulation 

materials and requirements and 

offer the greatest flexibility with wideranging 

applications. 

▪ The flexible pins in the DT 90 ensure 

sustained pressure on the insulation, 

thus providing a secure hold. 

▪ The DTM 60 made of stainless steel 

A4 makes it possible to use a frame 

fixing, and allows for a secure fixing 

of the insulation material in façade 

construction in cases of high requirements. 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ To fix soft and pressure-resistant insulation 

materials. 

▪ DT90/4 on VB wall tie 

▪ DT 60/10, DTM 60/10 and DTM 

70/10 in combination with 10mm 

frame fixing 

▪ DT 90/8 and insulation washer 8/60 

in combination with 8mm hammerfix 

▪ HV and HK 36 with 5mm screws 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The disc size is to be selected in line 

with the compressive strength of the 

insulating material. 

▪ To be combined with anchors, screws 

or nails corresponding to the available 

base material. 

▪ DT90/4 is suitable for pushing on to 

fischer wall tie VB. 

384



HV 36 plastic HV 36 zinc ISO-disk 8/60 DT 60/10 DTM-A4 DTM 70/10 DT 90 

Disk Ø Disc height Through hole Steel sheet Sales unit 

thickness 

d f 


HK 36 plastic 004283 36 3 5 — 100 

HV 36 zinc 004286 36 3 5 — 100 

ISO-disk 8/60 001680 60 7 8 — 100 

DT 60/10 044317 60 7 10,5 0,5 50 

DTM 60/10 A4 088805 60 3 10,5 0,5 100 

DTM 70/10 zinc 044318 70 3 10,5 — 50 

DT 90/4 080957 1) 90 7 4 — 250 

DT 90/8 080958 90 7 8 — 250 

1) The central hole is adapted in such a way that the disc clamps well on the 4 mm wire of the VB walltie. 


385

Holding clamp DVN 


The installation-friendly insulation clamp 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The holding clamp DVN allows for a 

hidden installation for a homogeneous 

surface. 

▪ The complete fixing system, comprising 

the clamp and zinc-plated nails, 

allows for an immediate installation in 

line with building requirements. 

▪ The Sendzimir-galvanised steel claw 

allows for durable use for the secure 

anchoring of pressure-resistant insulation 

materials. 


Pressure-resistant insulation boards on timber 

constructions 


▪ Wooden materials 

▪ Wooden panel materials 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ To fix pressure-resistant insulation 

materials (e.g. polystyrene, PU panels, 

glass foam boards) onto timber 

sub-structures, predominantly in the 

ceiling area. 

Pressure-resistant insulation boards on ceiling 

undersides 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The holding clamp is fixed with the 

supplied nails on the wooden substrate 

with a hammer. 

▪ The points of the holding clamp 

DVN are pushed into the slot side of 

the insulating board until it is held 

securely. 

Clamp DVN 

For insulation 

thickness 

Sales unit 


DVN 15 047240 up to 60 250 

DVN 30 047243 from 80 250 

386


The installation-friendly polyamide retaining disc for panel 

building materials 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The DHT-S screw allows setting without 

pre-drilling, thus saving a stage of 

installation. 

▪ The plug reduces the heat transmission 

and prevents marks on the plaster 

surface. 

▪ The extremely thin disc construction 

allows for use with thin layers of 

plaster and reinforcements and offers 

maximum flexibility. 

Pressure-resistant insulation boards on ceiling 

undersides 


▪ Wood and wooden materials 

▪ Sheet thickness up to 0.8 mm 

APPLICATIONS 


materials in plaster façade, such as: 


▪ PU panels 


wool 


Pressure-resistant insulation boards on timber 

constructions 

APPROVALS 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ Non-bearing layers, such as adhesive, 

are to be included in the useful length. 

▪ The retaining disc with screw is set in 

push-through installation with a cordless 

screwdriver. 

▪ A PH2 bit is required for installation. 

▪ After installation, seal the screw hole 

with the enclosed plug. 


387





Colour Usable length Shaft length Screw length Effect. anchoring Disk Ø 

Sales unit 

depth 

t fi x L l s h ef 


DHT S 30 W 044390 white 30 20 45 25 50 500 

DHT S 50 W 044392 white 40 - 50 20 65 25 50 500 

DHT S 70 W 044394 white 60 - 70 40 65 25 50 500 

DHT S 80 W 044395 white 70 - 80 40 75 25 50 500 

DHT S 100 W 044388 white 90 - 105 40 100 25 50 500 

DHT S 120 W 044389 white 110 - 125 40 120 25 50 500 

DHT S 150 W 516154 white 140 - 155 40 150 25 50 500 

388


The fixing for anchoring in insulation 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ Since the anchor is set exclusively in 

the insulation itself, fixtures can be 

installed without thermal bridges. 

▪ The geometry of the FID allows for 

a simple installation in thin layers of 

plaster, without the need for pre-drilling, 

thus saving a stage of installation. 

▪ The FID 50 is used in thin insulating 

boards from 50mm. The FID 90 is 

used in thicker insulating boards, and 

can bear higher loads. 

▪ The bit mounting allows for setting 

with standard tools, thus allowing for a 

fast and economic installation. 

Fixings in ETICS 


▪ Non-plastered, pressure-resistant insulating 

boards 

▪ Plastered, pressure-resistant insulating 

boards 

▪ ETICS insulating boards 

APPLICATIONS 

To fix lightweight fixtures in plastered 

and non-plastered insulating 

boards. 

The areas of application are: 

▪ Façade construction (ETICS) 

▪ Insulating construction 

▪ Electric construction 

▪ Refrigerated and climate construction 

▪ Acoustic construction 

Fixings in ETICS 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The FID can be set in the insulating 

board with a cordless screwdriver or 

by hand. 

▪ The special spiral thread taps itself in 

the insulating board. 

▪ Fixtures are fixed with a 4.5 mm 

screw for the FID 50, and with a 

6 mm screw for the FID 90. 

▪ Water ingress in the insulation can be 

prevented by sealing the plug collar 

with a suitable sealant after successful 

pre-positioned installation. 


389




Insulation fixing FID 50 Insulation fixing FID 90 

Anchor length Min. bolt penetratioboard 

Wood and chip- 

Actuation Sales unit 

screws 

l d s 


FID 50 048213 50 50 4,5 - 5,0 TX40 50 

FID 90 510971 90 90 6 6 mm / 6-kt 25 

LOADS 



The given loads are valid for chipboard screws with maximum diameter. 

Type FID 50 FID 90 

Screw diameter Ø [mm] 4,5- 5,0 6 


2) 

Polystyrene PS 15 [kN] 0,05 0,08 

Polystyrene PS 20 [kN] 0,09 0,14 

1) 


2) 


390


The roofing membrane fixer with steel nail 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The extensive range allows for the realisation 

of large parts layer thicknesses 

up to 275 mm for a wide range of 

applications. 




required. 




Pressure-resistant flat roof insulating materials 


▪ Concrete 






APPLICATIONS 

▪ To fix pressure-resistant insulation 

materials (e.g. Polystyrene,PU panels, 

mineral wool,glass wool, foam glass 

boards) and waterproof sheetings to 

flat roofs. 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ Non-bearing layers, such as adhesive, 

are to be included in the anchor‘s useful 

length. 

▪ The anchor is set in push-through 

installation using a hammer. 

▪ Use only impact drilling (not hammer 

drilling) for concrete cassette panels. 

▪ Use only rotary drilling for aerated 

concrete. 

▪ A 35mm deeper drill hole and anchorage 

depth is needed in aerated concrete. 

This is to be taken into account 

when calculating useful length. 


391




Insulation disc FATB, plate-ø 50 mm 

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Effect. anchoring Anchor length Usable length Disk Ø Sales unit 

depth 

depth 



FATB 50/40 048342 8 45 35 75 21 - 40 50 250 

FATB 50/60 048343 8 45 35 95 41 - 60 50 250 

FATB 50/80 048344 8 45 35 115 61 - 80 50 250 

FATB 50/100 048345 8 45 35 135 81 - 100 50 250 

FATB 50/120 048346 8 45 35 155 101 - 120 50 250 

FATB 50/140 048347 8 45 35 175 121 - 140 50 250 

FATB 50/160 048348 8 45 35 195 141 - 160 50 250 

FATB 50/180 048349 8 45 35 215 161 - 180 50 250 

FATB 50/215 048360 8 45 35 250 181 - 215 50 250 

FATB 50/245 048361 8 45 35 280 216 - 245 50 250 

FATB 50/275 048362 8 45 35 310 246 - 275 50 250 

392


The pre-assembled fibre cement panel screw 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The screw is pre-fitted with a seal 

washer. This provides a complete fixing 

set for a simple installation. 

▪ The screw is protected against corrosion 

and thus withstands the stresses 

of weather when used outside. 

Corrugated root tiles made of fibre cement 


▪ Wood 

▪ Panel building materials 

APPLICATIONS 


▪ Fibre cement panels 

▪ Undulating roof tiles 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ The screw is set in push-through installation 

using a cordless screwdriver. No 

pre-drilling of the fibre cement panel 

is required. 




Diameter x length Min. bolt penetration 

Sales unit 

l 2 


FAFZH 6,5 x 130 DS 25 092210 6,5 x 130 50 100 

393

Foams, Sealants 

394

Foams, sealants 

▪ One-component gun foam PUP B2 ....................................................................... 

▪ One-component gun foam PUP G B2 .................................................................. 

▪ One-component gun foam PUBS B2 .................................................................... 

▪ One-component gun foam PUP B3 ....................................................................... 

▪ One-component gun foam PUFS B1 .................................................................... 

▪ One-component gun foam PUPP G B2 ................................................................ 

▪ One-component rapid installation foam PU1 .................................................... 

▪ 2-component rapid foam PU2................................................................................. 

▪ 2-component fixing foam .......................................................................................... 

▪ Accessories ..................................................................................................................... 

▪ Premium sanitary silicone DSSA ............................................................................ 

▪ Sanitary silicone DSSI ................................................................................................. 

▪ Multi-silicone DMS ....................................................................................................... 

▪ Premium high temperature silicone DHS ............................................................ 

▪ Premium construction silicone DBSA ................................................................... 

▪ Roof and wall silicone DBSI ...................................................................................... 

▪ Premium silicone for natural stone DNS .............................................................. 

▪ Premium B1 silicone DFS ......................................................................................... 

▪ Premium painting acrylic DMA ............................................................................... 

▪ Acrylic sealant DA ........................................................................................................ 

▪ Premium structured acrylic DSA ............................................................................ 

▪ Premium ventilation duct sealant DLK ................................................................. 

▪ Premium all-weather sealant DDK ......................................................................... 

▪ Roof sealing compound DD ..................................................................................... 

▪ Accessories ..................................................................................................................... 

▪ Sealant selection matrix and colour boards ....................................................... 

396 

397 

398 

399 

400 

401 

402 

403 

404 

405 

407 

408 

409 

410 

411 

412 

413 

414 

415 

416 

417 

418 

419 

420 

421 

422 


395



The gun foam with proven sound and thermal insulation as well 

as increased foam yield 

Window connection joints 

Connection joints around shutter boxes 


Bonds to all standard building materials 

such as: 

▪ Concrete 

▪ Anodised layer 


▪ Wood 

▪ Sand-lime brick 

▪ Plastics (not on PE, PP, Teflon, silicone) 

▪ Masonry 

▪ Metals with priming coat 

▪ Plaster 

CERTIFICATES 

▪ General test certificate from building 

authorities P-NDS04-137 

▪ Proven joint soundproofing 

R(ST,w)=61 dB in line with ISO EN 

717-1 

▪ Proven thermal conductivity: Reduces 

heat loss by 0.0345 W/(m*K) 

▪ Based on DIN 18542, proven airtightness 

of a 50 mm: foam in 

several layers and then dampen 

▪ Fresh foam stains can be removed 

immediately with fischer PU cleaner. 


Contents per 

canister 

Max. foam yield 

(free foaming) 

Colour 

Sales unit 

Item Art.-No. [ml] [l] [pcs] 

PUP 750 B2 (D) 053084 825 55 yellow 12 

396

One-component gun foam PUP G B2 

The grey gun foam in the compact can with high foam yield 



Closing joints in structural work 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The compact, handy can allows for 

use in difficult to access areas, and 

achieves a high degree of emptying 

without premature loss of gas. 

▪ The grey colour of the foam is ideally 

suited to concrete substrates and 

allows for an inconspicuous filling of 

joints. 

▪ The proven thermal protection and 

reduction of air permeability fulfil the 

high standards for modern thermal 

protection. 

▪ The proven 61dB sound insulation 

fulfils the standards of modern sound 

insulation and helps to reduce noise. 

▪ The solid valve prevents adhesion 

when being stored horizontally or 

during long interruptions of work, thus 

guaranteeing long-lasting functionality. 




such as: 

▪ Concrete 



▪ Wood 



▪ Masonry 


▪ Plaster 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ Insulating and filling component joints, 

wall connections and wall penetrations 

▪ Insulating and filling in roofing work 

and dry construction (e.g. in the ceiling 

area) 

▪ Insulating and filling window connection 

joints, around window sills and 

shutter boxes 

▪ Insulating and filling pipe penetrations 


CERTIFICATES 





717-1 




of a 50 mm: foam in 

several layers and then dampen. 



Contents per 

canister 



Colour 

Sales unit 


PUP 500 G B2 (D) 503259 500 43 grey 12 

397

One-component gun foam PUBS B2 


The gun foam with proven resistance to water pressure 

Sealing concrete manhole rings 

Filling pipe penetrations 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ External testing of watertightness 

when used in connection with hinged 

manhole rings fulfils the requirements 

for a well foam. 

▪ The special foam is ready and easy to 

use, and replaces the time- and workintensive 

application of mortar. 

▪ The high resistance to dilute chemicals 

and mineral oil, the resistance to 

acids and bacteria found in soil, and 

the resistance to rot all guarantee a 

lasting function. 

▪ PUBS is graded as normally inflammable 

as per the B2 test and can, 

therefore, also be used above ground. 

This offers the highest level of flexibility. 

▪ The easy dosage allows for a controlled 

filling and sealing, and en-sures 

that the correct amount is used. 




such as: 

▪ Concrete 


▪ Fibre cement 


▪ Wood 



▪ Masonry 

▪ Metals 

▪ Plaster 

▪ Stone 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ To quickly fill joints between hinged 

manhole rings 

▪ To seal and bind well shafts, manhole 

shafts, domestic sewage treatment 

plants and cisterns 

▪ To insulate and fill wall penetrations, 

cavities, wall connections and finished 

elements 

CERTIFICATES 



▪ Test for watertightness up to 0.5 bar 

for the adhesion of manhole rings 




of a < 0.1 m³/[h*m*(daPa)² /3 ] 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ One-component PU foam 

▪ Building material class B2 

▪ Beige in colour 

▪ Foam yield of extruded foam 45 l 

▪ Processing temperature +5°C to 

+30°C 

▪ Non-tacky within approx. 15 minutes 

▪ Bind manholes together before skin 

formation. 

▪ Do not cut or spread foam coming 

from the hinge 

▪ Hardened after approx. 24 hours 

▪ Temperature resistant from -40°C to 

+90°C 

▪ Layer thicknesses > 50 mm foam in 

several layers and then dampen 



Contents per 

canister 



Colour 

Sales unit 


PUBS 750 B2 (D/GB) 513763 750 45 beige 12 

398


The gun foam with the perfect dosage 



Connection joints around shutter boxes 



such as: 

▪ Concrete 



▪ Wood 



▪ Masonry 


▪ Plaster 

CERTIFICATES 



717-1 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The low level of foam expansion during 

the curing period avoids reworking, 

thus guaranteeing a simple and 

time-saving application. 


filling and sealing, and ensures 


▪ The proven 60dB sound insulation 

fulfils the standards of modern sound 

insulation and helps to reduce noise. 

▪ The perfect-fit connection between 

the can and the gun means that work 

can be interrupted for as long as you 

like, and thus guarantees long-lasting 

functionality. 

APPLICATIONS 


and dry construction 



shutter boxes 

▪ Insulating and filling finished elements, 

wall connections, wall penetrations 

and cavities 

▪ Insulating and filling pipe penetrations 


FUNCTIONING 

▪ 1-component PU foam 





+30°C 

▪ Non-tacky after approx. 15 minutes 

▪ Can be cut after approx. 45 minutes 

▪ Cures within 5 to 8 hours 


+90°C 

▪ Layer thicknesses > 50 mm: foam in 





Contents per 

canister 



Sales unit 


PUP 750 B3 (GB) 058501 750 41 12 

399

One-component gun foam PUFS B1 


The hardly flammable B1 gun foam 

Filling cavities in the insulation 

Foaming steel door frames 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The PUFS is hardly flammable in line 

with the B1 test and can therefore be 

used between solid, mineral or metal 

building materials. Thus it provides the 

highest level of safety. 

▪ The high-quality solid valve prevents 

adhesion when being stored horizontally 

or during long interruptions of 

work, thus guaranteeing long-lasting 



filling and sealing, and ensures 





such as: 

▪ Concrete 



▪ Wood 



▪ Masonry 


▪ Plaster 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ High-efficiency thermal insulation on 

façades 




shutter boxes 


wall connections, wall penetrations 

and cavities 

CERTIFICATES 



FUNCTIONING 



▪ Concrete-grey in colour 



+25°C 





+90°C 





Contents per 

canister 



Sales unit 


PUFS 750 (D/GB) 045300 750 45 12 

400

One-component gun foam PUPP G B2 

The economic adhesive foam for perimeter insulation boards 


Bonding perimeter insulation boards 

Filling pipe penetrations 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The high foam yield allows for the 

bonding of approx. 13 m² of wall 

space, and is therefore especially 

economical. 

▪ The use of the can/gun system 

provides a time saving of approx. 30% 

and thus guarantees efficient work. 

▪ The special PU foam formulation 

ensures the best adhesion to concrete 

and bituminous substrates, and allows 

for the long-term fixing of insulation 

boards. 

▪ The very low level of post-expansion 

avoids the formation of cavities and 

guarantees a long-lasting insulation. 



▪ Concrete 

▪ Bitumen coatings 



▪ Wood 

▪ Cold bitumen sheeting 


▪ Masonry 


▪ Plaster 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ Bonding expanded polystyrene panels 

▪ Insulating and filling wall penetrations 

▪ Foaming in electrical installations 

▪ Filling joints and cavities in all internal 

constructions 

▪ Fixing and sealing walls and ceilings 

CERTIFICATES 



FUNCTIONING 



▪ Concrete-grey in colour 



+25°C 




+90°C 

▪ Low heat conductivity 

▪ Applications comparable to conventional 

gun foams 



▪ Apply a min. of 3 end-to-end stripes 

per board, vertically from bottom 

to top on the external wall (spacing 

approx. 30 cm). The bottom board 

should be on fixed ground as protection 

from later slipping. After approx. 

10 minutes apply the boards onto the 

holding surface and press hard. 

Contents per 

canister 



Sales unit 


PUP P 750 G B2 (D) 506671 750 45 12 

401

One-component rapid installation foam PU1 


The high-quality installation foam with reusable fix adapter 

system 


Sealing concrete manhole rings 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The reclosable fix adapter allows for 

immediate use and for the reuse of 

opened cans, thus guaranteeing longlasting 


▪ The rapid installation foam has been 

approved as watertight by an external 

inspection and is thus suitable for use 

in wet conditions. It fulfils the requirements 

of a well foam. 

▪ The ergonomic handle sits perfectly in 

the hand and allows for easy use. 




such as: 

▪ Concrete 



▪ Wood 



▪ Masonry 


▪ Plaster 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ Bonding and sealing manhole rings 


and dry construction 



shutter boxes 


wall connections and wall 

penetrations 

CERTIFICATES 


authorities P-NDS04-136 for B2 

▪ Proven joint soundproofing for B2: 


717-1 for B2 

▪ Test for watertightness for the adhesion 

of manhole rings 

FUNCTIONING 


▪ Building material class B2 or B3 


▪ Solid valve prevents adhesion when 

being stored horizontally 

▪ Foam yield of extruded foam 750 ml: 

45 l (500 ml: 30 l) 


+35°C 





+90°C 





Contents per 

canister 



Sales unit 


PU 1/500 B2 050426 500 30 12 

PU 1/500 B3 (GB/E/F) 058500 500 28 12 

PU 1/500 B3 (DK/SE/NO/FI) 016260 500 28 12 

PU 1/750 B2 053080 750 45 12 

PU 1/750 B3 (GB/E) 050427 750 41 12 

PU 1/750 B3 (DK/SE/NO/FI) 016396 750 41 12 

402

2-component rapid foam PU2 

The high-quality 2-component rapid foam for secure fixing with 

pull activation 


Foaming door frames 

Foaming below bath tubs 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The humidity-independent system 

guarantees a controlled foaming, thus 

ensuring a safe and fast curing without 

repressing. 

▪ The pull mechanism allows for a simple, 

safe activation of the components. 

▪ The extremely uniform and fine-pore 

foam structure provides high strength 

values and offers a maximum of 


▪ The high foam yield allows for the setting 

of up to 3 door frames. Thus the 

foam is particularly economical. 

▪ The high resistance to rotting and 

ageing ensures consistent quality and 

guarantees a long-lasting fixing. 




such as: 

▪ Concrete 



▪ Wood 



▪ Masonry 


▪ Plaster 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ Installation of door frames (install 

expanders) 

▪ Filling and insulating of cavities in 

walls and ceilings 

▪ Foaming in windows, bath tubs and 

showers 

▪ Fixing insulating elements, wooden 

cladding, sheet metal panels, control 

boxes 

CERTIFICATES 



FUNCTIONING 



▪ Light blue in colour 

▪ Solid valve minimises premature loss 

of gas 



+25°C 



▪ Cures after approx. 30 minutes 


+90°C 



Contents per 

canister 



Sales unit 


PU 2/402 (D) 053081 400 13 12 

403

2-component fixing foam 


The 2-component fixing foam for secure fixing with rotation 

activation 

Foaming door frames 

Foaming below bath tubs 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The humidity-independent system 

guarantees a controlled foaming, thus 

ensuring a safe and fast curing. 

▪ The ideal foam yield allows for the setting 

of up to 3 door frames. Thus the 

foam is particularly economical. 

▪ The high resistance to rotting and 

ageing ensures consistent quality and 

guarantees a long-lasting fixing. 




such as: 

▪ Concrete 



▪ Wood 



▪ Masonry 


▪ Plaster 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ Installation of door frames (install 

expanders) 

▪ Filling and insulating of cavities in 

walls and ceilings 

▪ Foaming in windows, bath tubs and 

showers 

▪ Fixing insulating elements, wooden 

cladding, sheet metal panels, control 

boxes 

CERTIFICATES 



FUNCTIONING 



▪ Light green in colour 

▪ Activation via rotary disc on the bottom 

of the can 

▪ Foam yield of extruded foam 11 l (sufficient 

for up to 3 door frames) 


+25°C 

▪ Non-tacky after 7 to 9 minutes 

▪ Can be cut after 9 to 11 minutes 

▪ Cures after approx. 30 minutes 


+80°C 



Contents per 

canister 



Sales unit 


PU 2/403 (D) 053089 400 11 12 

404

Accessories 

PUP K2 PUP M3 PUP M2 


ADVANTAGES 

▪ The light construction facilitates use 

on construction sites and allows for 

fatigue-free work. 

▪ The impact-requiring control prevents 

the unintentional unscrewing of the 

regulating screw, and is therefore 

particularly user-friendly. 

▪ The gun adapter is suitable for all 

standard systems and enables universal 

application. 

▪ Opened cans can remain screwed 

onto the gun during interruptions of 

work without curing. 

PUP M4 BLACK 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The PUP M3 meets the tough requirements 

of a construction site and thus 

offers a long lifespan. 

▪ The ergonomic handle allows for an 

ideal position of centre of gravity, and 

therefore precise handling. 

▪ The infinitely variable control of the 

foam expulsion allows for a controlled 

filling and insulating, and enables 

application-orientated work. 




ADVANTAGES 

▪ The complete PTFE coating reduces 

cleaning to a minimum. 

▪ Non-return ball and basket are coated 

with PTFE. This prevents bonding and 

guarantees a long-lasting function. 

▪ The perfect combination of the 

ergonomically shaped handle and 

trigger makes handling particularly 

user-friendly. 

▪ The tubes included with the 19 cm 

long, tapered pistol pipe mean that it 

can be individually lengthened for use 

in the narrowest joints, thus offering a 

high degree of flexibility. 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The Teflon adapter prevents the adhesion 

of leftover foam, thus guaranteeing 

trouble-free use and changing of 

cans. 

▪ The foam flows solely in metal parts. 

This increases the lifespan and offers 

maximum economic efficiency. 

▪ The infinitely variable control of the 

foam expulsion allows for a controlled 

filling and insulating, and enables 

application-orientated work. 





Sales unit 


PUP K2 062400 1 

PUP M3 033208 1 

PUP M2 019522 1 

PUP M4 BLACK 513429 1 

405

Accessories 


PU-cleaner 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The active components ensure a high 

cleaning effect, making the cleaner 

ideal for the safe removal of fresh PU 

foam. 

▪ The gun adapter is suitable for all 

standard systems and enables universal 

application. 

▪ The separate spray head allows for the 

cleaning of external surfaces, making 

the product extremely versatile. 

▪ The highly active cleaner can etch 

sensitive surfaces (paint, dye, textiles, 

plastics). Thus you should always 

conduct preliminary tests. 


Contents 

Sales unit 


PUR 150 (D) 053083 150 12 

PUR 500 (D/GB) 053085 500 12 

406

Premium sanitary silicone DSSA 

The high-quality premium sanitary silicone 


Joints in sanitary areas 

Sealings in the kitchen 


▪ Chrome 

▪ Stainless steel 


▪ Enamel 

▪ Epoxy 

▪ Tiles 

▪ Glass 

▪ Glazed surfaces 

▪ Wood (with primer) 

▪ H-PVC 

▪ Ceramics 

▪ Polyester 

▪ Sanitary acrylic 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The high-quality formulation allows for 

easy application and smoothing, and 

ensures efficient work. 

▪ The 25% elasticity means that DSSA 

is ideal for high-stress expansion joints. 

This guarantees long-lasting jointing. 

▪ The very good hold on smooth surfaces 

prevents damp from forming in 

the substrate and guarantees reliable 

functioning. 

▪ The high wear resistance gives the 

surface a high level of protection when 

cleaning. Together with the fungicidal 

properties, an ideal jointing can be 

achieved that will last over the long 

term. 


APPLICATIONS 

▪ Corner, movement and connection 

joints in sanitary areas (sinks, showers, 

bath tubs, expansion joints between 

tiles etc.) 

▪ Connection joints in the kitchen 

▪ Window and glass sealings 

▪ Seal welds for display cabinets and 

glass blocks 

▪ Small-scale adhesions (e.g. window 

bars) 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ Chemical base: 1-component silicone 

acetate 

▪ Permanently elastic 

▪ With fungicide 

▪ Skin formation time: approx. 6 minutes 

▪ Processing temperature: +5°C to 

+35°C 

▪ Temperature resistance: -50°C to 

+200°C 

▪ Permitted overall deformation: 25% 

▪ Good chemical resistance 

▪ Very good resistance to weather, ageing 

and UV 

▪ Compatible with paint 

▪ Not paintable 

▪ Free of MDI and solvents 

▪ Selection table for substrates - refer to 

page 422 

Colour Contents Sales unit 


DSSA TP (D/GB) 053100 transparent 310 12 

DSSA W (D/GB) 053101 white 310 12 

DSSA GR (D/GB) 053102 grey 310 12 

DSSA BG (D/GB) 053103 bahama beige 310 12 

DSSA DG (D/GB) 053105 dark grey 310 12 

DSSA SW (D/GB) 053120 black 310 12 

DSSA SG (D/GB) 058530 silver grey 310 12 

DSSA FUG (D/GB) 512208 joint grey 310 12 

DSSA SAG (D/GB) 512209 sanitary grey 310 12 

DSSA MA (D/GB) 512210 manhattan 310 12 

DSSA AN (D/GB) 512211 anthracite 310 12 

407

Sanitary silicone DSSI 


The standard sanitary silicone 


Wash basins 




▪ Epoxy 

▪ Tiles 


▪ Glass 

▪ H-PVC 

▪ Ceramics 

▪ Painted wood 

▪ Polyester 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The 25% elasticity means that DSSI 

is ideal for expansion and connection 

joints. This guarantees long-lasting 

jointing. 

▪ The very good hold on smooth surfaces, 

e.g. tiles, prevents damp forming 

in the substrate and guarantees 

reliable functioning. 

▪ The fungicidal properties ensure a 

clean look over the long term. 


APPLICATIONS 

▪ Joints in sinks and toilets 

▪ Expansion joints between floor and 

wall tiles 

▪ Joints around enamel and plastic 

showers and bath tubs 

▪ Connection joints between timber and 

tiles 



glass blocks 

FUNCTIONING 


acetate 





+30°C 


+120°C 




and UV 



page 422 



DSSI TP (GB/E) 058515 transparent 280 12 

DSSI W (GB/E) 058516 white 280 12 

408

Multi-silicone DMS 

The silicone sealant with an acetate base for internal and 

external applications 



Sealings in the kitchen 




▪ Epoxy 

▪ Tiles 


▪ Glass 

▪ H-PVC 

▪ Ceramics 

▪ Painted wood 

▪ Polyester 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ Thanks to the practical elasticity of 

25%, DMS is ideally suited to connection 

joints with expansion. This 

guarantees long-lasting jointing. 

▪ The fungicidal properties ensure a 

clean look over the long term. 

▪ The very good hold on smooth surfaces 

prevents damp from forming in 

the substrate and guarantees reliable 

functioning. 

▪ The good resistance to UV, weathering 

and ageing means that DMS can be 

used both indoors and outdoors, and 

offers a high level of security over the 

long term. 


APPLICATIONS 

▪ Bathrooms, showers and toilets 

▪ Connection joints to sinks 

▪ Expansion joints between tiles 


▪ Joints between timber and tiles 

▪ Glazing wood and aluminium windows 


glass blocks 

FUNCTIONING 


acetate 





+40°C 


+120°C 



and UV 



page 422 



DMS TP (GB/E) 040385 transparent 280 24 

DMS W (GB/E) 040386 white 280 24 

DMS GR (GB/E) 040389 grey 280 24 

DMS SW (GB/E) 504413 black 280 24 

409

Premium high temperature silicone DHS 


The silicone sealant for high temperature requirements 

Sealing fireplaces 

Sealing cookers 


▪ Aluminium (with primer) 

▪ Chrome 



▪ Enamel 

▪ Tiles 

▪ Glass 


▪ Ceramics 

Not for corrosive adhesive surfaces such 

as non ferrous heavy metal, sheet zinc 

etc. 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The high temperature resistance of up 

to +300°C means that DHS can be 

used for joints with increased thermal 

load. 

▪ Meanwhile, the high resistance to 

chemicals also allows for use in areas 

subjected to chemical loads, thus 

offering a high level of application 

safety. 

▪ The very good adhesion to smooth 

surfaces allows for the components to 

be completely sealed. This allows for 

reliable functioning. 

▪ DHS is easy to apply and smooth out. 

This allows for efficient work, and 

helps to guarantee a simple and timesaving 

application. 


APPLICATIONS 

▪ Sealing of joints around cookers, 

ovens and fireplaces 

▪ Sealing of joints around boilers and 

industrial furnaces 

▪ Sealing of joints around pipes and 

channels subjected to high temperatures 

▪ Sealing of ventilation grilles 

▪ Sealing of air conditioning units 

FUNCTIONING 


acetate 


▪ Skin formation time: approx. 15 

minutes 


+40°C 


+280°C (short term to +300°C) 

▪ Very good resistance to chemicals 


and UV 


▪ Free of MDI and solvents 


page 422 



DHS RB (D/GB) 053125 reddish brown 310 12 

410

Premium construction silicone DBSA 

The low-odour premium construction silicone with high 

adhesive spectrum 


External connection joints 

Fixing mirrors 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The high-quality, neutral silicone sealant 

with a very low volume shrinkage 

is suitable for demanding applications 

in construction and the industrial sector, 

and guarantees a high degree of 

functional safety. 

▪ DBSA is low-odour and is therefore 

ideal for use in confined spaces. 

▪ The silicone is easy to apply and 

smooth out, thus allowing for efficient 

work and a simple and time-saving 

jointing. 

▪ The high wear resistance gives the 

surface a high level of protection when 

cleaning and thus ensures a perfect 

look over a long period. 



▪ Concrete 

▪ Chrome 



▪ Enamel 

▪ Epoxy 

▪ Tiles 

▪ Glass, glazed surfaces 


APPLICATIONS 

▪ Connection and expansion joints in 

the construction industry (e.g. windows, 

doors, façades, light domes) 

▪ Window glazing 

▪ Movement and connection joints in 

kitchens, sanitary areas and installations 

▪ Fixing mirrors (transparent version) 

▪ Sealing machines, containers and 

building apparatus 

▪ H-PVC 

▪ Ceramics 

▪ Copper 

▪ Masonry 

▪ Brass 

▪ PMMA, PC 

▪ Polyester 

▪ Steel 

▪ Zinc 

FUNCTIONING 


neutral alkoxy 

▪ Fulfils DIN EN ISO 11600 F+G 25 


▪ Low-odour 


▪ Skin formation time: approx. 10 min 


+35°C 


+120°C 


▪ Non-corrosive 


and UV 



▪ Resistant to wear and streak-free 


page 422 



DBSA TP (D/GB) 053090 transparent 310 12 

DBSA W (D/GB) 053091 white 310 12 

DBSA GR (D/GB) 053092 concrete grey 310 12 

DBSA BR (D/GB) 053093 brown 310 12 

DBSA SW (D/GB) 053094 black 310 12 

DBSA BG (D/GB) 053095 beige 310 12 

DBSA K (D/GB) 053096 pine 310 12 

DBSA E (D/GB) 053097 oak 310 12 

DBSA B (D/GB) 020050 beech 310 12 

DBSA ZEG (D/GB) 512212 cement grey 310 12 

DBSA AN (D/GB) 512213 anthracite 310 12 

411

Roof and wall silicone DBSI 


The versatile construction silicone 

External connection joints 

Joints between buildings 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The neutral silicone sealant is suitable 

for various applications in construction 

and the industrial sector, and thus 

offers a high level of flexibility. 

▪ The 25% elasticity means that DBSI is 

ideal for expansion joints. This guarantees 

long-lasting jointing. 

▪ DBSI is non-corrosive and is therefore 

well suited to copper and zinc-plated 

surfaces. Thus it can be used without 

problems in the metal processing 

industry. 



▪ Concrete 

▪ Chrome 



▪ Enamel 

▪ Epoxy 

▪ Tiles 

▪ Glass 



APPLICATIONS 


the construction industry 

▪ Connection joints on windows and 

doors 

▪ Sealing façades, curtain walling panels 

and metal structures 

▪ Movement and connection joints in 

kitchens, sanitary areas and installations 

▪ H-PVC 

▪ Ceramics 

▪ Copper 

▪ Masonry 

▪ Brass 

▪ Polyester 


▪ Steel 

▪ Zinc 

FUNCTIONING 


neutral oxime 





+30°C 


+120°C 




and UV 




page 422 



DBSI W (D/GB) 094416 transparent 310 12 

DBSI TP (D/GB) 094417 white 310 12 

DBSI SW (D/GB) 506413 black 310 12 

412

Premium silicone for natural stone DNS 

The discolouration-free silicone sealant for marble and natural 

stone 


Joints on natural stone panels 

Joints on tiles and natural stone and marble 

panels 


▪ Marble 

▪ Natural stone (e.g. granite, porphyry, 

quartzite, sandstone) 


▪ Concrete 



▪ Tiles 

▪ Glass 


▪ H-PVC 

▪ Ceramics 

▪ Copper 

▪ Masonry 

▪ PMMA, PC 


▪ Steel 

▪ Zinc 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The specially adapted formulation 

prevents edge soiling and gives a lasting 

clean look, particularly for natural 

stone and marble. 

▪ DNS is easy to use and smooth, thus 

allowing for efficient work. This guarantees 

a fast and simple jointing. 

▪ The neutral interlacing silicone with an 

alkoxy base is low-odour and is therefore 

ideal for use in confined spaces. 


APPLICATIONS 

▪ Sealing and jointing marble and natural 

stone for internal and external use 

▪ Joints in sanitary areas 

▪ Joints in façade construction 

▪ Corner joints in floors and walls 

▪ Movement-compensating adhesion 

of natural stone onto metal structures 

(e.g. stair treads) 

FUNCTIONING 




▪ Low-odour 


▪ Skin formation time 10 to 15 minutes 


+40°C 


+120°C 





and UV 




page 422 



DNS TP (D/GB) 053121 transparent 310 12 

413

Premium B1 silicone DFS 


The hardly flammable silicone sealant 

Joints on fire protection doors 

Sealings in public buildings 


▪ Concrete 

▪ Chrome 



▪ Enamel 

▪ Epoxy 

▪ Tiles 

▪ Glass 


▪ Ceramics 

▪ Copper 

▪ Masonry 

▪ Brass 

▪ Polyester 

▪ Steel 

▪ Zinc 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The good fire-inhibiting properties 

provide maximum safety for the sealing 

of solid, mineral or metal building 

materials. 

▪ Non-corrosive, thus can be used on 

aluminium, copper and zinc-plated 

surfaces. This guarantees problemfree 

use within the metal processing 

industry. 

▪ The neutral interlacing silicone with 

an alkoxy base is extremely low-odour 

and is therefore ideal for use in confined 

spaces. 


APPLICATIONS 

▪ Sealing connection and expansion 

joints that are required to have a fireresistant 

effect against the spreading 

of fire, water, smoke and poisonous 

fumes. 

▪ Sealing components that have 

increased requirements concerning 

their properties in the case of fire. 

FUNCTIONING 



▪ Hardly flammable material (building 

material class DIN 4102-B1) in line 

with DIN 4102-1 


▪ Low-odour 


minutes 


+40°C 


+120°C 




and UV 




page 422 



DFS GR (D/GB) 053131 grey 310 12 

414

Premium painting acrylic DMA 

The elastic acrylic sealant for internal and external applications 

with immediate rain resistance 


Joints in the roof area 

Internal expansion joints 


▪ Concrete 



▪ Gypsum 


▪ Wood 

▪ H-PVC 


▪ Clinker brick 

▪ Masonry 

▪ Metal 


▪ Plaster 

▪ Brick 

▪ Zinc 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The immediate rain resistance allows 

for external application in all weather 

conditions, thus avoiding interruption 

of work. 

▪ The 20% elasticity means that DMA is 

ideal for expansion joints. This guarantees 

long-lasting jointing. 

▪ The optimised formulation ensures 

that strongly absorbent substrates do 

not cause splitting in the joints. This 

increases functional safety. 

▪ The water-based acrylate sealant has a 

neutral odour and is therefore ideal for 

use in confined spaces. 


APPLICATIONS 

▪ For internal and external application 

▪ Internal connection joints between 

wood, plastic and metal windows and 

walls 

▪ Joints in dry and internal construction 

▪ Joints between stairs and walls, ceilings 

and walls 

▪ Connection joints for shutter boxes 

and window sills 

▪ Renovation work (split jointing) 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ Chemical base: 1-component dispersion 

acrylic 

▪ Elasto-plastic 

▪ Low-odour 



+40°C 


+75°C 




and UV 


▪ Can be painted and plastered 

▪ Frost-protected in the cartridge 

▪ Free of silicone, MDI and solvents 


page 422 



DMA W (D/GB) 512186 white 310 12 

415

Acrylic sealant DA 


The acrylic sealant for internal joints 

Sealing door frames 

Closing internal masonry cracks 


▪ Concrete 


▪ Gypsum 


▪ Wood 

▪ H-PVC 



▪ Masonry 


▪ Plaster 

▪ Brick 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The good hold on absorbent substrates 

guarantees a secure sealing 

and thus allows for a reliable and 

economic application. 

▪ The sealant can be painted and plastered 

and allows for a good hold of 

standard paints/plasters on the sealant, 

thus guaranteeing a non-critical 

post-treatment. 

▪ The water-based acrylate sealant has a 

neutral odour and is therefore ideal for 

use in confined spaces. 


APPLICATIONS 

▪ Fractures in masonry and other solid 

building materials in internal areas 

▪ Connection joints with low movement 

▪ Joints in window sill connections 

▪ Connection joints inside buildings 

between windows, doors, stairs, ceilings 

and walls 

FUNCTIONING 


acrylic 


▪ Low-odour 


minutes 


+40°C 


+75°C 




▪ Can be painted and plastered 




page 422 



DA W (E/F) 058512 white 310 12 

DA W (D/GB) 053110 white 310 12 

DA GR (D/GB) 053111 grey 310 12 

DA BR (D/GB) 053112 brown 310 12 

416

Premium structured acrylic DSA 

The structured acrylic sealant for plastered walls 


Joints in the roof area 

Closing external masonry cracks 


▪ Concrete 


▪ Gypsum 


▪ Wood 

▪ H-PVC 



▪ Masonry 



▪ Plaster 

▪ Brick 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The pitted structure is ideal for coarse 

surfaces, and ensures a perfect 

appearance, e.g. on rough plaster. 

▪ The sealant can be painted and plastered 

and allows for an outstanding 

hold of standard paints/plasters on 

the sealant, thus guaranteeing a noncritical 

post-treatment. 

▪ The good resistance to UV, weather 

and ageing allows for use both indoors 

and outdoors. This guarantees versatile 

and long-lasting jointing. 


APPLICATIONS 

▪ Filler paste to repair coarse surfaces 

on internal and external walls 

▪ Connection joints with low movement 

▪ Joints in dry and internal construction 

▪ Joints between walls and ceilings 

▪ Joints on window and shutter connections 

FUNCTIONING 


acrylic 


▪ Low-odour 



+40°C 


+75°C (rain-resistant once cured) 



and UV 


▪ Paintable 




page 422 



DSA W (D/GB) 512185 white 310 12 

417

Premium ventilation duct sealant DLK 


The approved sealant for use in ventilation and air conditioning 

systems 

Sealing ventilation ducts 

Sealing ventilation ducts 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The fungicidal properties guarantee a 

proven antibacterial inertia over a long 

period. 

▪ DLK is non-corrosive, and thus can be 

used on aluminium, copper and zincplated 

surfaces. This offers maximum 

flexibility. 

▪ Thanks to the high elasticity of 25%, 

DLK is ideally suited to high-stress 

expansion joints. This guarantees longlasting 

sealing. 

▪ DLK is low-odour and therefore ideal 

for use in confined spaces. 



▪ Aluminium 

▪ Concrete 

▪ Chrome 



▪ Epoxy 

▪ Tiles 

▪ Glass 


▪ H-PVC 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ Sealings in ventilation ducts, system 

and machine construction 

▪ Sealing exhaust fans, e.g. in large 

kitchens and halls 

▪ Closing joints and seams in climate 

constructions 


the construction industry (e.g. metal/ 

plastic façades, light domes) 

▪ General joint sealings in construction 

▪ Ceramics 

▪ Copper 

▪ Masonry 

▪ Brass 

▪ PC 

▪ PMMA 

▪ Polyester 

▪ Steel 

▪ Zinc 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ Chemical base: 1-component MS 

polymer® 

▪ Certified in accordance with DIN EN 

ISO 846 


▪ Low-odour 



minutes 


+40°C 


+90°C 



▪ High resistance to chemicals 


and UV 

▪ Compatible with paint and can be 

painted 



page 422 



DLK GR (D/GB) 512189 grey 290 12 

418

Premium all-weather sealant DDK 

The permanently elastic joint sealant with a strong hold on all 

substrates 


Chimney flashings 

Sealing gutters 


▪ Aluminium 

▪ Concrete 

▪ Bitumen sheeting 

▪ Roofing felt 


▪ Wood 


▪ Copper 

▪ Masonry 

▪ Metal 

▪ Brick 

▪ Zinc 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ Thanks to the high elasticity of 25%, 

DDK is ideally suited to high-stress 

expansion joints. This guarantees longlasting 

jointing. 

▪ DDK holds without a base coat, 

including on moist and bituminous 

substrates, and is therefore suitable for 

all applications in the roofing area. For 

a high degree of economy. 

▪ The immediate rain resistance allows 

for external application in all weather 

conditions, thus avoiding interruption 

of work. 

▪ DDK is non-corrosive, and thus can be 



flexibility. 


APPLICATIONS 

▪ Sealing of roofing membranes 

▪ Grouting roof penetrations such as 

chimneys or light domes, as well as 

edge connections 

▪ Sealing of metal and plastic gutters 

▪ Sealings around antennas and ventilation 

ducts 

▪ Sealing of chimney flashings 

▪ Sealant for metal structures 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ Chemical base: 1-component synthetic 

rubber 


▪ Highly transparent formulation 

▪ Skin formation time: 15 - 20 minutes 


+40°C 


+100°C 


▪ Allows for emergency roof repairs 



and UV 


▪ Paintable 



page 422 



DDK TR (D/GB) 049103 transparent 310 12 

419

Roof sealing compound DD 


The special sealant to fill joints between bitumen sheeting 

Sealings around skylights 

Sealings around roofs with bitumen sheeting 


▪ Aluminium 

▪ Concrete 

▪ Bitumen sheeting 

▪ Roofing felt 


▪ Wood 


▪ Copper 

▪ Plastics 

▪ Masonry 

▪ Metal 

▪ Brick 

▪ Zinc 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The special bitumen-based formulation 

seals roofing membranes and 

roofing felt securely. This guarantees 

long-lasting functionality. 

▪ DD also holds to moist substrates 

without a base layer. This makes 

application largely independent of the 

weather and thus helps to avoid interruption 

of work. 

▪ DD is non-corrosive, and thus can be 



flexibility. 


APPLICATIONS 

▪ Sealing roofing membranes and roofing 

felt 

▪ Bonding bitumen shingle 

▪ Grouting roof penetrations such as 

chimneys or light domes, as well as 

edge connections 

▪ Sealing of metal and plastic gutters 

▪ Sealings around antennas and ventilation 

ducts 

FUNCTIONING 

▪ Chemical base: 1-component bitumen 

▪ Plastic 

▪ Skin formation time > 15 hours 


+40°C 


+80°C 




page 422 



DD SW (D/GB) 053127 black 310 12 

420

Accessories sealants 

KP M1 

KP M2 


ADVANTAGES 

▪ The handy, robust solid metal construction 

for standard cartridges up to 

310 ml bears up against requirements 

on the construction site and, as such, 

is also suitable for professional use. 

▪ The continuous in-feed allows for a 

precise dosage, making it easy to use. 

▪ The slim shape of the device allows for 

an exact application, even in difficult 

to reach spots, thus offering a high 

level of flexibility 


ADVANTAGES 

▪ The 17:1 transmission ratio makes 

extrusion rapid and energy-efficient 

even in the case of highly viscous 

materials, thus guaranteeing stressfree 

work. 

▪ The robust design with the special, 

hardened drive block meets the tough 

requirements of a construction site 

and thus offers a long lifespan. 

▪ The rotating cartridge shells make it 

possible to perfectly align the extrusion 

nozzle, and guarantee applicationorientated 

work. 

Sales unit 


KP M 1 053115 1 

KP M 2 053117 1 

421



SEALANT SELECTION MATRIX 

+ suitable 

T requires test 

- not suitable 

Chem. basis 

ABS / Polystyrene 

Acrylic glass (Macrolon, perspex etc.) 

Acrylic tubs (sanitary acrylic) 

Aluminium 

Concrete 

Concrete block 

Bitumen 

Non ferrous heavy metal (copper, brass) 

Stainless steel 

Sandblasted iron 

Enamel 

Tiles 

Gypsum / gypsum plasterboard 

Glass 

Hard PVC 

Wood 

Ceramics 

Natural stone / marble 

Polyester 

Aircrete 

Plaster 

Resopal 

Stoneware 

Brick / clinker brick 

Zinc / galvanizing 

DSSA Premium sanitary silicone Silicone acetate + - + + - - - - + - + + - + + + + - + - - + + - - 

DSSI Sanitary silicone Silicone acetate - - + + - - - - + - + + - + + + + - + - - + + - - 

DMS Multi-silicone Silicone acetate + - T + - - - - + - + + - + - + + - + - - + + - - 

DHS Premium high temperature silicon Silicone acetate + - - + T - - T + - + + T + - + + - + T T + + T T 

DBSA Premium construction silicone Silicone alkoxy + + T + + - - + + + + + + + + + + - + + + + + + + 

DBSI Roof and wall silicone Silicone oxime + - + + + - - + + + + + + + + + + - + + + + + + + 

DNS Premium silicone for natural stone Silicone oxime + - + + + + - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 

DFS Premium B1 silicone Silicone alkoxy + + + + + - - + + + + + + + + + + - + + + + + + + 

DMA Premium painting acrylic Dispersion acrylic - - - + + - - + + - + + + - + + + - + + + + + + + 

DA Acrylic Sealant Dispersion acrylic - - - + + - - - + - - + T - - + T - + + + + + + T 

DSA Premium structured acrylic Dispersion acrylic - - - + + - - - + - - + + - T + T - + + + + + + + 

DLK Ventilation Duct Sealant MS polymer® + + - + + + - + + + + + - + + + + T + + T + + + + 

DDK Premium all-weather sealant Synthetic rubber + - - + + - + + + + - + - - + + + - + + + + + + + 

DD Roof sealing compound Bitumen - - - + + - + + + + - + - - - + + - + - T - + + + 

Note: Avoid direct contact between the silicone and bituminous or plasticiser materials (e.g. EPDM, butyl, neoprene). The written and spoken information contained in this technical datasheet and our practical 

support is provided to the best of our knowledge and does not represent binding information or guarantees as described in § 443 of the German Civil Code. We recommend that you test the suitability of our products 

for the intended application prior to use. Due to the diverse range of applications of the individual product and the unpredictable conditions on site, we also recommend testing the adhesion prior to use. 

SEALANT COLOUR BOARD 

DSSA Premium sanitary silicone 

Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. 

53100 53101 53103 58530 512208 53102 512209 512210 53105 512211 53120 

transparent white bahama beige silver grey joint grey grey sanitary grey manhattan dark grey anthracite black 

DHS Premium high temperature silicone 

Art.-No. 

53125 

reddish brown 

DBSA Construction silicone 

Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. 

53090 53091 53095 53096 53097 20050 53092 512212 53093 512213 53094 

transparent white beige pine oak beech concrete grey cement grey brown anthracite black 

DFS Premium B1 silicone 

DA Acrylic sealant 

Art.-No. 

Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. 

53131 

53110 58512 53111 53112 

grey white white grey brown 

DLK Premium ventilation duct sealant 

Art.-No. 

512189 

grey 

422


11 

08 

07 01 03 

03 10 11 

04 

11 03 

03 

03 

11 

01 

10 

01 

08 

04 

05 03 

03 

02 

04 

03 02 

04 

03 

07 

02 08 

01 

07 

09 

09 

11 

05 

07 

04 

12 

04 03 

07 

03 

04 


Example of use for sealants 

01 DSSA Premium sanitary silicone 

02 DHS Premium high temperature silicone 

07 DMA Premium painting acrylic 

08 DA Acrylic sealant 

04 DBSI Roof and wall silicone 

05 DNS Premium silicone for natural stone 

06 DFS Premium B1 silicone 

03 DBSA Premium construction silicone 09 DSA Premium structured acrylic 

10 DLK Premium ventilation duct sealant 

11 DDK Premium all-weather sealant 

12 DD Roof sealing compound 

423

Adhesives 

424

Adhesives 

Adhesives 

▪ Assembly adhesive MK .............................................................................................. 

▪ Construction adhesive KK ......................................................................................... 

▪ All-round adhesive gluing and sealing KD .......................................................... 

▪ PVC adhesive .................................................................................................................. 

426 

427 

428 

429 

425

Assembly adhesive MK 

Adhesives 

The building adhesive for interior areas with high initial 

adhesion 

Skirting 

Door stops 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The extremely high initial adhesion of 

120 kg/m² makes it possible to attach 

lots of components without the need 

for additional fixings, and thus reduces 

the amount of time required. 

▪ The components can be adjusted for 

a few minutes after they have been 

attached. This makes installation 

easier. 

▪ The acrylate adhesive has a neutral 

odour and is therefore ideal for use in 

confined spaces. 

▪ The special recipe makes it compatible 

with foamed polystyrene, e.g. Styrofoam 

® . MK is, therefore, suitable for a 

broad range of applications. 



▪ Concrete 

▪ Pumice 



▪ Gypsum 


▪ Wood 

▪ H-PVC 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ Skirting 

▪ Timber sub-structures 

▪ Décor, acoustic and insulating panels 

▪ Cable ducts 

▪ Window sills 

▪ Tiles 

▪ Door plates 



▪ Masonry 

▪ Metal 

▪ Polystyrene hard foam 


▪ Plaster 

▪ Brick 

FUNCTION / ASSEMBLY 

▪ Chemical base: One-component acrylate 

dispersion 

▪ Creme white in colour 


+35°C 

▪ Setting time approx. 15 minutes 

▪ High initial adhesion of 120 kg/m² 

▪ Fully functional after 24 to 48 hours 

▪ Temperature resistance -20°C to 

+70°C 

▪ Non-drip (suitable for use on ceilings) 

▪ Addresses uneven surfaces 

▪ At least one of the components to be 

bonded must be absorbent. 

▪ Reclosable nozzle 

▪ Free from solvents, silicone and MDI 

▪ Extrude with silicone application gun 

Contents Type of packaging Colour Sales unit 


MK-310 (D) 053128 310 Cartridge creamwhite 12 

MK-310 (GB) 046903 310 Cartridge creamwhite 12 

MK-310 (E/P) 514857 310 Cartridge creamwhite 12 

MK-310 (H/RO) 040179 310 Cartridge creamwhite 12 

426

Construction adhesive KK 

The fast-curing building adhesive for interior and exterior use 

Adhesives 

Signs 

Bonding in interior construction 


ADVANTAGES 

▪ The polyurethane adhesive is resistant 

to moisture and thus can be used in 


▪ The extremely quick hardening 

shortens the pressing and joining 

times. Thus subsequent work can be 

completed more quickly. 

▪ The optimised recipe achieves a high 

adhesion, including in the case of high 

temperatures, for high security. 

▪ The special recipe makes it compatible 

with foamed polystyrene, e.g. Styrofoam 

® . Thus, KK is suitable for a broad 



▪ ABS 

▪ Concrete 

▪ Pumice 



▪ Gypsum 



▪ H-PVC 


APPLICATIONS 

▪ Gluing timber sub-structures 

▪ Stair construction and stair renovations 

▪ Laminate cladding 

▪ Skirting 

▪ Décor, acoustic and insulating panels 

▪ Professional modelling 

▪ Door plates 

▪ Cable ducts 

▪ General repair and installation bondings 

▪ Ceramics 


▪ Masonry 

▪ Metal 




▪ Plaster 

▪ Brick 


▪ Chemical base: One-component PUR 

adhesive 


▪ Processing temperature 0°C to +35°C 


▪ Fully functional after approx. 10 minutes 

(for invisible joints) 


+110°C 

▪ Non-drip (suitable for use on ceilings) 

▪ Lightly foaming / bridges gaps; fix 

where necessary 

▪ Suitable for bonding non-absorbent 

components 

▪ Very high ultimate strength 

▪ Reclosable nozzle 

▪ Free from solvents and silicone 

▪ Extrude with silicone application gun 



KK-310 (D) 059014 310 Cartridge beige 12 

KK-310 (GB) 046911 1) 310 Cartridge beige 12 

KK-310 (GB) 046910 310 Cartridge beige 12 

KK-310 (HU/RO) 040180 310 Cartridge beige 12 

1) Product supplied without gloves in line with Appendix XVII of EC regulation no. 1907/2006 (REACH). For sale in non-EEA countries only. 

427

All-round adhesive gluing and sealing KD 

Adhesives 

The flexible adhesive and sealant for interior and exterior use 

Sheet metal coverings 

Bonding and sealing aluminium profiles 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The MS polymer ® allows for an elastic 

adhesion for vibration-dampening and 

stress-compensating connections for 

demanding applications. 

▪ The extremely high initial adhesion of 

110 kg/m² (coloured variant) makes it 

possible to attach lots of components 

without the need for additional fixing, 

and thus reduces the amount of time 

required. 

▪ The transparent variant is ideal for 

inconspicuous gluing and sealing, and 

guarantees an ideal appearance. 



▪ ABS 

▪ Concrete 

▪ Pumice 



▪ Glass 


▪ H-PVC 

▪ Ceramics 


APPLICATIONS 

Stress-compensating bonding and sealing 

of: 

▪ Standard mirrors (coloured variant) 

▪ Vibrating constructions 


▪ Joints and seams in climate and ventilated 

constructions 

▪ Kitchens and built-in furniture 

▪ Stair treads and window sills 

▪ Floor joints, connection joints in car 

body and vehicle construction 

▪ Plastics 

▪ Copper 

▪ Masonry 

▪ Metals 

▪ Natural stone (coloured variants) 

▪ Polycarbonate and PMMA 



▪ Plaster 

▪ Brick 


▪ Chemical base: One-component 

hybrid polymer 

▪ Colours: white, grey, black, crystal 

clear 


+35°C 

▪ Setting time 5 to 10 minutes 

▪ High initial adhesion of 110 kg/m² or 

50 kg/m² for the crystal clear variant 

▪ Fully functional after 1 to 3 days 


+90°C 

▪ Also bonds on a moist base material 

and is water resistant 

▪ Suitable for bonding non-absorbent 

components (see TDS) 

▪ Can be painted (see TDS) 

▪ Free from solvents, MDI and silicone 

▪ Very good resistance to weather, age 

and UV 



KD-290 white (GB) 046915 290 Cartridge white 12 

KD-290 crystal clear 

(D) 

503317 290 Cartridge crystal clear 12 

KD-290 white (D) 059389 290 Cartridge white 12 

KD-290 grey (D) 503318 290 Cartridge grey 12 

KD-290 black (D) 503319 290 Cartridge black 12 

KD-290 (I) 046917 290 Cartridge white 12 

428

PVC adhesive 

The UV and weather-proof PVC special adhesive 

Adhesives 

Pressurised water pipes up to 1.5 bar 

Rainwater downpipes made of PVC 


▪ Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) 

▪ Not suitable for PE, PP, PTFE, silicone 

and bitumen 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The effective resistance to weathering 

and exceptional resistance to UV 

rays allows for long-lasting adhesion in 


▪ The quick hardening shortens the 

pressing and joining times. Thus 

subsequent work can be completed 

more quickly. 


APPLICATIONS 

▪ Weatherboarding, guttering, rabbet 

ledges and shutter strips in window 

construction 

▪ Removal systems, pipes pressurised 

up to 1.5 bar, bushing and fittings in 

sanitary areas 

▪ Gutters 

▪ Moulded pieces 

▪ Panels 

▪ PVC pond foils 


▪ Chemical base: One-component PVC 

adhesive 

▪ The PVC adhesive uses the principle of 

cold welding; in other words, the adhesive 

partially dissolves the surfaces so 

that, once inserted, the components 

are as good as welded in place. 

▪ Transparent in colour 


+35°C 


▪ Fully functional after 5 to 15 minutes 


+70°C 

▪ Max. gap filling capacity < 0.6 mm 

▪ Apply across the entire area on both 

sides 

▪ Non-drip 

▪ For pipes pressurised up to 1.5 bar 

▪ Water-resistant 

▪ Resistant to weathering and UV rays 

Contents Colour Type of packaging Sales unit 


PVC-125 (D/F) 046395 125 transparent Tube in folding box 25 

PVC-125 (GB/I) 046926 125 transparent Tube in folding box 25 

429


430


▪ Hammer drill bit SDS Plus IV Quattric .................................................................. 

▪ Hammer drill bit SDS Plus II Pointer ...................................................................... 

▪ Hammer drill bit SDS Max II / SDS Max IV ........................................................ 

▪ Chisel ................................................................................................................................. 

▪ Profi-bit FPB .................................................................................................................... 

▪ Diamond bit FDB .......................................................................................................... 

▪ Stainless steel bit FSB ................................................................................................. 

▪ Bit holder FBH ................................................................................................................ 

432 

434 

437 

439 

440 

443 

446 

448 

431



The expert for the best performance in reinforced concrete 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The one-piece cutting element made 

from solid carbide guarantees a low 

vibration run which results in quiet 

drilling. 

▪ The drill bit head with four cutting 

edges prevents jamming in the concrete 

reinforcement. 

▪ The quadruple flute reliably transports 

the drilling dust from the drill hole, 

thus reducing wear. 

▪ The distinctive centring tip allows 

for simple and high-precision drilling 

and thus offers increased installation 

safety. 

▪ The PGM ® -compliant cutting element 

guarantees perfect-fit drill holes and 

satisfies the highest safety requirements. 

APPLICATIONS 

To create approval-compliant drill 

holes in: 

▪ Concrete 

▪ Masonry 



432




Drill hole 

diameter 

Detail: top of drill 

Ø 6 - 16 mm 


from Ø 18 mm 

Total length Working length Type of packaging Contents Sales unit 

l ges 


SDS Plus IV 6/50/110 504123 6 110 50 Plastic clip 1 5 



SDS Plus IV 6,5/250/310 506521 6,5 310 250 Plastic clip 1 1 

























SDS Plus IV 18/200/250 504162 18 250 200 Plastic tube 1 1 




SDS Plus IV 6/50/110 DP 508104 6 110 50 Plastic tube 5 1 









433



The 2-cutter for the fastest drilling progress 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The distinctive chisel-shaped drill 

bit head ensures the fastest drilling 

progress. 

▪ The large-volume flute quickly transports 

the drilling dust from the drill 

hole, thus reducing wear. 

▪ The core-reinforced flute places more 

impact energy on the carbide cutting 

edge for the greatest stability and 

transfer of force. 

▪ The distinctive centring tip allows 

for simple and high-precision drilling 

and thus offers increased installation 

safety. 




APPLICATIONS 


holes in: 

▪ Concrete 

▪ Masonry 



434




Drill hole 

diameter 



l ges 

Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] [pcs] 

SDS Plus II 4/50/110 503877 4 110 50 Plastic clip 1 5 




SDS Plus II 5,5/100/160 503887 5,5 160 100 Plastic clip 1 1 








SDS Plus II 6,5/250/310 503913 6 310 250 Plastic clip 1 1 









































435





Drill hole 

diameter 



l ges 






SDS Plus II 4/50/110 QP 508079 4 110 50 Plastic tube 10 1 







SDS Plus II 6,5/200/260 QP 508090 6,5 260 200 Plastic tube 10 1 














436

Hammer drill bit SDS Max II / SDS Max IV 

The hammer drill bits with SDS Max drill chuck 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The SDS Max drill chuck ensures optimum 

transfer of force and allows for 

rapid drilling progress for large volume 

drill holes. 

▪ The drill bit head with four cutting 

edges prevents jamming in the concrete 

reinforcement. 

▪ The quadruple flute reliably transports 

the drilling dust from the drill hole, 

thus reducing wear. 

▪ The core-reinforced flute ensures maximum 

transfer of energy, and guarantees 

a low-vibration drilling. 




APPLICATIONS 


holes in: 

▪ Concrete 

▪ Masonry 



437

Hammer drill bit SDS Max II / SDS Max IV 



Hammerdrill SDS Max II and IV 

Detail: top of drill SDS Max II 

Ø 12 - 15 mm 

Detail: top of drill SDS Max IV 

from Ø 16 mm 

Drill hole Total length Working length Type of packaging Contents Sales unit 

diameter 

d o l 


SDS Max II 12/200/340 504188 12 340 200 Plastic tube 1 1 





SDS Max II 14/1000/1120 098279 1) 14 1120 1000 Plastic tube 1 1 


SDS Max IV 16/200/340 504198 16 340 200 Plastic tube 1 1 





















SDS Max IV 25/2000/2120 098287 1) 25 1940 2000 Plastic tube 1 1 























1) Delivery time approximately 1 week. 

438

Chisel 

High-performance chisel with SDS Plus and SDS Max drill 

chuck 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The SDS Plus and SDS Max drill chuck 

for the chisel allow for use with professional 

hammer drilling machines, and 

ensure a proven and safe transfer of 

force. 

▪ The use of a high quality, specially 

hardened steel with surface protection 

increases the life span of the tools. 

▪ The high oscillation endurance allows 

for high work comfort and contributes 

to the achievement of clean results. 

APPLICATIONS 

Suitable for creating holes, slots and 

installation paths in: 

▪ Concrete 

▪ Masonry 



Pointed Flat Scaling 

Hollow Canal Tile scaling 

with glides 

Slotting 

Type Length Width Contents Sales unit 

l B 

Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs] [pcs] 

SDS Plus Pointed 250 504277 Pointed 250 — 1 1 

SDS Plus Flat 20/250 504278 Flat 250 20 1 1 

SDS Plus Scaling 40/250 504279 Scaling 250 40 1 1 

SDS Plus Hollow 22/250 504280 Hollow 250 22 1 1 

SDS Max Pointed 280 504281 Pointed 280 — 1 1 



SDS Max Flat 25/280 504284 Flat 280 25 1 1 



SDS Max Scaling 50/400 504288 Scaling 400 50 1 1 



SDS Max Hollow 26/300 504293 Hollow 300 26 1 1 

SDS Max Canal 32/300 504294 Canal 300 32 1 1 

SDS Max Tile Scaling 50/400 504295 Tile scaling 400 50 1 1 

SDS Max with Glides 35/380 504296 with glides 380 35 1 1 

SDS Max Slotting 32/300 504301 Slotting 300 32 1 1 

439

Profi-bit FPB 


The economical bit 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The bit made from special steel with a 

high hardness grade (s2 mod.) guarantees 

the greatest service life and offers 

maximum cost-effectiveness. 

▪ The high dimensional accuracy allows 

for an ideal fit. Thus clean results and 

a long life span are achieved. 

▪ The profile shape ensures ideal transfer 

of force and prevents damages to 

the screw heads, even in the case of 

high torques. 

▪ Also available as a convenient and 

user-friendly bit set with 13 and 31 

parts, including a bit holder 

APPLICATIONS 

Number of internal drives in various profile 

sizes, such as: 

▪ PH, PZ cross-slot 

▪ TX star recess 

▪ Hexagon socket 

▪ Slot 

▪ Suitable for ¼“ drives 


Star recess TX Cross drive PH Cross drive PZ 

Slot SL Allen HEX Cross drive PH Dry Walling 

Profi-bit FPB in plastic box 

Version Type of packaging Length Contents Sales unit 


FPB TX8/2 507701 TX star recess Plastic box 25 2 12 









FPB PH1/2 507709 Cross drive PZ Plastic box 25 2 12 


FPB PH2C/1 507711 PH2 + dry walling attachment Plastic box 25 2 12 


FPB PZ1/2 507713 Cross drive PZ Plastic box 25 2 12 




FPB PH1 50mm/1 507717 Cross drive PZ Plastic box 50 1 12 



FPB PZ1 50mm/1 507720 Cross drive PZ Plastic box 50 1 12 



FPB SL 0,8-1-1,2/3 507723 Slot set 0,5 x 4,0 ; 1,0 x 5,5; 1,2 x 6,5 Plastic box 25 3 12 

FPB HEX 4-5-6/3 507724 Allen set 4-5-6 Plastic box 25 3 12 

l 

440

Profi-bit FPB 



Profi-Bit FPB in storage box 



FPB TX10/10 507725 TX star recess Storage box 25 10 6 





FPB PH1/10 507730 Cross drive PZ Storage box 25 10 6 



FPB PZ1/10 507733 Cross drive PZ Storage box 25 10 6 



FPB PZ1 50mm/5 507736 Cross drive PZ Storage box 50 10 6 




l 


Profi-Bit FPB in polybag 



FPB TX 10/B10 508471 TX star recess Polybag 25 10 1 


FPB TX20/B10 508473 TX star recess Polybag 25 10 1 






FPB PH1/B10 508479 Cross drive PZ Polybag 25 5 1 



FPB PZ1/B10 508482 Cross drive PZ Polybag 25 5 1 




l 

441

Profi-bit FPB 



FPB Bit-Set, 13 pcs Profi FPB Bit-Set 31 pcs inside 12 set Display FPB Bit-Set 31 pcs 

Contents Length Sales unit 


FPB Bit-Set, 13 pcs Profi 507783 

je 1xPZ1+2+3, PH1+2+3, 

TX10+15+20+25+30+40 und 1 x FBH UVH 

25 1 

FPB Bit-Set 31 pcs inside 12 set Display 507781 

je 1xPZ3, PH3, HEX 3+4+5+6, 

SL 4,5+5,5+6,5, 1 x FBH Quick, 2xPZ1, PH1+2, 

25 1 

TX10+15+20+25+30+40, je 3xPZ2 

FPB Bit-Set 31 pcs 507782 

je 1xPZ3, PH3, HEX 3+4+5+6, 

SL 4,5+5,5+6,5, 1 x FBH Quick, 2xPZ1, PH1+2, 

TX10+15+20+25+30+40, je 3xPZ2 

25 1 

442


The non-slip bit 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The diamond particles ensure the best 

possible transfer of force and prevent 

the bit tip from slipping out of the 

screw head. 

▪ The diamond-coated bit with a high 

hardness grade (s2 mod.) guarantees 

the greatest service life and offers 

maximum cost-effectiveness. 

▪ The torsion zones created by the 

tapered bit cross-section offer relief in 

the case of extreme loads and allow 

for a more effortless installation. 




▪ Also available as a convenient and 

user-friendly bit set with 13 parts, 

including a bit holder 

APPLICATIONS 








Diamond-Bit FDB in plastic box 



FDB TX10/2 507739 TX star recess Plastic box 25 2 12 







FDB PH1/2 507746 Cross drive PZ Plastic box 25 2 12 

FDB PH2/2 507747 Cross drive PZ Plastic box 25 2 12 

FDB PH3 /2 507748 Cross drive PZ Plastic box 25 2 12 

FDB PZ1 /2 507749 Cross drive PZ Plastic box 25 2 12 



l 

443





Diamond-Bit FDB in storage box 



FDB TX10/10 507752 TX star recess Storage box 25 10 6 





FDB PH1 /10 507757 Cross drive PZ Storage box 25 10 6 

FDB PH2 /10 507758 Cross drive PZ Storage box 25 10 6 

FDB PH3/10 507759 Cross drive PZ Storage box 25 10 6 

FDB PZ1/10 507760 Cross drive PZ Storage box 25 10 6 




l 


Diamond-Bit FDB in polybag 



FDB TX10/10 508486 TX star recess Polybag 25 10 1 






FDB PH1/10 508492 Cross drive PZ Polybag 25 10 1 



FDB PZ1/10 508495 Cross drive PZ Polybag 25 10 1 



l 

444



FDB Bit-Set, 13 pcs Diamond 



FDB Bit-Set, 13 pcs Diamond 507784 

je 1xPZ1+2+3, PH1+2+3, 

TX10+15+20+25+30+40 and 1 x FBH UVH 

25 1 

445



The anti-rust bit for stainless steel screws 


ADVANTAGES 

▪ The special stainless steel with a high 

hardness grade guarantees the greatest 

service life and offers maximum 

cost-effectiveness. 

▪ The stainless steel bit FSB effectively 

prevents the formation of extraneous 

rust on stainless steel screws, thus 

guaranteeing rust-free surfaces. 




▪ The torsion zones created by the 

tapered bit cross-section offer relief in 

the case of extreme loads and allow 

for more effortless installation. 

▪ Ideal in combination with fischer 

Power-Fast screws made from stainless 

steel 

▪ Also available as a 13-part bit set 

APPLICATIONS 







Cross drive PZ 

Stainless-Steel-Bit FSB in plastic box 



FSB TX10/2 507763 TX star recess Plastic box 25 2 1 







FSB PZ1/2 507768 Cross drive PZ Plastic box 25 2 1 

FSB PZ2/2 507769 Cross drive PZ Plastic box 25 2 1 

l 

446




Cross drive PZ 

Stainless-Steel-Bit FSB in 

storage box 


l 


FSB TX10/10 507770 TX star recess Storage box 25 10 1 





FSB PZ1/10 507775 Cross drive PZ Storage box 25 10 1 

FSB PZ2/10 507776 Cross drive PZ Storage box 25 10 1 


FSB Bit-Set, 13 pcs Stainless 



FSB Bit-Set, 13 pcs Stainless 507785 

je 1xPZ1+3, TX10+15+30+40, je 2xPZ2, 

TX20+25 and 1x FBH UVH 

25 1 

447

Bit holder FBH 


The bit holder for rapid bit exchange 

ADVANTAGES 

▪ The bit holder family for ¼“ bits with 

magnetic insert hold the bit securely 

in the drill chuck and offer a smooth 

installation procedure. 

▪ The rapid bit exchange of the bit 

holder FBH Quick and FBH SDS allows 

for a rapid exchange of the bit while 

offering the best hold. 

APPLICATIONS 

▪ The bit holders FBH, UVH and FBH 

Quick for use with cylinder drill chucks 

▪ The bit holder FBH SDS for use with 

SDS-Plus drill chucks 


FBH UVH FBH Quick FBH SDS 

Version Length Sales unit 

l 


FBH UVH 507777 magnetic 50 1 

FBH QUICK 507779 magnetic 50 1 

FBH SDS 507780 magnetic 80 1 

448

449

Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology 


Fundamentals 

Building materials 

● Concrete 

Concrete 

The substrate and its quality is decisive for selection of the fixing: The building 

material and anchor base. A differentiation is made between concrete, masonry 

and panel building materials. 

Concrete is made from a mixture of cement, additives and water. The main properties 

of concrete are: 

▪ High compressive strength, but only low tensile strength (≈ 10% of the 

compressive strength). 

▪ Insertion of reinforcement steel (individual bars or mats) increases the tensile 

strength (steel + concrete = reinforced concrete) 

▪ Easily reproducible, because regulated by standards and thus it represents an ideal 

anchor base. 

Concrete is mainly divided into two categories: 

standard concrete and lightweight concrete: While standard concrete contains gravel, 

lightweight concrete comprises additives like pumice, expanded clay or Styropore, usually 

with lower compressive strength. Among other things, this leads to unfavourable conditions 

for anchoring fixings. 

The magnitude of the performance of a heavy-load fixing depends, among other 

things, on the compressive and tensile strength of the concrete. This is indicated by the 

numbers in the abbreviations: e. g., the most frequently occurring concrete strength is C 

20/25 for a cube compressive strength of 25 N/mm². 

Concrete strength classes in different countries 

Country Specimen Dimensions 1) 

Concrete strength class Unit Standard 

[cm] 

China Cube 15 x 15 x 15 C15, C20, C25, C30, C35, C40, C45, C55, C60 N/mm 2 GBJ 10-89 

Denmark Cylinder 15 x 30 5, 10, 15, 25, 35, 45, 55 N/mm 2 DS 411 

Germany Cube 15 x 15 x 15 

C12/15, C16/20, C20/25, C25/30, C30/37, 

C40/50, C45/55, C50/60 

N/mm 2 DIN 1045-1 

France Cylinder 16 x 32 

C20/25, C25/30, C30/37, C35/45, C40/50, 

C45/55, C50/60 

N/mm 2 

BS 1881: 

Great Britain Cube 15 x 15 x 15 C25/10 N/mm 2 Part 116 

15 x 15 x 15 

Italy 

Cube 16 x 16 x 16 C12/15, C20/25, C30/37, C40/50, C50/60 N/mm 2 ENV 206 

20 x 20 x 20 

Japan Cylinder 10 x 20 ≧15 N/mm 2 JIS A 1108 

Korea Cylinder 10 x 20 C 180, C 210, C 240, C 270, C 300 kg/cm 2 KS F 2405 

The Netherlands Cube 15 x 15 x 15 B15, B25, B35, B45, B55, B65 N/mm 2 NEN 6720 

Austria Cube 20 x 20 x 20 

B5/B80, B10/B120, B15/B160, 

N/mm 

B20/B225, B25/B300, B30/350, 

/ 

kp/cm 

B40/B500, B50/B600, B60/B700 

ÖN B 4200 

Sweden Cube 15 x 15 x 15 

K8, K12, K16, K20, K25, K30, K35, 

K40, K45, K50, K55, K60, K70, K80 

N/mm 2 BBK 79 

Switzerland Cube 20 x 20 x 20 

B25/15, B30/20, B35/25, B40/30, B45/35, 

N/mm 

B50/40 

SIA 162 

non-reinforced: 

HM-20, HM-25, HM-30, 

HM-35, HM-40, HM-45, HM-50 

reinforced concrete: 

Spain Cylinder 15 x 30 HA-25, HA-30, HA-35, 

N/mm 2 EHE 

HA-40, HA-45, HA-50 

Prestressed concrete: 

HP-25, HP-30, HP-35, HP-40, HP-45, 

HP-50 

USA Cylinder 15 x 30 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000 PSI ACI 318 

1) 

Conversion: f Cylinder = 0.85 x f Cube, 20x20x20 ; f Cube, 15x15x15 = 1.05 x f Cube, 20x20x20 

450

▸ Expert tip 

▪ Standard concrete qualities: 

C12/15 to C 50/60, even higher qualities are available for special applications. 

The anchors that are mainly approved for concrete may be used from a concrete 

quality of C 20/25 up to a max. of C 50/60. 

▪ C 20/25 means: 

C = Concrete 

20 = Compressive strength f ck or f ck,cyl of a concrete test cylinder 

(Ø 150 mm, height 300 mm) in N/mm 2 

25 = Compressive strength f ck , cube of a concrete test cube (edge length 

150 mm) in N/mm 2 

▪ Normal concrete without accelerating additives reaches its nominal strength after 

28 days. Only then can the fixing be applied, in compliance with the approval. 

▪ Fresh concrete: still processible up to an hour after laying. 

▪ Green concrete: up to 4 hours old, hardening, no longer processible. 

▪ New concrete: 4 hours to 28 days old, hardening, minimum 

compressive strength not yet reached. 

▪ Hard concrete: older than 28 days, hardened, nominal strength reached. 

▪ Anchors used in new concrete must be suitable for it or may be loaded only 

after reaching the minimum compressive strength. 

▪ Concrete always shows cracks (shrinkage during hardening, burdening) 

▪ In cracked concrete, crack-suitable anchors must be used, which must be able 

to expand for opening of cracks (expansion anchor, e.g. FAZ II), anchor via form 

lock (undercut anchor e.g. FZA) or the adhesive bond must be suitable for the 

tensile area (injection, e.g. FIS EM). 

▪ Cutting through reinforcement steel while making drill holes is not permitted. 

In special cases, non load-bearing steels can be cut after consultation with the 

responsible structural engineer (diamond coring). 

▪ The concrete must be load-bearing along the entire length of the drill hole 

(no honeycombs or cavities). 


451




● Masonry 

1 2 

1. Solid sand-lime brick 

2. Solid blocks, also known as brick or clinker brick 

1 

1. Horizontal coring brick and vertical perforated brick 

are often described as perforated bricks or honeycomb 

bricks. 

2. Perforated sand-lime brick 

1 2 

1. Brick made of simple concrete, expanded clay, 

2. Aircrete 

Light concrete hollow blocks, e. g. of pumice or expanding 

clay 

2 

Masonry shows a larger variety in contrast to the anchoring base concrete. The 

width of different bricks that are joined together using different mortars into a single 

masonry compound is very large. 

The division of masonry can take place as per: 

▪ The used brick (e.g. natural stone, bricks, lime stone or cellular concrete masonry). 

▪ The constructive structure (e.g. single or double layer). 

▪ The strength class and gross density of the brick. 

▪ Generally, four groups of masonry blocks are differentiated: 

▪ Solid blocks with dense structure are building materials that are very resistant 

to compressive loads without cavities or with only a low percentage of hole surfaces 

(up to max. 15%, e. g. as grip-hole). They are very well suited for anchoring 

fixings. 

▪ Perforated bricks with a compact structure (perforated and hollow 

checker bricks) These are mostly manufactured from the same compressive 

strength materials as the solid blocks but are provided with cavities. If higher 

loads are introduced into these building materials, special fixings should be used 

(e. g. injection anchorings), like those which bridge or fill out the cavities. 

Solid blocks with porous structure usually have a very large number of pores 

and low compressive strength. Therefore, special fixings should be used for 

optimal fastening, e. g. fixings with long expansion zone and fixings that engage 

with the material. 

Perforated bricks with porous structure (light perforated bricks) have many 

cavities and pores and thus usually low compressive strength. In this case, special 

care is needed in selection and installation of the correct fixing. Suitable fixings 

include those with a long expansion zone or injection anchors with a form locking 

anchorage especially with light concrete hollow blocks, with cavities that can be 

filled with polystyrene. 


▪ Before fixing in masonry find out about exactly, which stone (description, dimensions, 

perforation, material, compressive strength) and which mortar (mortar category) is involved. 

▪ For safety-relevant anchoring in unknown or old masonry, loading trials can be carried out 

on site after consultation with the planner or the construction engineer. 

▪ For fixings close to the edge it is of relevance whether a load lies on the masonry (e.g. roof 

truss). The load prevents the stones from sliding out of the masonry compound. 

▪ Even the so-called full bricks can have holes (e.g. MZ, KS). The holes are mostly larger gripholes 

in the centre of the brick. (Up to max. 15% cavity proportion per brick) 

▪ Always drill without hammering in ventilating and hollow bricks. Here special, well polished 

drills with hard metal trimming are available. 

▪ Plaster or other non load-bearing layers may not be added to the load-bearing base. 

▪ The anchoring in the masonry joints must be avoided as far as possible due to the 

inhomogeniety of joints. If the anchoring in a joint cannot be excluded (e.g. plaster on the 

masonry), then it is recommended to reduce the load. 

▪ For construction-related permissible systems, the anchoring in joints (straight or horizontal 

joints) is regulated in the approvals. 

▪ Lowering of fixings in the masonry makes sense only if high loads have to be anchored. 

▪ Expansion fixing that punctually induces a high load in the base is mostly not suitable for 

anchoring in the masonry (Exception: frame fixing for facade construction). 

▪ Injection anchoring achieves the highest loads in masonry materials. 

452

Panel building materials are thin-walled materials that often have only low 

strength - e.g. plasterboard like “Rigips”, “Knauf”, “LaGyp”, “Norgips”; Gypsum 

fibreboard like “Fermacell”, “Rigicell” or chip board, hard fibre boards, plywood, 

among other things. Special fixing must be selected for optimum reinforcement; 

so-called cavity fixing. These are fixings of plastic or metal and expand on the 

reverse side - fixings engaging with form locking that can anchor directly on the 

reverse side of the panel in the cavity. 

Prestressed concrete hollow ceilings are concrete slabs that contain 

standardised cavities and are reinforced with tensioning wires (steel wires) on 

the rear side. The size of the cavities and the distance from one another as well 

as the mirror thickness (thickness of the concrete of the ceiling bottom up to the 

beginning of the cavity) are exactly prescribed. There are only a few anchors with 

building authority approval for this base (e.g. FHY). 


▪ Use only those anchors in simple materials, boards or prestressed concrete 

hollow slabs that are permissible or suitable for these substrates. 

▪ Contact your fischer consultant on site before anchoring heavy or safety-relevant 

loads in aforementioned substrates. 


● Panel building materials 


453



Direct installation 

without drilling 

Drilling 

Rotary drilling 

Impact 

drilling 

Hammer 

drilling 

▪ The fixing is hammered or screwed directly into the substrate. 

▪ This enables a quick installation. 

▪ Metal expansion fixing FMD for use in porous concrete of certain quality. 

The building material is decives when drilling. Four methods are available: 

Rotary drilling: Drilling in rotary mode without impact, with a sharply ground carbide 

drill bit. For perforated bricks and materials with low strength, the drill hole does not 

become too large with it and the bars in the perforated bricks do not break. 

Carbide drill bits drill faster if they are ground sharp, similar to steel drill bits. There are 

also special masonry drill bits available. 

Impact drilling: Rotation and a high number of light impacts with the impact drilling 

machine, for solid building materials with dense structure. 

Hammer drilling: Rotation and a small number of minor impacts with high impact 

energy with the drilling hammer, also for solid building materials with dense structure. 

Diamond or core drilling process: It is mainly used for larger drill hole diameters or 

for highly reinforced components and/or if the volume or the vibrations have to be 

adhered to while working. 

Standard 

carbide drill bits 

Sharply ground 

carbide drill bits 


▪ For almost all permissible fixings, rotary drillings and hammer drillings are 

prescribed in the approval or guideline. 

▪ Do not use drills with excessively worn out cutting edge width across corners 

anymore (see rules of approval). 

▪ For certain fixtures, special drills (e.g. drill bits) are prescribed in the approval. They 

must be used. 

▪ Drill holes must be cleaned carefully (brushing and blowing out). Adhere to the 

respective approval or manufacturer guidelines. 

▪ The drill hole depth is always specified exactly and based on a definite thickness of the 

anchoring base. The following rule of thumb is followed for general applications without 

approval: Necessary thickness of the anchoring base = drill hole depth + 30 mm. 

▪ For incorrect holes (reinforcement hits or wrong position), the position of the new drill 

hole to be created is adjusted. Normally, a double hole depth of the incorrect hole must 

be assumed as the distance to the incorrect hole. The wrong drill hole must be closed 

(e.g. with FIS V). 

▪ Diamond coring is permissible only in exceptional cases or else the drill hole wall can 

be too smooth for a fixture (see adhesive bond) and the drill hole tolerances cannot be 

adhered to. 

▪ Permanent moisture or dampness reduces the load-bearing capacity of chemical 

fixings and plastic anchors. 

▪ The danger of cutting through the load-bearing reinforcement steel must be taken 

into consideration. 

▪ To avoid tilting of the fixture, it must always be drilled perpendicular to the anchoring 

base. Exceptional cases are regulated in the anchor approvals and/or the manufacturer’s 

specifications (approx. 3 °- 5 ° is tolerable). 

454

Installation 

Generally, the following aspects have to be considered during installation: 

The edge distance and axial spacing, as well as the component thickness and 

width, must be complied with properly if the fixing is to hold the required load. 

Otherwise it may lead to spalling of the construction material or cracks. For fixing 

without permission especially for plastic anchors, usually a necessary edge distance 2 x h ef 

(h ef = anchoring depth) and a necessary axial distance of 4 x h ef is normal. If the expansion 

direction of the fixing runs parallel to the component, the edge distance can be reduced 

to 1 x h ef . 

The drill hole depth must - other than a few exceptions like injection technology - be 

larger than the anchoring depth: that is because function safety is ensured only if the screw 

has enough room to project beyond the tip of a plastic fixing. 

Drill hole cleaning after drilling, by blowing out, brushing or suction, is indispensable. 

A hole that is not cleaned reduces the holding forces. The drilling dust has a negative effect 

on the load-bearing capacity of the fixing in the drill hole. 


▪ Specifications for component geometry, edge and axis distances must be adhered 

to. Non-adherence can lead to reduction in the load-bearing capacity or damage to 

components. 

▪ Drill hole cleaning is essential. The specifications in the approvals and the 

manufacturer’s specifications must be adhered to. 


Differentiate between three different methods: 

1. Push through installation: Especially as installation relief for series installations or 

for accessories with two or more fixing points: 

▪ The holes in the accessory can be used as a drilling template if their hole diameters 

are at least as large as the drill diameter in the construction material. 

▪ In addition to simplifying installation, a good fit of the fixing holes is achieved. 

▪ The fixing is inserted into the drill hole through the item to be mounted and then 

expanded. E.g.: FAZ II, FBN II, FH II 

2. Pre-positioned installation: The anchor is installed before the installation of the 

accessory. In this installation, the anchor diameter and the drill hole diameter are not 

identical. 

The installation sequence: 

▪ Transfer the hole pattern of the accessory to the anchor base, 

▪ Clean drills, drill holes, fix anchors and then screw on the accessory. 

E.g.: plastic fixings: S, SX, UX; Metal: FZA, EA II 

3. Stand-off installation: Makes it possible to attach accessories at a particular 

distance from the anchoring base in a compression-proof manner and guaranteeing 

tensile strength. For that, metal anchors with metric internal thread are used which 

can assimilate screws or threaded bolts with lock nuts or injection technology with 


Useful length and anchoring depth: Must be taken into consideration apart from the 

installation type of the respective fixing. 

Installation types 

fischer anchorbolt FAZ II fischer universal frame 

fixing FUR 

fischer zykon anchor FZA fischer aircrete 

anchor GB 

fischer bolt FBN II 

fischer Hhighbond 

anchor FHB II 

455



Loads 


▪ The clearance holes of the attached item are specified for the respective anchor 

size in the approvals and in the manufacturer’s specifications. 

▪ For a stand-off installation with a cross load V of the anchor, an additional bending 

moment occurs which is mostly standard. 

▪ The attached item must lie flat on the base and may be lined with a compressionproof 

levelling course of max. 3 mm or with half the diameter of the anchor. Otherwise, 

the anchoring must be assessed as a stand-off installation with a lever arm. 

▪ The attached item must lie on the entire length of the clearance hole (= thickness of 

the attached item) at the anchor/threaded bolt. Otherwise, the anchoring must be 

assessed as a stand-off installation with a lever arm. 

▪ Comply with the maximum fixing height t fix in the manufacturer’s specifications. 

This dimension, also specified as the useful length, consists of: 

t fix = thickness of the attached item + non load-bearing layers up to the load-bearing 

base. 

▪ Many of the officially approved anchors must be tightened with a prescribed torque. 

A calibrated torque key must be used for this. The torque ensures the necessary 

preload force as well as the correct installation of the anchor. For chemical anchors, 

the prescribed hardening time must be allowed before a tightening torque or 

service load may be applied. 

▪ Anchors must be mounted as units delivered in series. The exchange or removal of 

parts is not permissible. 

For the selection of an anchor, it is necessary to know the load on the total construction 

and the resulting anchor cutting forces for every individual anchor. 

The cutting forces can be distinguished according to: 

▪ Dimension 

▪ Direction 

▪ Type of load 

▪ Pickup point 

There are various types of loads. 

In the approvals, characteristic failure loads are generally given. In documents with 

the manufacturer’s specifications, anchors with approvals, so-called permissible 

loads are given. For anchors without approval, a manufacturer’s recommendation 

is given as “recommended load”. 

456


▪ Decide the size, direction and the pickup point of the load. These 

parameters determine the utilisation of the anchoring. 

▪ Characteristic failure loads (N RK or V RK) describe every load that 

is reached or exceeded in 95% of all failures (5% fractile). 

▪ Permissible loads are working loads that already include an 

appropriate material and installation safety factor. These apply only, 

if the approval conditions are complied with (N app or V app ). 

▪ Recommended loads or maximum working loads include an 

adequate load safety factor. These apply only if the manufacturer’s 

specifications are complied with. (F rec – valid for all load directions, 

N rec or V rec ) 

▪ The calculation is carried out by dividing the respective failure load 

or characteristic loads by a safety factor. 

▪ Recommended safety factor compared to the average failure 

load. 

Steel and bonded anchors 4 ≤ 

plastic anchor 

7 ≤ 

▪ Recommended safety factor compared to the characteristic 

failure loads. 

Steel and bonded anchors 3 ≤ γ 

plastic anchor 

5 ≤ γ 

▪ The specified loads loads apply to individual anchors that are 

placed away from the edge, i.e. there is no influence of edges, 

corners and other anchors. 

▪ The characteristic axis- and edge distances, labelled with C cr,N 

and C cr,V , give the distances at which an anchor can have its max. 

characteristic load in the material. 

▪ The specified minimum axis- and edge distances, labelled with 

S min and C min , give the distances where there is no failure of the 

building material during the installation of the anchor. The loads 

must be reduced in this case → Adhere to the design methods. 

Tension 

Compression 

Shear load 

Combined tension and shear 

load 


Combined tension and shear 

load at distance e 

shear load at distance e 

Type of loads 

statically dormant dynamically rising dynamically changing shock earthquake 

457




There are various bearing mechanisms, which the forces, having an effect on the 

fixing, initiate in the component. 

For friction locking, the expansion part of the anchor is pressed on the drill hole 

wall: the outer tensile loads are held through friction. 

Through anchor 

Plastic fixings 

With form locking, the fixing geometry matches the shape of the substrate and/or of 


Undercut anchor Injection fixing 1 

With adhesive bond, a mortar binds the fixing with the anchor base. 

Injection fixing 2 

Rebar 


▪ For many anchors, the anchoring takes place through a combination of the active 

principles (e.g. friction locking and form lock in soft stone). 

458

Failure modes 

Steel failure tension 

Extraction 

Concrete edge 

breaking 


Steel failure shearing 


Concrete column 

breaking 

With excess stress, incorrect installation or a substrate with inadequate load bearing 

capacity, the following failure modes can occur: 

Fracture of the anchor base due to 

▪ Tensile load “N” or shear load “V” too high 

▪ Inadequate strength of anchor base 

▪ Setting depth too low 

Component splits due to 

▪ Component dimensions too small 

▪ Deviation from the specified edge and axial spacings 

▪ Expansion pressure too high 

Fixing pulls out due to 

▪ Failure of the frictional and bonded connection due to high load or 

incorrect installation 

Steel fracture due to 

▪ Fixing and/or steel strength too low for the applied load 

▪ In most of the anchor approvals, the anchoring of the mainly static loads is regulated. 

However, even officially approved systems are available for anchoring of nonstatic 

loads (dynamic, e.g. FHB dyn) as well as for unusual effects in the nuclear power plant 

construction (FZA-K). 

▪ There are no anchor approvals in Europe for the shock or earthquake type of loads. 

The anchoring of such loads is however also possible due to existing guidelines or 

with the help of test reports. At the moment, earthquakes loads are regulated in the 

American documents. Anchors like FAZ II, FH II and the injection system FIS EM can 

be assessed on this basis even for earthquake loads. 

▪ Main failure causes for anchors are overload, faulty installation or an 

insufficient load-bearing base. 


459



Cracks in concrete 

components 

Cracks can occur anywhere in concrete at any time: factors involved in this are 

loads like dead load, traffic or wind loads, shrinkage and creeping of the concrete 

or external influences like earthquakes or ground motions resulting in tensions, deformations 

and thus crack formation. 

Example: in a bridge, bending occurs due to pressure forces applied to the bridge deck. 

A compressive zone will occur at the top of the bridge deck, while tensile forces and 

strains will occur in the lower part of the bridge deck. Concrete is not able to support 

tensile loads. Steel bars, the so-called reinforcements take over this task. However, while 

steel bars are capable of bearing these tensile stresses, they are stretched as they do so. 

innumerable cracks are formed that are barely visible to the naked eye. This is called the 

cracked tensile zone. 

V-shaped 

bending rack 

Tension 

Druck 

Pressure 

Cracked zone 

tensile zone 

Fixings suitable for cracks 

With anchorings in concrete, it is almost always assumed that cracks are present 

in the anchoring area that influence the bearing capacity of the fixings. 

However it is very complicated, if not impossible, to prove whether the concrete 

is cracked or non-cracked. For safety reasons, the use of fixings suitable for 

cracks is basically recommended to designers and tradesmen. Fixings with an 

approval according to ETAG 001 for cracked concrete have proved their suitability in 

cracks and may thus be used without restriction in the tensile and compressive zones 

of the concrete. Crack suitable fixings are also checked and approved on the basis of 

American standards. These “Evaluation reports” are prepared according to ACI 318. 

FZA FAZ II FHB II 

SXS 

▪ Due to safety reasons, always use crack suitable anchor systems such as FAZ 

II, FH II, FHB II or FIS EM. 

460

In Germany, the procedure for construction and operational fire protection are 

specified by the Fire protection standard DIN 4102, the Model Building Ordinance 

(MBO), Regional Construction Ordinances (LBO) and various trade-specific regulations 

from professional associations. 

Thus the following applies, according to Parts 1 and 2 of DIN 4102: 

Building materials like concrete, wood, stone, metal, etc. are divided into 

flammable or non-flammable building material classes according to their behaviour. 

In contrast, structural members consist of different combustible and non-combustible 

building materials. They are not divided into fire classes, rather they are evaluated as a 

whole according to their fire resistance duration. 

The fire resistance duration F is indicated in minutes and classified according to two 

categories: 

Components with a fire resistance duration of F30 and F60 are fire inhibiting. 

Fire resistant, on the other hand, are all components with a fire resistance of F90, 

F120 and F180. 

Tested systems like cable, ventilation or utility systems are tested not only for fire 

resistance, but also for function capability in the case of fire (e.g. supply lines to sprinkler 

systems). The fire resistance duration of these systems is specified with e. g. E30 

to E120 for electrical cable systems and/or with L30 to L120 for ventilation lines. 

The fixings that are used to anchor these systems must have at least the same fire 

resistance duration. 

The standard temperature-time curve (ETK) of DIN 4102 and ISO 834 is based on a 

simulation of actual fire conditions and forms the evaluation basis that is valid worldwide 

for determination of the fire resistance duration. Besides that, there are other temperature 

curves for special fire exposures, e. g. the hydrocarbon curve for fire causing with 

combustible liquids or the RAB/ZTV tunnel curve (Germany) and/or the Rijkswaterstaat 

tunnel curve (Netherlands), which describe tunnel fires. 

Fire protection - Fundamentals 

fire room temperature [°C] 


Duration of the fire [min.] 

Temperature Curves: 

——— (ETK) 

——— Hydrocarbon-curve 

——— RABT/ZTV-Tunnelcurve 

——— Rijkswaterstaat-Tunnelcurve 

461



Fire protection in the 

fastening technology 

Fastening technology is of critical importance in fire protection: for example in 

order to secure the functionality and structural stability of railings, utility systems or 

ceiling elements. The assessment of the fixing in case of fire takes place according 

to the technical rule TR020. 

The identification and classification of anchors and fixings consists of indication of 

the respective fire resistance duration e. g. R90. Before introduction of characteristic 

load values for fixings by the DIBt, the fire resistance duration was not regulated by the 

building authority approvals, but by fire expert opinions from tests. 

The safety concepts measure the failure load in case of fire through assessment of 

a so-called γ factor. Different safety concepts were applied in the building authority 

approvals and the fire expert opinions. Because of this, it is possible that the loads in 

the fire expert opinions determined in tests are larger than the permissible loads given 

in the approvals. Naturally, in these cases, only the maximum loads according to the 

building authority approval are valid. In the mean time, a new evaluation document from 

the DIBt [German Institute of Construction Engineering] has been used for determining 

the characteristic load values and the corresponding fire resistance duration. These 

new building authority approvals represent a design basis that can be tracked. All old 

approvals will be converted to this new procedural method within a short time. 

Tests have shown that approved frame fixings made of polyamide (nylon) with 

galvanised screws for facade fastening are generally more fire-resistant than the 

ventilated facade and the sub-structure made of aluminium or wood: The expansion 

part of the plastic fixing sleeve that is anchored in the building material remains fireresistant 

for at least 90 minutes in the façade fastening. 

462

Corrosion is a chemical reaction in which metal is decomposed. The less noble the 

metal (“electrochemical potential“), the more intense is the material damage. In 

this process it is either converted into flaking rust or worn away in places. Different 

appearance patterns are differentiated here. The most frequent types of corrosion in 

fixings and anchors include: 

Surface corrosion: In this case, the metal corrodes relatively uniformly over the 

entire surface or over a part of the surface. An example of this is the invisible rusting 

due to condensation of a screw in the transition area from anchor plate to hole. The 

result: The connection that appears completely intact from the outside fails abruptly. 

Contact corrosion: If metals with a different nobility contact each other in a 

conductive medium, the less noble metal always corrodes (the anode). As a 

consequence, stainless steel is usually not endangered. What is decisive is the surface 

ratios of the two types of metal: the greater the surface area of the most noble metal 

in comparison to the less noble, the greater the corrosion becomes. For example, if 

large stainless steel sheets are screwed with galvanised screws, the screws will be 

highly attacked within a very short time. In contrast, using stainless steel screws for 

galvanised sheets is not critical. 

Stress corrosion cracking: If lasting internal or external tensile stresses occur, there 

can be strain and corrosion of the metal. In this process, a crack develops due to 

mechanical stresses, which grows under increasing loads and thus prepares a path 

for progressive corrosion. For example, it occurs with A4 steel in an atmosphere 

containing chlorine (indoor swimming pools, etc.). Generally stress corrosion cracking 

is not visible with fixings and usually leads to sudden failure of the anchoring. 

Corrosion - Fundamentals 

In 1985, the suspended concrete ceiling of 

an indoor swimming pool collapsed in Uster, 

Switzerland. The ceiling attachments of 

stainless steel exhibited no external defects 

whatsoever, but inside were completely 

destroyed in some cases due to stress 

corrosion cracking. 

Example of trans-crystalline stress corrosion 

cracking on stainless steel 1.4401 with high 

chloride concentration. 


Corrosion protection 

There are different methods for protecting fastenings from corrosion. 

The most important are: 

The galvanised zinc coating (or even electrolytic zinc coating) with subsequently 

started passivation is to reach a corrosion protection with the usually applied process 

in the metal refinement. Layer thicknesses between 3 µm and 10 µm can be achieved. 

Since the galvanising is worn off over time, it offers adequate corrosion protection only in 

dry interior rooms. 

Hot-dip galvanising is the application of a metal zinc coating by dipping it in molten 

zinc (at approx. 450 °C). Zinc layer thicknesses of 45-80 µm offer an excellent corrosion 

protection for moisture rooms and outside applications. 

Stainless steel fixings of the corrosion resistance class III e.g. A4 material no. 

1.4401, 1.4362 are suitable for fastenings in damp rooms, in open air, in industrial 

atmospheres or near the sea (but not directly in sea water). These steels are alloys with a 

chrome content of at least 12% that forms a passive layer on the steel surface that protects 

against corrosion. 

Stainless steel fixings of highly corrosion resistant steel of the corrosion resistance 

class IV e. g. material no.1.4529 are used in especially aggressive environments like 

atmospheres containing chlorine (indoor swimming pools), in road tunnels or with direct 

sea water contact. In this case, the chrome content of normal stainless steels drops 

below 12%. The protective passive layer disappears and the anchor becomes susceptible 

to corrosion. On the other hand, the special alloys are very corrosion resistant in these 

highly aggressive media, due to their relatively high percentage of molybdenum. With 

an alloy percentage of 50%, they clearly surpass the usual unalloyed, low alloyed or high 

alloyed steels with maximum 30% alloy percentages. This means the steel 1.4529 alloyed 

with chrome, molybdenum and nickel has an alloy percentage of 58%. The rest consists 

of iron and carbon. Because of this high percentage of expensive alloy additives, the 

manufacturing of these steel types are correspondingly costly. 

463



Dynamics 

- predominantly 

non-static loads in the fixing 

technology 

The general building authority approvals by the German Institute of Construction 

Engineering in Berlin (DIBt) and the European Technical Approvals (ETA) are 

generally exclusively for anchoring of predominantly static loads. However, in 

contrast to these current permits, in practice a number of dynamic effects occur, 

e. g. increasing and alternating stresses in swinging cranes, crane rails, guide rails in 

elevator construction, machines, industrial robots and blast fans in tunnel construction. 

This also includes anchorings for components susceptible to vibration like antennas and 

masts. 

Oscillating amplitude 

durable oscillation strength 

(durable capacity in case of fatigue) 

Wöhler curve 

statical strength 

(statical capacity) 

Number of cycles N 

fatigue strength 

(capacity in case of fatigue) 

N = 2 ‰ 10 6 

1 10 100 1.000 10.000 100.000 1.000.000 10.000.000 100.000.000 

Action Run of the oscillation Possible cause 

harmonic 

periodic 

period T 

period T D 

sinusoidal 

optional, 

periodical 

Unbalances, 

tumbling machines 

Regularly abutting parts 

(e.g. punching machines), 

rail- and road traffic 

transient 

optional, 

nonperiodical 

Earthquakes 

impulsive 

optional, 

with very short 

time of influence 

Impact, explosion 

Dynamic effects 

It is generally true that the anchoring of components with more than 10.000 load cycles 

has to be carried out with fixings, which are tested and approved for this. The regular, 

sub-sequent anchoring of these dynamically loaded items to be mounted still caused the 

planning engineer big problems, even recently. Generally, the approvals for fixings only 

apply for anchoring of predominantly static loads. The path through expert opinions and 

“approvals for individual cases“ was difficult and tedious. Besides that, higher costs than 

necessary often occurred due to the general planning uncertainty, since the anchors were 

often oversized. 

The bonded anchors fischer Highbond anchor FHB dyn and fischer UMV multicone dyn 

are approved for dynamic loads. The approvals apply to anchoring of dynamic loads 

with unlimited numbers of load cycles, for tension and for shear loads. In addition, the FHB 

dyn is manufactured in anchor size M16 of highly corrosion-resistant steel, material no. 

1.4529. Tests have shown that this material - in contrast to the usual standard stainless 

steel types in the corrosion resistance class III, e.g. A4 - is suitable not only for use in humid 

internal conditions and outside, but also for holding dynamic loads. 

464

The European Union (EU) essentially determines the legal foundations for the 

approval of building products in Europe. It pursues the goal of making the European 

Common Market a reality for all products, thus also for building products. 

For this purpose, the “Directive 89/106/EEC of the Council for Aligning the Legal 

and Administrative Specifications of the Member States Regarding Building 

Products” (BPR) was issued. This directive is implemented with the regulation regarding 

the marketing of and free trade with building products. 

The important requirements of buildings in the sense of the BPR include: 

1. Mechanical strength and stability 

2. Fire Protection 

3. Hygiene, health and environmental protection 

4. Safety in use 

5. Sound protection 

6. Energy savings and heat protection 

On the basis of the BPR, standards and guidelines will be issued as basic documents 

that regulate the approval of building products. The very first basic document that was 

developed in this context is the “Guidelines for European Technical Approval (ETAG)” 

for “Metal anchors for use in concrete,” ETAG 001. 

European standards have no special importance in connection with the BPR. A building 

product can only be brought onto the market and freely traded if it is useful, i. e. have 

proven conformity with the important requirements and therefore the CE mark is 

applied. Usability and conformity will generally be proven by compliance with coordinated 

and/or recognized standards. If corresponding standards are not available, the proof will 

be given by a European Technical Approval (ETA). An important advantage is that 

products with an ETA and/or a CE mark can be freely traded in the EU (see data sheet for 

“Directive for Building Products” of the Bavarian State Ministry for Economy, Transport and 

Technology). 

In addition, evidences with a national approval can be provided e. g. in Germany with a 

general building authority approval or in France with a so-called SOCOTECH. 

The national approvals are however being increasingly replaced by European Technical 

Approvals (ETA) which are recognised in all EU member states. European approvals are 

issued by the members of the EOTA (European Organisation for Technical Approvals), 

e. g. the German Association of Construction Engineering (DIBt). The DIBt also 

issues the German approvals. In a coexistence phase, European and national approvals 

will remain valid. 

Legal basis 


465



Approval specifications 

for fixings 

Currently, according to the above-mentioned ETAG 001, Parts 1-6, approvals 

for metal fixings in concrete are possible for: 

▪Torque-controlled expansion anchors 

▪ Undercut anchors 

▪ Deformation-controlled expansion anchors 

▪ Bonded anchors 

▪ Anchors for multiple use for non-structural applications 

The resulting approvals still contain only the characteristic values of the respective fixing 

type. Using the design resistance guidelines (ETAG 001, Annex C for steel anchors and 

TR029 for bonded anchors) and the characteristic values for the load bearing capacity of 

the respective fixing type, it is possible to design any anchoring. Three design methods 

(A, B and C) are available depending on the respective fixing type. 

The ETAG 001 divides possible approvals of metal fixings in 12 options. Options 1-6 

are for use in cracked and non-cracked concrete, options 7-12 are only for use in noncracked 

concrete. Approvals according to Option 1 give the most flexibility of the fixing 

connections, those according to option 12 are most restricted. That means fixings with 

approvals according to option 1 are of the highest value and the value according to 

option 12 is the lowest. It is possible to optimally utilise anchorings because of the type 

and manner of design and the division of the approvals into different options. 

Part 6 of the ETAG 001 regulates the use of metal fixings in cracked and uncracked 

concrete that are used as multiple fixings of non-load-bearing systems. Non-load-bearing 

systems include components that do not contribute to the stability of the construction. 

These are for instance simple suspended ceilings and underceilings, pipelines as well as 

facade claddings. These systems can be referred to as so-called redundant systems. In 

case of failure of a fixing point, the stability of the system is not affected. 

For the use of anchors for multiple fixings, it is assumed that in case of excessive slip or 

failure of a fixing point, the load is transferred to a neighbouring fixing point (without 

essential deviation of the requirements regarding the serviceability and the limit state of 

the load bearing capacity at the component to be fixed). Here, a fixing point can consist 

of one or more anchors. 

Calculation of fastenings 

According to ETAG 001, the effort for designing of anchorings by designers and users 

is relatively high, since evidence has to be given of various failure modes. 

The design method in ETAG 001 is based on the CC method of the DIBt from the 

year 1993. It is based on the concept of partial safety factors. 

With the method A already mentioned above, the characteristic resistances depend on 

the load direction and take into consideration all conceivable failure modes (see 

Failure Modes chapter). 

With method B, a characteristic resistance is assumed to be independent of the load 

direction and the influence of reduced edge distances and spacings are taken into 

consideration with factors. In principle, this method corresponds to the κ-method in the 

older approvals.. 

466

With method C, a characteristic resistance is given. This characteristic resistance is valid for 

all load directions and predetermined edge distances and spacings which cannot be reduced. 

Method C corresponds to the older method for verifying the steel expansion anchors in noncracked 

concrete. 

For daily use and for evidence of fixings, fischer has developed a simple, fast and effective 

design software. The software makes it possible for designers and users to calculate fixing 

connections and fixing multiple dimensioning using a convenient input. An easy-to-read status 

line continuously shows the used capacity of the fixing, which significantly simplifies the 

selection of the technically and economically correct fastening system. 

The 12 different options of the guideline for the European Technical Approvals for “Metal fixing for anchoring in concrete”, 

ETAG 001 

Approved option 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 

Concrete 

Concrete 

qualities 

Approved for cracked and non-cracked concrete • • • • • • 

approved only for the pressure area • • • • • • 

Better concrete qualities result in load increases 

No load increase due to better concrete quality 

C 20/25 

to 

C 50/60 

only 

C 20/25 

C 20/25 

to 

C 50/60 

only 

C 20/25 

C 20/25 

to 

C 50/60 

only 

C 20/25 

C 20/25 

to 

C 50/60 

only 

C 20/25 

C 20/25 

to 

C 50/60 

only 

C 20/25 

C 20/25 

to 

C 50/60 

only 

C 20/25 


Bearing 

capacity 

Optimal utilization due to 

different loads for tensile and shear loads • • • • 

Only one load for all 

loading directions • • • • • • • • 

Reduction of spacings possible • • • • 

Axial 

spacing 

Reduction of the large base spacings 1) possible (with 

simultaneous reduction in load) • • • • 

Fixed, large base spacing • • • • 

Reduction of the edge distances possible (with simultaneous 

reduction in load) • • • • 

Edge 

distance 

Reduction of the large base spacings 2) possible (with 

simultaneous reduction in load) • • • • 

fixed, relatively large base- spacing • • • • 

Dimensioning methods 

A 1 ), B 2 ), 

C 2 ) 

A 1 ), B 2 ), 

C 2 ) 

B 2 ), C 2 ) B 2 ), C 2 ) C 2 ) C 2 ) 

A 1 ), B 2 ), 

C 2 ) 

A 1 ), B 2 ), 

C 2 ) 

B 2 ), C 2 ) B 2 ), C 2 ) C 2 ) C 2 ) 

1) Base spacing = 3 x anchoring base, base edge distance = 1.5 x anchoring depth 

2) Base spacing = 4 x anchoring base, base edge distance = 2 x anchoring depth 

467



Approvals, markings and 

their importance 

European Technical Approval - 

Option 1 for cracked concrete 

In the following, excerpts of approvals that are currently issued in Europe and their 

symbols will be given with their corresponding importance: 

Please check wether your application is safety relevant. 

An application is safety relevant when failure of anchorages would cause risk to human 

life or serious injuries and/or lead to considerable economic consequences. In this case 

please use anchors with a European Technical (ETA) or with a German Approval. You may 

recognise these anchors by: 

European Technical Approval 

issued by a European approval authority 

(e.g. DIBt) on the basis of the 

guidelines for European technical 

approvals (ETAG) 

ETA: European Technical Approval/ 

Options 1–12 

CE: European conformity mark confirms 

the compliance of the building 

product (e.g. fixing) with the guidelines 

for European Technical Approvals. 

Products with the CE mark can 

be freely traded in the European 

economic market. 

Z-21.2-1734 

General building authority 

approval 

German approval, issued by the 

DIBt, Berlin for anchorings in concrete 

to be dimensioned according 

to Method A (CC method). 

Proof of compliance of the building 

product with the general building 

authority approval. confirmed by a 

material testing facility. 

ESR-2948 

See ICC-ES 




IEA (AA-707) 

CC = International Code Council, 

formed from BOCA, ICBO 

and SBCCI 

ICC Evaluation Service Inc. (ICC ES) 

issues evaluation reports, in this 

case for the above anchor based 

upon the Uniform Building CodeTM 

and related codes in the United 

States of America. 

General building authority 

approval 

German approval, issued by the 

DIBt, Berlin. 

Proof of compliance of the building 

product with the general building 

authority approval. confirmed by a 

material testing facility. 

FM Certificate 

Recognised for use in local waterbased 

fire extinguisger systems 

(Factory Mutual Research Corporation 

for Property Conservation, American 

insurance company). 

Fire-tested fixing 

The fixing was subjected to a fire 

test. A “Examination report regarding 

testing for fire behaviour“ (with 

F class) is available. 

468

Fixing of high-quality, aging-resistant 

nylon (polyamide) 

For Sprinkler Systems. 

Meets the requirements according to 

VdS CEA 4001. 

Reference to fixing dimensioning 

The fixing can be dimensioned with 

the fischer software on the basis of 

the CC-method. 

Fixing that can be dynamically 

loaded 

The fixing is suitable and approved 

for anchoring of “not predominantly 

static“ (i.e. dynamic) loads. 


Tested for flame resistance 

according to VDE 

P-NDS04-137 

General building authority test 

certificate 

469

Worldwide Presence 

Service 

fischer International Sales 

www.fischer.de 

Your advantages with the fischer INTERNATIONAL SALES TEAM 

▪ One-on-one assistance from multi lingual staff. 

▪ Immediate information and individual solutions regarding the widest range of fixings 

and fasteners worldwide. 

▪ Contact to over 35 own subsidiaries and over 80 local partners worldwide. 

▪ Visit organization A-Z and training programs. 

▪ By implementing the fischer process system (fps) we offer you the quickest most 

efficient service. 

e-mail: export@fischer.de 

fax: +49 7443 12-8726 

470

Global Advice 

fischer Technical Sales Support 

Service 


Our Service 

▪ Technical advice and product recommendation 

▪ Support for engeneers, consultants and craftsmen 

▪ Special solutions in the scope of fixing technology 

▪ Special seminars for engineers, consultants, architects 

e-mail: intsupport@fischer.de 

471

Service 

Training courses & seminars 

Attractive seminars in the Klaus Fischer Customer Service Centre 

▪ Tradespeople, engineers and specialist 

dealers have been learning “important 

and interesting information” about 

fixing technology in the fischer 

ACADEMY for over 30 years. 

▪ All seminars are consistently based on 

practice. 

▪ Developing solutions and direct 

implementation in professionally 

equipped practice rooms. 

▪ The aim of the seminars is to enable 

you to utilise the full benefits of the 

products – always in line with the 

demands of the approval. 

▪ There is a wide range of seminars on 

offer. Numerous partners from various 

lines of business make the most of the 

opportunity. 

▪ You can view the current range 

of seminars on offer at the 

fischer ACADEMY at 

www.fischer.de/Seminare 

▪ You can also contact the staff at the 

fischer ACADEMY directly if you 

have any queries or wish to register. 


phone: +49 7443 12-4361 

or +49 7641 456-3375 

472

Service 

Safety and economy 

▪ Be it in the Klaus Fischer Customer Service Centre in 

Tumlingen, the branch offices in Brehna/Leipzig, Bielefeld 

and Lüneburg, or at events held on your own premises: 

We address the individual and specific requirements of the 

participants from retail, trade and planning offices. In doing 

so, we value having a close connection to daily practice. 

The fixing technology CompetenceCentres 

▪ These are professional training institutions, which give a 

varity of tradespeople working with anchors and plugs an 

understanding of how to work safely and economically with 

fixing systems. Here, tradespeople pass on their knowledge 

of fixings to other tradespeople in line with the acknowledged 

rules of technology. 

▪ The fischer ACADEMY works closely with the 

CompetenceCentres, providing teaching materials, training 

the instructors and organising meetings to share experiences. 

473

Borderless Services 

Service 

fischer Subsidiaries 

fischer Deutschland Vertriebs GmbH 

Weinhalde 14-18 

72178 Waldachtal 

GERMANY 

Tel.: (0049) 744312-6000 

Fax: (0049) 744312-4500 


E-Mail: info@fischer.de 

anwendungstechnik@fischer.de 

vertriebsinnendienst@fischer.de 

fischer Argentina S.A. 

Armenia 3044 

1605 Munro 

Ra-PCIA: De Buenos Aires 

ARGENTINA 

Tel.: (0054) 1147-622778 

Fax: (0054) 1147-561311 

www.fischer.com.ar 

E-Mail: asistenciatecnica@fischer.com.ar 

fischer Australia Pty. Ltd. 

Unit 1, 61 Waterview Close 

Dandenong South 

VIC 3175 

AUSTRALIA 

Tel.: (0061) 39799-2096 

Fax: (0061) 39799-2696 

www.fischerfixings.com.au 

E-Mail: info@fischerfixings.com.au 

fischer Austria GmbH 

Wiener Straße 95 

2514 Traiskirchen 

AUSTRIA 

Tel.: (0043) 225253730-0 

Fax: (0043) 225253730-70 

www.fischer.at 

E-Mail: office@fischer.at 

fischer Cobemabel s.n.c. 

Schaliënhoevedreef 20 D 

2800 Mechelen 

BELGIUM 

Tel.: (0032) 152847-00 

Fax: (0032) 152847-10 

www.fischer.be 

E-Mail: info@fischerbelgium.be 

fischer Brasil Indústria e Comércio Ltda. 

Estrada do Dende, 300 Ilha do Governador 

BR-21920-001 Rio de Janeiro-RJ 

BRAZIL 

Tel.: (0055) 21 24 67 87 96 

Fax: (0055) 21 24 67 11 30 

www.fischerbrasil.com.br 

E-Mail: fischer@fischerbrasil.com.br 

fischer (Taicang) fixings Co., Ltd. 

Shanghai Rep. Office 

Rm 1503-1504, 

No. 63 Chifeng Road, 

200092 Shanghai 

CHINA 

Tel.: (0086) 2151001668 

Fax: (0086) 2165979669 

www.fischer.com.cn 

E-Mail: ficnsh@fischer.com.cn 

fischer Hrvatska d.o.o. 

Nadinska 29 · Velikopoje 

10010 Zagreb 

CROATIA 

www.fischer.ar 

E-Mail: alen.dopsaj@fischer.at 

fischer international s.r.o. 

Průmyslová 1833 

25001 Brandýs nad Labem 

CZECH REPUBLIC 

Tel.: +(00420) 3269046-01 

Fax: (00420) 3269046-00 

www.fischer-cz.cz 

E-Mail: info@fischerwerke.cz 

fischer a/s 

Sandvadsvej 17 A 

4600 Køge 

DENMARK 

Tel.: (0045) 4632-0220 

Fax: (0045) 4632-5052 

www.fischerdanmark.dk 

E-Mail: fidk@fischerdanmark.dk 

fischer Finland 

Suomalaistentie 7 B 

02270 Espoo 

FINLAND 

Tel.: (00358) 2074146-60 

Fax: (00358) 2074146-69 


E-Mail: jorma.makkonen@fischerfinland.fi 

fischer S.A.S. 

12, rue Livio B. P. 10182 

67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 

FRANCE 

Tel.: (0033) 38839-1867 

Fax: (0033) 38839-8044 

www.fischer.fr 

E-Mail: info@fischer.fr 

fischer fixings UK Limited 

Whitely Road 

Oxon OX10 9AT Wallingford 

OX 10 9AT 

GREAT BRITAIN 

Tel.: (0044) 149 182 79-00 

Fax: (0004) 149 182 79-53 

www.fischer.co.uk 

E-Mail: info@fischer.co.uk 

fischer Hellas 

Emporiki EPE G, Papandreou 125 

144 52 Metamorphosis, Athens 

GREECE 

www.fischer.gr 

fischer HUNGÀRIA Bt. 

Szerémi út 7. 

1117 Budapest 

HUNGARY 

Tel.: (0036) 134797-55 

Fax: (0036) 134797-65 

www.fischerhungary.hu 

E-Mail: info@fischerhungary.hu 

474

Service 

fischer italia s.r.l. 

Corso Stati Uniti, 25 

Casella Postale 391 

35127 Padova Z.I. Sud 

ITALY 

Tel.: (0039) 0498063-111 

Fax: (0039) 0498063-401 

www.fischeritalia.it 

E-Mail: sercli@fischeritalia.it 

fischer Japan K.K. 

Seishin Kudan Building 3rd Floor 

3-4-15 Kudan Minami 

Chiyoda-ku 

Tokyo 102-0074 

JAPAN 

Tel.: (0081) 503675-7782 

Fax: (0081) 503675-7782 

www.fischerjapan.co.jp 

E-Mail: georg.lenz@fischerjapan.co.jp 

fischer Sistemas de 

Fijación, S.A. de C.V. 

Blvd. Manuel Avila Camacho 3130 - 400B 

Col. Valle Dorado, Tlalnepantla 

Estado de Mexico, C.P. 54020 

MEXICO 

Tel.: (0052) 555572-0883 

Fax: (0052) 555572-1590 


E-Mail: info@fischermex.com.mx 

fischer Norge AS 

Oluf Onsumsvei 9 

0680 OSLO 

NORWAY 

Tel.: (0047) 232427-10 

Fax: (0047) 232427-13 

www.fischernorge.no 

E-Mail: jmo@fischernorge.no 

fischerpolska Sp. z o.o. 

ul..Albatrosow 2 

30-716 Kraków 

POLAND 

Tel.: (0048) 1229008-80 

Fax: (0048) 1229008-88 

www.fischerpolska.pl 

E-Mail: info@fischerpolska.pl 

fischerwerke Portugal , Lda 

Av. Casal da Serra , Lote I-4, Sala 5 

2625-085 Povoa de Santa Iria 

PORTUGAL 

Tel.: (00351) 2195-37450 

Fax: (00351) 2195-91390 

www.fischer.pt 

E-Mail: fischerportugal.info@fischer.es 

fischer systems Asia Pte. Ltd. 

150 Kampong Ampat 

#04-03 KA Centre 

Singapore 368324 

SINGAPORE 

Tel.: (0065) 6285-2207 

Fax: (0065) 6285-8310 

www.fischer.sg 

E-Mail: sales@fischer.sg 

fischer S. K. s. r. o. 

Vajnorská 134/A 

831 04 Bratislava 

SLOVAKIA 

Tel.: (0421) 2 4920 6046 

Fax: (0421) 2 4920 6044 

E-Mail: info@fischerwerke.sk 

www.fischer-sk.sk 

fischer Korea Co. Ltd. 

#503 Dae-Ryung Techno Town 8th 481-11 

Gasan-dong, Geumcheon-Gu 

153-775 SEOUL 

SOUTH KOREA 

Tel.: (0082) 154489-55 

Fax: (0082) 154489-03 

www.fischerkorea.com 

E-Mail: info@fischerkorea.com 

fischer Metal Sanayi ve Ticaret 

Limited Sirketi 

Yeni yol Sokak 

ETAP Is Merkezi. A Blok 

No: 16/9 

34722 Hasanpasa / Kadikoy 

Istanbul 

Tel.: (0090) 216 326 0066 

Fax: (0090) 216 326 0018 

fischer Sverige AB 

Koppargatan 11 

602 23 Norrköping 

SWEDEN 

Tel.: (0046) 1131-4450 

Fax: (0046) 1131-1950 

www.fischersverige.se 

E-Mail: gg@fischersverige.se 

fischer FZE 

P. O. Box 261738 

Jebel Ali Free Zone 

Dubai 

UNITED ARAB EMIRATES 

Tel.: (00971) 488374-77 

Fax: (00971) 1488374-76 

www.fischer.ae 

E-Mail: fixings@fischer.ae 

fischer Benelux B.V. 

Amsterdamsestraatweg 45 B/C 

1411 AX Naarden 

NETHERLANDS 

Tel.: (0031) 3569566-66 

Fax: (0031) 3569566-99 

www.fischer.nl 

E-Mail: info@fischer.nl 

000 fischer Befestigungssysteme Rus 

l. Dokukina 16/1, Building 1 

129226 Moscow 

RUSSIA 

Tel.: (007) 495 223-0334 

Fax: (007) 495 223-0334 

www.fischerfixing.ru 

E-Mail: info@fischerfixing.ru 

Fischer Ibérica S.A. 

Klaus Fischer 1 

43300 Mont-Roig del Camp 

Tarragona 

SPAIN 

Tel.: (0034) 9778387-11 

Fax: (0034) 9778387-70 

www.fischer.es 

E-Mail: tacos@fischer.es 

fischer fixings LLC 

62 Orange Ave 

Suffern, NY 10901 

USA 

Tel.: (001) 845-5045098 

Fax: (001) 845-6252666 

www.fischerfixings.com 

E-Mail: info@fischerfixingsusa.com 

475


Service 

fischer distribution partners 

Algeria 

Haddad Equipment Professionnel 

D6, Cité du Lycée 

16012 Rouiba 

Tel.: (00213) 21 8549 05 

Fax: (00213) 21 8557 72 

E-Mail: heprouiba@hotmail.com 

Azerbaijan 

Santral Elektrik LTD 

Boyuk Shor Highway 11/2062 

Baku, AZ1029 

Tel.: (00994) 12-514 40 48 

(00994) 12-514 40 50 

(00994) 50 312 54 06 mobile 

Fax: (00994) 12-514 40 46 

Bahrain 

M.H. Al Mahroos BSC (c) 

Building No. 208, Shaikh Salman Highway, P.O. Box 65 

Salihiya, Block 356 

Manama,Bahrain 

Tel.: (00973) 17 40 80 90 

Fax: (00973) 17 40 43 23 

E-Mail: almahroos@almahroos.com 

www.almahroos.com 

Bangladesh 

Abedin Equipment Ltd. 

B 52, Kemal Ataturk Avenue 

Banani, Dhaka - 1213 

Tel.: (00880) 28 81871819 

Fax: (00880) 29 862340 

E-Mail: info@abedinequipment.com 

ms.islam@abedinequipment.com 

Barbados 

D.B.W. Incorporated 

ST. MICHAEL / WEST INDIES 

Tel.: (001246) 43 87651 

Fax: (001246) 43 87654 

Bolivia 

WAKO IMPORTAC.Y REPRESENTAC. 

AV.PEDRO RIBERA NRO. 3550 

Santa Cruz 

Tel.: (00591) 3488929/3488921 

E-Mail: wako@wako.scz.com 

Botswana 

Prominent Paints Botswana (Pty.) Ltd. 

P.O. Box 292 Gaborone 

Botswana 

Tel.: (00267) 39 53327 

Fax: (00267) 39 53509 

E-Mail: alan.phillips@prominentpaints.co.za 

Canada 

Wm. P. Somerville (1996) Ltd. 

Fasteners For Construction 

3964 Kitchener Street 

Burnaby, BC V5C 3M2 

Tel.: (001) 60 42983622 

(001) 60 42985926 

E-Mail: wmp1996@telus.net 

Canada 

Canadian Fasteners Hegedus Ltd. 

1180 De Louvain Ouest 

Montréal, Quebec H4N 1G5 

Tel.: (001) 51 43813431 

(001) 51 43819987 

E-Mail: rbyford@ancragescanadiens.com 

Chile 

American Screw de Chile Ltda 

CNO.A MELIPILLA 10338-C.1844 

Santiago 

Tel.: (0056) 24 407000 

E-Mail: mauricio.penaloza@amscrew.cl 

Colombia 

Ingenieria y Representaciones S.A. 

Calle 41 Norte No. 1N-03 

Cali 

Tel.: (0057) 23 194020 

Fax: (0057) 24 482521 

E-Mail: germanramirez@inresa.cc 

Costa Rica 

Distribuidora Arsa 

A.GUADALUPE 400MT.ES-475MT.SUR 

San Jose 

Tel.: (00506) 28 54224 

E-Mail: lartavia@disarsa.com 

Cuba 

CI. Neginter del Caribe Ltda. 

Mirarmar Trade Center, Edificio Santa Clara Oficina 133, 

Calle 3ra entre 76 y 78 

Ciudad de La Habana 

Tel.: (0053) 72 044145 

E-Mail: juancarlos@neginter.cu 

Cyprus 

Unicol Chemicals Ltd. 

10.P.Demetrakopoulos Street 

P.O. Box 25606 

1090 Nicosia 

Tel.: (00357) 22 663316 or +357 22 667073 

Fax: (00357) 22 667059 

E-Mail: ioannis@unicolltd.com 

info@unicolltd.com 

Egypt 

Modern Machines & Materials Co. 

23 El Madina El Monawara St. 

Mohandseen 

Cairo 

Tel.: (0020) 23 3354771 

Fax: (0020) 23 7612387 

E-Mail: mmm.egypt@hotmail.com 

enayatazab@hotmail.com 

Estonia 

Hekamerk OÜ 

Kadaka tee 185 

12618 Tallinn 

Tel.: (00372) 67 76304 

Fax: (00372) 67 76301 

E-Mail: erkki@hekamerk.ee 

Ethiopia 

Seif Tewfik Sherif 

Arada Sub City, Kebele 01/02 

Global Insurance building, 7th Floor 

P.O. Box 2525 

Addis Ababa 

Tel.: (00251) 11-1558008 

Fax: (00251)-11-1558009 

E-Mail: seif@ethionet.et 

Ecuador 

Pino Aristata S.A. 

Luis Urdaneta Nr 1909 y Tulcan 

Apartado Postal Nr 09-04-500 

Guayaquil 

Tel.: (00593) 422 88000 

E-Mail: principal@pinoaristata.com 

Georgia 

„Caucasus 99“ Ltd. 

Tamara Schwili Str. 12 

0102 Tiblissi 

Tel.: (00995) 32 37 53 79 

Fax: (00995) 32 38 52 38 

E-Mail: admin@dewalt.ge 

Ghana 

Stegha Ltd. 

East La Dadekotopon (Tseaddo) 

P.O. Box TF, 440 La 

Accra 

Tel.: (00233) 24 4382522 

E-Mail: sales@stegha.com 

Guatemala 

Fijaciones S.A. 

8A CALLE 6-62 - ZONA 4 

Guatemala 

Tel.: (00502) 23 607406 

E-Mail: gustavo.herrera@edisa.com.gt 

Honduras 

Importadora Ferretera S.A 

17 Calle Circunvalacion 5 Y6 

San Pedro Sula / Honduras C.A 

E-Mail: importaciones@imferra.com 

INDUFESA 

Calle Principal Col. San Jose del Pedregal, No. 401 

S 70123 Comayaguela, M.D.C. 

Larach & Cia, S. de R.L. de C.V 

1347 Calle de la Salud, Colonia Miramontes 

Tegucigalpa M.D.C 

E-Mail: Importaciones@larachycia.com 

Hong Kong 

Infix (HK) LTD 

12 Ka Yip Street 

Chai Wan 

Tel.: (00852) 2898 26 68 

Fax: (00852) 2898 23 38 

E-Mail: barry@infix.com.hk 

Iceland 

Byko Ltd. 

Skemmuvegur 2a 

200 Kopavogur 

Tel.: (00354) 51 54000 

Fax: (00354) 51 54199 

E-Mail: simi@byko.is 

India 

Bosch India Ltd. 

RMB Complex, Power Tools 

Hosur Road, Adugodi, 

Bangalore - 560030 

Tel.: (0091) 80 22992099 

(0091) 98 45197313 mobile 

Fax: (0091) 80 22213706 

E-Mail: Soma.Sundaram@in.bosch.com 

Indonesia 

PT Bersama Bangun Persada 

Perkantoran Mega Sunter Blok D10-11 

Jl. Danau Sunter Selatan 

Jakarta 14350, Indonesia 

Tel.: (0062) 21-6583 7575 

Fax: (0062) 21-6583 5363 

E-Mail: hendrik@mrsafetygroup.com 

Iran 

Abzarsara Co. 

Arash Baghaie 

148 Sanai St. 

15866 Teheran 

Tel.: (0098) 21 8 82 84 20 

Fax: (0098) 21 8 30 14 86 

E-Mail: Alireza.Ramzgooyan@abzarsara.com 

Ireland 

Masonry Fixings Services Ltd. 

Unit 83 

Cherry Orchard Industrial Estate 

Dublin 10 

Tel.: (00353) 16 426700 

Fax: (00353) 16 263493 

E-Mail: info@masonryfixings.ie 

Ireland 

Chadwicks Ltd. (SaMontec) 

Chadwicks Building Materials 

Walkinstown 

Dublin 12 

Tel.: (00353) 14 197500 

Fax: (00353) 14 6501075 

E-Mail: finbarr.bennett@chadwicks.ie 

Israel 

Ledico Ltd. 

31 Lazarov St. 

Rishon Le Ziyon 

Tel.: (00972) 3963 0000 

Fax: (00972) 3963 0055 

E-Mail: yoav@ledico.com 

Jordan 

Izzat Marji Group 

No. 10, Amer Bin Malek St. - Um Sumaq 

P.O. Box 1945 

Amman 11821 

Tel.: (00962) 655 20284 

Fax: (00962) 655 20294 

E-Mail: info@marji.jo 

Kazakhstan 

Zentr. Krepyoshnych Materialov (ZKM) 

Satpaeva 90, 4 et, 24 

KZ - 480046 Almaty 

Tel.: (007) 727 2777747 

Fax: (007) 727 2777757 

E-Mail: ck_ckm@ck.kz 

Kazakhstan 

Lamed Ltd. 

Tazhibaevoi 155/1 

050060 Almaty 

Tel.: (007) 7272 446400 

E-Mail: lamed@ lamed.kz 

Kenya 

Alibhai Shariff & Sons Limited 

P. O. Box 40382-00100 

Nairobi 

Tel.: (00254) 20 2219965 

(00254) 722 207622 mobile 

Fax: (00254) 20 311392 / 2218103 

E-Mail: ajay@alibhaishariff.com 

Kuwait 

M/S SAFINA AL NAJJAT CO. 

Shuwaikh - Khalifa Jassim Street 

P.O.Box 20329, Safat 13064 

Tel.: (00965) 2481 8786 - 2482 5972 

Fax: (00965) 2481 83858 

E-Mail: teampro@terra.net.lb 

Lebanon 

Team-Pro S.A.L. 

Dora; Dora Trade Center 

Beirut 

Tel.: (00961) 1249088 

Fax: (00961) 1249098 

E-Mail: info@team-pro.info 

Latvia 

SIA Multifikss 

Artilerijas 65 

LV-1009 Riga 

Tel.: (00371) 67455195 

(00371) 29212385 

Fax: (00371) 67 612926 

Lithuania 

UAB Augrika 

Savanoriu ave. 173 

2028 Vilnius 

Tel.: (00370) 52640600 

Fax: (00370) 52640014 

E-Mail: info@augrika.lt 

Maldives 

M/S Sonee Hardware 

Sonee Building 

#7 Ibrahim Hassan Didi Magu 

20188 Malè 

Tel.: (00960) 33 36699 

Fax: (00960) 33 20304 

E-Mail: suhas@sonee.com.mv 

476

Malta 

NVC Trading 

3 / 9 Dr. Nikola Zammit Street 

QRM 15 

Siggiewi 

Tel.: (00356) 21 465384 

Fax: (00356) 21 462337 

E-Mail: nicholas@nvctrading.com 

Marocco 

Outipro 

53, Rue du Lieutenant Mohamed Mahroud 

Casablanca 

Tel.: (00212) 22 247721 

Fax: (00212) 22 408234 

E-Mail: miri.mounir@outipro.ma 

Moldova 

Altosan SRL 

Siusev str. 78 

2023 Chisinau 

Tel.: (00373) 22 222797 

E-Mail: serghei.motinga@altosan.md 

Mongolia 

Mongolian Star Melchers / MSM/LLC 

MSM Building 

62/1 Chinggis Avenue, Khan-Uul District 

C.P.O. Box 154 

17070 Ulaanbaatar 

Tel.: (00976) 11 70148138, ext. 108 

(00976) 99 999454 mobile 

Fax: (00976) 11 342175 

E-Mail: sergelen@msmco.net 

Mozambique 

Nova Vida Lda - Maputo 

Rua Paulino Santos Gil No 94 

Maputo 

Tel.: (00258) 21 327 370 

Fax: (00258) 21 327 371 

E-Mail: info@novavida.co.mz 

Namibia 

Werner Behnsen Enterprises cc 

PO Box 6302 Ausspannplatz 

8 Kalie Roodt Street 

Northern Industrial 

Windhoek 

Tel.: (00264) 61234234 

Fax: (00264) 61225353 

E-Mail: info@wtb-namibia.com 

Oman 

Technical Supplies International Co LLC 

Al Athaibah, Sultanate of Oman 

Post Box: 1827 · Postal Code: 130 

Tel.: (00968) 2450 39 15 

Tel.: (00968) 2450 39 20 

E-Mail: venugopal@tecsintl.com 

Pakistan 

H.S.AHMEDALLY 

Showroom=08,Serena Pride, 

Plot= 14/A/1, Block-6, PECHS, 

Shara-e-Faisal, Adjacent KFC Nursury 

Karachi 

Tel.: (0092) 21-34548345-47 

Fax: (0092) 21-34548348 

E-Mail: sghazanfar@hsahmedally.com 

Paraguay 

Ferreteria Americana 

MCAL.ESTIGARRIBA 111 

Tel.: (00595) 21-492021 

E-Mail: jcsosa@nuevaamericana.com.py 

Philippines 

E.C. Daughson, Inc 

No 100 Congressional Avenue, Project 8 

Quezon City Philippines 1106 

Tel.: (0063) 29 27 35 70 

Fax: (0063) 29 27 35 67 

E-Mail: emmanuel.lopez@ecdaughson.com 

Romania 

SC Profix SRL 

Calea Baciului Nr. 179 

Cluj Napoca 

Tel.: (0040) 722319422 

Fax: (0040) 264403060 

E-Mail: office@profix.com.ro 

Qatar 

TEAM PRO QATAR 

Doha-Mouayzer-Saylia Road 250 

Doha,Qatar 

Tel.: (00974) 4 451 5976 

Fax: (00974) 4 451 5974 

E-Mail: customerservice-qatar@team-pro.info 

Rwanda 

Maltexx Ltd. 

(Sam Karema Epsylon Consulting S.A.R.L.) 

Rue Araucaria nord 106 

Gacuriro - Kigali 

Tel.: (00250) 788 411422 

E-Mail: sam.karema@gmail.com 

Saudi Arabia 

Juffali Technical Equipment Company (JTECO) 

Kilo 6, Madinah Road 

P.O. Box 1049 

Jeddah 21431, Saudi Arabia 

Tel.: (00966) 2 66 72 222 Ext. 1527/1528 

Fax: (00966) 2 66 76 308 

E-Mail: roland@eajb.com.sa 

South Africa 

Upat S.A. (Pty.) Ltd. 

Lekrom House 

Cnr. 3rd & Miller Streets 

New Doornfontein 

Johannesburg 

Tel.: (0027) 11 624 6700 

Fax: (0027) 11 624 6760 

E-Mail: ideas@upat.co.za 

Sri Lanka 

Diesel & Motor Engineering Co. Ltd. 

65, Jetawana Road 

P.O. Box 339 

Colombo 14 

Tel.: (00941) 1 46 06 800 

Tel.: (00941) 613 627 / 28 

Tel.: (00941) 44 90 80 

E-Mail: Mahesh.Madawala@dimolanka.com 

E-Mail: Jaminda.mendis@dimolanka.com 

Swaziland 

Tech-Tool 2000 (Pty.) Ltd. 

P.O. Box 607 

Matsapha M202 

Tel.: (00268) 251 86621 

Fax: (00268) 251 86411 

E-Mail: sales@techtool.co.sz 

Switzerland 

SFS unimarket AG 

Befestigungstechnik 

Nefenstrasse 30 

CH-9435 Heerbrugg 

Tel.: (0041) 71 7275200 

Fax: (0041) 71 7275219 

E-Mail: befestigungstechnik@sfsunimarket.biz 

Switzerland 



Werkstrasse 4 

CH-6020 Emmenbrücke 

Tel.: (0041) 41 2096500 

Fax: (0041) 41 2096565 

E-Mail: ferronorm@sfsunimarket.biz 

Switzerland 



Blegi 14 

CH-6343 Rotkreuz 

Tel.: (0041) 41 7982525 

Fax: (0041) 41 7982555 

E-Mail: befestigungstechnik@sfsunimarket.biz 

Switzerland 

SFS unimarket SA 

Technique de fixation 

Rte de Grandcour 

CH-1530 Payerne 

Tel.: (0041) 26 6623636 

Fax: (0041) 26 6623616 

E-Mail: techniquedefixation@sfsunimarket.biz 

Syria 

Dallal Est. 

P.O. Box 8303 

Baron Street. 

Aleppo-Syria 

Tel.: (00963) 93 3887722 

E-Mail: rdallal@cyberia.net.lb 

Taiwan 

Seven Technology Co.Ltd. 

5 F, No. 25, Lane 38, Sec. 2, Jhongsiao Rd 

Sanchong City County 241, Taipei 

Tel.: (00886) 22999 2048 

Fax: (00886) 22999 6545 

E-Mail: kentlo@livemail.tw 

Chong Fong Technology Co.Ltd. 

No. 1, 23 alley 91 lane, Sec. 1 Nei Hu Road 

Taipei 

Tel.: (00886) 2 8992 2592 

Fax: (00886) 2 8992 3797 

E-Mail: lgco.paul@gmail.com 

Perfect Link Co. Ltd. 

2 Fl. No 261, Siyuan Road 

231 Taipei, Sindian City 

Tel.: (00886) 2 299 920 48 

Fax: (00886) 2 299 965 45 

E-Mail: harvey@perfectlink.com.tw 

Thailand 

R F S International Co.,Ltd. 

38, 40 Chaleom Prakiat Ratchakarn Thi 9 Rd. Soi 33 

Nongbon, Pravet, Bangkok 10250, Thailand 

Tel.: (0066) 2 7473751 - 2 

Fax: (0066) 2 7473754 

E-Mail: vinai@ssm.in.th 

Tunisia 

TEG Tunisienne Èquipement General 

43, Av Hèdi Chaker 

1002 Tunis 

Tel.: (00216) 71800297 

(00216) 71795531 

Fax: (00216) 71792739 

E-Mail: habibsahnoun@tegnegoce.com 

UgandaMaltexx Ltd. 

P.O. Box 

35789 Kampala 

Tel.: (00256) 788 075446 

E-Mail: info@maltexx.com 

Ukraine 

Elementary Mechanics UA Co. Ltd. 

Kurenevskaya str. 18 

04073 Kiev 

Tel.: (00380) 442275220 

E-Mail: elmechanics@ukr.net 

Ukraine 

TOW „SMK Ukraina“ 

Promyshlennaja 31 

65031 Odessa 

Tel.: (00380) 487941616 

E-Mail: cmk-ua@mail.ru 

Uruguay 

Pampin y Cia 

Valparaiso 1199 

Montevideo 

Tel.: (00598) 29 240608 

E-Mail: apampin@pampin.com.uy 

Uruguay 

Juan Goldfarb S.A. 

Rio Negro 1617 

Montevideo 

Tel.: (00598) 29 022606 

E-Mail: importaciones@goldfarb.com.uy 

Uruguay 

LANDFOR S.A. 

ITUZAINGO SUR RINCON 531 ES302 

ZONA FRANCA FLORIDA 

Tel.: (00598) 29 027492 

E-Mail: rectools@netgate.com.uy 

Uruguay 

Record Tools S.A. 

Paysandu 951 

Montevideo 

Tel.: (00598) 9161164-9157575 

E-Mail: rectools@netgate.com.uy 

Venezuela 

Impex 

Zona Industrial La Morita 1 

Av. Este Parcela 61, Galpón 02 

Maracay 

Edo Aragua 

Tel.: (00582) 432696291 

E-Mail: danielgigena@impex.net.ve 

impex.net.ve 

Vietnam 

Huu Hong Machinery Joint Stock Company 

157-159 Xuan Hong Street Ward 12 Tan Binh District 

HoChiMinh City 

Tel.: (0084) 8 8117 454 

Fax: (0084) 8 8116 338 

E-Mail: fischer@huuhong.com.vn 

Service 

477

Service 


478

The information in this catalogue is intended for general 

guidance only and is given without engagement. Additional 

information and advice on specific applications is available from 

our Technical Support Team. For this however, we require a precise 

description of your particular application. 

All the data in this catalogue concerning work with our fixing 

elements must be adapted to suit local conditions and the type of 

materials in use. 

If no detailed performance specifications are given for certain 

articles and types, please contact our Technical Service 

Department for advice. 

fischerwerke GmbH & Co. KG 


Germany 

We cannot be responsible for any errors, and we reserve the right 

to make technical and range modifications without notice. 

No liability is accepted for printing errors and omissions.

06/2012 

Contacts 

fischerwerke GmbH & Co. KG 

Weinhalde 14-18 


Germany 

Phone (0049) 7443 12-0 

Fax (0049) 7443 12-4222 

E-mail info@fischer.de 


fischer fixings UK Ltd. 

Whitely Road 

Oxon OX10 9AT Wallingford 

Great Britain 

Phone (0044) 1491 827900 

Fax (0044) 1491 827953 

E-mail info@fischer.co.uk 

www.fischer.co.uk 

fischer Systems Asia Pte. Ltd. 

150 Kampong Ampat 

#04-03 KA Centre 

Singapore 368324 

Phone (0065) 62 85 22 07 

Fax (0065) 62 85 83 10 

E-mail sales@fischer.sg 

Your dealer: 

088220 · 06/2012 · V-MPS/MP · Printed in Germany 

www.fischer.de

International Catalogue

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?